Audio

413: The Harsh Reality Of Selling On Amazon Today With Liran Hirschkorn

413: The Harsh Reality Of Selling Successfully On Amazon Today With Liran Hirschkorn

Today I’m thrilled to have Liran Hirschkorn on the show. Liran is the founder of Incrementum Digital where he helps Amazon sellers grow their businesses.

Over the years, he’s helped many clients grow to 8 and 9 figures and he has his finger on the pulse of Amazon.

In this episode, we talk about the latest strategies to maximize Amazon sales.

What You’ll Learn

  • How Liran got started selling on Amazon
  • What strategies are working right now on Amazon
  • The minimum bar you must meet to be successful on Amazon today

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript Logo

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today, I have Leram Hirschkorn on the show. And Leram is the founder of Incrementum Digital, and he helps Amazon sellers grow their businesses. He’s done a lot of client work, has his finger on the pulse of Amazon. And in this episode, we’re going to talk about the latest strategies for selling on Amazon successfully. But before we begin, I want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode.

00:28
Postscript is my SMS or text messaging provider that I use for ecommerce and it’s crushing it for me. I never thought that people would want marketing text messages, but it works. In fact, my tiny SMS list is performing on par with my email list, which is easily 10x bigger. Anyway, Postscript specializes in text message marketing for ecommerce and you can segment your audience just like email. It’s an inexpensive solution, converts like crazy, and you can try it for free over at postscript.io slash Steve.

00:54
That’s P-O-S-T-S-U-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. I also want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Always excited to talk about Klaviyo because they’re the email marketing platform that I personally use for my eCommerce store and it depends on them for over 30 % of my revenue. Now you’re probably wondering why Klaviyo and not another provider. Well Klaviyo is the only email platform out there that is specifically built for eCommerce stores and here’s why it’s so powerful. Klaviyo can track every single customer who has shopped in your store and exactly what they bought.

01:22
So let’s say I want to send out an email to everyone who purchased a red handkerchief in the last week. Easy. Let’s say I want to set up a special autoresponder sequence to my customers depending on what they bought, piece of cake, and there’s full revenue tracking on every email sent. Klaviyo is the most powerful email platform that I’ve ever used, and you can try them for free over at klaviyo.com slash my wife. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O dot com slash my wife. And then finally, I wanted to mention my other podcast that I released with my partner Tony.

01:50
And unlike this podcast where I interviewed successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the Profitable Audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a run entertaining way. So be sure to check out the Profitable Audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:16
Welcome to the My Wife, Quater Job podcast. Today, I’m happy to have Liron Hirschkorn on the show. Now, Liron is someone who I met while I was on a panel for an e-commerce sellers panel run by 8FIG, I believe. And I’m really happy that we had a chance to meet. Liron is the founder of Incrementum Digital, where he helps Amazon sellers grow their businesses. He started multiple seven-figure e-commerce brands himself, and he is now a thought leader and speaker in the space. And with that, welcome to the show. Liron, how are doing, man? I’m doing well. Thank you so much for having me on.

02:46
So, Larian, I read somewhere that you started out selling life insurance. how did you go from life insurance to e-commerce and Amazon? Yeah. So my background in my career was financial services. I was a financial advisor and bank manager and I had my insurance licenses. But, you know, I would say probably like a lot of us and, I’m 40. So since like early 2000s, I, you know, was kind of searching for like, how do I make money online? Right. And

03:16
over the years, tried and learned different things, but kind of developed some internet marketing skills. And at some point I said, why am I working for a big insurance company? I was working for MassMutual. Let me see if there’s ways to do it online. Because I was kind of sick of having to chase customers. And that’s what you do as a life insurance salesperson. You are networking. You’re kind of like chasing people.

03:44
Like, uh, guess like being frustrated, you’re like, there’s gotta be a better way, you know, to, do this. So I went online and I found this insurance, insurance-forums.net. And on that, uh, forum, found a lot of independent agents who were kind of connected with an agency, but were marketing online. I met somebody there who kind of became a mentor, uh, to me. And I started online, uh, an online insurance website where I used basically article writing and SEO to drive.

04:13
traffic to the site, get leads, and partnered with an agency in California that was very friendly to doing all the backend and e-signatures and everything else. so I went from going three nights a week to local networking events and BNI and Chamber and all that stuff to basically having people come to me, finding an article. And what I did was I specialized in high risk life insurance.

04:43
which was from an SEO perspective easier because you would write very targeted articles like life insurance with multiple sclerosis or these very targeted SEO articles. you also need, customers need you more in those cases because each insurance company treats different issues differently. So that means if I’m somebody that has multiple sclerosis or diabetes,

05:09
Or maybe I paraglide every weekend out of the year, right? There’s going to be some insurance companies that treat me more favorably based on their guidelines. you really, you there’s a lot of benefit to going through somebody that can steer you in the right direction to those insurance companies. And so that’s kind of what I specialized in. The agency that I partnered with was very knowledgeable and could help me out in terms of knowing where to direct people. And over time I learned. And I did that successfully from 2010.

05:39
until 2015. In 2014, I saw a Facebook ad for Dropship Lifestyle, the ecomagris course. And you know, I took the course and I just saw that I was doing very well in the insurance business, but like I was kind of at a ceiling because the amount of money I can make was based on the amount of people that I could speak to in a day, right? Like I got the leads, speak to people, you know, sell them.

06:07
uh, selling the insurance and, uh, unless I wanted to like hire or build it out, you know, further by hiring people, I was kind of at a ceiling in terms of like the, potential income and e-commerce was the promises of making money while you, while you sleep. Um, and so, um, I took that course, um, started a Shopify site, like Q4 of 2014, made some money, then learned about Amazon and then started, you know, December of 2014 started like.

06:36
Amazon was like some just like arbitrage basically, you know, buying, buying and selling. Um, and eventually just saw that e-commerce, you know, showed greater opportunity than the insurance business. outsourced all my insurance leads to, to, to that original mentor in the space. We split the commission is 50 50. And that allowed me to, you know, sort of have an income while I was, you know, building out the, you know, the, uh, the, the Amazon business. And eventually I sold.

07:03
uh, that mentor, like my, my websites and the business, the business was kind of the websites, right? The traffic and of course that you were getting, um, and went all in on, know, um, on, on Amazon and, know, it was kind of like one of the best things that I ever, I ever did because it was a great time to get into. actually 2014 was like the, hay day. Yeah, exactly. Um, so it was a great time. And, know, I think also as an entrepreneur, it’s one of the.

07:30
maybe superpowers that you might have is sort of the ability to see around corners. You know, it’s kind of like, um, you know, I feel like one of the skillsets that, that I have, and that’s been also helpful in the Amazon space is like trying to figure out what’s coming next. And then if, know, you have a sort of unfair advantage, if you’re able to, you know, get into something before it becomes more saturated and more competitive and getting in then.

07:59
was definitely a good time to get into the space before it matured. What’s funny is I had a good buddy who made a killing off life insurance also. Same thing. He had a website, I think it was Life Insurance by Jeff. Jeff Rose. Yeah, he’s a good buddy of mine. He wasn’t your mentor, was he? He wasn’t my mentor, but he was good friends. I knew him at the time. We were all in the same circle. Jeff Root was my mentor who’s still in the business today.

08:29
And yeah, Jeff Rose, like I had met at the time also, and it was kind of like Amazon is, kind like a small circle of independent agents, because that was also something that was sort of newer at the time, right? Agents started to market online. And yeah, Jeff Rose had built himself a good personal brand in the space for financial planning.

08:56
And yeah, so yeah, small, small world, small world. Yeah. And then now we met through Amazon. Yeah. So I, I’m actually curious about your e-commerce brands. Are they still running today? So I have one brand that’s still running today and another brand that I sold, but still have patents on. I get, I get the royalty still on the, on the patents as part of that deal. Yeah. I still, still basically have one, one brand in the space. Do you share what those brands are publicly or?

09:26
Yeah. I mean, the, the, the brand that I, that I have right now is in the arts and crafts. called, it’s called crafty mint. It’s mainly actually just three skews. Very, very like one very successful listing. Uh, that’s, uh, that’s on Amazon. I wouldn’t say today it’s my main focus, but, uh, it makes, it makes money. and I’m considering getting into another brand right now that somebody is selling, um, to, uh, kind of buy in and build up. you know, I still, I still like the.

09:55
like the space, I would say since about 20 January, 2020 end of 2019, my focus has been more on the, on the agency side. Yeah. But it does allow you to be like, you can try your tactics out on your own products first, right? Yeah. Yeah, definitely. And, know, it’s to be kind of in the game and see, see what’s happening in the space for sure. So I’m curious. So what is, what is the current Amazon landscape? I know it’s changed a lot in the last couple of years.

10:22
First of all, my first question actually is why did you decide to go the agency route as opposed to focusing more on your brands? Yeah, it’s a good question. I kind of like fell into it into even like helping sellers in 2015. took a, I started out with arbitrage. I didn’t even know like private label existed. And then in 2015, I took a private label course. And I started to really learn and go to a lot of like masterminds and really like, you know,

10:53
buy every course and like really dive into learning. And, um, I started to become friendly with the guy, Andy Slammons, who ran that course in 2015. And eventually Andy asked me to like partner up with him, um, help him, you know, revamp the material and he already had kind of a following. Um, actually he invited me. The first thing that happened was he invited me in 2016 to a like private label retreat. He was doing in Breckenridge, Colorado. And he said, like, just come for free. Um, and it was like a $5,000.

11:23
you know, weekend and, um, came, helped him really enjoyed it. And then he asked me to partner. I kind of fell into this like space of helping sellers too. And eventually I saw advertising starting to get like complex and some sellers were starting to ask me to like, had taken courses in it and learned it. So I was, we’re starting to ask me like, Hey, can you help me with my ads? And I started doing it as like a side gig side hustle, like, you know, running ads for them. And eventually it was running ads for like 20 sellers and you

11:53
overwhelmed in terms of like running my own business, running ads for those sellers. Um, and so I put a post out on my Facebook, like, Hey, I’m looking for some people to kind of help me out and brought on like three sellers who really just wanted to learn their main motivation. Wasn’t like to kind of make money, but they also wanted to get better at PPC and learn and hire them. Um, and that was like the first three people kind of hired at the agency. And over time it just grew. And I just saw the opportunity at the end of 2019 to.

12:22
really, really grow, grow that business. would say also that the first person that I hired was, uh, his name is Brian. He was a student of mine in the course. had a very successful wholesale business. I wanted to learn private label. Um, and, um, he, I would say is extremely good, like operationally. And I would say, you know, I’m more of the visionary in the business. He’s the integrator in the business. And that’s something that I think I really lacked in my e-commerce brands. Like.

12:52
I was the visionary, but I would say operationally not as, not as strong. And I feel like if I had Brian with me in the, in the e-commerce business, you know, instead of having, you know, a $2 million, you know, revenue business, would have had a $10 million revenue business because I would, you know, I develop patents and like ideas and product development. I was really good at that, but you know, wasn’t as good as like optimizing my logistics, you know, and sure.

13:20
those aspects of the business and in the agency, felt like I really had that right team in place, especially with him to really be able to scale it. and, you know, would say it’s big reason why, like the agency has taken off is because we really have that great balance of visionary and integrator in the business. And, you know, that’s a good learning lesson for me. And like for anybody listening, right? Like, I think most of us, like, I think, um, we actually hired new West coaches here. And she told me for every.

13:50
for visionaries, there’s one integrator. So a lot of us, think that are in e-commerce, like we’re idea people, and it’s very helpful to have that very strong systems process. yeah, absolutely. Yeah. My wife is actually really good at the logistics part. So that’s why we work. Yeah. We do butt heads all the time, at least for that asset, it’s really good. All right. So how has Amazon evolved over the years? I know you’ve been in doing this since 2014. If you were to launch today,

14:18
What’s different than when you launched back in like 2015, let’s say. Yeah. So, I mean, I think in general today, you, the, the platform has professionalized more, right? So, you know, 2014, you can kind of put up a product, kind of throw up anything, right? You can put up a product in, in what today would be considered like a highly competitive space and you would have a good chance to, to succeed.

14:48
Um, I remember in 2019, uh, um, I spoke in, China, um, and this guy picked, picked me up from, Alibaba and I was talking to him in the car on the way to the hotel. And he was like, this kid. And he’s like, yeah, like he’s, he’s like, Amazon’s gotten harder a few years ago from China. We’ll put a product merchant fulfilled from China and we’ll just get sales. Like you didn’t really need to do anything else. We just put up a product, even merchant fulfilled from China and it would get sales. you know, today the platform is a lot more competitive, more saturated.

15:18
more professional. So today you need like much better listings, much better creative, much more thoughtfulness about the product that you’re going to, you know, uh, put, put up there. Think about what your differentiation strategy is. Um, and I think depending on your budget, like today, you know, uh, you can’t just go in and get into the resistance bands market, right? Like it’s super competitive. If you have a smaller budget to start with, let’s say like under

15:45
you know, $20,000 or $15,000. Um, I would say you could still have success, but my advice would be to go into a much, much like niche opportunities. Um, and you know, there’s still many, many niches on Amazon that like the non-sexy niches on Amazon that are, that have not yet gotten professional and matured. like today, for example, I was talking to somebody, uh, and they’re working with brands in the, kind of like

16:15
water filtration, you know, not water filtration for like in like gardening kind of products, irrigation and like those kinds of products. And they sell like two things and timers for your, you know, for your, um, water system and stuff. And like the listings on Amazon, like are terrible, you know, and like those like brands haven’t, haven’t, uh, you know, taken, taken, um, control of their, uh, of their listings there. And like, there’s still these niches that do have awesome opportunities. You really need to.

16:43
but you need to do more work to find them. But yeah, like 2015, 2016, you can go into like pretty competitive categories and like have a good chance to succeed. Today, I would say if you want to go into one of those categories, you need to have significantly more capital and understanding of Amazon. I’ll give you another example. Somebody last night messaged me on LinkedIn and they said, hey, we’re manufacturer of like saline, like nasal sprays and like health.

17:13
OTC, over the counter health products, right? I wanted to reach out to you, talk to you about helping us, you know, sort of like launch on Amazon, right? And I was having conversation with them and like what they don’t understand is like, they’re, I kind of explained to them, you’re going to be, you’re going to have to be willing to lose a bunch of money for a sustained period of time in order to break into the market. And that was not the case back then. And today on these kinds of categories, like they,

17:41
You know, they have to invest six figures plus in order to just break into the category and be willing to lose money, you know, in order to build up enough reviews to be, to be relevant, um, going, going into those, you know, I’m sure he would understand that too, cause that’s probably in that particular space, even DTC, you still need to invest a ton of money and try to get people on a subscription or something, right? Yeah, exactly. And, and Amazon, yeah, you have subscribe and save, but like, that particular niche also has

18:09
You know, Amazon basics has a product brands and I’m like, what’s your pricing strategy? Uh, and he’s like, um, I showed him the prices on page one, like, know, $9, $11, like $7, right. For like a four ounce thing. And he’s like, well, we’re going to sell a two pack, four and a half pounds for, know, like $16. I’m like, it’s going to be super challenging. Like you got no reviews. You’re yeah, you’re selling a two pack. You’re pricing higher than the market. Like I don’t think they fully understand the strategy, you know, like.

18:38
No, you need to come in with like a one pack at, you know, 499 probably or something, you know, and like, just build and like have amazing packaging and listing and video, and then be willing to lose money until you have a thousand reviews. So, so that you could be relevant and potentially then start pricing, you know, like, like the markets, but, um, and I wouldn’t take on that. I wouldn’t take on that. Uh, I went like somebody doesn’t understand that. Like we would not.

19:07
take them on because we know that it’s like, he’s like, okay, yeah, we, can sustain that and blah, blah, blah. But like, you know, Mike Tyson says, you know, uh, everyone wants to get the ring punched in the face. Like after a month of losing $25,000, will, will they still be willing to sustain it? And that’s kind of like Amazon in those very, very competitive categories. Um, and I would say, um, on the other, on the other hand, if you’re a DTC brand and you have like branded searches already on Amazon,

19:34
You coming in with like a massive advantage and you can really come in and have very low cost to get your option. Or if you pick the right niche or have the right capital or differentiate your product. If you come in with a differentiated product, then you really don’t want to compete on just price and reviews. And I think that’s very important to understand. It’s a very different landscape than

20:02
D to C where like, you know, somebody isn’t necessarily price shopping or looking at tons of other products like right, right around you. So how would you fight like all the manufacturers in China that are just starting to sell directly on there? Actually, it’s been happening since 2017. They’re just flooding the market with cheap stuff.

20:20
Yeah. So, I mean, the interesting thing is like over the last year, um, us sellers are actually gaining market share. it’s like one of the first times ever gaining market share. Um, there was just an article in a marketplace pulse, um, about how us sellers are gaining market share, um, against the Chinese. And there’s a number of reasons for it. Um, one, you know, Amazon has restricted inventory at FBA. A lot of the Chinese sellers were kind of used to sending inventory direct from China to FBA.

20:48
didn’t necessarily have the infrastructure in the US with three PLs, et cetera. So that’s been an advantage. Also last year, Amazon went hard after getting rid of a lot of manipulation. I feel like the, and Amazon’s getting harder. And I feel like for the Chinese sellers, also the opportunity isn’t as good as it was, you know, like a few years ago. like there’s a little bit of you know, more hesitation and yeah, the sort of,

21:18
ability to manipulate and use black hat, think is, you know, it’s still there, but it’s not as, not as strong on the platform. Amazon’s doing more. And so I think, I think really comes down to like branding and marketing that it really comes down to, you know, the ability to, you know, compete against, um, you know, against, against Chinese sellers. Yes, the, like they’re willing to generally take on less margin.

21:46
Um, but a lot of the Chinese sellers are now actually the factories. are people that are just sourcing from the factories in China. So they may have some small pricing advantages, but I don’t know that it’s necessarily huge. They do have the ability to jump on trends and source and sample and do all that faster. But I think if you’re, you know, a good marketer and a good brand and you understand, um, the market and the levers that, Amazon gives you. then, you know, on top of that, if you’re using, you know, um,

22:14
marketing opportunities, like building a real brand and building a following on social and you’re working with influencers, right? And like, the more you do that, the more you kind of get out of just competing, you know, again, like on, on tactics. And I think that’s, that’s kind of the way to be better. If you ask the Chinese sellers, they say the U S sellers have an advantage. And if you ask the U S sellers, the Chinese sellers. guess we, yeah, there are people in the U S that have advantages also, right? mean, this, language.

22:43
the culture and everything. Just curious, do you do any of those things at your agency or are primarily like a PPC, kind of like Amazon strategy agency? Yeah. So, we have started to drive external traffic into Amazon. So, we run Google ads into Amazon. We also do influencer marketing into Amazon. And then we’ve started to recently run ads against the, like at the influencer, like pages whitelisted and get access to their

23:13
TikTok and Facebook business and run ads from their profiles into Amazon as well. It’s definitely an area that I see of growing importance. One, likes, the Amazon algorithm likes the external traffic from a organic ranking standpoint. And two, as Amazon cost per click kind of rises and gets more competitive, you want to have additional channels to be able to drive traffic.

23:42
The, you know, we saw one of our customers this week, um, had a product that went from like, I know a couple of thousand in terms of bestseller rank to number five off a tick tock video about Alvera juice or something that was, um, that, know, an influencer put out that it wasn’t a paid, a paid thing. You know, somebody who had a following put out a video and it got millions of views. Um, and we were really seeing like the tick tock effect last year.

24:11
One of the, think the number one search term at some point in Amazon was TikTok leggings. Uh, was, know, this, this like big trends. we’re definitely seeing how, uh, especially TikTok is, is influencing, um, commerce. And, um, you know, I think this is, you know, talking about like seeing around corners. Um, I see this, I see this user generated content becoming more important. Um, I also happened to think, you know, today on Amazon, you have something called Amazon posts.

24:40
And Amazon posts is basically the ability for a brand to put up like a lifestyle image along with a caption. And it shows up like on mobile and sometimes on desktop on listings. And I just put a post on LinkedIn kind of saying like brands should be accumulating user generated content because what happens when Amazon opens up those posts for videos, like real type content, right? Like on the platform, if you have that user generated content ready to put out there, you’re to be at a big advantage.

25:10
I don’t see any reason why Amazon would not open that up if they want to kind of compete with, you know, Instagram shopping, et cetera, right. To get people to spend more time, you know, on the platform. And I’m sure they’re seeing what’s happening on TikTok.

25:25
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

25:53
Now, first and foremost, protecting your IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copywriting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

26:23
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a hundred dollar discount. That’s E M E R G E C O U N S E L dot com. Now back to the show. I mean, they could have their own TikTok just for products, right? Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. Exactly. So like I see that as the next phase of what Amazon is going to is going to do, which means it’ll be even more important for brands to have that user generated content that they can post through.

26:51
and through their storefronts. And Amazon has wanted to make sort of social commerce work, you know, for a long time. Yeah. So just curious, if you’re only on Amazon though, how do you get the UGC content? Yeah. So if you work with influencers who are promoting your product and sending that traffic into Amazon, then you get that content from the influencers. So when we do influencer marketing, and I’m assuming when…

27:19
most people are working with influencers, they get the influencer to agree to sort of give them that content to use after, right? So part of what we’re doing is influencer marketing and then yeah, also getting that content that the brands could use and post on their own platforms. And I think eventually we’ll come to give you that ability to post it on Amazon, but you know, not quite yet. Although today you can.

27:46
know, take a compilation video of influencers, put it on your listing, run video ads with it, right? There’s a number of different things you can do with it on Amazon. Put it on your storefront. You could just make a page on your storefront that’s like, you know, people love our product, whatever, right? And just post like, there’s no limit to the sort of like videos you could put on a storefront page on Amazon. You can just put tons and tons of like sort of testimonial videos on your storefront using that user generated content.

28:13
Let’s talk about influencer marketing. What is your strategy there? What type of influencers do you look for? What’s the going rate? What do you typically ask for? Yep. So we actually, we’re working with a range from, from nano influencers up to mega influencers. Um, for the, um, mega influencers, what we’re doing is we’re more working on a little bit of a longer term, like let’s say at least a month sort of engagement of like multiple posts. you define what your definition of mega versus nano is also?

28:42
Yeah. mean, think mega influencers. I’m not talking like Kim Kardashian, like right now. mean, probably like, you know, a million, five million followers. Uh, we’re talking about Tik TOK or Instagram here. Um, so, so a lot on Instagram for this, um, because what we see the opportunity and the downside with Instagram is that most of the time influencers just want to do stories, but obviously that story disappears in 24 hours. ideally what.

29:12
is get like a month engagement and get, you know, at least a story a week for, for a month so that you kind of getting more, more visibility out of it. That’s, that’s what we’re testing right now. Um, we’re doing a lot of, would say, you know, 50 to 250, 300,000 followers, a lot on Tik TOK and getting rates, you know, between, uh, a hundred dollars and $300 for, for those kinds of posts.

29:41
100k from 50 to two, 300,000. We’ve even got free from, some in that, um, in that range just for free product. Um, so not a non-expensive in some cases, sometimes they quote us so low that we’ll also say, Hey, we’ll give you an additional commission per sale to just give them more incentive to, you know, be more persuasive and drive more and drive more, um, more sales. Um, and yeah, generally our.

30:10
strategy is to really be able to drive sales. Some people are doing it just for the user generated content or just for like sort of maybe some of the ranking benefits, but we’re really trying to drive sales. we’re trying to also, we put together this kind of like Excel sheet, trying to also understand really what is the addressable audience from the influencer. So if somebody has 300,000 followers, okay, 70 % are, let’s say 97 % are real, right? So we take off 3%.

30:38
70 % are in the US, right? So we bring it down to 200,000. 70 % are women aged this and this, right? So we’re trying to understand what is the actual addressable audience and what is the potential kind of sales that we can drive off of it. And we’re able to drive sales. We recently had influence, so we had 20,000 followers and promoted a silk eye mask and sold 16 units and it was just like a free.

31:06
you know, free posts just, just for product. Um, and you know, that’s, that’s good, right? If you can, if you can get that gift, give free product and, know, drive an extra 15, 20 sales, uh, that, that day from it, it’s good. So I want to also rule out some of those, let’s say smaller info influence influencers in their, you know, ability to, to, drive sales, obviously the product, the post, like all that is, you know, uh, important aspect of, um,

31:33
being able to generate sales and it was a 50 % coupon code. It’s funny. Like I actually advise that people avoid like putting all their eggs in one mega influencer because it’s always hit or miss. And yes, if they’re mega, they’re going to charge more too. Cause you never know how something’s going to convert. what do you, so do you, is that the same way you do things or? mean, yeah. So generally we’re, know, like when we work with a client, we’re trying to get, know, initially our first sort of batch, like, you know, 20 to 30 posts with like,

32:03
a budget of maybe $3,000, right? And then between free and paid, and then if they’re willing to test like one mega influencer that might be three to $5,000, we’ll test it essentially. But we’re not putting all of our budget necessarily there. if all the budget they had was like two or $3,000 for like paying the influencers, then we wouldn’t suggest putting it all in one.

32:32
on a megabit phones in one basket. Do you have any guidelines when you’re looking for these? And do you have any tools or are you just kind of doing it manually? yeah, no, we’re using multiple tools. So we’re using one we use HIPC H E E P S Y as a tool. It’s pretty low cost, like $50 a month. One of the things you could do there is filter for influencers that have email in their like profile or, know, on one of their profiles so you can easily email them and we don’t like

33:00
try not to, we don’t communicate like necessarily on the platform. We try to just get their email. We then use Mixmax to do an automated like email sequence, you know, to them. And then we’re also using a platform now called incense.pro, I-N-S-E-N-S-E, where you can do these campaigns and you can generate a lot of user generated content there. Sort of that’s more.

33:26
automated. And one of the things about that tool is that it helps you whitelist the, helps you like do the whitelisting process for running ads against like the influencers profile. That one’s a little bit more, I the minimum fee there is like 400 bucks a month. So it’s a little bit more of an expensive tool. But that’s, those are the main platforms that we’re using. also using, UpFluence has a Chrome extension that’s free for up to 20 uses a day that will give you data on the demographics and

33:56
whether the followers are real, who their demographics are on the influencers themselves. So that helps us like understand, you know, where their audience is, what age range, know, sex, geography, their following is, and to see if it’s a good, you know, if it’s a good fit. And then obviously like manual work and looking at the comments, looking at the profiles, you know, looking at like the, some of these platforms will give you like, if you’re looking at one thing, we’ll give you like suggested profiles.

34:26
Even people who comment on the posts of a product that is similar as of interest, we would look at those people as well who have an interest in that and reach out to them. So combination of manual work and tools. So if you had a $10,000 budget, how would you split it between TikTok versus Instagram at this point in time? So I would generally want to understand

34:56
the target audience, like my feeling is I would mostly go after TikTok. TikTok today. Yeah. For a number of reasons. Number one, mean, the post stays. Um, you know, uh, we generally will ask the, uh, influencer to have a link in their bio. Like we’ll generally, if they don’t have like a link tree, we’ll kind of actually show them instructions on how to set up link tree so that, you know, they can put links to their own stuff and to, and to the product, you know, for like a week. Um,

35:25
and also tag the brand so that if the link is gone, they at least tag the brand. so the brand would have it obviously in in, know, in the profile, but you know, the video, the video stays and you know, generally I think there’s more organic reach. Yeah, it can last. mean, I have some TikToks that it’s been like over six months and it’s still getting traffic. Yeah. Yeah. So obviously it’s going to pay off a lot more than, you know, a story on, on Instagram. So, cause most influencers on Instagram are reluctant to

35:54
post on their feed, right? Because it kills their reach. Yes. Yeah. They’re reluctant to post on their feed and they probably don’t want a bunch. They probably don’t want their whole feed to be like product promotions because it doesn’t look good. And so the stories disappear. So you, you don’t necessarily see that, you know, how much products they’re promoting or that they’re like, you know, promoting products. So yeah, they’re very reluctant and they want a lot more money for it. And generally TikTok influencers don’t want as much money because sort of like

36:21
the value of a follower on TikTok is less on Instagram because it’s much easier to build up followers on TikTok than it is on Instagram. So we can get away with paying less generally on TikTok than we do on Instagram. And in that respect also, it’s almost like the number of subscribers doesn’t really matter as much, period, right? Because you could just have something with zero, someone with like 100 followers hit something big. Yeah, yeah, exactly. The number of followers

36:50
I mean, we’ve had people with less followers and their video gets 50,000 views, somebody with more followers, the video gets 8,000 views. And so yeah, the number of followers, like there’s just a lot more organic. I have video on TikTok that got 4.7 million views and I’d like no followers when… So were you dancing? I was in Miami and we got into, I was with somebody, we’re driving from one place to another. We go to the parking garage.

37:20
And we got into the wrong Tesla and just opened up or guys like thinking it’s his Tesla. I start, I start filming it and, um, and like, kind of went viral, but, know, I had another video of like making like, you know, uh, like a roast with my wife. got like a hundred thousand views and stuff. And I don’t really have like a following on Tiktok. Um, but some stuff just kind of takes off, right? So, you know, that’s, uh, that’s the potential and that’s why I’m putting some marketing over like.

37:48
Okay, I’m doing Amazon PVC. You should be doing it. I’m Google ads into Amazon, but like none of that stuff can go viral. Let me ask you this. So when it comes to looking for TikTok influencers, are you paying more attention to their style and their delivery as opposed to just their metrics? Yeah. I mean, we’re paying attention to, yeah, we’re paying attention to like comments, you know, engagement, you know, and, and, um, yeah, how they’re presenting the product.

38:17
you know, uh, et cetera. Um, you know, and, um, yeah, you know, we see very different styles, you know, some that work like a lot better than, than others in terms of like, the, the, the, the delivery of like promoting versus like making something fun and incorporating the product. I guess the reason why I’m getting at this is you could literally find someone with like a thousand subscribers and really kick butt because they’re like, it’s much easier to find hidden gems, right?

38:46
Right. Yeah. On TikTok. Yeah. And also find and develop relationships with influencers. You know, you’ll, you’ll develop relationships with people before they take off like crazy too. Right. So like, it’s going to be hard. It’s harder for them to raise rates on you. Right. Like if you already have like a good relationship, you like working together, um, as they’re building up their following. So the idea is to generally develop like long-term relationships with those that you find you’re having, you know, success with in terms of like, it’s easy to work with them.

39:16
They’re like, you know, they represent the brand well and they’re able to, you know, get attention on, the video. Um, yeah. Uh, couple, just a couple of random Amazon questions. Yeah. Search, find by rebates. Uh, they’re kind of officially against terms of service. Now, do you still see people using those still? Or I think a lot less. Um, you know, we were, we were running some rebates for clients in the past last year. Um, and then we stopped.

39:44
when, when, know, officially kind of came out that you shouldn’t be doing it. Um, I think it probably still works well, but, um, I think a lot less people are doing it, but I also, I also haven’t seen Amazon take action. That’s what I was getting at actually. Yeah. I haven’t either. haven’t seen Amazon take action against it. And so, you know, it’s one of the things with Amazon, like people do something because like, if I don’t do it,

40:10
I’m kind of like at at a disadvantage because Amazon’s not taking any, any action against it. But the thing is that Amazon at any time may say, Hey, like the bottom lines, Amazon knows what’s happening. They know, like, they can tell the URLs and things. And at some point they can decide to take action on it. So, um, I think there are better, still better means. Like, I think your budget is better spent on. Influenza marketing than rebating a bunch of, a bunch of customers, know, um, and getting

40:40
And I think really, to me, the biggest difference is like 2020 from the past is 2022 is really, I think a year people kind of go back to basics and really work on like A-B testing your creative and your copy and your advertising and look to build more of a brand than just Amazon tactics. It’s funny building a brand. mean, that implies that you’re

41:07
putting out like your own content, you have your own website and everything in addition to Amazon, right? Yeah. mean, building, building a brand is, you know, I guess a lot of ways you can define brand, but right. Like your, your, your, your brand evokes some kind of emotion or, um, you know, something you’re, you’re thinking more about your messaging, your look, your feel. And yeah, and yes, you’re, you’re

41:36
running activities off of Amazon too, essentially. I mean, in some ways, could you say if you’re on social and you’re driving everything to Amazon without your own website, are you a brand? Maybe, but I think just like developing an audience in a community or a presence outside of Amazon, I would say more about building a brand and doing things that are, let’s say, a little bit more…

42:05
higher up the funnel, like brand awareness. Influencer marketing is essentially more of a brand awareness play than all immediate sales. And doing that consistently over time will make people go to Amazon, look at you and be like, oh yeah, I saw that a month ago. I’m familiar with it. I’m more inclined to buy because I remember seeing it somewhere else. And that’s part of it. All right. So let’s say you want to launch a product. What percentage would you allocate to influencers versus

42:33
PPC versus just ads in general. If you were to start all over today. Yeah. mean, so today launching a product, um, I would probably allocate most of my marketing to PPC and maybe some to Google. The influencer marketing side, uh, I would probably drive more of the external from Google today for like launching product because number one, it takes like a month or so to even get together your research on influencers, send them the product outreach.

43:03
So you have to do that prep, but you know, I believe in influencer marketing will work better on a product that already has some reviews and social proof because it’ll allow you to convert better on that product once it gets to Amazon. But I would still want to drive some outside traffic just for the sort of external traffic benefits. And I could probably do that more cheaper and faster with Google. with Google specifically, are you talking about shopping, search or display search? Because you can’t really do shopping as an Amazon seller.

43:33
Um, so, so basically text, text ads, you know, into, uh, search, search based text ads into, into, into Amazon. know, hopefully I’m pricing good enough and that I can get some traction, but even those clicks and just traffic will be, will be helpful. I could just do it a lot faster and I would wait up to build a little bit of traction in terms of reviews before I go out and do influencer marketing on it. Because, you know, a product with a product that, that has.

44:02
good quality and quantitative reviews will do better from that outside, you know, influencer promotion.

44:09
I just wanted to take a moment to tell you about a free resource that I offer on my website that you may not be aware of. If you are interested in starting your own online store, I put together a comprehensive six day mini course on how to get started in ecommerce that you should all check out. It contains both video and text based tutorials that go over the entire process of finding products to sell all the way to getting your first sales online. Now this course is free and can be attained at mywifequitterjob.com slash free.

44:39
just sign up right there on the front page via email and I’ll send you the course right away. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash free. Now back to the show.

44:50
I guess it just depends on what you sell, but keywords on Google for lot of these saturated products, super expensive, more expensive than Amazon on a per click level. I think it depends. You can even go niche. We’ve seen keywords that have the word Amazon attached to them be a lot cheaper. can go for like barbecue club Amazon. They’re still pretty decent search volume and a lot less people going after that. You can try that.

45:19
Primarily what I would do is like, you know, I might put, you know, a hundred or $200 day budget on Amazon PPC and I might put 25 bucks on Google. like, ultimately I don’t really care so much necessarily about that performance. I just want to drive some outside, some outside traffic and, know, show the Amazon algorithm that, you know, there’s outside traffic coming into this product. Um, and most of the budget I would put around, I would put around Amazon PPC and really in terms of, I would put to get velocity. So.

45:49
just like I would launch a product and three, four days later, like drop the price and maybe six, seven days later, add a bigger coupon to it to really feed the algorithm like positive signals to show my product and to convert. Mostly, I really want to focus on conversion. like my budget might be losing, you know, losing money between PPC and my price on Amazon so that I can get velocity. like that’s most important thing on any new product.

46:17
Also, like the way we structure our PBC is we’ll focus on a tighter group of keywords that are more relevant with exact match and top of search placement. So we’re really kind of feeding them as an algorithm, what keywords we want to tell it that we’re relevant for. So as opposed to like running a lot of like broad match and, you know, things that are going to have a wider net, want to kind of, we want to get the traffic based on like very relevant keywords. So the algorithm understands how, you know, how people are getting to the product and

46:45
around those particular keywords and taking advantage of that honeymoon period on Amazon. Any portion of that budget for developing an email list or SMS or anything like that? Generally, would say most Amazon sellers are not doing that. I would say if you’re marketing to your store, like your Shopify, then yes, but I don’t see Amazon brands and sellers really like…

47:13
focused a lot on email marketing or SMS unless they’re, unless they’re also focused on their Shopify. Right. Okay. That makes sense. I was just thinking like with the email list, you could actually get away with doing search, find buys like to your list and you could. Yeah. And I mean, you could get away with it in a number of ways. It’s, just a matter of will Amazon take action, you know, uh, against it or not so far. I haven’t seen them take action.

47:41
I believe it’s low risk. We also, as an agency, have a little bit more of responsibility and liability. Yeah. You got to go straight white hat, right? Yeah. I don’t want to be responsible for getting somebody suspended. Right. Yeah. But I think generally I would say it’s, at this point, seems pretty low risk to do that. And again, do it in moderation. Sure. If you do it in moderation, less likely it’s more intertwined into your regular traffic.

48:10
You know, people are still using Google ads with like two step URLs, you know, into, into Amazon too. Again, pretty low, pretty low, pretty low risk in terms of, you know, how much traffic you drive there versus versus I’m sure they just do a statistical sampling, right? There’s any anomalies, maybe you’ll get flagged. Yeah. And so far again, have not seen Amazon flag anybody, but we’ve seen more, you know, we’ve seen some people get flagged for inserts, for example, in the past, they haven’t really.

48:37
you know, focus on that. you know, I think Amazon is trying to, they know what’s going on. just think they can’t really enforce all of it, you know? So, um, still they need is to set the example by hammering on someone big, right? Yeah, exactly. And that’s why you’ll see like, you know, Thrasio won’t do those. they’ll publicly say like, like Casey has a Goss who, you who’s their VP of SEO would say like, I, can’t do it from Thrasio because we, can’t have an article on the wall street journal about, know,

49:06
Aggregator manipulating whatever right? Yeah, you as a seller. probably would yeah, so yeah Cool, Aaron. Hey if if anyone out there listening needs help with their Amazon said where can people find you Sure, so I can go to incrementum digital comm We are also on like social media. There’s incrementum digital and linkedin myself. They run hersh karnam linkedin Facebook Instagram We even have an incrementum tick-tock with some okay that town

49:36
Okay. Funny tic tocs we did. We did out out and prosper, uh, and on our Instagram. So, uh, we did the, did this challenge where people are like squatting down to like Beyonce song or something. you know what? I think I saw that. I think that I saw that on Instagram though. You posted it on both platforms. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. Feel free to, to, to reach out or, um, if I could be helpful, happy to also answer questions or anything, if I can, if I can give you some guidance. Cool. Well, Aaron, thanks for coming on the show, man. Appreciate it. Thank much.

50:08
Hope you enjoyed that episode. And as you can probably tell, selling on Amazon has gotten super competitive and the days of just listing random products and getting lucky is over. For more information about this episode, go to mywebquaterjob.com slash episode 413. And once again, I want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash d.

50:37
That’s P-O-S-T-S-U-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. I also want to thank Klaviyo, which is my email marketing platform of choice for eCommerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned card sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign, basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash K-L-A-V-I-Y-O. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash K-L-A-V-I-Y-O. Now when I talk about how easy these tools on my blog,

51:06
And if you are interested in starting your own e-commerce store, head on over to mywifequarterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

412: Student Story- From 0 To 6 Figures Selling Mosquito Nets With Maria Finch

412: Student Story- From 0 To 6 Figures Selling Mosquito Nets With Maria Finch

Today I’m thrilled to have a friend and long time student of my Create A Profitable Online Store Course on the show, Maria Finch.

Maria is one of my favorite students in the class and what I love about her is her grit. She has gone through so much adversity in business and life and has prevailed through it all. She’s a fighter, a mindset coach, and a proud business owner of a mosquito net business that she’s grown to a healthy 6 figure income.

In this episode, you’ll learn about her story and how she did it.

What You’ll Learn

  • How Maria created a 6 figure business selling mosquito nets
  • Techniques she uses to help with the mental aspects of running a business
  • How to improve your mindset

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript Logo

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today, I have my longtime friend and student of my Create a Profitable Online Store course, Maria Finch, on the show. Now, Maria is one of my favorite students and she’s gone through so much adversity in business and life and she’s prevailed through it all. She’s a fighter, a mindset coach, and a proud owner of a mosquito net business that she’s grown to a healthy six figure income. Now, in this episode,

00:29
We’re going to learn about her story and how she did it. But before we begin, I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Always excited to talk about Klaviyo because they’re the email marketing platform that I use for my e-commerce store, and it depends on them for over 30 % of my revenue. Now you’re probably wondering why Klaviyo and not another provider. Well Klaviyo is the only email platform out there that is specifically built for e-commerce stores, and here’s why it’s so powerful. Klaviyo can track every single customer who has shopped in your store and exactly what they bought. So let’s say I want to send out an email to everyone who purchased a red handkerchief in the last week.

00:59
Easy. Let’s say I want to set up a special autoresponder sequence to my customers depending on what they bought piece of cake and there’s full revenue tracking on every email sent. Klaviyo is the most powerful email platform that I’ve ever used and you can try them for free over at klaviyo.com slash my wife. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O dot com slash my wife. I also want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Now if you run an e-commerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your own customer contact list.

01:26
And this is why I focus a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing. SMS, or text message marketing, is already a top five revenue source for my eCommerce store, and I couldn’t have done it without Postscript, which is my text message provider. Now why did I choose Postscript? It’s because they specialize in eCommerce stores, and eCommerce is their primary focus. Not only is it easy to use, but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at the push of a button.

01:53
Not only that, but it’s price well too, and SMS is the perfect way to engage with your customers. So head on over to postscript.io slash Steve and try it for free. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. And then finally, I wanted to mention my other podcast, which I released with my partner Tony. And unlike this podcast where I interview successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the profitable audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table, and we tell like how it is in a run entertaining way.

02:22
So be sure to check out the profitable audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:34
Welcome to the My Wife, Quitter, Job podcast. Today I’m thrilled to have Maria Finch on the show. Now, Maria is a student in my Create a Profitable Online Store course, and she runs a six-figure business selling mosquito nets online. Now, out of the 5,000 students in my class, Maria is one of my favorites, and I have to say that she has had to overcome some pretty crazy obstacles on her entrepreneurship journey, including run-ins with Amazon, copycats, a health scare as well. But here’s the thing about Maria.

03:04
She’s a fighter and she’s also a mindset coach and she helps people avoid getting mind F’d with her, with their businesses. So in this episode, we are going to learn how she started her mosquito net business and the techniques that she uses to combat overwhelm. And with that, welcome to the show Maria, how are doing today? Hi, Steve. Thanks so much for having me. I’m doing great. I’m so happy to be here. Yeah, Maria. So for the people listening, how did you get into the mosquito net business, which is pretty random.

03:33
in my book at least. Yeah, it is certainly random. I can’t tell you how many people when I told them that I had a business and they’re like, oh, what’s that? I said, mosquito nets, maybe like mosquito nets. So like most people or many people, I think who are in your beautiful course, I started with Jungle Scout and I put in the parameters about, you know, price and weight and all of those kinds of things.

04:03
and then hit go. And of course you come up with a bazillion different options, which can be very overwhelming. But what I did was I just, went through options and, then for things that jumped out at me for whatever reason, then I put those into the category where you can track them for a little while. And mosquito nets was one of the things that jumped out at me. It jumped out at me because

04:31
I’ve lived all over the world, including places where a mosquito net is essential for health and safety because of mosquito-borne disease. So it was something I could relate to and relate to my past. I also majored in biology as an undergrad, so I liked the science part of it. So that one kind of jumped out at me as like, oh, this is really interesting. So I followed that and a number of other ones. And then I kept coming back to that one.

04:59
And so I put together my research and I sent it to you. And you said, you said this looks worth investigating further. And so I was like, okay, let me do that. Perfect. And you were also in the Peace Corps also, right? Is that why you traveled all over the world? Yeah, that’s part of the reason I was a Peace Corps volunteer. I was also an associate Peace Corps director, both of those in Africa. And then I’ve also worked in Asia. I’ve been lots of lots of places where mosquito nets are important. Okay, yeah.

05:29
That’s what I was getting at. so your motivations for starting the business, were you working at the time? Did you not like your job? Why did you want to start a business? So I had been in what I call the traditional workforce for my whole career. And I, the, the last boss that I had was just so bad that I finally said, you know what? I’ve had enough of having bosses. And so I am going to work for myself.

05:59
I had actually, while I was in graduate school, I had developed a first business, which was a cultural travel company and it was just getting going and then September 11th wiped me out. But having done that and having taken courses at the graduate school level in entrepreneurship, I was comfortable saying, okay, this is a path I wanna go back down. So basically I was just like, I am not working for anybody else anymore.

06:28
And what can I do for myself that I can work from anywhere? I have control over my day. And I had seen the buzzword online of a lifestyle business. So like, I’m not looking to be the next Uber. I want to have a business that gives me a life that I enjoy and affords me the life I enjoy.

06:55
So I did a lot of research on options and courses. And in that research is how I found you, Steve. So I looked at a bunch of courses about online stores and you won the prize because I really liked how you came across on your videos. There wasn’t a lot of fluff waste of time. was like, here’s how to do this. Here are the steps.

07:23
go do it and that totally matched with me. So I signed up for your course that was six years ago and that was six years. I can’t believe it. Yeah. was a fabulous investment. Well, thank you Maria for that endorsement. So aside from asking me to evaluate your niche, what else did you do to kind of validate that this was going to work or did you just kind of just go for it?

07:49
I just went for it. So basically I looked at this and I said, I just, I just felt like it was meant to be because it combined so many of my interests. So it was like, was relevant to having lived overseas. It was relevant to science. So it was just like, this is something I can really sink my teeth into. And when you said, give this a whirl, I’m like, I’m going to give it a whirl. So I just started looking for manufacturers. Okay. So how much did you spend?

08:18
your first order and how did you find your first manufacturers? So I went on Alibaba and I checked the boxes, you know, for the higher level, so like the gold level and I forget what it’s called exactly, you know, all of the higher level things. And then what I did was I used a template that you had provided in the course about how to approach them.

08:46
And I think I contacted probably 10 of them. And one of them, I really liked the way she wrote me back. So I started an email correspondence with her, keeping in mind the things that you had mentioned, which were check their English level, how responsive are they, do they pay attention to details, like all of those kinds of things.

09:10
And so I got a good conversation going back and forth with one of them that really stood out to me among the various numbers that I contacted. Some I never heard back from. I mean, I probably heard back from four or five, I would say, out of the 10. And then once that happened, I again followed your model. So I decided to start with samples. I didn’t want a single sample. I wanted at least 10.

09:39
They were willing to do that. So I bought 10 samples and I think that was like, it was like 10 samples plus air shipping. was like 150 bucks, something like that. Yeah. It wasn’t that much money. In the meantime, I started to build an Amazon listing. Oh, okay. How much, how many did you order for your first bulk order? I’m curious.

10:04
My first bulk order. So this was again in consultation with you. So I had done sort of the test run. I, what I ended up doing, my, first order I got was just samples that existed. And then right away I decided I was going to design my own because I wanted to be the sole seller from the beginning. I went back and forth with the manufacturer with drawings, et cetera, and then designed my own. got an order of those. put those up.

10:32
those sold right away and I was able to raise the price every day. So was like, okay, this is good. And then I chatted about it with you and I decided to order a full container. I ordered. So I don’t remember this conversation. mean, that’s fine. It was six years ago. So I ordered a 20 foot container full. Wow. Yeah. So, I mean, I just went for it. I just totally went for it. And the truth is that initial. So, I mean, you,

11:02
When I talked this over with you, were like, okay, here’s the, you’re like, if you order this container, and I mean, I had the ability to do that. That’s one of the key qualifiers there. So you said, if you order the full container, like you’re gonna get better pricing. And you said to me, you’re like, I can’t promise you how long it’s gonna take you to sell a full container with. And that was a very, very important thing to say.

11:31
because it took me longer than I would have guessed. And if I were to go back and do it again, I probably would have started out with a small order, but know, hindsight’s 20-20. So yeah, so I just went for it. Wow. Okay. And you’re not a design, you’re not a mosquito net designer, are you? How did you? I am now. You are now, but at the how did you communicate back and forth with the manufacturer with your design?

11:57
I literally drew drawings and took photos of them and I did everything by email. So we just went back and forth by email. They kind of created a sample mock-up. They sent me photos and I would say, okay, I want this to be bigger. I want this to be smaller. I want the rope to be this size, you know, because there’s ropes that are included to suspend it. So we just went back and forth with all the details. Like I became a mosquito net designer. And the truth is,

12:26
having lived overseas and having used lots of mosquito nets, like I knew what I wanted. okay. How many iterations did it take? There was quite a lot of back and forth. I mean, I would say that the, from the time I started doing, you know, going back and forth with designs, it might’ve even been a couple months. I mean, partly, you know, I had other things going on, so it wasn’t like I was doing this all day, every day.

12:54
So it took a little while. And then once we had a design set, then they sent me a sample or two. And I think I got samples of the first design at least twice. So I was pretty careful because I had something very specific in mind. And I wanted to make sure that if I was putting my name on something, I wanted it to be of the quality and of the design that I was looking for.

13:22
Yeah, the reason why I’m asking is I’m often asked what the timeline is. So the initial idea to getting the first product for sale, how long did that take you? That was faster than you would think. So, um, I mean, I sold the samples. So the first samples that I ordered, like the moment I put them up on Amazon, they sold. Okay. And you didn’t do any advertising. You just put them up. no advertising. Wow. Okay. That was six years ago, though. I don’t know that it would go that way now. Correct.

13:51
Absolutely. Yeah. All right. And so the sample we’re talking like a couple months then

13:58
I mean, with the first samples, not. Yeah. mean, probably a couple months. Yeah. was, it was a couple months. It was not long at all. Okay. And is Amazon your primary driver or I know you have your own website. It is. Yeah. I mean, I, this is something I have, I have really struggled with. Um, so I, I knew from the beginning that like, I didn’t want to be dealing with fulfillment. And so.

14:27
I decided to go the Amazon route with the intention of doing bigger bulk orders like business to business orders from my website. And in the end, it’s actually just worked that pretty much everything goes through Amazon. do still have aspirations to change that, but at the same time, like Amazon has worked well for me. So I’ve, you know,

14:57
I mean, definitely when you talk about the importance of diversifying and everything, like there are times when I have my heart and my throat, but Amazon has worked well for me. Okay. And I know you’ve had a couple of run-ins with Amazon, but you’ve actually managed to navigate through all of them. I have. Yeah. mean, I, so I think unfortunately selling on Amazon, like it challenges are automatic. Amazon is a giant machine.

15:27
and things go wrong in that machine regularly. So like the very first thing that happened to me was with my very first product, they had raised the fees. And when I saw what they raised the fees, I’m like, nope, this isn’t correct. And so I emailed them and I said, this is not correct. I’m being overcharged. And I went back and forth and round and round and round. And eventually I…

15:53
got sick of dealing with Amazon, Seller Central or whatever they call it. I contact, I sent an email to Jeff Bezos and got through to his team and then finally got that corrected and got reimbursed for all of the fees they had overcharged me. That was the first one. I remember. Yeah. Yeah. Did you have any, have you already had any run-ins with like just people copying you outright or knocking you off? So I’ve had, I’ve had, um,

16:20
I’ve had numerous piggybackers and should I explain what that is or people know what that is? People probably know what it is. Okay, okay. So yeah, so I’ve had numerous piggybackers and so I just, you know, I wrote the cease and desist thing and sent that off and usually that took care of it. Once my brand was trademarked and registered, I had at least one time when somebody piggybacked off of that and that

16:49
That’s different because then you just email the brand thing and you’re like, yo, these people are not mine and that takes care of it. So getting your brand trademarked really is a big it’s it’s an important thing to do on Amazon. Once you you know, once you have proof of concept and whatever, I think it’s a really worthwhile thing to do. You mentioned getting larger bulk contracts. Do you have any of those also in addition to Amazon? Because I remember we had talked about this a little bit in the past.

17:18
Yeah, so I, um, I don’t have any right now. No. And I have the ones that, so I have a number of us embassies that buy from me, but it’s always ended up being a timing thing where they could get stuff from Amazon faster just because the way shipping worked. Um, so yeah, so I have really done everything with Amazon. Okay. Cool. Today. That could always change. I’ve actually

17:47
wondering though, if you were to, if you were started all over again, would you still have taken the same path? All Amazon or, cause I know like you had some constraints and then you had some other things that came up in your life. It’s. Yeah. I mean, I think that, I think that Amazon is a great way to start because it, it builds your momentum. get to prove your products.

18:15
I think if I hadn’t had some of the challenges that came into my life, I probably would have put a lot more time and energy into selling off of Amazon as well. And that is a goal going forward. So I wholeheartedly believe in what you teach, which is, you know, having your own store is definitely your goal.

18:42
And Amazon can be a subset of that. I mean, just the whole diversification I think is really important. So yeah, I mean, I still, that’s still my intention. A couple more questions just about your Amazon business. How many skews do you have? Three. Three. Okay. Are there any plans to add more skews or? I think about it. mean, essentially I do a lot of research. So I look at like,

19:12
how are people using mosquito nets? What’s a unique model that I can offer? I have zero interest in competing with what already exists. So my products are unique. There are people who have tried to, who’ve taken my idea and tried to, you know, make some version of it. And I mean, you know, people can,

19:39
At the time that I started, there was more room in the market. Um, so they could, they could take a piece of market share, but I still rank above them. Um, and my philosophy was I want something unique because selling what everybody else is selling is just not interesting to me at all. And so far I haven’t yet found the next mosquito net thing that I want to do, but I, I

20:07
I am always thinking about that. And I definitely, if I came up with an idea, I would go through the sample process, try it out. You know, I would, I would do it. Absolutely. I guess what I’m trying to get at is what are your aspirations for your business? Was it just to quit your job and, know, have more time or do you have aspirations to grow it much larger? So my first aspiration with my business actually was to, um, well, so it’s to provide

20:36
great protection from mosquitoes because especially people in United States don’t realize that mosquito-borne disease is everywhere, including in the United States. I’ve lived all over the world, but the only mosquito-borne disease I personally have ever caught was in the U.S. I got West Nile virus. yeah, this was before I started this business. So I got West Nile in the U.S. and it was

21:05
I was lucky that it was a relatively mild case. So, I mean, I had to go to the emergency room, but I didn’t end up in the hospital or anything like that. I mean, people actually die of West Nile, not lots of them, but it can happen. I wanted to be providing people with protection. Like that was a big goal. So I wanted to be contributing something to the world that is a useful, helpful thing.

21:30
I also wanted to be providing education about mosquito-borne disease. So I’ve used my website and my Facebook page for that. So putting up articles about mosquito-borne disease, how to protect yourself, the latest in mosquito net research, or mosquito research, all of that kind of stuff, like that’s also very interesting to me. So I approached it from, I mean, I like to think of it as a holistic approach. So it’s not just a product, it’s also,

22:00
Why is this product important? And how will this product help you and your family? Did I answer your question? I lost track. So it sounds like as long as you’re meeting your mission, you don’t really have revenue or income goals. You’re not aspiring to turn this into like the next. Oh yeah. Yeah. So I really looked at it and I said, I want what I, so my definition of a lifestyle business is a business that

22:28
gives me enough income that I’m comfortable and that is interesting to do that has a, I’m value-based. So the product and what I’m doing is based on my values. And as long as all of that’s being met, I’m, you know, again, I’m not looking to be the next Uber. Like, sure, I would, I’m certainly game to grow it, but another thing is like,

22:58
I don’t want to have staff. So I want to grow it only in a way that I can still manage it. Actually. That was my next question. So you’re just a one woman show. I am a one woman show. Although, mean, although I absolutely consider everybody that I work with. So my manufacturers, my shippers, my warehouse as part of my team. Now that your business is in kind of steady state, how many hours would you say you devote to it? So

23:26
That really varies on weeks where things are pretty quiet. I might devote 10, but then there are weeks where maybe I’m devoting 40. It just sort of depends on what’s going on in the moment. In the beginning, there were weeks where I spent a lot more than 40 hours, but part of that is I’m a lifelong learner. So I was

23:55
learning as much as I could about advertising keywords, know, everything I could, I was just like a sponge of like, let me learn as much as I possibly can to make this really solid. I still continue to devote time to learning every week. And there’s always more to learn. And I think that’s a really important part of staying successful in something like this. Yeah, absolutely.

24:26
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

24:54
Now, first and foremost, protecting your IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copyrighting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

25:24
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a $100 discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L.com. Now back to the show. Let’s actually switch gears on that subject to challenges. What would you say was the hardest part in this whole process for you?

25:45
I think the hardest part is dealing with Amazon. Okay. mean, so, you know, getting started, I mean, of course getting started is hard. I think that in any entrepreneurial venture, you’re taking a leap of faith and you’re taking multiple leaps of faith. And so each time you’re going to take a leap of faith, like you got to buckle up and do that. And that’s hard.

26:14
Like that’s not something that people can just do in their sleep. Like you’ve got to, you’ve got to decide like I’m going to do this and I’m going to do this all the way. And I think without making that decision, if you doubt yourself, I think that makes everything harder, but just deciding to really go for it. Like that can be a hard decision. You know, actually that’s one of the hardest parts about teaching my class. Like everyone’s super excited when they sign up, but then sometimes they bulk.

26:43
at that first big order or they bulk at launching, even though they’ve done all the other work. So did you have any of those issues? Did you have any doubts? And how did you overcome those doubts? Sure. I mean, I I’ve had doubts all along. Like, I think doubts are a normal part of doing something like this. I think that it really depended on what decision. So I sort of look at the.

27:12
where doubts come up are always when you’re making a decision. So, you know, so first decision was what course do I sign up for? That was a leap of faith. And I just said, okay, I like Steve the best. I’m going to sign up for your course. But, you know, I had to just, I mean, basically I just said, okay, if I’m going to do this based on the research I have done, this is where I think I’m, this is the person who I think is going to help me be successful. And so

27:41
I’m gonna take the leap of faith and sign up for this course. With my manufacturers, there you’re taking leaps of faith all the time, because you’re like trusting that you’re gonna, that they’re gonna do what you want them to do. I’ve done a lot to work with them to really build those relationships, because I think that’s really important. And so that gave me security.

28:08
So can be more specific? Like what are some of the things that you did to build a relationship with them? Yeah, absolutely. So one of the one of the things one of the skills that I had already developed in life that I could bring to this was that I have a lot of experience in other cultures. And so I, I my manufacturers are in China, and I already knew that building that relationship was very important from their perspective as well.

28:37
So that meant that once we got through the initial, you know, the initial back and forth, then I started to say like, how’s your family? You know, how’s the weather there? What challenges are you guys facing in your business? You know, I tried to, well, not tried, I mean, I did, I just started asking questions beyond the immediate what was, what I needed to get done.

29:07
And I mean, I think this is true with anyone in life. When you start to tap into that energy or just being more personal, it changes how people interact with you and it builds trust. so this has been very important because, know, so I have placed, I mean, reasonably large orders and those are always inspected by a third party inspection company and

29:36
One time the inspection came up and it was like, yeah, this is really a problem. So I contacted the manufacturer and they were like, you’re totally right. You had told us this was going to be checked. This is completely on us. They opened every single thing, checked every single one, repaired any of them that were not done correctly. And I mean, this was thousands. So, and they did that on their own dime. That did not cost me anything. The only thing I paid for was a second inspection.

30:05
That was only because of our relationship.

30:10
So walk me through that first container purchase actually. You had to have been nervous then. Oh yeah, no, I was just, well, so this is the thing is that I had wanted to have my own business for a while. And so I was really excited about it. So I was excited about it and at the same time was like, this is a leap of faith.

30:40
And I just, I guess that I’m good at if I decide that I’m going to do something, then I decide that all the way and I’m 100 % in and I don’t let myself have any doubt. I mean, you might have a doubt kind of picking at you, but you just say, nope, nope, this is what we’re doing. Okay, wow.

31:08
Does that sound nuts? mean, maybe I’m nuts. I mean, it’s pretty admirable. I’m just trying to think of all the objections that I get from it because I’ve been teaching this class since 2011 now. Right. So it’s just very interesting to get your perspective. The other complaint or gripe I should I should say is, someone gets their product and they have it. It’s all good. But then when it comes time to actually sell it, there’s like a whole bunch of different paths you can take. Right.

31:36
And a whole bunch of skills that you have to learn kind of all at once and it can be overwhelming. Yes. So and I know you kind of coach people through these things. How did you battle like the fire hose of knowledge that was required?

31:51
So I think, guess, so, I mean, I had some time because I had ordered this container and it takes a while for a container to get here and everything. So in that time, I devoted myself to watching as many of the videos in your course as I could and learning as much as I could. like I built the listings.

32:18
or the listing for that first product, I built that listing. I started to learn some stuff about advertising. I basically like, I think the way I approached it was what’s most important for me to know first, and that’s what I learned first. And then just kind of built on that. So- Did you take your own photography?

32:42
So what I did there is I have a dear friend who is a professional photographer and I traded with him to take the photos for me. Yeah. Okay. And then you mentioned prioritizing the order with which you were learning things. What was like first on that priority list?

33:01
gosh, I mean, that’s going back in time always. know it is. So I think first, you know, so first was under because I was starting on Amazon, and I do think that’s a good way to start. So first, it was learning, like, how do you build a listing? What are all the different elements that go into that? How do you make sure you’ve checked all those little boxes and, you know, that you’ve got keywords in the right place? So that was another thing was like learning about keywords, like,

33:30
what tool are you gonna use? How are you gonna decide which keywords you’re gonna use? That was an important thing. So I think the first things I learned, they were all about like, how do I make this listing as strong as I can from the get go? Okay. And then, yeah, I would imagine just as new obstacles came up, you would just learn how to overcome them, just kind of piece by piece. You didn’t just like watch every video in the class, right?

33:57
No, mean, there’s, there’s too much in there. is too much in there. Yeah, no, I mean, I really went, I went from thing to thing. So it’s like, I got the thing up and you know, whatever. And then it was like, okay, I mean, I think before it had arrived, I started to learn about Amazon, about advertising on Amazon, because I knew that I was going to do that pretty quickly. So I started to learn about that. You know, there’s always more you can learn about keywords.

34:26
Um, at the same time, like I was building my website, so I remember watching a lot of play. technically you don’t need a website anymore, right? To get brand registry. Uh, what was your purpose of having the website? So when I started, I mean, I was going to do both Amazon and my website. When I started, that was my intention. Got it. Got it. And, the other thing, the other reason why I wanted the website

34:52
is for the other half of my mission, which is educating people about mosquito-borne disease. So I really wanted to get the blog going. Oh, got it. OK. Because I think on your website, you’re pointing your links to Amazon, right? You don’t. am correct. OK. Yeah. And for anyone who wants to do business orders with me, there’s just a way that they can contact me. Got it. OK. All right. I see. So the the website really was for the content. Yeah.

35:19
That’s why I started it right away because for me, the product and the importance of why you need this product went together. And the way I could put that out there was my blog. What platform did you choose? curious for the website. So it’s WordPress, Bluehost. Yeah. Okay. And that was another thing. Like I watched all the videos about that and learned how to do that. Well, I was going to ask you, are you a technical person?

35:47
I’m not well, no, I’m not. I’ve never taken computer anything. I just, I’m a detail person. So I think that was an advantage because there’s so many details in there. But with everything, like I am self-taught. I just was like, okay, I’m going to do this. I didn’t want to pay somebody to set up a website. So I watched your videos. I followed them and I did it. Nice.

36:14
I mean, you make it sound so easy, Maria, but I know that there’s had to have been some struggles there. sure. Oh my gosh. I mean, I can’t tell you how many times I wanted to throw my computer through a wall when I was trying to make a because, know, it’s like it’s I mean, WordPress is, don’t think, particularly intuitive. So, so, no, there’s a lot of challenges there. And I mean, I guess the

36:39
So for me, the motivation was I didn’t want to pay somebody to do it. And I also wanted to have the knowledge myself. So we’re a lot alike in that respect. You can pay people after you have the knowledge, but not before you have the knowledge. Yeah. I think that, I mean, I, yeah, I like knowledge. So, and, know, and the fact that I can, anytime, like I can put up a website, I love having that skill. Yeah. Maria, there’s a lot of people listening to this that

37:09
are still on the sidelines or they’re stuck in analysis paralysis. What advice would you give these people? So I think that I think you’ve got to tune into your own like gut sense. So you got to say, do I really want to do this and then go with the first answer that comes to you? So I think it’s so easy to overthink everything. But if you just make yourself really quiet,

37:39
and then you ask yourself a question and whatever that answer is, I think is the correct answer. Cause I think if you’re quiet and you’re really listening to your own inside thoughts, you’re gonna get the right thought. So if you, you might have, you know, family members or whoever saying, oh, that’s crazy. It’s too risky. It’s, you know, you can never make this work. Like how are you ever gonna do that? You’re never gonna go for it.

38:07
You got to shut all that out and just say, what do I want? What do I think I can do? And then take the leap of faith, like believe in yourself and take the leap of faith. When you were doing product research,

38:24
I know there’s a lot of students have this problem. Like they have a bunch of things on the table and then they have problems deciding what or finally making decision on something. Did you set any like timelines for yourself to make a decision or did just one product just speak to you and that’s the one you went with? So I did the tracking on Jungle Scout probably for a couple of weeks. I mean, I’m sure you had a video about it and you said you knew how to recommendation that I followed that.

38:53
But mosquito nets jumped out at me. And so I was like, yeah, that sounds good. I think that I would really encourage people to go with what’s unique. I agree. Yeah, because I think, you know, I would say don’t waste your time jumping into a category that’s already really saturated and doesn’t have room for you to put your own stamp on a product.

39:23
So, mean, I know I always get this confused. What’s it called when somebody, you you take something and you put your own label on it? Is that white label? White labels, my definition of white label is when you take something exactly the way it is and you put your brand on it. Okay. Yeah. So I, I, I think, I mean, I think that can be a great way to get started, but I think you want to quickly decide how would I make that mine? Cause I think being unique is really important.

39:52
You know, I’m just thinking about mosquito nets right now. How do you stand out on Amazon? Is it like the design that you have or? Yes. Okay. So it’s obvious from the photo that yours is different. Cause I don’t know anything about mosquito nets. I was shopping for them. Yeah. Yeah. So on, on one of my products right away from the photo, it’s different. Okay. On the other two, I would say that you

40:21
between the photos and the bullets, then you see how it’s different. see. And so, and I think that another thing that I have done is I sell at a higher price point. So that my next question actually. Yeah. So I decided that what was most important to me was quality. So I looked for manufacturers who could produce good quality. made it clear to them that quality that I was selling a premium brand

40:51
And that quality is absolutely essential. And so and then I priced higher. And I think in the way that I looked at it is I’m going after the segment of the market that will pay more. You know, it’s funny now these days when I shop on Amazon, I never buy the cheapest product, especially for something like mosquito nets. I want to work. So I’m actually willing to pay more for a higher quality version of

41:20
practically anything that I buy actually now on there because it’s flooded with too many cheap products where people cut corners. It’s really true. One of the things that I did early on was I bought some competitor mosquito nets just out of curiosity and they’re garbage. Yeah. And so that made me feel that much more secure in like, okay, I’m selling a higher quality product and I am selling that at a higher price. And I, didn’t have time to touch on all this in the interview, but

41:50
the most difficult times that you had, I imagine there were times where you wanted to give up and what made you keep going? Yeah, that’s a really good question. So I have hit that point multiple times. usually when it happened, it would be some really big mess at Amazon where I would just be like, you know what? I don’t want to deal with this anymore. This is just not worth doing.

42:20
Um, it’s, know, fighting with them goes against my own values, blah, blah, blah. But then what would happen is I would simmer down and I would say, okay, let’s remember why we’re doing this and what the, know, what the bigger goal is and recognize that everything in life is complicated, you know? So there is no easy path out there. Like there’s no just, you know,

42:48
skip down the rainbow path kind of thing. then I would just, I would give myself some time to collect myself. So I might have a few days where I would glance at it and not do it, anything else and just take a break from it. And then I would be like, okay, get back on the horse and keep going. And to set the proper expectations for people who want to start a business, like realistically speaking,

43:18
profits? Um, so the first year was really about learning. Okay, right. There was a lot to learn. And in the first year, my first year started in June, essentially. So the first six months was about learning, but I started making profits in the very next year. Okay. Okay. And today it’s since you have three skews, and those three skews have been around for a while.

43:47
It’s just really about just managing the account at this point and making sure that the warehouse is is stocked. Right. Have you have you had any supply chain issues due to what’s been going on? I have. Yeah. So I had with one of them in order was supposed to be produced before this was in 2021 in order was supposed to be produced before the Spring Festival and they weren’t able to get it done. So it went.

44:15
after the spring festival and then shipping, there were a bunch of problems with shipping. was before shipping turned into the mess that it is now, but there were just some problems that happened. So it took me much longer to get it than I had anticipated. And so I lost like probably six weeks of mosquito net season sales, which was really a bummer. And then, but then I learned from that.

44:42
So then the next order that I needed to place for another mosquito net, I contacted the manufacturer six months before I needed it to say, a 40 foot container. So I contacted them well in advance and I said, okay, when does the order need to be produced in order for me to get it by this date? And they just said, place the order now, like everything is crazy. And

45:12
Um, but then I got, I got it in time so that I’m fine for this mosquito season. So, okay. Cool. Maria, thanks a lot for sharing your experiences with us. Um, it’s, I’ve been doing this for so long that sometimes I lose track of like the very beginning and like what I was thinking in the very beginning. So, and everyone wants to always hear from, you know, someone else outside of me. You know what I mean?

45:40
Yeah, no, I think I think that’s natural. It’s like, you know, just another perspective, another experience. mean, you know, I, I mean, I have so much admiration for you, and everything that you’ve built. And I, look at it, I think, wow, like, is my never going to be that big? mean, I’m not sure I really have that aspiration. But my mindset has changed completely. I would say the last three to four years, I have enough, there’s no reason to

46:10
kill myself trying to make more money when I don’t even spend the majority of the money, right? So why not just kick back and enjoy what you got and hang out with the fam for the years that they have left before they go off to college, which is gonna be very sad. Yeah, course I understand that. Yeah. So Maria, tell me what else you got going on and yeah. Well, so one of the things in my life that has been really important and

46:38
part of what has made me successful in my Amazon business is learning how to silence what I call mind cluck. So it’s just, you know, the thoughts that come into your mind that put you down in some way or take the wind out of your sails. And I have really learned how to do that. And I think that that’s something that everyone on earth faces. And so now, in addition to selling mosquito nets,

47:08
I am coaching people how to silence their mind clock. So my coaching business is called Silence the Mind Clock. And I think this is a really important thing for anyone attempting entrepreneurial anything. I mean, it’s useful for anyone. And it is a passion of mine to help people tune into that inner gut sense and really listen to that and quiet.

47:34
the voices of doubt and second guessing and things that come from other people’s opinions and things you read, watch and listen to and, you know, trying to meet some ideal that maybe you don’t even really believe in, et cetera. So that’s what I, that’s another thing I’m doing now. So Maria has actually given a lecture in during office hours for the course and it was very well received. When I first started my course, I vastly underestimated all the mindset issues that people have.

48:04
Yeah, because for me, it’s always been about like, hey, if I know what I’m going to do, then I’m just going to do it. Uh huh. But for a lot of people, you know, the opposite is true. They might know what they need to do, but then they have problems actually just doing getting started doing it. And it’s all right. Right. So, you know, that’s so true. I mean, I think, you know, when I look back at so really every decision point, like any decision, any big decision you’re making in life,

48:32
you’re always gonna have some kind of voice talking to you and it’s just choosing what do you tune into. So are you gonna go with self doubt and then be like, oh, maybe I’m not gonna start this business now or maybe I’m not gonna launch this business now or launch this product now or are you gonna go with the voice that’s like, yeah, do it, go for it. So I have really worked on tuning into that voice so that it’s like, yeah.

48:58
Go do it. Go after your dreams. Go create the life you really want to have. Um, cause you know, no one knows how long we’re all here for. And it’s like, you want to make the most out of it while you can’t. Absolutely. So, Hey Maria, I know, um, you’re willing to talk to folks. Uh, where can people reach you? Yeah. So, um, you can go to my website, which is silenced, the mind cluck.com or feel free to just email me directly. That’s Maria at.

49:27
silence themineclub.com. And I offer free 30 minute consultations to talk about what whatever challenge you’re facing, whatever, you know, whatever goals you’d like to reach and to see what I can do to assist. Yeah, and I will say this Maria has a really nice soothing voice, in case you haven’t been able to tell in this podcast. And she has this way of talking that

49:55
puts your mind at ease. Oh, thank you. That’s a quick plug for you. I because I’ve interacted with you more so than I would say other students in the class, the majority, I would say. And it’s always very pleasant. Like just hearing your voice actually makes me calm. Oh, that’s really nice. Thank you. you. Thank you so much for coming on the podcast and sharing your experiences very candidly. And I appreciate you.

50:21
Thank you. appreciate you, Steve. Thanks so much for having me on here and good luck to everybody out there in going after your dreams.

50:32
Hope you enjoy that episode. Now when it comes to running a successful online business, it’s often our own minds that get in our own way. Maria is an amazing person and she’s got a lot of helpful advice on how to avoid mind-cluck. For more information about this episode, go to mywipecoderjob.com slash episode 412. And once again, I want to thank Klaviyo, which is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned card sequence, a post-purchase flow, a win-back campaign, basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot.

51:01
So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIYO. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIYO. I also want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform, and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash div. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash div. Now, we’ll talk about how I these tools on my blog.

51:31
And if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

411: From 0 To $140M Selling Boutique Clothing – The Story Of PinkLily With Tori Gerbig

Tori Gerbig

Today I’m thrilled to have Tori Gerbig on the show. Tori runs a $140 million business selling clothing and boutique fashion over at PinkLily.com.

What’s amazing about Tori’s story is that she grew up in a working-class family in Kentucky and started with nothing. She didn’t take any funding and bootstrapped her business completely from the ground up. 

In this episode, she teaches us how she did it.

What You’ll Learn

  • How to build a boutique clothing brand from complete scratch
  • How to generate sales without spending a lot of money
  • How to test what clothing designs will sell before you start production

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript Logo

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:01
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today I have Tori Gerbig on the show and she runs a hundred million dollar business selling clothing and boutique fashion over at pinklily.com. Now for business sounds intimidating and if you’re thinking to yourself that starting your own a hundred million dollar clothing business sounds unreachable, keep in mind that Tori grew up from a working class family in Kentucky and started with nothing.

00:30
She never took any funding and she bootstrapped her business completely from the ground up. And today she’s going to teach us how she did it. But before we begin, I want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Postscript is my SMS or text messaging provider that I use for e-commerce and it’s crushing it for me. I never thought that people will want marketing text messages, but it works. In fact, my tiny SMS list is performing on par with my email list, which is easily 10x bigger. Anyway, Postscript specializes in text message marketing for e-commerce.

00:58
and you can segment your audience just like email. It’s an inexpensive solution, converts like crazy, and you can try it for free over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. I also want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Always excited to talk about Klaviyo because they’re the email marketing platform that I use for my e-commerce store, and I depend on them for over 30 % of my revenue. Now you’re probably wondering why Klaviyo and not another provider.

01:25
Well, Klaviyo is the only email platform out there that is specifically built for e-commerce stores, and here’s why it’s so powerful. Klaviyo can track every single customer who has shopped in your store and exactly what they bought. So let’s say I want to send out an email to everyone who purchased a red handkerchief in the last week. Easy. Let’s say I want to set up a special autoresponder sequence to my customers depending on what they bought. Piece of cake, and there’s full revenue tracking on every email sent. Klaviyo is the most powerful email platform that I’ve ever used, and you can try them for free over at klaviyo.com slash mywife.

01:55
That’s KLAVIO.com slash my wife. And then finally, I want to mention my other podcast that I released my partner Tony. And unlike this one, where I interviewed successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the profitable audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the profitable audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:29
Welcome to the My Wife Quarter Job podcast. Today I have Tori Gerbig on the show and Tori and I were recently featured on the Ashley Banfield show where we shared some tips on how to start an online business. And Tori is the founder of pinklily.com, which is a nine figure business that sells clothing and boutique fashion. Now, what I find impressive about Tori is that she grew up in a working class family, nothing out of the ordinary, and turned a side hobby of selling clothes into a hundred million dollar company. And within her first year of business,

02:59
Pink Lily hit the multi-million dollar mark and it’s grown to a business of over 200 employees. She’s been featured in Forbes, Entrepreneur, Huffing Post, and she was in Inc 5000 Company in 2018. And what I actually admire more is that she is a mother of three and she works with her husband just like I do with my wife and our business. And in this episode, we are going to find out exactly how she did it. And with that, welcome to the show. Tori, how are doing? Hi, how are you? Thank you so much for having me on today.

03:27
Yeah, know, Tori, so I actually teach a class on e-commerce and what I always tell people is that clothing is actually one of the hardest types of products to sell online. Absolutely. So I’m just very curious how you got started. So it kind of was by accident. I went to school for marketing and sales, not fashion. And I knew that I really wanted to sell a product. So I learned how to do outside sales. I thought, you know, I would do

03:53
personal selling, maybe medical device selling something along the way. I actually went into insurance industry and it was okay. I was in it for over five years, but after my husband and I got married, we really weren’t making much money combined. I had no experience. It was right after, you know, a recession was going on. We’re talking 2009 to 2010 when we got married. So really hard to find a job. Um, come 2012.

04:19
We were just really struggling and could not make ends meet. So we started selling items on eBay and Etsy and started out with very random products. I’m talking like golf clubs, USB, hard drives, random stuff. And it did pretty well. We sold items on eBay and Etsy for about a year, year and a half. And then fast forward to 2013, I was pregnant with my son, looking over my benefits, my maternity leave options.

04:47
and freaking out about having unpaid maternity leave. So that was something that made me so nervous. So once my son was born, really were like, look, we’ve got to pick up this online selling just to supplement our income. So I invested a little bit of money, I think maybe just a couple hundred dollars in some little girl boutique clothing and some adult boutique clothing and started a Facebook group at that time. The Facebook group,

05:12
was primarily just local people from my town, but it grew pretty quickly and it grew from, you know, a couple hundred girls to over 10,000 women by the time I started back to after my maternity leave. So I started selling clothing on there. I didn’t really sell clothing on eBay or Etsy. It was just mostly through the Facebook group. So I was showing the items. I was PayPal invoicing them. I was shipping the items, all of this at nighttime after I worked my full-time job. And after I got my son to bed,

05:40
And so I really didn’t sleep much at all in 2013, like that last quarter. And at the end of about November, my husband’s like, we cannot continue doing it. It’s so manual. We have to start a website. Like this is too manual. You PayPal invoicing people, you going to stamps.com, creating the labels and it’s just too much. So we are going to start a website. We’re going to take the money that we’ve made, the profits from selling on online so far. And we’re going to just start this website.

06:08
So December 31st, January 1st of 2014, we kicked off pinklily.com. It was really a right out of the box, horrible website. Like it wasn’t good at all. So slow, site speed, everything. We had no prior experience, but it was like just him and I who did it. And we were like, okay, our goal for the year is $50,000 in revenue. That will help pay off our credit card debt and some of our student loans. I’ll still work my full-time job.

06:37
He’ll work his full-time job. It’s just a side hustle. By month two, we had already hit the 50,000 and then by six months in, we hit a million dollars in revenue. I walked away from my job in April of 2014. It was terrifying. Everybody was like, no, you can’t quit your job with benefits just for an online site. And then my husband walked away from his job in July that same year.

07:03
And then rounding out in December that year, we hit $4 million in revenue and had seven full-time employees. all from like just this starting in our house and by the end of year one, having, you know, a team of seven and hitting $4 million in revenue very quickly. In the first seven months, we actually still were in our house too. So like we were packaging the orders up to the very like first million dollars of sales all on my dining room table. Tori, what’s funny is your story is almost exactly like mine. We started on eBay.

07:32
We were just selling some handkerchiefs and they were running it all over my house. And then my wife, she didn’t like her job. And when we had our kid, we were like, okay, we want to stay at home with the kids. And we ran everything out of the house. And our goal was actually $50,000 our first year also. We hit it really quickly. And then my wife was like, okay, we got to start a website. Cause I was making the rounds at this post office carrying like a car full of boxes and they all knew me and they actually hated me.

08:00
I’d occupy the line for like a long time, right? But it’s funny. Let’s take it back to the beginning. I’m very curious. So where did you source those first clothes for Etsy and eBay and that Facebook group? Yeah, so we I worked with some vendors out of LA to get some products and mostly for eBay. I think one of the biggest things we had that sold in 2013 were bubble necklaces. So a lot of jewelry really did well on eBay. Same with Etsy. So Etsy also

08:30
monogrammed on the side like to I was like, well, I’m gonna buy a monogram machine. do that too. Yeah. So that was very time consuming. I realized that was not the best use of my time. I sold that monogram machine. So yeah, it was just kind of like scarves and jewelry mostly. And I sourced them from, you know, places, LA, China, fashion district or do it fashion. Okay, yeah, yeah. Yeah. Cool. And then these are not with your brand on them, though, right? These are just

08:59
Already made. OK. Already to sell turnkey products. Yeah. So how does one grow a Facebook group so quickly, actually? So you mentioned in the beginning it was just Kentucky folks, right? How did you attract other people? So I think at the time, of course, the timing was great for Facebook and it was, you know, back before the shifted where now it’s more paid placement. was very organic back then. So it was easy. But I also have a social media

09:29
I have a social media or I have a marketing degree. So social media was always something that I loved and I learned it as quickly as I can when a new platform comes out. So Facebook was something that I knew very well and I knew certain strategies of how to grow it, know, build it as a community, you know, do fun giveaways, get women excited about the product, do the live videos or the,

09:52
photos, you know, and kind of just go off what works well. If you see that this photo is getting a lot of response, continue to do photos similar to that style and, and just kind of like taking it. It was very scrappy too. And I think that people loved it. It wasn’t like this put together beautiful photos, literally like an iPhone photo of me in my house wearing the product. And I think women just could relate to that a little easier than just that, you know, your typical models that you see on Victoria secret or places like that.

10:22
type sites. So were people just finding your group through word of mouth or were you advertising it? It’s just word of mouth. It was a group. So it wasn’t you couldn’t do paid ads for a group at the time. So it was really just like by having people add more people to the group. So can you kind of walk me through like how often were you posting and how did you build a community? So I would post several times a day. I think that’s the strategy to with any good social media platform is to

10:49
make sure you’re consistent with your posting. But building the community, was always on there. So even while I was working my full-time job, I was answering girls questions and they felt like they can ask me, hey, how would you style this or what would you recommend size I go with? And really to like give them that personal shopping experience almost from the very beginning and to also like allow them to tell me what they wanted to buy and what they were looking for for us to carry and such. really

11:17
to listen to them and always put them first, really helped to elevate it. And that’s kind of been behind the brand since the very beginning, as we always put the customers first and foremost. So were you going live in your group or was live available back then? Probably not, right? Live wasn’t available back when it very first started, but it quickly became available. So yeah, we’ve been doing live since the beginning of live creation. is Facebook group still around? Are you still active in the group or?

11:45
group? No, I closed it down after we started Pink Lily and then we started a Pink Lily group right after and our Pink Lily group has I 120,000 women in that private group. So our sales, I imagine since you have a website now, you don’t do sales directly into the group, but is that a way to like showcase new products and get feedback? Yeah, so we do it. We showcase products, but

12:09
We also definitely get feedback on like, are you wanting for us to buy for fall? Or, know, what kind of styles would you like us to carry? And really giving them more of that inside behind the scenes feel. But also the biggest thing that does so well in our group is we allow all of our customers to post their own photos. So all of them are actually running the group for us by posting content because they’re excited to share what the dress looks like on over their outfit. And then all these women are supportive on them saying, oh, you look great.

12:38
how does this fit and they’re answering questions and they’re together on this group and it works really well that way for us. Cool. So are the moderators of the group just super fans of your brand for the most part? Yes. We actually have, most of them are workers here and then yes, anyone is allowed to post in the group. We approve it. We approve it here internally. Right. Nice. Okay. So you go from this Facebook group, it gets out of hand because you’re manually invoicing everyone. You start this site,

13:08
It looks bad. It’s slow. How do you get your first sales on your site? Is it just driving through the group to the site? Yeah. So at that time, right after we launched the Facebook or the website, we launched a Facebook page and that’s where primarily most of the sales would came through in year one was all through Facebook. So I did not have any knowledge of Google ads. have no knowledge of anything else. Instagram really wasn’t big yet.

13:33
Pinterest, probably some too actually. We did go viral on Pinterest a few times our first year. So Pinterest and Facebook were those key drivers. The Facebook page, I did start doing paid ads on there by the end of January, 2014. But again, I kind of taught myself all of that with not having background knowledge on any like paid placement, paid social. Right, right. So, but to go from, did you say you hit 4 million in that first year you said? Yep.

14:00
Okay, so how does one go from just a couple hundred thousand to four million? Is that ads or is it just the size of your group? Like how do you grow exponentially like that so quickly? So I do think ads was a little bit of it, but I think we were very lucky on our timing too and to have things go viral on Facebook and on Pinterest that year. So we had one photo of a cardigan that

14:26
had over 700,000 repins on it, like after it launched and we sold all 300 in a day. And that was just luck of the nature. know, it’s really hard now to go viral. And so I do try to explain that because eight years ago, social media and today social media, but you can, still can go to TikTok and go viral. There still are opportunities. So we just had those few moments.

14:50
And then we kind of played off of it from there. You know, we did spend a little bit of money in ads and I don’t know the exact amount, but it was very little and it wasn’t, it was really just curating that community on Facebook group and being very consistent with social media. So most, would say year one and two, most of the sales were organic sales. Okay. And then in terms of product sourcing, did you have like a steady factory at that point or were you still just kind of sourcing stuff from the fashion district and whatnot?

15:19
So yeah, no, years one through three all came from LA Fashion District. We did not have any factories. We still don’t have our own factory. We do work with manufacturers now versus paying as much wholesale. We still work both ways, but yeah, I would go to Fashion District up until 2016 even, I think 2017, it all came from there. So when you go to the Fashion District, you can say, hey, I want you to sew my label on there, right? And make adjustments.

15:49
Yes, correct. It’s been a while since I’ve been there. I we did shop there also. The minimum order requirements are generally lower there also, right, depending on who you find. Yeah. But we got to a point quickly about 2016, 2017 that we were needing three to four hundred per style that we carry. So we hit them very easily. Yes, the order requirements are very low, but the more you buy, the more willing they’ll work on pricing with you. Yeah. I mean, one of the challenges of clothing also is

16:18
the sizing and the return rate. How do you, how’d you deal with that early on? So sizing will still always be the biggest issue and we’re still trying to figure out the best way to overcome that. One of the, some of the couple recent changes in the last two years have been having several different size models on the site and then also doing videos that explain how the item fits. Yeah. So the sizing will always be the number one issue because it’s very hard to know your size when you’re shopping online.

16:46
But we definitely have implemented new strategies the last two years by having several size models and then also to do videos on the site that try to explain the fit. if they should size up or size down or stick with their true size in a size chart. In the beginning, I will say it was probably the number one reason of returns was this just didn’t fit me. So it’s always going to be a battle with clothing online, there’s hopefully even…

17:13
in the near future, more things that come out on helping women to, men too, to really understand what size that they should buy before purchasing. How much money did you start with and did you invest into Pink Lily when it launched? So when we launched the site, we had been selling on eBay and Etsy for about, in that Facebook group for about six months. And I think we had about $10,000 in our bank account to save aside from all of

17:40
the profits to reinvest. So we started very little, like a couple hundred dollars for eBay. And we’d always reinvest the money and put a hundred percent of the profits back into the account to grow the inventory. So when we started pinkfully.com, we had about 10,000. We I think spent $500 on the website and then the remainder all went to inventory to launch. So we had, you know, a small selection of clothing to, you know, I think 20 to 30 styles when we launched.

18:08
Wow, okay, so 10 grand for 23 styles. That means it’s not that many units of each, right? No, at the very beginning I would get like one pack, like maybe six units per style. And so it was basically up to you to understand and know what was gonna sell, right? Or did you just buy that many styles to see what would sell and then focus on your winners? What was your strategy? Oh, I didn’t really have a strategy. I kind of just would buy what I personally would wear and what I thought would sell well and then go off trends. So back in the day,

18:37
in 2014, like Chevron was huge. So, okay, I sold a Chevron Maxi. It did really well. It sold out so fast. So then I would turn around and use all of the profits to buy five more Chevron Maxi. So I kind of played off what was selling well to turn around and buy more product in that same area scope to see if that continued to do well. And when did you start introducing models for your clothes? I mean, that costs money, right? Yeah, immediately. we immediately. Yeah. When we launched, we launched with models.

19:07
We did some flat lays, but typically the clothing for us sold better on a model. Yeah, so where did you find the talent and was that a huge investment on your part to hire these models for photo shoots? We found the talent. have a college here in town and we found the talent just by I actually looked on Instagram and I was like I want to DM a few girls see if they’re interested. I did all the photography in the beginning for the about the eight months too. It took most of my.

19:36
time doing every single job. But then we hired a full time photographer, I think by August of our first year and we’ve had now we have I think three full time photographers. We have like seven models that are here most days and yeah, it is an expense. But for us it it’s necessary. It was always worth it. That’s amazing. So you bootstrap with $10,000. That’s amazing for clothing. Yeah. Yeah. What does your husband do? I’m kidding. Since I’m a husband and wife team also and yeah.

20:06
Yeah, she’s kind like the face of the company because I can’t talk about handkerchiefs or that sort of thing. What is his role? So his role is he is the president of the company. He oversees all of the operations side, the HR side and the finance. So he has a degree in finance and his MBA. So that’s his specialty.

20:24
but he also did logistics at his previous corporate world. So he has a lot more operation knowledge than I do. So we kind of split, I’m over product, over customer service, I’m over marketing, face of the brand. He’s on the back half of it on the operation side and the HR, all the harder stuff, but it’s all hard, but it’s stuff that it’s just like people don’t always understand like the backend of a business. Yeah, no, that totally makes sense. Actually in the beginning when my wife and I worked together,

20:52
closely, we kind of overlapped in our roles and we just kept clashing and fighting and it wasn’t until we separated everything out and things are good now, but it took a while for us to get there. Yeah, we don’t overlap very much at all. There’s really not a lot to them. The product development and marketing side, he has not much to other than money. That’s about it. That’s really the only like, okay, here’s your marketing budget for the month. And I’m like, no, we need more. And he’s like, no, you can’t go over this amount. So that’s about the only thing that we really

21:22
a lot of like conversations on, but we have demand planning and forecasters now. So he’s out of that budget, you know, a finance team that sets the budget. So he just oversees them now. It’s not him setting the budget. Right, right. Yeah. So you’re growing really fast. And I know that when you grow fast, it’s extremely uncomfortable. It seemed like you were switching out warehouses like every year or less. Walk me through that time, if you will. Things are growing fast. What were the first things that you’re implementing in terms of infrastructure?

21:51
during that growth period? Yeah, so our first warehouse, what we thought was a warehouse, we moved into in July of 2014. It was 1,500 square feet. So we’re like, oh yeah, this is huge. At least it’s out of our house. And we quickly realized it was way too small. And by the November of 2014, we found a 3,000 square foot warehouse and we moved the week before Black Friday.

22:15
So we did have, we had a one year lease on the first one, but we were like, you know what, makes sense just to go ahead and move. We need more space to grow. Otherwise we’re going to be stuck at this smaller amount. So we moved and by 2015, we were like, we still need more than 3000 square feet. So my husband and I bought this, the land right up the road. was two acres and started building our current warehouse facility. So we bought it in 2015. built.

22:44
25,000 square foot warehouse and completed that in 2016. We added on an additional 25,000 square feet by 2018. And then by 2019, we’re like, we have to have another warehouse. we bought, or we rent, we signed the lease on one right up the road. That’s 160,000 square feet. So last year, 2020 Black Friday, we were actually operating out of both and trying to like makeshift up there just for more room. But we currently are operating out of both warehouses.

23:15
Your offices are in Kentucky, right? Correct, yeah. In California, that would have been like a hundred million dollars. Oh my goodness. Yeah. Wow. No, it’s not that much here. That’s amazing. So when you were scaling also, so the way, how many skews are we talking about when you moved into that first 1500 warehouse? Like what was all the room for? Was it just inventory? Were you carrying inventory or was stuff made on demand? It was a lot of inventory for

23:43
girls to work at that time we were hiring people to come in and package orders. So they’re not doing it on my dining room table. So we had like packaging stations and we also had all the inventory stored there too. Oh, wow. Okay. So you don’t use a third party logistics firm or anything. You’re still fulfilling all of your orders. Yeah, we, we do not do three PLs. We do all of it fulfillment too. Wow. Okay. So that, can you just walk me through what your facility looks like? Is there like,

24:12
conveyor belts like amazon.com where boxes come down and you have these automated stations or? So they did quote that it was going to be about $20 million to put in. We’re not doing that. So we do have some really cool things, but we don’t have conveyor belts. We have like our inbound, know, they have, they receive the boxes, they put the way the boxes, have overflow, we have really high racking. So we, you know, we have those little things that they go up on the

24:41
whatever they’re called. then we have about, we have a day shift and a night shift. So we are operating seven days a week out pretty much, think 20, 20 something hours. They’re 10 hour shifts. So 20 hours a day, the warehouse is open. And I think that the, the skew count currently is about 13,000 skews. 13,000. Wow. Okay. Can you walk me through just like the calculations and going three PL versus owning your own warehouse?

25:11
So I, still doing a lot of deep diving into that and it’s not out of the question in the future. The hard part is with three PLs, it works very well. If you have less skews, the more skew you have, especially being more of a fast fashion brand, it’s a lot harder for them. So for us, it makes, think in the long run, makes sense to keep our fulfillment. Um, but three PLs, you know, they work very well when you have a limited skew, you know, if you’re only selling 10, 20, 30 products and you’re always replenishing those.

25:41
makes sense, but if you’re changing out styles every season, it doesn’t really make that much sense yet. So actually, I walk me through that side of the business. So once something goes out of season, are you stuck with the inventory or what do you do with the inventory when it goes out of style? Yeah. So one thing that, especially with our brand is we’re not too trendy and that we do that on that. That reason, if there’s a trend that hits the market now, but in two months it could be gone like that.

26:08
doesn’t really resonate very well with me because I don’t want to invest in something that I’m going to just toss out of my closet too much from now. You know, so like our pieces are more staple that can last for years versus it being so trendy. We do occasionally have some trends that we want to test out. But again, if you go to our site, it’s really a little bit for, we offer so much for everyone, but it’s not super, super trendy. It’s just good classic styles. But there is that case where you do have inventory that you’re sitting on.

26:37
and the trend goes out, say tie dye 2020 was huge. And then we didn’t sell it all the way through tie dye. And then the trend quickly died. So at that point, we work really hard on, you know, what kind of sales do we need to put it in? What kind of liquidation process do we need? have once a year, typically we do an in-person warehouse sale where people can come shop items, very discounted. And then the clearance as well. So we do have a clearance section on the site, sales section. And those are typically for styles that are, you know,

27:07
maybe there are 20 or less left in stock or they’re just out of season and we are not carrying them in the future. So we just want to discount them to get them out the door. When did you start designing your own clothes? Are you designer clothing designer? I’m not a designer. I have ideas, but I am not like an actual designer. So we started working with our vendors in LA and then some in China and Korea back in I think about 2018.

27:33
on our own ideas. So from there, it’s transitioned very quickly with manufacturing our own items. And we’re currently actually hiring for a full-time designer, but I’m not one myself.

27:48
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

28:17
Now, first and foremost, protecting our IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copywriting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

28:46
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a hundred dollar discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L.com. Now back to the show. So, I mean, you’re the brains though, right? I mean, you know what’s trendy. So walk me through like, how do you design without being a designer? So I’ll look for concepts. I see things that do well within, again, it goes back to the very beginning. Like what sells well on the site? What are people loving?

29:13
and keep continually playing off that. If there is something that they love, let’s innovate it. Let’s make it newer for next year, but let’s keep the same concept of it. If there’s an animal print maxi dress that every single time we restock it, sells out. Let’s take that and let’s come up with three more animal print designs. Let’s work on that. So I see things that I like and I put them together in my head or on a horrible Photoshop. Like here’s the idea for the swimsuit, but I cannot draw.

29:43
all and I do not know AutoCAD at all. So I do work with our graphic designer here and she’ll draw prints and you know, I do oversee a lot of that with her. But we also, we know our customer pretty well. So it’s like we know what they love and we continue just to play off what they want. And so if you’re working with like a designer, I imagine it takes multiple iterations before like the stitching and this, I mean, there’s so much they can do from a picture, right? Exactly. Yes.

30:12
Yeah, there’s a lot of different fit samples and a lot of like proto samples that it takes two or three rounds. Okay. Wow. This just sounds I mean, running a clothing business just sounds so much more complicated. It is very complicated. Looking back, I’m like, maybe I should have started something else. But it’s okay. I love that because I wear clothes every day. so yeah, buddy, also, it is a necessity. And the way of the world is, you know, turning to shopping online, which is great for the future. But yeah, it is it is very complicated.

30:42
Of those 13,000 SKUs, how many would you say kind of turn over in a given year? We do four to five turns a year on our complete inventory. But in terms of like the styles that kind of go obsolete or that you’re taking down, you mentioned you had staples and then you had new styles. Of those 13,000, how many of those are just kind of staples that just lasted the test of time?

31:07
So for our staples, we still don’t always keep them in stock. We do let them run out and then restock them at the season that they are appropriate for. There’s some staples like bodysuits, if they’re long sleeves, we may not have them in stock in May and June. So we do still let them sell out at times. And so I would say 90 % of our business turns and it’s not a staple. Goal would be maybe getting it to maybe 40%, 60 one day. But yeah, most of our stuff is it turns. Amazing. Okay. So

31:37
Okay, so where we left off was you’re at $4 million. How do you go from four to 100? I mean, so what were the primary drivers for growing, you know, past, you know, nine figures? Yeah. So 14, 15, 16, we grew, you know, four to 12 million. We kind of stayed at 12 million for a year or two, just because we kept outgrowing our space and we, was just my husband and I, it was our money, you know, so like,

32:02
We reinvested all the profits, but we didn’t put additional in to continue to scale. So by 2016, we started working outside of just Facebook and Instagram. We started doing more paid ads. Influencers, we introduced those influencer partnerships, I think in 2018, which really helped elevate. And then 2019, we teamed up with a minority investor company and they really helped elevate and scale.

32:29
we started building out our teams with director level, because at the time it was still my husband and I doing most of the work. So they invested in director level positions and really those positions helped us elevate even faster. Our director of U-Com, our warehouse director, our marketing director and such. So by getting a little bit of expertise on board by 2019, that really helped us go from 30 million to 100 million within two years.

32:59
Was that just all online or was that due to, are you in retail outlets? We have one retail store here in our town and it is under a million a year. So it’s very small since we were just a college town. It’s not like a big city. So it is, it’s a very small amount of revenue. Okay. So it’s, all online sales that you scaled and it was, it sounds like it was scaled through mostly just paid advertising Facebook and Instagram, would imagine. Yeah. Paid advertising and yeah, pretty much. What’s, are you guys on TikTok?

33:28
We are, yes. How’s that going for you guys? So TikTok is, it’s great for like Legion, but it’s not great for building the community. So we are consistent on there. And I think we have about 150,000 followers. We were one of the first brands to jump on there quickly, because anytime a platform arises, I’m very quick to like make sure that our brands on there and people know about us and see us. But

33:55
people don’t respond to brands as well on TikTok. So we’re still trying to learn to navigate that. But yeah, we do have 150,000 followers. We just try to get them over to Instagram or get them to our email list. You we’ve run some TikTok ads that, you know, they go to it and it signs them up for our email newsletter. That’s a key driver to get them to actually shop. Yeah. Speaking among my colleagues, it seems like people will find you on TikTok, but you have to drive them to either your own site, get their email or Instagram to actually complete the sale.

34:24
Exactly. Yes, it is a good for Legion, but not really for conversion. Yeah. Are you guys on YouTube also? Or is it just so we have a YouTube we really pushed it last year until it just bandwidth we couldn’t keep up with keep making the videos every single week. It was really more behind the scenes on the brand side though than like product, which people love. They love seeing you know, the behind the scenes of the brand. Yeah, what is your philosophy of you personally being in the post? Are you still in a lot of the posts that you’re in either tic toc or

34:54
or Instagram? So TikTok not really, or Instagram. I mean, they’ll repost photos that I get and share and stuff, but for sure YouTube behind the brand more so and like behind the scenes stuff, but I’m not like the model. You know, we do, they do have TikTok models and, and photographers and such that. And I honestly just don’t have the time to go to all these photo shoots and do that part of it too.

35:19
Yeah, I was just wondering. So that transition probably took place once you cross like eight figures, I would imagine, right? And you could hire a whole bunch more people to handle everything. Right. Yeah, we did a lot of the live videos for the first few years and people really did enjoy, know, seeing the CEO do the videos. And I would love to do more of those live videos on Facebook. But it’s just right now I’ll leave it to the marketing team to do it. Yeah. So I want to switch gears a little bit. And I want to I know you’re a mom and you have three kids, right?

35:47
So how does one, I know we have some problems doing this. How does one juggle three kids who running such a large business? With help for sure. my, have a, our two older ones are in school, but then my two year old, has a babysitter that comes during the day. So we come into work while she is at home with her babysitter. If we ever have to travel, she’ll stay the night too. She’s great. But my husband is really good too. Like we,

36:14
We both are great parents versus it just being like the mom’s role or the dad’s role. So we tag team a lot. And if I have to work late, he’ll go home at four and let our babysitter go and like he’ll cook dinner and such. So it is a lot at times and where it’s so much at work and then you can’t get your work done and you have to do it. But I try really hard to, you know, four to eight o’clock is.

36:37
Kids time, we play, we do fast, we do that. And then if I have to finish working, I’ll do that after I get the kids to bed to complete the emails for the day. Yeah, so your kids are younger than mine. Mine are teenage years now, and I feel like I’m a full-time driver starting at one o’clock on. I can’t even imagine.

36:58
So my work hours, I work from about seven until about noon or one o’clock. And then the whole afternoon is just devoted to me being like a glorified Uber driver. Like I go to all the practices, I coach and that sort of thing. Can you walk me through your typical day? Actually, I’m very curious. Yeah. So in the morning it is wake up, get the kids ready for school, do my daughter’s hair. They just started riding the bus.

37:22
Two weeks ago, they’re super excited about it because we moved into our district so they could ride the bus. I don’t know why they begged to ride the bus. I was like, I hated the bus when I was a kid. I did too, actually. They ride the bus and they like it. So I’ll get them out the door. My husband does too. And then we play with our two year old for just a little bit before her babysitter gets there. And then I will come into work. I’m still working on, we just recently moved. I’m still working on getting my home office so I can actually work at home some. It looks nice.

37:48
Just a mile away, so it’s not hard to get here. So come in and I’m typically here every day from eight to four or eight to five depending on the day. And then go home. have right now, this is a crazy season. We’ve got soccer, we’ve got cheerleading and baseball. So every single night there is an activity for a kid to get to. Yes. And so spring, especially it’s a little harder, but

38:12
that nights are usually either driving one of them and staying at a practice or staying home with the other two kids and feeding them dinner, cooking on all that stuff. It’s nuts. from you said nine to four, you’re at work. What are your primary duties at work right now? I am over so many things. So, I basically oversee all the products. So, I’m over the buying team. We just recently hired a director of merchandising, so she’s still learning the ropes.

38:42
to work with them and demand planning to ensure we’re hitting the numbers that we need to hit on the sell through percentages on our inventory coming in. I also oversee the marketing team. So I work with them directly, the marketing director on just strategies and overall implementation for marketing. Also oversee the customer service team to ensure the CSAT scores are going up and everything that all customers are satisfied.

39:07
And then from there, if there’s ever other issues that arise or just things like today, this afternoon, going over to the warehouse just to see new things that we’re doing and dealing with some issues with new contracts for our ambassadors and influencers, et cetera. So hands in a lot of different things at all times. Tori, that made me tired just hearing you say all that stuff, actually. I do say pretty tired at night, I’m like, OK, I need to go to bed. You probably sleep very well.

39:35
I do, yes. Okay, so I want to kind of shift this last part of the interview towards people. Like, so as I mentioned before, I run a class and oftentimes people want to sell apparel. So I want your advice here. So whenever someone asks me to sell, whether they should sell apparel, I usually say no, because I think it’s just going be extremely difficult. But you clearly pulled it off on a bootstrap budget. What advice would you give people who actually want to go the apparel route? I would say,

40:04
this time and age, eight years post when I started. Total different world, obviously now with clothing and even things like Amazon fashion was not a thing when I started. So I would say the only way for it to be successful at this point in time would just find a gap in the market of something not being sold. So that’s gonna be like, if there is an idea that you have, I’ve seen great brands pop up like Viori, they sell.

40:31
Really good lounge where and such and they are huge brain that just popped up, know a few years ago, but they had that gap in the market and there wasn’t great lounge where everybody who’s staying home and they wanted that stuff so to really look to see what that gap is and you know, I agree on trends changing way too fast. I think if you go that route, you may not be successful. I would think it’s going to be much more successful if you have.

40:58
classic styles that work for people long term. And also even going into the route that we’re trying to go in the future is just having a sustainable clothing line. That could be something huge if you wanted to start out that right now. Have you guys had problems with knockoffs? Yes, absolutely. So we always have issues with that. And even as far as graphic tees and graphic designs that we do on our

41:22
ours that our graphic designer hand draws, then we see it all over Etsy a month later. So yes, we always have issues with that. What would you say like a good starting budget would be for someone new who wants to go into apparel? Do you think it’s possible to bootstrap it just like you guys did today? absolutely. Yeah. Okay. think I’m always in favor of walking before you run. You know that. And where would you start in terms of marketing? Would you start with influencers? Would you start on social? What would you do if you started all over again?

41:50
Right now I would do both. would start definitely with influencers and TikTok and Instagram, media. think that there’s still lot of life left in some of those platforms and there’s also new platforms always starting up. So a lot of women have, or a lot of boutique owners that I know have great success with both of those, especially TikTok right now. Yeah, yeah. Take some dance lessons, throw up some TikToks. Start dancing and showing them how to do great. What’s your influencer strategy?

42:20
What do you We work with a variety of influencers and we really, we ensure that we’re getting a good ROI on them though. So I mean, it does take a lot of like after the fact, here’s what they are posting. Here’s what this what’s sold. Here’s what their coupon code brought in for us to be able to rebook them. You do have to bring in a certain ROI, but our strategy it’s really it’s ever changing because the influencer world is always, always where do find them? Do you look on Instagram primarily?

42:50
Yeah, so we were Instagram, TikTok, YouTube. We work with all influencers on all those platforms. So do you give them like a trial? Like you mentioned ROI, but it’s really hard to figure out whether someone’s going to be ROI positive, right? Most influencers don’t do a trial. It’s just, they’re… So what I meant by that is do you cast your net wide and then and figure out who works and then just focus on those? Okay. I think if you’re starting out now, that’s exactly what I would do. Do you focus on the smaller or are you guys looking at bigger people or…

43:19
So for us, it’s really good mix. The ones that really drive the conversion and the sales are the bigger girls, but it’s very hard to book larger girls. And it’s also very expensive to book larger girls. I think if you take the money and split it amongst smaller ones, you’re going to get a whole lot more new audiences. And in the long run, it can be better for just that top of funnel marketing. what do you negotiate as like the deliverables? I mean, obviously you’re not

43:49
Sometimes one post isn’t enough, right? So what is your typical like minimum book for them to post for you? Usually it is just one post. one post, interesting. a session too. I mean, there’s definitely some that we do like, okay, two posts a month and two story sessions, but a lot of them like to have a variety of things that they cover on their platforms and they don’t want to just be like only showing one brand all the time. Interesting. Are you looking for ROI positivity with influencers or do you, I would imagine your repeat customer rates pretty,

44:19
Pretty good, right? Because you have a closing We have about a 74 % retention rate. OK, that’s amazing. That’s amazing. It’s very above average. Yeah, that’s amazing. So that means you can probably afford to lose money on these influencers, right? Just to get someone in we don’t, though. We make sure that we do not lose money on any of our investments. So we do make sure that we have a positive ROI. OK. So if you’re brand new, would you just recommend going after the small guys? Do you actually just give away product for the small people?

44:49
In for. In the past, yes, in the past, it’s getting harder now. It has changed so much that very little influencers do it for free product. Everyone considers themselves an influencer. These days it’s changed drastically in the last even two to three years. The way of the world in 2018 with influencer world is drastically different than it is in 2022. Yeah, OK, so that sounds like a good overview. So you could probably bootstrap with like 10 grand if you were doing it all over today. Focus on social, maybe tick tock the free organic methods.

45:18
Yeah. And then find some influencers, find out, hopefully try to just give away the product in return for some mentions and then just. Yeah. sure. And be social, create a community. Yeah. I think the community is a really big factor. I think that that’s just the way of the future with online selling overall. And, you know, people want to feel like they’re, my husband’s in this bourbon group community and he spends a lot of money in there and he’s like, I love it. I’m addicted to it. And I feel like.

45:44
people actually do get addicted to these groups and that they want to check it every day. And then they’re like, oh, well, let me buy that. You know, they get excited and they want to feel a part of a community. You know, people are spending less and less real time together. So they want to have an alternative. And that’s a community on social media. Facebook still the best place for communities or have you branched out elsewhere? I think a Facebook group is probably still the number one. Still the number one. Tori, thanks a lot for coming on the show. I know you’re a busy woman just based on your nine to four schedule. It sounded ridiculous.

46:14
Where can people find more about you, your clothing, everything? Yeah, so my Instagram is just my first and last name at Tori Gerbig and our website is pinklilly.com, Instagram at Pink Lily. So super easy, both just the names. Cool. Well, Tori, thanks a lot. I’m sure this audience will get a lot out it, especially the ones who want to start apparel companies. Well, yeah, thank you for having me. Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now, Tori’s story is super inspiring.

46:43
and she truly is an amazing person. For more information about this episode, go to mywebquaterjob.com slash episode 411. And once again, I want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. Now SMS is the next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve.

47:10
I also want thank Klaviyo, which is my email marketing platform of choice for ecommerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned card sequence, a post-purchase flow, a win-back campaign, basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIO. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIO. Now I talk about how I these tools on my blog, and if you are interested in starting your own ecommerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com.

47:38
and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

410: How To Start A 7 Figure Clothing Brand From Scratch With Raphael Schneider

410: How To Start A 7 Figure Clothing Brand From Scratch With Raphael Schneider

Today, I have my friend Raphael Schneider on the show and he runs a successful men’s clothing brand.

Now men’s clothing is one of the most challenging niches to sell into but Raphael has managed to create an impressive 7-figure high-end men’s brand over at Fort Belvedere by leveraging the power of YouTube.

In fact, Raphael is so popular that I can’t hang out with him without being randomly accosted by people on the street wanting to take pictures with him.

In this episode, he’s going to teach us how he created his incredible brand.

What You’ll Learn

  • How to create a successful mens clothing brand from scratch
  • How to create an audience with YouTube
  • How to stand out when you sell a commodity product like men’s apparel

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript Logo

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today I have my longtime friend, Rafael Snyder on the show and he sells men’s clothing and men’s clothing is probably one of the most difficult niches to sell into, but Rafael has managed to create an impressive seven figure high end men’s brand over at Fort Belvedere through the power of content. And in fact, I can’t hang out with this guy without him being randomly accosted by someone on the street.

00:29
wanted to take pictures with him. And today he’s going to teach us how he created this incredible brand. But before we begin, I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Always excited to talk about Klaviyo because they’re the email marketing platform that I use for e-commerce and it depends on them for over 30 % of my revenue. Now you’re probably wondering why Klaviyo and not another provider. Well Klaviyo is the only email platform out there that is specifically built for e-commerce stores. And here’s why it’s so powerful. Klaviyo can track every single customer who’s shopped in your store and exactly what they bought.

00:57
And let’s say I want to send an email to everyone who purchased a red handkerchief in the last week. Easy. Let’s say I want to set up a special autoresponder sequence to my customers to pay on what they bought, piece of cake, and there’s full revenue tracking on every single email sent. Klaviyo is the most powerful email platform that I’ve ever used. You can try them for free over at klaviyo.com slash my wife. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O dot com slash my wife. I also want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Now, if you run an e-commerce business of any kind,

01:26
You know how important it is to own your own customer contact list. And this is why I focus a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing. SMS or text message marketing is already a top five revenue source for my e-commerce store. And I couldn’t have done it without Postscript, which is my text message provider. Now, why did I choose Postscript? It’s because they specialize in e-commerce and e-commerce is their primary focus. Not only is it easy to use, but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at the push of a button.

01:56
Not only that, but it’s price well too and SMS is the perfect way to engage with your customers. So head on over to postscript.io slash Steve and try it for free. That’s P O S T S U I P T dot I O slash Steve. And then finally, I wanted to mention my other podcast that I released with my partner, Tony. And unlike this podcast where I interviewed successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the profitable audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way.

02:26
So be sure to check out the profitable audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now on to the show.

02:37
Welcome to the My Wife Quitter Job podcast. Today I’m thrilled to have Rafael Snyder on the show. Now Rafael is someone who I met at the Menfluential conference run by our mutual friend, Antonio Centeno. And we’ve also hung out a couple of times, I believe at Klaviyo and also at ECF Live. Now Rafael is the CEO and editor in chief of the Gentleman’s Gazette. And he also runs a successful e-commerce business over at Fort Belvedere.

03:04
and he’s probably one of the best dressed men that I know personally. And he actually also sells handkerchiefs among other high end men’s accessories and clothing. Now, hanging with Raph is tough because random people on the street always ask for photos with him. So literally you can’t get down the street without someone like accosting him because he’s that famous. He runs a killer YouTube channel, is a master of content, and today we’re gonna find out how he’s managed to create such a successful business.

03:33
So welcome, Raphael. How are doing, Well, thank you, Steve, for such a glowing introduction. I think I’ve never gotten something that detailed. And I also realized I haven’t updated our description because I’m no longer the editor-in-chief and I haven’t done it in a while. So where did you get that from? No way. OK. Well, it’s still on the main site. didn’t realize. When did that happen? Will have worked to do, oh, you know, like we hired a content person a while back.

04:02
As you know, in the beginning, you just start on your own and you do everything and you wear all hats and then it just gets too much. And I realized that burnout and it was actually talking to Antonio. He was like, well, you’re still doing everything yourself. And I’m like, yeah. He’s like, well, I have these virtual assistants and it really has transformed my business. Was like, me more about that. yeah, I also fondly remember influential because I

04:30
That was when we really had time to talk and connect because we hung out there. think you’re so popular at e-commerce fuel. You know, there’s so many old and well-known faces that when I didn’t know you and it wasn’t like we had just three hours over lunch that we could talk. Right. So true. I really enjoyed it. I enjoyed that. again, you are constantly accosted by random people who want a picture with you. I remember at Klaviyo, I go, it’s OK if I take a picture. I’m like, who is this guy?

05:00
Yeah, it’s when you have a YouTube channel, right? It’s like I remember that in the beginning. It was a very interesting concept because we started with written content because, you know, we started in 2010 and blogging was the thing. then I remember doing surveys on the side. It’s like, hey, what would you like more content of? And in the back of my head, I was like, well, they’re going to want video. And then I got back to survey results and it was like, we want more written content. I was like, huh.

05:25
bit disappointed and then it didn’t daunt me until much later, right? If you ask a group that comes to your site because you offer written content, what they want more of, they’re gonna tell you written content. Now, I still forged ahead and we double in YouTube early on and then didn’t do it because I felt like I couldn’t do it as perfectly as I would have wanted to and that was a big mistake. I should have just said, no, just do it and don’t be afraid. Don’t

05:54
you know, let the fear take over. And so we started in, I think, 2014, 2015 to really focus on it. And it was a transformation right now. People had a face and they connected over it. And I think that was really pivotal because now we get a lot more views on YouTube than on our website, right? And if we just had kept doing the same thing, we just would have been on the website and no one would know my face really.

06:20
But this way, it’s surprising sometimes, you you go to UPS, right? you’re at the, you’re at like this, this Chinese restaurant, you know, very humble and you go there and they’re like, Hey, I love your videos. Or, you know, I’m wearing my bike helmet, you know, all sweaty and they’re like, Hey, I love your videos, Sven. You know, it’s just really cool to see that part. Of course, in the last two years that has toned down because I’m not out and about people on about you have a mask. Right.

06:49
Once Whole Foods, a guy came up to me and was like, hey, I love your YouTube videos. I’m impressed. Like you can see my eyes and my voice. That’s it, right? Well, you were probably well dressed. I mean, you stand out, right? Yeah. I like dressing and you automatically stand out if you don’t, you know, if you dress differently. It’s like, oh, who’s that guy? Actually, I was going to ask you this. I was going to ask you this later, but let’s let’s cover it now. So when did you actually start dressing nicely? My wife is actually always trying to get me to dress better.

07:19
But for me, like, I don’t know, it takes a lot of effort. So when did you get into fashion? It was, you know, not in my childhood. Like my parents didn’t pay too much attention. My dad liked more like a loud unusual things, you know, in clothes or cars or whatever. My mom, not at all. And I just got, whatever was on sale or hand me downs, really. And it wasn’t until I was a teenager, I started buying

07:48
fountain pens on eBay, like in Germany. I grew up in Germany, so I went to school there. And you start writing with a fountain pen, no ballpoint pens. That’s what you write with. And so I heard this brand Mont Blanc and eBay was pretty new back then. And they didn’t have any age limits, so I think I could sign up at the age of 14. And I bought an expensive fountain pen. And I got it and I was like, this doesn’t actually

08:17
write better than my five dollar Lamy school pen. So I sold it again and I made twice as much money. It was like, wait a second. So I quit my paperboy job and I started buying fountain pens and selling them on eBay. And that was my job. That’s how I made money. And so I would buy lots of stuff and then sell them individually. And I, I,

08:43
once got a pair of cufflinks because Montblanc also made cufflinks. And I was like, well, what do I do with that? I probably can’t sell that. And was like, oh, I need a shirt for cufflinks. Oh, now I have the shirt with a French cuff and cufflinks. What do I do next? And then I found this book called Gentleman from Bernhard Rözel. And this kind of whole world kind of opened up for me and that my interest evolved. And I was like, wow, this is awesome.

09:12
I remember talking to Antonio, so I don’t know how you met Antonio, but I was at an event, I think it was Blog World, and then all of a sudden, I had no idea who Antonio was. This really well-dressed guy that sits next to me, and he says, hey Steve, what’s up? And I was like, who is this? But he was well-dressed, Antonio’s really confident, right? And so we just started chatting, and then we became friends, and then we started talking about fashion.

09:39
And I asked him, hey, you you’re like the best dressed guy here is like, yeah, the reason I do that is because it gives me confidence and I stand out. Right. Is that like a similar thing for you at conferences and events also? Or you know, when I when I started, right, it was it came from this like interest and passion. I’m a highly curious person. And then I also just wanted to learn more about it. Reflecting now, I think it is definitely a big part of it. Right. It’s like this

10:09
when you stand out in a way you’re known for. And I noticed that when I’m in London or wherever, people come up to you and ask you for directions. And what I realized is we all judge. We are like, hey, don’t judge. We don’t want to judge, but we all do. It happens in like microseconds and we’re not even aware of it. You’re like, oh, this is a well-dressed man. He’s probably trustworthy. He’s rich. All these associations we have come through and

10:38
there is a benefit to that. Now it just happens to align with an interest. No, didn’t come from that angle. I think Antonio is much more scientifically interested in that angle. But we came from different angles, but we both fully understand the power of it. And yet when you go to a conference, right, it’s like, oh, there’s that well dressed guy that walks around, you got to meet him. Right. And so it’s very easy for people to remember, like remember you.

11:06
I see this guy, I know who he is. Ah, yes. Right. Versus if you’re just one out of many, you have to stand out in a different way. usually stand out by saying random stuff and being loudmouthed. Maybe your methods apply better. I’m guessing. You know, what’s funny though is it’s one thing to be well dressed, but it’s another thing to actually sell men’s apparel, which in my opinion is actually one of the hardest things to sell online. Right? Yeah.

11:36
I mean, think about it, every store sells men’s apparel. So when did you actually start the store? Did the YouTube and the content come first or did the store come first? Actually, the blog came first. It was a content. No, I came to the US in 2009 as an exchange student. I went to law school. I realized I hated it. I hated law. But I still came because it was an opportunity for me to come to the US and get a degree.

12:04
I had met my wife in 2006 during an exchange semester, so we got married and then I couldn’t work because I didn’t have a work permit. And I was like, well, what do I do now? It was 2009, 2010, you no one hired anyone, let alone a foreigner without work experience. And so I was like, let’s do this blog thing. And then I was like, hey, I, I,

12:32
I was like, how long does it take to make $100,000? I was like, if you do it well, about five years. And my wife was supportive of me and said, I believe in you. think you can do this. I’m going to do the day job and make some money and then we can figure it out. Was like, cool, let’s do this. And then, you know, I would write about stuff and it’s like, oh, where did you get this pair of gloves from? was like flea market in Vienna, right? Not really useful. And then I was like, well, maybe we could

13:01
create that stuff because you know in my spare time I had visited shoemakers and shirt makers and umbrella makers and it was just a hobby and was like well I already have contacts I know where I could get that people don’t so why not create something out of this and I didn’t you know I didn’t go to business school I didn’t have any business degrees I didn’t think it through and was like well what’s a better opportunity I didn’t have a community of entrepreneurs that I could tap into and I thought oh well you know I already have this

13:31
this content side and we have followers and people are going to love our stuff and it’s just going to fly off the shelf and they’re going to buy it. And I was wrong. It took us like a year to kind of just develop everything. And I remember, you know, renting space in a self-storage facility and have products in there because not everything came and I’m not a naturally good project manager. it, you know, it dragged out, but I think we first started selling in, I think 2014, but

14:00
We first conceptualized the idea in 2012 and this eBay experience I had earlier really helped me because what I realized was I liked the marketing, I liked the photography and I hated waiting in line at the post office to ship something and to pack things up. And so from the very first day, we worked with a 3PL, which I think a lot of times people don’t do, they kind of self-fulfill. And so I skipped that step because of that past experience.

14:30
And then once we had the e-commerce channel, did YouTube. And at the time, and Shopify was technically around, but it was not known at all, at least not to me. So we started with Magento because I looked at all the platforms and I was like, well, if we ever have to upgrade to enterprise version or whatever, I’m already in the same platform and the transition is probably going to be easier. And so that’s what we chose, Magento. Are you still on Magento?

14:58
We’re still on Magento. Wow. Okay. I remember evaluating shopping carts and Magento was on my list because back then it was, you know, like the standard for larger shops. But then I looked at the code and it was really hard to understand. And then you required hefty hosting and had all these little quirks. So I actually skipped, skipped Magento, but power to you. I think, you know, if you’d start today, most people will start there, right? Cause it’s just, it’s easy. It’s, it’s lower stakes.

15:27
It scales. There’s so much you don’t have to worry about. But at the time, I didn’t know that was an option. And then, know, once you’re in the system, you’re like, well, we’re doing all these things. What’s the cost of switching now? And I’m still revaluing. I’m not married to Magento or anything. But it was also like we had this good team. You know, I felt like they were really on top of things. It was really affordable. Like, you know, doing the math. Yeah. Your SaaS apps versus, you know, one time payment apps versus how much do I pay per year to maintain it?

15:57
But there’s lots of things that go into it. You don’t have to tell me that. I’m actually still on an open source shopping cart myself. I never made the switch to Shopify and it’s free. I have to touch it maybe once every five years, five to ten years to do an upgrade. So it hasn’t been that bad. I’m curious with your blog. So you started that, you said in 2012 or? I started in 2010. 2010, okay. February 2010.

16:26
How long did it take you for that to take off? I mean, you had a five year plan, you said, but did you hit six figures earlier than that? Yes, yes, way earlier. And so then we were like, let’s do this, this other stuff. Because in the beginning we had, you know, private advertisers, you know, brands in our space, like that you and value to content and the audience. So that’s how we kind of made our money early on was ads.

16:55
Okay. For a while I thought maybe, we’re going to do it like Huffington Post. And since we started with $300 each, like I put in 300 and Theresa did 300, so 600 total. think in 2011 we founded the LLC with that capital. We were like, well, yeah, we’ll, we can’t buy traffic. We can’t buy links or anything. We’ll just do organic traffic. That was the strategy, organic traffic.

17:25
And in the beginning, it worked really well because you you optimize stuff and I was like, I’ll post every day. And then I realized, you know, I’m going to burn out and let’s do, I want to be the best piece of content on this given topic I write about. In the beginning, it worked super well, but then after a while you realize, you know, your old posts lose in the sharp results. So you have to redo them or do something else with them. And then you always have some that gain.

17:55
and others that lose so net, you maybe just shrink or you maybe increase very slightly. But I think that was our competitive advantage understanding SEO early on. And also I never kind of succumb to these like short term fixes or gains like you know, because in the early days, you could really like, you game it at add more keywords to your stuff, right. And I had read about like a Sergey Brin and like,

18:24
that they modeled Google after academic journals. And the idea was that they became more important, and more often they were cited. If you’re cited by a famous journal or by New York Times, you become more important yourself. they’re like, long-term, our vision is to provide the best search results for humans. And so that was my approach. was like, if we write really good content for humans, I will never have to go back and

18:52
make all these changes that I just did for search engines but not for humans. So that has always been our approach. Now, does it mean you never have to go back and update things? No, because you know, we grow, we learn, we add questions and all that stuff. But I think overall, that helped us grow pretty quickly. So you had these blogs that were ranking in search and then you had brands advertising. You mentioned when you first launched your e-commerce store, which was the logical step, right? Because people were asking for these products.

19:22
Why did it not work out in the beginning? I think, know, our egos or my ego told me like, wow, you know, you have these thousands of people who come to your website, you know, if I look at a conversion rate of 1%, you know, at an average order value of that, I should get X. And then when you actually had the shop and it was less than that, you’re like,

19:49
Oh, you know, yeah, because these people come for content, they don’t come to shop necessarily, right. And just because they know, or I thought they would know me and know the brand and trust it. Like, that wasn’t enough. I realized, no, you actually need a really robust marketing system. And at the time we had, I’d found like Infusionsoft. Okay.

20:16
And I found a company that integrated Infusionsoft with Magento. So we had quite a bit of data and kind of, you I felt for the size of our business were quite advanced in that field with automated email flows and sequences or whatever you want to call it, campaigns. was pretty good. But I just realized too, it’s like, you know, you need to have supporting content and really kind of show people.

20:44
what they get when they buy from you and what they get when they buy from others and then let them decide. But we didn’t have like a well thought out marketing plan. know, and our photos were like white background. It didn’t occur to me that maybe the clothes should be shown on people in a environment that people would like to be in. You know, I just had looked around and was like people do white background stuff. So that’s what I have to do.

21:12
But I didn’t know, I didn’t have mentors. It was really all a trial and error. just curious though. So you had this site and you’re selling men’s apparel. I noticed you sell like shoes and stuff too, right? Was sizing ever a problem? That was a consideration we made and we did not sell shoes on the website. We for a brief moment sold them, tried to sell them offline. But at the beginning, you know, we had this limited amount of capital.

21:41
And we made some money with advertising, but it was like, man, it’s so expensive starting a product range from scratch. Amazon was around at the time. And I was like, well, as a small fish like us, we cannot compete with them on logistics, price or anything. What we can do is compete on quality. And I also felt like there was stuff that I couldn’t find in the market. And I wanted to provide that. So it was very clear that we wanted to have our

22:11
own brand, and not just slap our name on something that you could find elsewhere, but that it was unique to us and defensible. And maybe that was part of my head was always this idea of, if you do it the hard way, it’s more defensible, because people will not be interested because they want to do it the easy way. I felt long term, that was a better thing to defend. mean, what in my head, right? That’s what I, that’s what I thought. I actually 100 % believe in that. Okay. Yeah. Yeah. And it just, you know, that was

22:41
The strategy I developed there with Teresa, like, okay, that’s, think the path we want to do. And was also the most personally satisfying path, right? Like creating your own product and exactly to your specifications. It’s much more fulfilling than just buying something from someone and put something on. And I realized, you know, money wasn’t my only driver. I realized it early on because there were like, you know, supplement stuff and you could do, it’s like, you know, that doesn’t jive with me. Yes, we all want money and it’s great, but it’s not what really kind of

23:10
made me do things. I’ve, when I knew I always had this long-term vision, right? So then I didn’t care so much about, I make a quick buck here now? Because I was fortunate enough to be the position where we were, we had enough to live by, right? would remember early on with sometimes like there was this food shelf and the neighbor was like, well, they’ve all that stuff that I would use. It was like, well, I’ll go there. I’ll get the food shelf rejects. Why not? You know, like save some money, uh, can put more money in the business and stuff. So

23:39
That was no… Yeah, I was always very resourceful. Let’s put it that way.

23:47
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now, what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

24:16
Now, first and foremost, protecting our IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copyrighting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

24:45
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a hundred dollar discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L dot com. Now back to the show. In the beginning, you said you were selling other people’s brands. Was that was that in the beginning or? we never sold other people’s brands. Oh, yeah. It’s always your own brand. OK. From the get go, it was our own brand because that we were like, let’s do that and let’s have just that. And then it was like, what shall we name it? And Theresa was like, well, English country house.

25:15
I was like, well, how is it connected to clothes? then Fort Belvedere is the house of the Duke of Windsor, who was a very kind of rickish, dandy, always well-dressed, most photographed of the world in the 30s, which is, know, in the classic style realm considered to be the golden era of men’s style. So was like, oh, that’s a good connection. Domain was available. Trademark was available. I went to law school, so I thought about that, Trademark. Can we do that? Yeah, for the Gentleman’s Gazette, I…

25:45
hadn’t thought about that yet quite then and then that was harder to get because they were like well Gazette for gentlemen anyhow. were your first best-selling products? I think in the beginning I had this friend and he was like well when you go to a store you don’t just want to walk in and have one product. So it was very clear for me that we didn’t just want to be a one product brand. One thing that I was

26:11
most proud of it was the most unique one. And I also think we sold the most was an boutonniere flowers. It’s like flower. I don’t have one today, but you wear it through your lapel hole basically. And I had my wife’s family, they went on a cruise and I had never been on a cruise and we weren’t there. And you know, you wear a tuxedo and black tie and I was like, well, I’d like to wear a flower, but on a cruise ship, you know, the flower selection is limited. So I once had this like

26:38
gigantic big rose that stood up straight. was like, well, that doesn’t look like in the 30s. And I was like, well, what would it take to make boutonniers that look like flowers that I could bring on a cruise? And that’s how that developed. so that was really like that market. I don’t think was super developed. It was its infancy. I’m not saying no one else had done that before, but the way we did it was really a first and we sold that well. But even there we had to promote it.

27:07
show it to people, see what’s going on. And I realized everything we sold in the beginning didn’t sell well until we put a lot of marketing behind it. as in paid or YouTube? No paid marketing. No paid marketing. Okay. Because for us, we always felt like it was expensive. And it changed so much that I felt like I had to invest so much energy in keeping up with the changes that

27:37
And in my opinion, it’s always something that people often don’t calculate in their ad spend. They’re like, oh, I’m spending that much. I’m getting that ROI and that’s my cost of acquisition. Well, how much do all these people cost that you have to be involved in this process, which is quite a bit. know a lot of e-commerce owners that spend considerable amount of time managing their ad spends and ad budgets. And I didn’t want to do that. I was like, I believe more in this organic realm. And just figuring it out, right?

28:07
Most e-commerce people, I think when they start out, they make these product videos that you would typically put in a product page that are just like explainer videos or feature videos, I call them. And then after a while, maybe, you realize, well, there’s other videos you could make, right? This like, what’s the best pair of socks, right? And where you compare stuff and understanding what actually drives sales and what doesn’t, right? Because sometimes you see these super fancy brand videos, you know, 90 minutes with

28:35
120 cuts and this emotional music and it’s you’re like, wow, this feels amazing. But then you look at the view count and it’s like 520 people watch this. Like, you know, if there’s maybe something that 500,000 people can see, right. And it resonates with them. Maybe that’s a much better sales driver than than that. And then it’s like, what are all the things we have to do, right? How much text we have to write? What kind of pictures do we have to provide?

29:05
What about social media? How can we utilize that? And yeah, that stuff. So can we talk about then which types of YouTube videos work the best for you? You mentioned best ones and comparison videos. What else is in your arsenal? I think what we’ve decided to do as we know along the way was to say, we want to create content for a core audience. But if you just appeal to this core audience,

29:35
you are kind of limited to that. So we realized also talking to Eric Bandholz and others to have like a three tiered approach, right? Top of the funnel, middle of the funnel, bottom of the funnel, and then just structure videos to say, well, what appeals to people, right? So we, one of our most successful videos by ViewCount is a video on table manners. Now we don’t sell anything related to tableware.

30:05
right or linens or anything like that. But our thought process was that, well, a person interested in table manners will likely have an also there’s a chance that they’re also interested in what we do. So we look for that kind of correlation, right? And then a middle of the funnel video could be something like, you know, best wallets for men, right? Something like that. And then a bottom of the funnel video could be very specific, you know, like

30:34
how to identify the quality knit ties, something like that, right? So you funnel it. And sometimes you think a video is a certain funnel and that it turns out to be very different. One thing we notice is like, if a video sparks curiosity, that’s when you hit the jackpot. Because YouTube basically, they’re based on numbers. So they look at what is the click through rate from the thumbnail. So it’s like,

31:03
How does a thumbnail look? And what is the title? And then what is the average watch time of the video? Not just on this one video, but how many videos are people gonna watch? Not just on your channel, but overall, because the longer they can keep people in the platform, the more money they make, the more interested they are in showing it. And so when you look at that and analyze that, that really helped. And YouTube provides a lot of information where you can look at your audience retention and you can see, oh, when I say this,

31:32
there’s a drop when I say this, people watch it again, right? so you can say with your thumbnails, you can like, I’ll do this. And this is my click through rate. I’ll do that. And that is my click through rate. Sadly, you can’t A, split test, but you you do what you can with a platform to figure out what works and what doesn’t. I think- Share with me one of these titles that create mystery that’s worked with you. Do you have any in the top of your head that you remember?

32:02
Yeah, like for example, we did a series called, you why did men stop wearing hats? Right? Why, why, why that? And that’s just something that’s really curious for people. I think for e-commerce people, I’ve, you know, if I meet someone in e-commerce and they’re like, well, we’re thinking of getting into video. I just say, go through your customer, look at the hundred most asked questions they ask, then make videos about that. Right?

32:31
Don’t make a product video about the features and stuff. Just look at what do your customers do and what’s happening. And lately also it daunted on me, we always have the tendency to say, well, we want a lot of people to watch our videos and that’s great. But actually what can happen is it can be really bad for your channel. So there was this lady, she this DIY channel on YouTube and on average she’d get about 150 to 200,000 views on her videos in the first week. Well now,

33:01
COVID hit, she made a video about DIY masks, right? We’re like, well, DIY, know, masks super popular right now. So the video blew up, super successful. Well, now subsequently, when she brought her regular DIY videos out, people started, YouTube recommended those new videos to the audience who also watch a DIY mask video. They’re like, nah, I don’t care for that. So then YouTube sees extremely low click rate. Oh, people don’t like that.

33:31
And now she only gets about 20,000 views on a new video in the first week. So I think when you develop a strategy on YouTube, you have to understand that maybe people want you to stay in your lane. Right? I think we did once a video where, you gentlemen’s because I do gentlemenly things, we talk about etiquette, but then we talked about steak. Right. And because I was like, well, men like steak. Let’s do a steak guide.

33:59
But realistically, people don’t come to us for steak advice. The audience you groomed now is mistaken like, what is this? Am I a cooking channel? And then they drop off. I think that’s a if I could avoid one mistake on YouTube, that would be it. story is just like my buddy. Okay, he runs a personal finance channel.

34:23
And during the pandemic, he started talking about stimulus checks, that’s where all the traffic was, and he was getting millions of views. But then now that the stimulus is over, those people aren’t watching any of his other videos, different demographic, he targets like investments, people with money. And you’re right, that that totally destroyed his channel. Yeah. But it’s sometimes this short term versus long term, right? And so we naturally always kind of had at the back of our mind, who is the person we’re talking to? What do we want? You know, what do we want?

34:52
And so that helped us kind of state a path and not jumped on these shiny objects like the stimulus checks were like, right. And we all like intuitively these like big opportunities, know, blue ocean kind of thing. I think sometimes like staying the course and being true to you can really help. Same with the thumbnails, right? It’s like there was a time when these like crazy rainbow thumbnails were super popular, right? Like, well, how does that jive with our brand?

35:22
Right? Like it doesn’t. And what I realized too, through like Eric Bandholz in all of that, the strongest thing we have and can develop is the brand. Otherwise we’re just commodities and someone comes in and, know, sells it for less or whatever. But so in the back of my head, I’m like, you know, Ralph Lauren, that kind of visual identity brand that he created where people are like, I want to be like that. I live in that house. That is just much more defensible than.

35:51
if you are just, you know, a supplier of ties or pocket squares. And in the beginning, I thought, well, you know, let’s do a lot of ties in three different lengths. In reality, there’s lots of ties out there. So it’s much harder to sell it than maybe, you know, a special set of pocket squares or something like a boutonniere where there’s just not as much competition out there. And I think I like that. never liked fields like, know,

36:19
personal real estate where I feel like there’s so many people competing in the pool and it’s people to try to outdo each other by working harder. like to be kind of a big fish in a small pond rather. So for your YouTube videos, and I think I asked Eric Banholtz this question, do you have a way of tracking people or is it just an uplift based on, you know, when a video

36:47
hits, you just naturally see a correlation in sales. Yeah, no, that’s a good one because that was always, you know, one thing that kept me from like wanting to spend a lot of advertising was like, well, how do I know the attribution? Because what I saw was like, you know, well, I sold $100,000 worth of stuff. But if I add up all my attribution, I sold $300,000 worth of stuff. So I was like, well, I didn’t, I only sold $100,000. Everyone claimed

37:17
credits for everything 100%. Well, that’s not how life works. And then we found this thing called, I look at different attribution platforms, and we found like wicked reports. So we did that and we got it early. we pay a nice price. I think it’s not more expensive now. But the concept behind it is like that you basically add UTM parameters to everything. Because on YouTube,

37:47
you know, people will likely just click through, click through cards, click through a link to the description or, and that way you can really have a better click attribution. So that now there’s, think, more sophisticated solutions in the market where they’re like, well, we use click data, we use view data. And if you have a video that goes viral and we see a correlating spike in sales, then we attribute that much to it and stuff, right? So, yeah, I always liked that attribution.

38:16
So we now on our back and say, well, we produced this type of content and this is what happened. But all the people like to always focus on the sales, right? It’s like, oh, how much it sell. But I also realized, well, there is, you you have these micro conversions where it’s like, maybe they became a subscriber, right? Maybe they became a subscriber on YouTube. Maybe they just, you know, came back and watched it. And even if they can’t buy right now, they tell a friend about it. So to me, there’s

38:44
more success than just how much they sell. And for us, it’s also like how much advertising does it generate? But then also we have a value of like, does this further our brand and brand value? So if we do a video about, let’s say, what it means to be a gentleman today, and even if this video had minimal amount of views, no sales, I would still consider it a success in the sense that we foster this kind

39:14
culture that our brands stand for. And I think that’s important too and brand building probably. And I think one thing that I’m proud of what we’re doing is that we’re not just analyzing the market like, know, SEO analysts and saying, well, what are all the things that are out there? We’ll do what’s best and try to outrank people or create skyscraper content, but that we actually sit back

39:43
with people who love this passionately and say, what would a person really want? And that allows us to create innovative content that wasn’t around before. And someone you hit a home run where you didn’t know it existed, right? Because no one else talked about it. And you just created something and that, I think people over the long term will notice, right? If you see the sixth video about…

40:12
confidence and why you should do this or that, right? And just spun in a different way. think Antonio has like four videos on how to roll up your short sleeves, for example. I mean, he’s been doing it a long time. He’s got variations of everything. Exactly. But they’ve, they’ve been super popular, right? And that’s great. And we’ve done a redo of a how to fold the pockets for video because we felt like, you know, this is so old, this could be a lot better. Let’s, let’s do it. But I’m like, I don’t, I was like, Hey, I’m, I’m proud of

40:42
doing something new, right? And other people are like, oh, they did this was successful, we’re gonna do it. And that’s okay, right? I’m not like, I had this idea, our team had this idea, and we own this. I’m like, yeah, you know, someone else can just pick it up and make a better video. And that’s cool. And I can do the same, right? We’re all it’s an ecosystem. But we, we try to not just look at the numbers, but also look at it from a brand and individual perspective. Yeah.

41:12
And it sounds like you’re able to spot trends before they become popular, right? So that you’re essentially like the pioneers once it does become a mainstream. Yeah, I mean, I think we are realistically, we are a niche content. think none of the stuff we do is really mainstream. So I don’t really look at that too much. You know, it’s like, as long as are stopping on the streets. So it’s kind of mainstream.

41:38
Okay, okay, okay. I know what you mean. Yeah, yeah. Okay. I see what you mean. Yes. Yes and no. I’m like, you know, if we talk about attache cases, you know, I don’t think attache cases will ever be mainstream or like, what head fits your face shape, you know, like fedoras are not mainstream. I don’t believe they’re going to be mainstream. But I believe there’s an audience that we can serve that right.

42:04
then you’re like, oh, people who like fedoras are also interested in ascots, you know, stuff like this. Sometimes people who like to dress in a special way, right? Are interested in those unusual accessories, for example. So like, okay, let’s, let’s focus on that. Then of course you can have something like socks, right? Everyone or the market for socks is a lot bigger than the market for a boutonnier or maybe even pocket squares, right? Cause the pockets were for most men, it’s like a

42:33
celebratory thing, you know, if my wedding, I want my pocket square, my hand could shift. It’s not like they wear that every day with socks. You have the opportunity that someone potentially wears it every day. And I think, you know, when you talk to like business analysts, they’re like, well, do you have a subscription product? No. Do you have a consumable product? Well, kind of. But with a brand, right, if you build your brand on like quality and longevity, that kind of goes against that.

43:01
But we’re like, we still like that. And maybe there opportunities to do, you know, consumables like, you know, the razor companies or whatever, where you’re like, Hey, you new blades, right? Every deodorant companies, all that stuff. Maybe we’ll have a gentlemanly deodorant, right? Where we’re like, we really like that. We like the sun profile for that reason. And even Eric from Beardbrand, you know, they started with beard oils, well, now they have hair products and soap and things that are

43:31
accessible to everyone, not just people who are into beards. I’m still sure that they sell most of their stuff to people who have some connection to beards, right? Yes. My wife is looking to say, Oh, let’s buy soap from Beardbrand, unless she maybe smelled it and was like, this is amazing, right? And I want that. But at first, it’s like, that’s not for me. I’ve done it a beard. Like, why would I buy a beard brand soap? Has your YouTube channel revenue? I don’t know what the revenue breakdown is, but

43:59
I assume you make more from the e commerce than you do just YouTube revenue. Is that accurate? Absolutely. Yes. Okay. Make about 25 % from ads. You know, there’s website ads, there’s YouTube ads, and then there’s website revenue. Now, that being said, you know, it’s, we can definitely see a change in what is called RPM revenue per thousand views. Yep. It’s definitely going up. And personally, I think, you know, looking at I don’t know,

44:27
TV ads and what people pay there and YouTube what people pay there. I’m hopeful that in you know, five, 10 years from now, RPMs on YouTube will be a lot higher. And of course, if you are a main player there, and you can, you know, get the higher RPMs, and you can increase your audience and your footprint, I mean, that can lead to massive growth. And of course, that kind of revenue is, you know, there’s no

44:57
returns department. There’s no customer service. Yeah, that’s what I was getting at. Like if it’s big enough, would you ever consider just becoming a media mobile, you know, on YouTube as opposed to I, you know, I like my vision is that we are a brand that creates high quality stuff for gentlemen, not just in the clothing world, but I’m also thinking about having a nice Chesterfield sofa, right? And becoming a lifestyle brand, not for women, like

45:25
just for gentlemen in that style. That’s just something that I would find personally satisfying. So it’s something that I would drive to and I would use the revenue that I generate from the content to make that a reality, right? One of my kind of goals is not like, oh, I want to make $2 million or whatever. But it’s like, I want to host a party at the Rosecliff Mansion in Newport, Rhode Island, where people can all come and dress up and then learn from each other, hang out. And that’s something where I’m like,

45:56
that would get me really excited or how about, you we rent a cruise ship on the Nile that, you know, Agatha Christie’s Poirot was on and we do something like that, like events and maybe we bring tailors and that’s something I’m like, I want to do that. I’m not like, I just want to see where I can make the most money and do that. I’m well off. Can I always make more? Sure. But do I want to increase the channel and build a team? And yes, I do.

46:25
but not just so I can make easier money or money more quickly. So the answer is no, I would not say I’ll just become a media company because that’s where all the money is. Well, no, the reason why I was asking, I e-commerce, I use 3PL, so I guess it’s less. But, you know, there’s a lot more things to worry about, Absolutely. I mean, I don’t know what to do, but I like the, you know, the complexity of figuring it out.

46:53
Again, I always did mindset of, know, if it’s too easy, it’s easier to replicate. So if it’s more complex process, it keeps out all the amateurs, right? I felt like that about YouTube, for example, I was like, when I started Facebook was still popular and you could get a lot of organic traffic. But then, you the barriers to entry were low with Instagram, right? How many menswear Instagramers are out there? A lot. Because what’s barrier to entry, you need a phone and a filter. And that said, well, with YouTube,

47:22
to make consistently good videos, you need the gear, you need the people to edit and put it all out. So now you’re talking there’s a competitive pool of 20, maybe the largest sense, right? So I always like that being among fewer and not trying to flip houses, right? Because it’s just, yeah. Yeah, I totally agree. This is why all those ecommerce business models out there that are

47:51
that appeal to most people, they’re easy, but because they’re easy, they’re actually hard. In the long term, right? Easy to get in, then to kind of stay in there, remain successful, building something, that I think gets much harder. And that’s why I like it, right? It’s like, okay, like if you want to do YouTube well, consistently, I we have a huge…

48:17
expense around that. That’s our marketing expense. Most people don’t think they think marketing and ecommerce, they immediately go to paid ads. And we’re different. like, no, for us marketing is everything that we do to bring the product to market, which for us is just that content basically.

48:38
Cool. mean, that’s the way to build a brand. I mean, many ways though, pay-per-click is faster, right? I you can just drive traffic right away. Whereas your content method is more of like a slow burn, right? A slow ascension. Exactly. More solid foundation. Yeah. And we also look at videos, and sometimes you videos that just are really strong out of the gate and then they stop. And then there are other videos, you you start, they’re just like slow burner.

49:08
but over time get you all that, you know, traffic attention and brand recognition. And I mean, if you look back, right, mean, Ralph Lauren didn’t make content and create great brand. There’s lots of brands that didn’t create that content. It was just one avenue that was available to me and I kind of liked it. I’m also a bit, you know, bummed. I think I just never figured out how to do paid ads. I think there was a time when if you figured it out,

49:37
we could have grown much faster and done things differently. So I’m not saying, you know, paid ads are bad and, and you shouldn’t do them. I’m just like, it didn’t work for us. I didn’t, I, I felt like this was more in my wheelhouse. And I think when you talk to different people, I was at e-commerce, everyone figured out an angle that worked for them. know, some people are really active on Reddit. Other people are really active in a forum. Other people do this. Right. And I’ve,

50:06
I’ve met anyone who’s like the gorilla on all the platforms, right? Some people do podcasting and they love it and it works really well for them. And I, you know, I’ve thought about podcasting and was like, nah, the barrier entries are lower, right? What do I need? A focus right box, a nice microphone. It’s easier to sit down. And it’s also probably because I personally don’t listen much to podcasts because I don’t like commuting. Then I’m not, you know, I don’t…

50:36
naturally think of it. But I realized there’s an audience on every platform. There’s people who like clothes, who love podcasts, or videos or Instagram accounts. It’s not this like, oh, people who make that amount of money, they don’t watch YouTube videos, or they don’t listen to podcasts. I don’t think that’s true. I think you can find people everywhere. And it’s just what jives with you and your channel. And I think if there was one new channel we’d focus on right now, it would be linkedin. I feel like that

51:06
drives the most with the kind of person that, you know, we may be looking at. It wouldn’t be like tick tock, you know. And sometimes or it’s funny when these new trends come along like YouTube shorts, for example. We haven’t made a single YouTube short video yet. And it’s it’s interesting when you talk to other people who’ve experimented with it and you know, YouTube obviously recognizes Hey, this is your channel. I don’t think it cannibalizes the overwatch time you have. And maybe we’re losing out. But it’s like

51:36
And it’s a bit more, you know, it’s just like dopamine rush, right? One minute short video. And I’m not saying we’re never going to do that. So far, it just hasn’t fit into our brand strategy. So we skipped that. got to your dance lessons first. What? You’re not done taking your dance lessons. Right? Well, yeah, yeah. But it’s maybe it’s wrong. know, like, there’s always this opportunity. And there’s so much opportunity, right? Oh, I could do attentive.

52:04
text message marketing, right? Or I could do use Klaviyo, I could do this, I could do that. could do and what I noticed is like, I’m actually better off a focus on one thing. absolutely. Figure out and do it right. Rather than trying to dance everywhere. Not well, because I don’t know all the dances. That’s actually great advice for anyone listening. Hey, Rafael, it’s a pleasure having you. Where can people find you if they want to know more about your business?

52:34
Gentleman’s Gazette dot com or on YouTube. I mean with the links out there. I think you know we do something on Instagram. We’re not on Twitter really Facebook a little bit But yeah YouTube and then our website is the bread and butter of what we do. Yeah And you can usually spot Rafael on the streets. He’s usually wearing a nice jacket. Maybe an ascot fedora maybe You know actually fedora’s I noticed I

53:03
I got a lot of breakouts. So when I wear fedoras for long time, I get like zits all over. I’m not a… Preston here, Preston on our team, you he wears a hat every day. It’s just how he jives. And I think I’d like the look of it, but it just doesn’t work for me in that sense. I also, you know, I also wear, I mean, I bike my daughter to school. So I wear like boat shoes and shorts and a polo shirt, right? I’m not, I always wear this. And we just, think we’re producing a video.

53:32
I don’t think it’s quite out yet, but what do we wear at home? What do we actually wear? It’s not like this. I always have to do that, but I enjoy it. I’m like, oh, what time I’m to wear, what shirt, what jacket. And I enjoyed it. I have to say, with COVID, I definitely noticed I did not wear my tuxedo at home, a black tie. It was more like I wore a pair of corduroys and a shirt and a cardigan.

54:02
I don’t have sweatpants and hoodies in my wardrobe. you have a t-shirt? don’t think I’ve… I’ve had a t-shirt like when I work out, know, I have t-shirts, but sometimes I’m also like using an old polo shirt for it or know, stuff like that. I don’t wear t-shirts to anything but a workout. Yeah. Really? Because they’re like, well, I could wear a polo shirt instead, you know, same kind of functionality. I like that more, so I wear that.

54:31
Cool, Rafael, I appreciate your time, man. It good chatting with you and I’ll see you in just a little bit, actually, in person.

54:39
Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now if you want to start a men’s clothing brand today, you pretty much need to be creating some form of content to build an audience. Now doesn’t have to be on YouTube. It can be blogging, podcasting, TikTok. Just pick your medium and stick with it. For more information about this episode, go to mywebquaterjob.com slash episode 410. And once again, I want to thank Klaviyo, which is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned card sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign.

55:07
Basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifecoupterjob.com slash KLAVIYO. Once again, that’s mywifecoupterjob.com slash KLAVIYO. I also want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for eCommerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform, and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash Steve.

55:34
That’s P-O-S-T-S-U-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. Now I talk about how I these tools on my blog, and if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and understand the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

409: A Template For Creating Powerful And Persuasive Ads With Cody Iverson

409: A Template For Creating Powerful And Persuasive Ads With Cody Iverson

In this episode, I have my friend Cody Iverson on the show. Cody is the founder of Viscap Media, an ad creative agency that works with influencers to create high converting ads.

If you have been having problems with your Facebook Ads, it’s likely because you are using poor quality creatives.

In this episode, Cody outlines his exact system for scaling eCommerce brands and the templates he uses to create effective ads.

What You’ll Learn

  • Cody’s formula for scaling the creation of direct response video ads and branded content
  • How to leverage influencer marketing to create content for your ads
  • How to scale an ecommerce brand past 7 figures within a year

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript Logo

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife, Quote, or Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Now in this episode, I have Cody Iverson on the show who runs an ad creative agency where he also works with tons of influencers. Now, if you’ve been having problems with your Facebook ads and who hasn’t, then more than likely the problem isn’t with your targeting, but with your creatives. So in this episode, Cody outlines his exact system for scaling e-commerce brands and the templates he uses to create effective ads.

00:30
But before we begin, I want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Postscript is my SMS or text messaging provider that I use for e-commerce, and it’s crushing it for me. I never thought that people would want marketing text messages, but it works. In fact, my tiny SMS list is performing on par with my email list, which is easily 10x bigger. Anyway, Postscript specializes in text message marketing for e-commerce, and you can segment your audience just like email. It’s an inexpensive solution, converts like crazy, and you can try it for free over at postscript.io slash Steve.

00:59
That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T.I-O slash Steve. I also want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Always excited to talk about Klaviyo because they’re the email marketing platform that I use for my eCommerce store and it depend on them for over 30 % of my revenue. Now you’re probably wondering why Klaviyo and not another provider. Well Klaviyo is the only email platform out there that is specifically built for eCommerce stores and here’s why it’s so powerful. Klaviyo can track every single customer who has shopped in your store and exactly what they bought.

01:25
So let’s say I want to send out an email to everyone who purchased a Red Hacker chip in the last week. Easy. Let’s say I want to set up a special autoresponder sequence to my customers, depending on what they bought, piece of cake, and there’s full revenue tracking on every email sent. Klaviyo is the most powerful email platform that I’ve ever used, and you can try them for free over at klaviyo.com slash my wife. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O dot com slash my wife. And then finally, I wanted to mention my other podcast that I released with my partner, Tony.

01:52
And unlike this podcast where I interview successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the Profitable Audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a broad and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the Profitable Audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:17
Welcome to the My Wife, Quitter, Jaw podcast. Today I’m happy to have Cody Iverson on the show. Now, Cody is someone who I met at Nick Shackelford’s Geek Out event in San Diego, and I was very impressed with his talk. Cody is the founder of Viscap Media, where he helps brands with their digital advertising by creating high volumes of converting direct response video ads and branded content. And they grew their agency to 10 million bucks in a single year with zero advertising. I’m actually curious how he did that.

02:45
But today we’re going to talk about how to scale e-commerce brands with influencer marketing and creating amazing ads for your brand. And with that, welcome to the show, Cody. How are you doing today? Steve, doing incredible, man. Thank you so much for having me. It’s an absolute pleasure. Very happy to be on. And I know that we’re going to have a great time. So thank you. Yeah, I’m actually really thrilled to have you on. mean, give us the background story first. How did you get started with advertising and e-commerce? And I’m very curious how you can scale to 10 million in a year.

03:15
That just seems like a ridiculous number to me. Sure. So the background is back in college. There was a guy and he showed us his stories like, check this out. I’m making 10 K a day. And he was drop shipping, of course, you know, four years ago and five years ago. And I was like, Oh, we can for sure do this. And so my partner and I, just started learning everything that we could. We were able to like crack the code and

03:43
Within our second month, we were generating 100K plus, continued to scale it, reinvested into our education, our network. And we ended up making a video for one of our buddies as like a favor. Creators were something that we were always good at and it did really well for them. So we were in between products at the time, drop shipping brands, e-comm is where we were at. And we pivoted over to the agency, knowing that a lot of the people that we had built inside of our network.

04:13
could benefit from having more creatives. And that’s kind how we got into the advertising agency space. That was like two and a half years ago. Interesting. So why did you stop drop shipping if it was working so well? I mean, it works so well for a certain amount of time, then the product dies or just like doesn’t always scale past like being a brand. And it’s more of like a rat race at the end of the day.

04:43
product dies, product launches, does well, dies. So we’re just looking for something that would be like more sustainable as well as something that we could truly like have a great exit on. So were you like Nick, like Nick was selling fidget spinners for a little bit that kind of crashed and burned. Yeah, we were doing sleeping devices, we were doing toothbrush, we were doing charging cables, stuff like that. Okay. Something had like virality and then didn’t. And then you were using Facebook ads and

05:13
and just the way you were creating creatives that you were doing for your clients? not as like we didn’t have as like greater capabilities as we do now. But through being scrappy is kind of like how we figured out like all of the little pieces of ads, because a lot of it we would like repurpose from places that we could find. And then we would need to go and shoot stuff as well. So it’s a combination of bolts back in the day. Okay, and then

05:40
I mean, how did you scale that to a $10 million business in one year? Mm-hmm. Dude, I’m not really sure where you got that number. Oh, I think I pulled it from your website. Did I get it wrong? No. Okay. So we’ve done e-comm to eight figure e-comm. Got it. Got it. Okay. Yep. So, I mean, the agency did scale well. We were able to get to 30, 35 clients within our first year. Okay. The way that we were able to achieve that is…

06:09
really through like two main things. So every time we would train a person for the first time, they would build the SOPs, the playbooks, everything like that. So it was very like documented processes. Now, the other thing that we did was, and this was right when COVID started. So what we did was we were doing interns and using these playbooks to train completely green people. So we were able to bring in a lot of like manpower right at the beginning.

06:37
to be able to sustain the growth. so pretty simple there. Yeah, actually what I am interested in is your secret sauce. I mean, I really enjoyed your talk at Geek Out because you actually had a really good answer for how you scale and structure your ad creatives because I know any brand has to have a bunch of creatives and they have to be able to rotate them in and out. So what I want to do today actually

07:05
is talk about some of your ad templates that you use to create effective ads. And I want to talk about how you work with creators and get them to create what you need for ads, like your entire process. I don’t know where you want to start with this. So we could kind of start with the end goal. OK. The end goal when we’re creating ads is always going to be a repeatable like template, a framework, as we call it. That is going to be what you’re going to be able to come back to time after time.

07:34
when times are uncertain, when iOS 14 is happening. These are your proven success models. So we’re always trying to build as many templates as we can. Because creative people like to be really creative. So if we don’t have these templates, then it’s kind of like they just make stuff that’s like, yeah, it looks cool, but it doesn’t necessarily convert. inside of your frameworks, your videos, when you break down all of the pieces,

08:01
There’s actually a lot that goes into a successful ad. Most of the time you ask someone, hey, what makes a good ad? And they’ll always say, it needs a good hook and it needs a strong offer. They’re not really necessarily paying attention to all of the pieces that are in between. So we’ve broken those down. We call them elements. Now, each one of those elements is assembled individually. So if you have a PASS UGC framework, stands for problem, agitate, solution, sale.

08:31
And then we usually mix UGC content after the solution has been introduced to provide social proof. your elements would look like problem, agitate, intro product, product demo, and so on and so forth. Now, as you’re testing these ads, your different frameworks will have some of these elements in them. So you can see if you shoot like five problem scenes and you’re running 10 videos, that problem scene could be in two.

09:01
two different videos or two videos a piece. So now you can see with multivariate split testing how each one of these elements is leading to or taking away from the success of your ad. So Cody, I’m going to need you to assume that the audience knows nothing. So let’s start with the basics here. Can we just go through each piece? So the hook we already know it grabs someone’s attention. Can you describe what agitate means for the audience? So you are like evoking

09:30
easiest way would be to you’re magnifying the problem. Okay, so let’s say I sell like shampoo, give me an example of agitating somebody. Okay, so you could have dandruff. Okay. Yep. Your hair could be coming this. So as part of the ad that agitate portion would be like, do you hate it when you have like really flaky hair or something like that? Or don’t you hate it when you have flakes and you got a date or something like that? That’s the agitate step.

10:00
So the hook would be you could do the hook is like is flaky hair ruining your day. Then the problem of that would be chemical filled shampoos lead to dry scalp. Okay, that’s your problem. Now you would agitate it. Can you no longer wear black shirts on your night out? So it’s like magnifying it.

10:27
So it’s like a demonstration of the problem too, right? That applies to the person watching the ad. Okay. Yep. Okay. Yep. And then what were the other elements? So you agitate and then do you present the solution then after that? Yeah. So then it’s intro product. Okay. There’s different ways. there’s different ways that you can introduce the product. We call those segments. Okay. So each element has a segment to it.

10:56
because it’s not enough to just say, this element was an intro product. What did you do to introduce the product? How did you do it? You could do with number of reviews. You could do it PR, social proof. You could do it with a benefit. So there’s options to it. OK. And then these are all like when you’re creating a bunch of creatives for a brand.

11:25
I imagine you’re filming all these different variations, right? Yep. So let’s so social proof. Will you literally just pull out a review or something and that and introduce the product that way? You could do customer base. So you could say something like loved by 20 or, you know, loved by millions worldwide. I see. Okay. Yeah.

11:52
And when you’re saying segments, just to be clear for the people listening, these are like interchangeable pieces that you’re going to use to create your ad creatives in the end, right? Yep. So I don’t think it goes. Yes, exactly. So in element and then you have your. So think of an element as like a option and then there’s drop downs below that. OK, so you could choose to introduce your product in four, five different ways.

12:22
Okay. By the way, just for anyone listening here, the reason we’re going through all this is because every brand needs to create a bunch of creatives. And Cody has this system where you can generate many different permutations. I don’t want to put words in your mouth, but would you say it’s like push button? We’re actually creating tech right now that will be push button that people will be able to use up until this point. It’s been semi-automated, but a lot of manual work.

12:51
Okay, so that’s why Cody’s talking about it, like all these different elements that he has in these creatives and he kind of mixes and matches them. Yeah, I just want to make that clear before you go on, just so no one’s confused. Okay, so the elements, so each element, so you have these elements that are kind of below this step when it comes to introducing your product, right? Different variations. Okay. The easiest way to kind of explain that for everybody, so it’s very clear, everybody’s familiar with a hook, okay? Now,

13:21
Everybody’s also most of the time familiar with the funnel. You have top, middle, and bottom. So if you think of a hook, you would be speaking to people differently in the top than you would in the middle than you would in the bottom. So the hook has three segments, top, middle, bottom. Can you run through some examples with that same shampoo example of different hooks in the top, middle, and bottom? Yep.

13:49
top of the funnel would be so completely unaware. Did you know that there’s a wrong way to shampoo your hair? Now in the middle, you could be talking about like problem aware. So you could say, recent studies show that a majority of shampoos contain this, whatever you know, the ingredient is. Okay, and this is for people that kind of already seen your ad or

14:17
or kind of semi familiar with your brand already, right? Yep. It seems like that hook could actually work even the top, the one you just gave. Could. Could, right? And then what about the bottom? Most aware. At the bottom, could probably do like a discount or a sale offer. Oh, that’s your hook. Yep. So until Thursday, get X product for 50 % off. Okay.

14:45
All right, so where do we leave off? Sorry, we left off at the intro step. What comes after the intro of the product? Product demo. Product demo, okay. Yep. Is it literally like in the shampoo case, like someone in the shower using the product? Yep. Okay. Very simple there. Then you would have a product result, intro product, product demo, product result. Yep. So showing the desired end result of the product for the customer.

15:15
And the objective there is to begin allowing them to envision themselves with the product. So you always want to make the first, there’s always two sales that occur if someone’s going to buy your product. The first one is if they can envision themselves using and receiving the product, now they’ll take out their wallet and pay for it.

15:37
So that’s what we’re doing in the. Do you film multiple versions of this also? Yeah. So we’ll usually have anywhere from like two to four or more actors and we’ll shoot each one of these pieces with them. Okay. So for someone who doesn’t have an agency want trying to replicate this model for you, what is the reason to have multiple models and, that sort of thing? Like is it, is it crucial? Yeah, it can be so.

16:07
You’ll be awfully surprised at how well or how poor certain people like pull or connect with the audience. So it’s good to have a couple options there because sometimes you could have a great video, but if people just don’t like resonate with the audience, it’s not going to convert. Now the other portion of that is not every single video style that you’ll ever have will only need one actor. Specifically, if you’re trying to

16:37
do if you need UGC testimonial pieces inside of your ads, then you’re definitely going to need different actors to like be real people, essentially. OK. For the audience, the way, UGC stands for user generated content. And in your case, though, user generated content isn’t necessarily generated by the person leaving the testimonial, Correct.

17:02
Okay, because I’ve solicited testimonials for my store as part of our autoresponder sequence, we get about a coupon, you know, for them to just record a short video, but I would say like 80 to 90 % of the time. It’s pretty terrible. Yeah, yeah, unfortunately, they’re, it’s hard because they’re just they’re real people. They’re not like thinking like, Oh, well, should I film it like this? Or should I say this? So then they can sell more products.

17:29
They’re just being very genuine and they want to leave, you know, a great review because you changed their life. So do real people not work as well as trained creators? Generally speaking, no. Okay. A lot of the time, and I’m sure that anybody who’s ever like had to be in front of camera for the first time, it’s a little nerve wracking the first time you do it. So, I mean, it’s a, it is like a muscle that

17:58
people begin to build up to where they can act very natural, can execute, they can add tonalities to their voice, they can pretend like there’s thinking stuttering a little bit. So it looks like very authentic and natural. Okay. All right. So UGC, guess, I think we had this conversation before I hit the record button, but you’re taking real testimonials and you’re just having creators, you know, narrate those.

18:27
And you probably have many different versions of this also. Yep. So because when a partner comes to us to create video ads for them, they want results. They want things that are going to convert. So what we do is we’ll take the testimonials off of their websites, people’s real reactions, responses to the benefits and experience with that product. And then we’ll

18:54
bring in people who are actors or content creators to then be the ones who execute the, uh, you know, the messaging and the story of this. And in this way, then you’re getting the best of both worlds, real people’s responses with people who can carry out the message and bring results. So how do you actually find someone who can do this? Like how do normal people, how do you, how do regular humans actually find and train these people to say what the way you want? Yep. So

19:24
There’s a couple of ways that you guys can get these people. Search Facebook groups. like we do like we’re from Las Vegas. So we do Las Vegas models, Las Vegas actors, Las Vegas talent. So if you want people who are local, you can do that. California has great groups. Florida has some groups. Tennessee also has some good groups. Now, another option there would be the TikTok.

19:52
creator marketplace that is like super, super hot right now. lot of great creators on that platform. All you really have to do most of the time is exchange product with those people. And the thing that you’re going to need to provide them with is going to be a brief. The brief will kind of give them the information. It is the product info. These are the deliverables that we’re looking for.

20:20
And these are the things that I’d like you to say inside of it. You can provide them with examples of what it should look like. Okay. And I can share. If you can attach a link like down below. I can definitely do that. Yeah, I can attach a link in the show notes. I can give them a an example of the briefs that we send out and then they could just like, you know, change it up for their own product. Dude, that’d be great. What can you we just talk about the brief? Just off the top of your head though, because I’m kind of interested in I might have a couple questions.

20:49
So you tell them, do you script it out for them? Or do you just say which points that you need to be made in the video? We give them points that we need to be said. So it’s important that you do you control as much as you can so that you’re getting the result that you know will drive results. A lot of the talk around TikTok currently is

21:16
Hey, my creatives won’t scale past like three or 5k. Most of the time that is because it was from a creator that made the piece of content, which doesn’t have any like direct response principles in it. It’s not like formed with, uh, you know, marketing intent as we’re ads that we’re creating for tick tock can get like 30 to 50 times more spend for a single asset. So it’s important that you can control as much of it as you can.

21:46
So I know for TikTok, so I’ve actually been approached to do a couple of these ads and they rarely give me any direction. But I’ve also found that there’s companies that give me lots of direction, but then it doesn’t sound natural at all. How do you straddle that line? So we like to do like bullets or prompts of things that need to be said and then allow them to like fill in the gaps in between. Okay.

22:15
So main points, but then you can just add lib what you want to, as long as you cover those points. And then in terms of deliverables, what do you ask for? So if it’s a single creator that we’re working with from the creator marketplace, let’s say how someone listening could be doing it, we’re usually looking for like three pictures. We’ll just use those on social, probably IG, and then like three video assets in exchange for the product.

22:46
Wow, actually that’s a lot to ask for without paying someone, right? It’s literally just the product that you’re giving away. Yes, but most of the time these people are interested in growing their TikTok following. So if you tell them that you’re going to whitelist it or run a spark ad behind it, so for anyone who doesn’t know, you can get the content from the creator. They’ll give you a post ID and then you can run ads from it from your own business manager.

23:17
Now these work very, very well, very, very well. And we usually position it as the fact that we’re going to be driving tons of traffic to their page and that they’re going to get more followers, they’re going to get more likes, they have the chance to go viral, which is really at the end of the day what they’re trying to do.

23:37
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

24:06
Now, first and foremost, protecting your IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copywriting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

24:35
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a hundred dollar discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L.com. Now back to the show. I love it. Okay. So instead of compensating them, you know that they want to build their following. So you’re actually just running ads straight to their TikToks. Yep. Does that work with YouTubers as well? I couldn’t speak on that. We haven’t done that with YouTubers. Oh, so it’s mainly TikToks right now. Okay.

25:04
So literally you can get by giving away a product to someone who has a large following. I guess the nice thing about TikTok is the amount of subscribers doesn’t really matter as much as other platforms. So do you actually even care how many subs they have? I don’t. You don’t. Okay. I just care if they can make good content. Right. So you’re just literally looking through their TikToks and seeing if they can talk eloquently. Yep. Or are they making stuff that’s like on trend? Are they using the

25:33
the on trend music, are they doing, uh, you know, trendy transitions, video styles, things like that. So what is your search process? Like, I mean, there’s millions of people on tick tock. How do you find these people? Uh, just massive outreach, massive outreach. Okay. Yeah. So we have like a team that will do like just scraping. So if we have a new client, let’s say that’s doing hair. Now we’re going to go search for like relevant.

26:04
hashtags in the hair. So we could do shampoo, we could do hair talk, we could do beautiful hair, so on and so forth. So that’s like the grunt way or a platform that we use that’s very, very great. I highly recommend using these guys is incense. How do you spell that? Is it I n c n s e incense? That’s okay. play. It’s fine.

26:33
Yeah, yeah, I and S E and S E S. Okay. Is this like a marketplace for creators? That is it. Yeah. You know, what’s funny is like in the past when I used to use marketplaces, I found that everyone on a marketplace tends to be more expensive because they already kind of know what they’re worth. Yep. Yeah. Is that the case here too? Of course. Um, but a lot of time, like

26:58
A lot of the time, I mean, I’ve had people say absurd things that they want like $3,000 for a video. They’re just shooting their shot a lot of the time. And if you offer them like, let’s say a third of that, they’ll usually take it. Interesting. Plus you’re driving traffic. Like, do you tell them how much ad spend is going to go behind whatever they create? No, because I don’t know if it’s going to work and I’m not going to like promise that I’m going to spend on something that isn’t working. That makes sense.

27:26
Okay, but you’re just gonna tell them that you are gonna spend money on there. You don’t know how much yet. Yep. Yep. I’ll tell them I might like give them an example. Hey, creatives that have worked in the past, we’ve spent 10,000 $20,000. That usually has resulted in X number of following or likes, whichever is, you know, accurate for past results that they may be able to see. Okay, I mean, we’ve kind of strayed from like the ad formula, like this is something separate, right?

27:54
I mean, this is literally advertising through TikTok. It doesn’t follow the same structure, does it? No, it doesn’t because TikToks are a lot more creative than your Facebook-style ads, which can be much more structured. OK, so let’s shelve the TikTok until after we finish the Facebook creative ads here. So we got to the UGC part. What is the final box? So.

28:21
After UGC, then we have what we call summary problem. Okay. We’re summing up, hey, if you don’t do this, then you’ll continue to suffer. Okay. So stop washing your hair with chemicals that stunt growth, you could say, we’re reminding them of their current state. So we want to do away from pain because people will go away from pain and towards pleasure.

28:47
So then the next element would be summary solution. Join millions now growing their beautiful long luscious hair one shower at a time. And then you have action. Yeah, guarantee usually and then call to action. Yeah. OK. So for the actors or the creators in these steps, you’re not using tick tockers, are you? Or can you or has that happened?

29:17
It could work. Yeah, of course. Usually for these, like we’re using actors here locally in Vegas. Okay, got it. So they have to be actually be in person then, right? You can’t just have them film with their phone, for example. You can, of course, we’ve done it, but it’s usually not as it doesn’t always come out as great. mean, at least so here, look, anybody who’s listening right now, they can have that occur.

29:46
Us as like being contracted to create these ads. We want to make sure that we have control of the of the footage and things that we’re getting. Yeah, to give our clients our partners a quality asset that we believe in will convert for them. The only reason I’m asking is sometimes when it looks unprofessional, it might work better, right? Is that ever? Okay. Oh, yeah, of course. Of course. It should look native to the platform.

30:15
we’re usually mixing in a combination of like, could say self shot looking content with a bit more polished. So probably 50 % of the footage that we put out in our ads is actually shot on the newest iPhone. Okay. And so once you have all these little segments filmed, that all these little pieces now, how do you actually mix and match them to create all the different

30:45
permutations. Is that done by hand or? Yeah, kind of. Yeah. So the way that it has been getting done is

30:59
It’s a little bit above my head. I’m not like the one in the editing like softwares. Yeah, no worries. But from the way that I understand it is they’ve got these sequences. So when you put in a piece, an element into the software, then it’ll like place it in different locations. And it just does that a bunch of times. And we can determine which pieces go where from an Excel sheet. Super.

31:28
That’s some crazy Excel sheet. Yeah, so but what we have working right now and It’ll probably be two months before like anybody could use it But you would basically be able to go in there build out any framework and then just have like a drop-down and pick the elements or the clips that you want and then it’ll just like assemble a bunch of videos for you So for a smaller brand who doesn’t have a team what would you say like the?

31:59
Would you film like maybe two or three permutations per slot and that’d be good enough? Probably. I’d look, I would personally like to do four. Okay. I’d like to test three and then I’d like to have one saved over to test against my control, whichever that comes next. Okay. You guys don’t do the ad buys, do you? Just to create it or do you do the ad buys too? We now do the ad buys. Yeah. Okay. So that’s, that makes things a lot easier. Yeah.

32:28
Um, it’s not like it doesn’t have to be, you know, we do the ad buys as well. Um, but we just started doing ad buying this year and we had waited some time because we never wanted to be seen as like an agency that’s like, yeah, they’re great at content, but their media buying socks. So, it. So, uh, let’s go back to Tik TOK now because Tik TOK is hot. we, we kind of talked about, uh, the brief that you give them.

32:56
And their deliverables you said I think with a camera what you say exactly two videos plus three photos. We usually ask for three videos and three photos. Yeah. OK. And do you have any requirements on how it’s filmed, like the lighting and all that stuff, or do you just kind of leave it up to the creator? There’s definitely like we don’t want it to be dark or dim or anything, but we’re usually picking creators based off of like what content we can see is available.

33:26
Creators are like creating a you know a brand almost they’ve got a consistent style and feel to the assets that they create So you’ll usually have a good sense on if you would need to go the extra mile to tell somebody Specific things like that. We’re usually picking people that we believe we shouldn’t have to Right, okay, because you’ve seen their work and you like their style already, right? Yeah. Yeah, I know creators are

33:54
reluctant to do these sometimes because it they typically don’t perform well, right? When they’re pitching something. So I’m just kind of curious how you structure what they’re reading or their bullet points. So it doesn’t sound too salesy because I know like whenever I even get remotely salesy about anything like the reach of that tick tock just plummets. So that’s a great question for the team. I’m not as involved with like the creators like on the day to day.

34:23
OK, but. It would follow a similar concept to what we discussed earlier, how you’re giving them prompts or bullet points, because that’s what we do here with anybody who’s going to be doing like a UGC piece. yeah, so we’ve gone through many like. Renditions of like how we’ve come to that point. We used to script it out completely. We used to give it to him line by line, try and have a memorize it. We.

34:52
with no script. We’ve tested like everything and the best thing that has come back with like delivering the sales message, but also feeling authentic has been prompts or just like bullet points. Okay, that makes sense. I also wanted to touch a little bit about just the changes that the Apple changes. I vaguely remember you saying that if you focus on the creative and you have great creative, it doesn’t really matter as much what’s going on in Apple land, right?

35:22
What is your take on it and going forward in 2022 and 2023?

35:34
Where we’re at our take right now currently for this year, all of our partners are my biggest recommendation for anyone listening is channel diversification. You never want to be stuck with all of your eggs in a single basket again, because there is no possibility that that is the last time that something like that will happen. And it’s probably not going to be the worst time that something like this will ever happen again.

36:02
We’re designing and recommending that you design for TikTok first. TikTok first design allows you to have a true cross channel content strategy. Even if you’re not going to run on TikTok, there’s now more than a billion daily active users on TikTok and the watch time is now longer than YouTube. What that means is that trends on TikTok are now dictating what’s working on other social platforms from an ad standpoint.

36:32
And so, designed for TikTok first, you have a true cross-channel content strategy. Designed for Facebook first, you’ll never be able to tap into TikTok. It won’t look native, it’ll look like an ad, it will not work. Cross-channel diversification and then owned audiences. So, SMS, lead gen, as quickly as you can, get them off the platform and be preparing now for Q4.

37:00
So that implies that that whole framework that we went through, I mean, that wasn’t for TikTok. So what you’re implying in what you just said is that these briefs that you’re giving out to these creators, you’re running ads against those on Facebook? We’re taking pieces from it, yeah. And then filling those frameworks that we discussed at the beginning with those pieces from TikTok. Got it. So it’s not literally just taking the TikTok as is and running an ad against it. You’re just taking pieces of that TikTok into the framework for Facebook.

37:30
Yep, exactly. Okay. When you say diversification, we mentioned TikTok and we mentioned Facebook. What else have you been up? Yeah. So our big three are Facebook, IG, YouTube and TikTok. We don’t really run snap, although that would be an option. And we don’t really run Pinterest, although that could also be an option. So in terms of YouTube ads, is there much modification from the Facebook formula?

38:00
Mm-hmm. So we usually go longer on YouTube than we do on Facebook. Those are the main modifications. And the only other thing would be that there’s just not as many templates that work on YouTube as there are on Facebook. And it’s not to say that it’s not possible. Our domain expertise had just been so primarily Facebook for the longest time that we didn’t like go as hard into YouTube.

38:29
Can you give me an example of how long a typical Facebook ad is versus a YouTube ad? Yes, right now our Facebook ads are usually always less than a minute and more so recently like near 15 to 30 seconds than in the past. YouTube usually looking our best YouTubes are usually between four and like seven minutes. Wow. Okay. That’s almost like an infomercial then. It’s it takes off of that a little bit. Yeah.

38:59
Okay, so we’re talking like, I can’t remember that the squatty potty commercial that was like four minutes wrong, long, think. Yeah. So we what we classify those as like your infomercial. Okay. Probably not like the most group or you know, correct term for it. But that’s what we call them here. Those are like those are Harmon Brothers style videos.

39:24
Right, yes. Yeah, we don’t really do too much like that. This would be like more hardcore direct response think like VSL. Got it, got it. Okay, Cool. And then how’s your ad buying strategy changed? It’s a great question. I’m not much of the ad buyer personally. Okay, okay. Yeah.

39:47
We’ve kind of kept it the same. mean, for us, the most important thing is cold traffic testing. So we’re always looking to have one ad per ad set, and then like 2 to 3x times the target CPA. Same thumbnail, same copy, same lander. For us, we want to know, is this new creative video going to scale or not?

40:17
Now how people scale it, that’s usually up to them. Okay. So yeah. Okay. Yep. I mean, this is actually very helpful. I mean, just the framework in itself is, is pretty gold. I mean, most people, like if you ask anyone, what makes a good ad for someone who I guess isn’t thinking about this in this, in this structured way that you are, I mean, this is a framework, essentially what you put together, right? Yeah. And, is it something that has lasted the test of time?

40:46
Have you altered this framework or? Yeah. So the best of the frameworks have been able to survive the time with minor tweaks, you know, continuously trying to evolve. But there’s been frameworks that have come a few months works and then they, you know, they fizzle off, but we’ve probably got like 20 that have like continue to work month after month.

41:15
for a year, two years. So you just said 20 frameworks. The one that we talked about in this podcast, are they all just kind of variations of that? No. Oh, they’re not. They’re completely different. Wow. different. Yeah, completely different. Unfortunately, we don’t have time to go through all those. But the one we talked about, is that like one of the main ones that you use? That’s the like most OG of them all. OK, that’s the bread and butter. Yeah, that’s like.

41:43
That’s like your traditional as seen on TV, like our take on as seen on TV type of ad. Cool. Yeah. Well, Cody, I can’t believe you’ve been talking for 40 minutes already. If people want to know more about your work, what type of, actually I wanted to ask you, what type of brands do you work with? Like what’s your ideal customer? Sure. So the ideal customer would be eight to nine figure brands, D to C.

42:10
Physical product is where we’re best at. We enjoy working with good people, people that understand the importance of testing and that ultimately want to take their business to the next level. We do some work with Amazon sellers, but our primary is e-commerce, DTC for sure. Okay. All right. That was actually my next question. Yeah. I guess most people don’t run a lot of Facebook ads to Amazon with the people that you work with.

42:40
No, not that we work with. We work with some really great brands on Amazon. And usually what we’re trying to do for them is take them off of Amazon. Got it. That makes sense. Well, Cody, I appreciate your time, man. This is very valuable. And I’ll link up all the assets for everyone who’s listening that Cody mentioned, like the sample brief. I’m sure all that stuff would be very useful if you’re looking for TikTok creators to promote your brand. So thanks a lot, Cody. Really appreciate your time, Thank you, Steve. Appreciate you.

43:12
Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now when it comes to creating effective ads, most people are doing it wrong or inefficiently. And even though you might not have a team to create ads for you like Cody does, the principles of effective advertising can be easily implemented on a smaller scale for your business. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 409. And once again, I want to thank Postcode, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce.

43:38
With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform, and you can sign up for free over at postscope.io slash div. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash div. I also want to thank Klaviyo, which is my email marketing platform of choice for eCommerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned card sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign, basically all these sequences that will make you my own autopilot.

44:05
So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIO. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIO. Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog. And if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

408: A Strategy That Gives 10X Better Returns Than Email With Adam Turner

408: This Strategy Gives A 10X Better Return Than Email With Adam Turner

Today I’m thrilled to have Adam Turner on the show. Adam is the CEO of Postscript, the text messaging provider I use for all of my businesses.

When I first installed Postscript in my store, I was a little skeptical about sending texts to my customers.  But since then, it’s become a top 5 revenue source for Bumblebee Linens.

In this episode, we talk about the ins and outs of SMS marketing from someone who lives and breathes it.

What You’ll Learn

  • The intricacies of SMS marketing
  • Why SMS marketing is more effective than email marketing
  • How to create a profitable SMS marketing strategy

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript Logo

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:01
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. Now recently, I attended the eCommerce Fuel event in Norfolk, Virginia, and my own eCommerce conference over at the Seller Summit. And I found that most eCommerce entrepreneurs are not using SMS marketing yet. And I was actually pretty shocked. Now I can understand why you might think that text message marketing is intrusive, but it works. In fact, I would say that my SMS list

00:29
converts at roughly 10x the revenue per subscriber as my email list. Anyway, in this episode, I have Adam Turner on the show to talk about the current SMS marketing landscape and how to quickly grow your email list. But before I begin, I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Always excited to talk about Klaviyo because they’re the email marketing platform that I use for my e-commerce store. It depends on them for over 30 % of my revenue. Now you’re probably wondering why Klaviyo and not another provider. Well, Klaviyo is the only email platform out there that is specifically built for e-commerce stores

00:59
And here’s why it’s so powerful. Klaviyo can track every single customer who’s shopped in your store and exactly what they bought. So let’s say I want to send out an email to everyone who purchased a red handkerchief in the last week. Easy. Let’s say I want to set up a special autoresponder sequence to my customers depending on what they bought, piece of cake, and there’s full revenue tracking on every email sent. Klaviyo is the most powerful email platform that I’ve ever used, and you can try them for free over at klaviyo.com slash my wife. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O dot com slash my wife.

01:27
I also want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. If you run an ecommerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your own customer contact list. This is why I focus a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing. SMS or text message marketing is already a top 5 revenue source in my ecommerce store. I couldn’t have done it without Postscript, which is my text message provider. Why did I choose Postscript? It’s because they specialize in ecommerce, and ecommerce is their primary focus. Not only is it easy to use, but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data,

01:56
and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at the push of a button. Not only that, but it’s price well too and SMS is the perfect way to engage with your audience. So head on over to postscript.io slash Steve and try it for free. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. And then finally, I wanted to mention my other podcast that I released with my partner Tony. And unlike this podcast where I interview successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the profitable audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience.

02:25
No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the Profitable Audience Podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now on to the show.

02:41
Welcome to the My Wife, Quartermaster podcast. Today I’m thrilled to have Adam Turner on the show. Now, Adam is the CEO of Postscript.io, which is the text message provider that I use for all of my businesses. Now, what is hilarious about Adam is that when I first installed Postscript on my store, Adam was actually my designated support person, but I had no idea that he was a CEO. So I kept asking him questions that got more and more technical.

03:09
Like we were talking about actual code snippets, the API calls, and the man knew the answers to every single question that I asked. And during this time, I was thinking to myself, damn, the tech support at Postscript is fricking amazing. Like most support folks can’t speak to this level of depth with their products. And it was only later that I discovered that Adam was, was a CEO. Anyway, today what we’re going to do is we’re going to talk about the ins and outs of SMS marketing from someone who lives and breathes it. And with that, welcome to the show, Adam.

03:39
How you doing today? Appreciate it. I feel like this has been a long time coming, so I’m very excited. remember that email thread very, very well. And it’s interesting. the early days, we are obsessed with our customers, right? And I got so much of my inspiration from those conversations with customers early on. And one of the things that all the co-founders did early on was that

04:05
we had our on-site chat widget hooked up to all of our cell phones. And so if anyone chatted in, it would ring our phones no matter what time. And so I remember like the week of Black Friday would be ringing at 3 a.m., 4 a.m. Everybody’s trying to set up their pop-ups, set up everything for their Black Friday campaigns. And it would just ring, we’d hop on the call. I remember I just had, you know, wiping my eyes like trying to wake up and talk with customers.

04:34
We’ve tried to scale that that ethos up to now and we’ve got a great team of customer support support folks that have been built from that ethos and It’s been yeah, I just thought it was hilarious because when I found out I was like, oh my god, okay I’m not gonna ask this guy anymore, know, if I’m gonna ask it’s gonna be like a really I always try to ask really intelligent questions But I was actually more careful, you know, more careful once I found out Appreciate that. So, know, what’s funny is I had Alex which is

05:03
Adam’s business partner a while back. But I actually never did get the full story about how you guys got together to start Postgres. Like what was your relationship when you decided to start this company? Sure. So I met Alex through a company called Stat Commerce. He and I were working there. And what we were doing, we ran essentially, this is a very basic explanation of it, white labeled e-commerce stores for publishers. And so we ran like the Mashable store, or the CNN store.

05:32
And these publishers would drive traffic to that store and we ran everything on the backend. And so we ran sourcing vendors, doing all the fulfillment and drop shipping, doing all the marketing. We were basically running hundreds of brands and I was doing a lot there. was doing some tech. was doing data engineering. was doing product, lots of stuff, 60 person startup wearing lots of hats. And Beller worked on the go-to-market side of the business. So partnerships and sales and that type of thing. And he was by far the best. He brought in all of the big logos.

06:01
He absolutely crushed it. And I was like intimidated to talk with him when I was new. He’d been there for like four years. I was intimidated. And then one day we just decided, hey, we’re just going to go out to lunch. We’re going to hash this out. And we became basically like best friends over lunch. And from there, my brother, who’s one of my other co-founders, Colin, he and I were building the product. I started showing Alex a little bit. And I knew that, you know, as a co-founder, you want to have

06:29
other co-founders that fill in your gaps, right? Because if you have a lot of overlapping skills with your co-founders, then you’re just going to be doing the same things and there’s going to be huge gaps within the business. But if you find people that fill in the gaps and generally, you know, I’m sometimes more interested in tech than I am in people, though I love people. But Beller lives and breathes people. He’s like, like a peacock all the way. He like loves like this type of thing. And

06:57
And I thought that that would be great. And he did close our early big customers and he helped teach me how to be working with customers and everything like that. So, Bellar came in there and it’s been awesome to have someone who’s so focused on the go-to-market side of the business while I can focus on product engineering, design, finance, all that type of good stuff. Yeah, you know, there is something about Alex that I just can’t put my finger on, but he’s just really personable, like a really great people person.

07:26
it comes I mean it’s if you think it’s good over zoom it comes off 10x in person if you get to like he’s just a great hang and you can get along with anyone that’s a special thing if you find something like that then you want to well maybe I can convince one of you guys to stop by seller summit I mean you guys are sponsoring you should just stop by the event hang out for a couple nights or something that would be awesome that would be awesome we’d love to you know so Adam what I want to do today is talk about the current landscape with SMS marketing and what’s new

07:55
When I had Alex on here, I can’t, maybe a year or two ago, say SMS was still kind of pretty new. I actually just got back from an e-commerce conference and you know, I’ve been using SMS now for, I want to say two years, but I found that at the conference, there’s still a lot of people not using SMS. Can you just give me an idea of what like you feel like the adoption rate is in the current landscape right now? That it’s interesting because

08:24
because there’s a couple different ways to measure this, right? You can measure it anecdotally just by talking with folks. We had, I think that in early 2021, a company called Commerce Stacks came out with a report and they said that at that time Postscript was the most widely adopted SMS product at 0.5 % of the market, right? Which is totally wild. And basically if you combined all of the players, it would be around 1%. And so, but then when you look at something like, okay,

08:54
email product adoption, that Commerce Stack support said it was at something like 40%, which is, don’t think true. think that basically 90 plus percent of folks are using email. And so if you normalize that out a little bit, then you’re still talking what I would say was low single digit percentages last year. And maybe we’re reaching into the mid to mid high single digit percentages. So maybe 7%, 8%, something like that. Yeah, lots of room to grow in that aspect.

09:22
What is your general feel, and I can give you my opinions after I get your answer here, but how do customers feel about getting text messages, marketing text messages in today’s landscape compared to just a couple of years ago? That’s the question. Because really when we talk with folks that are doing SMS today, the number one quote unquote objection that we hear is that people don’t want to bother their customers, which is absolutely great because that means that you are thinking about your customers and you care about them.

09:50
right? And you care about not bothering them because you want to build a great relationship with them. And so that’s one of the interesting things when we were starting Postscript, that was a unique insight that we had, which is we had access to the opt-in data for a lot of our stores. And we saw that if we gave people the choice to give an email address or a phone number, that for many of our stores, people would give the phone number more than 50 % of the time as their main contact information. And so basically they were saying, hey, if anything’s up with my order, please just text me.

10:20
email me. And there may be many reasons for that. But that was an interesting insight that we had early on. And that was three years ago. Or another good example of what folks might say is, maybe I have an older demographic. Maybe I’m selling to the 40 to 60 age range. And when you think about that, those folks still use their phones just as much. They use them, if you’re talking about a parent, they’re constantly texting with their kids. They’re probably not emailing with their kids.

10:48
So they’re texting potentially even way more than they’re emailing. And we’ve seen brands have a ton of success within that age range too. And so I think that right now, the biggest reason why people are hesitant to pull the trigger is because they don’t want to annoy their customers. And what I would say to that is within the data set across roughly 8,000 of our customers, we don’t see massive unsubscribe rates. As long as you are respecting the relationship that you have with your customers, then…

11:13
as long as they’re opting in, then that’s saying, please text me, right? The folks that don’t want texts, they won’t opt in. The folks that no longer want your texts, they will easily opt out. But what you end up with is a highly engaged new asset for your business, right? And that’s critical for your business to make sure you scale. it’s really important because what we’re seeing, Postscript has been around for roughly three years, three and a half years. What we’re seeing is that the brands who started two, two and a half years ago.

11:40
Very large brands, we’re talking multiple millions of dollars of GMV. Once they decided to lean into SMS, it took them about two years for SMS to surpass their email revenue. They’re doing that with a list that’s about one-tenth the size as their email list. Maybe they have 5 million emails and they have 500,000 SMS subscribers. Those SMS subscribers are surpassing their email revenue. It’s important to get over that initial hump of not wanting to bother your customers because

12:08
This is becoming the number one revenue channel for brands that are doing it for two years plus. And in the earlier you start, you bet the better off you’re going to be. You know, it’s funny you use that 10 X number. I did a case study on SMS versus my email list. I want to say it was over a year and a half ago and that was the number actually 10 X because my email list was 10 X larger than my SMS list and it was doing about the same in terms of revenue. So.

12:37
That’s definitely a case. So my experience, if anyone out there listening is comparing this to email, the unsubscribe rates are going to be higher. So I think mine hover around one to 2%. I don’t know what the average is. Mine might be higher or lower. That would be roughly. I think it depends on the brand, but best brands, maybe it’s 0.5%. But you know, but one to 2 % on average is definitely fair. Compare that to email, which is, I don’t know, 0.1%, maybe. I don’t know what the average unsubscribe rate is.

13:07
But I guess the people that do stay on, like you said, tend to stay on and actually buy. And I’ve just noticed this about my own behavior. It’s actually a couple of restaurants that I stay on their SMS lists. So whenever they send out coupons for like a free burrito, like I’m there. I actually want the coupons for those deals. And then there’s actually a select number of e-commerce companies. I would say less than five for sure.

13:31
where I actually wanna know when they’re having some deals or whatnot, because I just love buying like the gadgets and whatever new stuff that they sell. I don’t know if you have this information, Adam, but would you describe my behavior similarly to people who are actually using SMS as a customer? I would say that, and obviously this all depends on the brand. Sure. But I would say that folks are probably subscribed to even more SMS, even more stores over SMS than five.

14:00
And I would say that this is highly dependent on the relationship that that brand builds with those consumers over the channel. And let me give you some examples and some data with that. If you have a brand that’s essentially copied and pasted their email strategy where, maybe even leaned in even more on SMS where they’re just saying, I’m going to send a message three times a week and it’s going to be a 20 % off coupon. And I’m just going to try and get as much revenue in this month as possible. That will probably make you the most revenue that month.

14:30
But it will sacrifice your subscriber LTV, right? The lifetime revenue of your SMS channel. so what you’re doing is essentially you’re mortgaging your future for short term revenue. there are ways to maximize your subscriber LTV without just sending more messages, right? And the primary way that we see folks do that,

14:54
is initiating their customers with actual conversations, right? Hey, how can you drop by the store today? I saw that you were looking at this. I can help you out with anything. And it’s hard for some stores to do this because you might not have the customer support staffing that will be able to handle everybody responding to every message, right? And so what Postscript does is we try to make it easy for you to manage a lot of these conversations at scale. And we do that by working on our Flow Builder, right? So you think about Flow Builder, maybe Klaviyo pioneered

15:24
idea of this flow builder. And really, what we think of our flow builder as is not only can you orchestrate the messages that are being sent out, but you can orchestrate all the replies that are coming in and the actions that you can take off of those replies. So if someone says, oh, I’m just here looking at new shirts, then you can custom tag that subscriber as, OK, they’re interested in shirts. And that means that the next campaign or automation that you send out can be targeted towards people who have just been looking at shirts or something like that.

15:53
And why this is so important from the data perspective is because if you’re able to have two-way interactions with your customers, you can generate significantly more revenue. And so we did A-B testing with our customers. And basically we had a single brand have customers reply back to them. And they replied, they had a conversation with one cohort of those customers and they didn’t reply to the other customers, right? And so they left one cohort untouched and they had a conversation with the others.

16:20
The cohort that had the conversations generated four times more revenue in the next two months. It’s seriously meaningful for these customers. And you can think about it, right? If you use your marketing channel as your customer support, as your sales channel, as this product discovery channel, then you’re much more likely to stay subscribed in the long-term because you know that Joey on the other end is listening to you and you can reply back at any time.

16:47
And so I think that that’s what makes this channel so special. And that’s how you’ll see merchants maximize their revenue over the channel, rather than just defer back to typical kind of marketing automation campaign every, every now and then that sort of thing. Yeah, I would a hundred percent agree. So I actually have Postscript hooked up to Gorgias and that’s where we manage all of our channels. And I find that if someone asks a question via text, it’s almost like a hundred percent conversion rate. Right. Yep. Like if I’m helping them via text.

17:16
And then that actually makes them more receptive to getting texts going forward. So in that way, at least for our company, and again, I don’t have a larger sample set here, but it actually works better than the phone and it’s much easier than the phone is what we found. I guess the only issue is, I did want to ask you about this, because I actually turned off like all the abandoned cart stuff. Is that still like an effective strategy for brands to use an abandoned cart in SMS?

17:45
It absolutely is. And since you’ve talked with Alex and since we’ve been billing, we have lots of different ways in funnel. have browse abandonment, these types of things. Though those are lower down in the funnel, those are higher converting subscribers anyway, we have found that you can still increase the conversion rate from the baseline from people that wouldn’t receive those messages by sending out those messages. And whether that’s because you’re having a conversation with them,

18:14
or because you’re just reminding them that there’s something in those cart. If you take browse abandonment or abandoned cart compared to baseline or not sending the message, then you’re going to see higher conversion rates if you actually send the message. what you want to be careful of there is obviously watching the unsubscribe rates, right? And we tend to find that customers tend to send way less than they should to optimize their revenue. And of course, they don’t want to bother their customers. They don’t want to increase their unsubscribe rates. But what we find is that

18:42
Customers should send up to a point that they’re comfortable with unsubscribes and then set that as their strategy versus go in with a strategy. And if unsubscribes are low, then they’re like, great. Because what we found is that for some customers, one of our merchants sends almost every single day, basically every weekday. And the reason is because they have deals that are different every single weekday and their customers use their text thread as like a newsfeed, right? And they’re getting much more exposure than that brand might on.

19:11
Instagram or Facebook or anything like that. And so there, I wouldn’t suggest that for every brand, not by any means, right? But if your brand has a strong audience that wants to hear from you, then you can probably maximize your SMS revenue by sending more often. Well, let’s talk about best practices then. So how do you actually establish that community and get people receptive to getting your messages?

19:37
That is a great question. First, it starts with having a great brand and a great product. I’ll just say that all of the natural e-commerce intuition that you have applies here. And so you want to start with a really great foundation. And then you want to make sure that you are setting the tone with the initial messages that you’re sending about how this relationship is going to be. What we find, one of the worst strategies, for example, is to start collecting SMS on your site passively.

20:06
into the first message that someone gets is, thanks for subscribing. And then they don’t get any message from you until a month later when you’re running a discount. Because that person will get that text a month later and say, who is this again? I don’t understand. So you need to have those initial welcome series flow setups so that someone can get to know your brand. And depending on when you collect them in the funnel, if you collect them right when you land on their site, then you’re probably doing more product discovery. You’re probably doing more brand discovery, that type of thing.

20:36
If you collect their phone number at checkout, then it’s probably a much different conversation. It means that they might have abandoned checkout for a specific reason. If you collect it after the order or as a part of a QR code in a package that you send out, then it’s a much different conversation. It’s about supporting them in what they just purchased. Hey, do you have any questions about your order? Would you like to write a review? Can you send in a photo? We have a lot of customers, lot of merchants that are collecting UGC through customers sending photos back. so really dependent on the funnel, you want to have a different tone.

21:05
But to make sure that you have a specific cadence after people sign up to make sure they understand what’s going to happen over the channel and how the relationship is going to be established. But the number one, the worst performing strategy that I see is to not set up a regular cadence of sending for these customers and to just kind of collect phone numbers and send during Black Friday Cyber Monday when it’s the highest. Yeah. So when you’re talking about a welcome sequence, is that similar to like a

21:33
an email welcome sequence? I mean, you have less characters to work with. So what would you say like among your customers, what’s a really good high performing welcome sequence? So I would say that, so for example, something that we found with an SMS is that you want to get someone a contact card, right? You want your contacts saved in their phone so that you can continue to have deliverability so that they know who’s texting when you text them, that sort of thing. But what we found is that

22:00
is super tactical, but that if you put the contact card further down in the Welcome Series in the third or fourth message, you actually have a better chance of having that customer stay subscribed because they know what they’re going to be getting. I think that personally, some of the best performing Welcome Series that I’ve seen are top of funnel. So they’re collecting through a pop-up, they’re collecting when people land on their site, and it’s a lot of brand discovery. People are telling their story through the Welcome Series versus trying to force a conversion.

22:28
And what that looks like is a good example of a brand that does this is Gunnar Kennels. So Gunnar Kennels is, I have one for my dog. It’s like a crash test rated crate for your car to keep your dog safe while you’re driving. And what they do, and they were made because the owner had a dog named Gunnar and he wanted to like keep him protected during travel.

22:50
And that story means a lot to dog owners, right? Everybody can, everybody who’s a dog owner can connect with that story. And so what they do in their welcome series is they send out YouTube videos, links to YouTube videos so that the customer can get to know because it’s a high AOV order, right? The customer is probably not going to purchase the first time they’re on the website. But if you get to know their story, you’re much more likely to purchase it, increases conversion rates significantly. And so I think that being your authentic self as a brand and

23:19
starting that conversation. The next thing that I see tactically within Welcome Series is to try and start a conversation. Well, hey, how did you come to the site today? Is there anything I can help you out with? And again, if you have the staffing to do that, or if you have the automated flows within Postscript to handle a lot of those, then you’re going to be much more successful. And it takes a lot of work. It’s going to be a lot of work, but it’s going to be absolutely worth it. It’s going to significantly increase the conversion rate for potentially your entire website.

23:49
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

24:17
Now, first and foremost, protecting our IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copyrighting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

24:47
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a hundred dollar discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L dot com. Now back to the show. Yeah. So for our store, we tend to use it as a conversation piece. Like if you have any questions, this is the best way that you’ll get an instant answer. And then if you can get them to just hit reply, that’s almost an instant conversion right there.

25:14
What are you seeing in terms of frequency? I know you just mentioned someone who texts every day. I can’t imagine that’s the norm. How often do you see the typical store that doesn’t do daily deals send out SMS messages? Sure. To start high level about what we’re trying to accomplish, again, I’ll reference subscriber LTV. This is the revenue per subscriber that you’re going to drive over the lifetime, the lifetime value of that subscriber.

25:43
And the way that we think about that is a few different ways. One of them is acquisition rates. So how many phone numbers are you getting for the traffic that’s coming to your store? Do you have the right ways to collect them? The next is the revenue per message that you’re making that you send out. That comes down to targeting, that comes down to content, that comes down to different conversion mechanisms, like a one-click checkout or anything like that.

26:11
If you have the next is the number of messages that you’re sending per subscriber, the frequency that you’re talking about, and then the unsubscribed rate, right? It’s divided by the unsubscribed rate. And so that’s going to basically determine the lifetime value. And so if you increase M, if you increase the frequency, you’re going to make more revenue. But if your unsubscribed rate spikes because of that, then you actually might negate all of the revenue because you’re going to be losing that in the future. So what we do with our brands is we try and

26:40
we try and manage this relationship between the frequency and the unsubscriber rate. And so what I see with most brands, which is not the correct thing to be doing, is that they might send four times a month. They might send once a week. And that seems like a reasonable cadence. That seems, you send someone a text once a week. That’s super easy to understand. It’s super easy to plan for. But really,

27:03
What we see when we say, hey, what if you said twice a week, how much more revenue would you generate? And what would the unsubscribed rate be? You need to be able to A-B test to these different frequencies. And generally what we see is that people can double or triple their frequency without significant increases to their unsubscribed rate. And so what that is, it’s great, right? It’s revenue that you didn’t have yesterday that you now have today because you decided to increase your frequency. And I would say that the main caveat to all of this is what you should be paying attention to is your unsubscribed rate.

27:32
That is the number one thing you should be paying attention to. But you should be constantly experimenting with your frequency to understand what is going to be best for your store, what’s going to maximize revenue over the long term. And so that’s kind of how we think about it. And generally I say the number one things that brands do is they don’t send often enough, which is very counterintuitive, but you have to take a look at the data and understand if your customers are getting annoyed or if they’re not. And that’s the unsubscribed rate. I mean, the answer you just gave is the same with email.

28:02
I mean, people often don’t send enough and it’s a matter of managing your unsubscribes with the additional revenue. I guess the only difference between SMS and email is it actually costs money per send, whereas email, doesn’t. I mean, you pay like a monthly fee typically. Right, right. And I mean, with the Clayvio changes to pricing, it’s been a little bit different where they’re… sure, sure. But it’s not totally free anymore. But…

28:30
I would say that yes, it’s different than email because the cost that the carriers charge is higher. But especially for right now, like we were mentioning before, the 10x number, the value is so much higher. The subscriber LTV is about 10x higher. And so it’s a little bit between something very cheap like email and something very expensive like Facebook. If you can get someone from Facebook, maybe you paid $20 to get them.

29:00
to your website, maybe that’s expensive, but five to $20 for a click. If you can get their phone number right away, that means that it’s only going to cost you less than a cent to get them back to your website the next time. And so it’s definitely more towards the email in terms of cost, but it is more expensive. And that’s another thing you have to keep in mind is the ROI. And I think that, you know, generally our customers see over 30 X ROI on the platform. So they’re doing very well. So how are people mixing email and SMS?

29:30
So I’m just thinking about that first example that I gave you with Abandon Cart, where would you want to send an email Abandon Cart as well as an SMS Abandon Cart? Like how do you merge the two communication platforms? Or how are people doing it, I should say? That’s a good question. So we’ve seen people try everything, right? And one of the things that we’ve done, we’ve built two different iterations of our integration with Clayview, because it’s so important to make sure that

29:57
the orchestration between the email platform and the SMS platform is well-defined. In the new iteration, basically, it pulls all your Klaviyo data into Postscript, and we push all of our data into Klaviyo. And so if you want to send an email, if someone doesn’t see an SMS or doesn’t click an SMS, you can do that. If you want to send an SMS when someone does or doesn’t get an email or click an email, you can do that within Postscript or Open or anything like that, right? And so…

30:24
We try and make the platform as flexible as possible so that people can try all of these different things. What we’ve seen is that the best behavior is to send, for Abandoned Cards specifically, is to send both an email and an SMS. If you are trying to minimize the cost of your SMS program, you might want to say, okay, if they don’t open that email, then send an SMS, and so you’re sending less volume. But we see net-net a 15 % increase in revenue if you send both at the same time.

30:53
And so that usually always pays for itself in terms of the volume that you’re sending for SMS. And again, that was counterintuitive to me. It didn’t make sense because for me as a consumer, I check both my email and my phone and I would just be getting the same message on both. But I think if you go back to kind of best practice marketing, you want to increase the frequency that they’re seeing the messages, right? Especially if it’s the right message, just like seeing, you know, if you see two billboards for something, you know, you’re not going to get negative ROI from that.

31:22
And so by hitting them in these two places, you’re staying in contact. And because SMS is more synchronous, right, you’re going to check your phone more often and you’re going to be able to reply and emails more asynchronous, you’re probably getting them at different times. And so that’s what we’ve seen. I think the other difference now is email open rates are all out of whack anyway. So I could say it’s open, but they didn’t even see it. So I guess it makes sense to send both today. Yeah. How accurate are like the open rates?

31:50
with an SMS message. Is that all measured? Sure. So that’s something that we wish that the phone devices would actually send back. We don’t have actual open rates, right? We can use the industry standards. People say 98%. That’s kind of when you see an ad for an SMS platform, you’ll see 98%. And that’s just taken from a bunch of that have been done. I think that you can expect that that might go down to 97%, 96 % over time. But

32:19
It’s hard with the open rates. And that’s why we focus a lot in terms of the attribution that Postscript drives. We focus a lot on the click through rate attribution, right? Because we want to make sure that we’re actually sending folks to the website. With that though, we are able to track cross device attribution. And so if someone receives an SMS and then they go on site two minutes later on their desktop, then we’re able to see that transition as well. And I think that that’s really important because

32:45
happens to me a lot, right? Like I have my phone right next to my computer right now. And if I get a text, and I want like to shop on my desktop, I’m probably just going to type in the type in the website. And then you’re going to have in Google Analytics, direct to none as the source, right? When really, it’s because I saw the text. And so it’s important to like, try and get that cross device attribution when you can’t get the exact view event from the device. Ah, interesting. I didn’t realize you could do that. Okay.

33:14
So back to the original question with email and SMS, how are you finding people, like if I land on a site, I want to grab ideally both an email and an SMS, right, together. So how are people prioritizing the two, given that SMS is in theory more valuable than email subscriber? Yeah, it’s based on the data that I see every single day. I would say that from

33:42
from an economic perspective, financially, it would behoove every merchant to be collecting phone numbers first. And obviously I’m going to be biased in this because I run an SMS company, but from the data, because you just, like you mentioned before, an email is potentially worth one-tenth the value of a phone number, right? And phone numbers might be harder to get now than email addresses because it’s a paradigm shift in what’s going on. And so if you…

34:12
collect the phone number first and then you collect the email, you’re probably going to maximize your total stores revenue over time because the phone numbers are more valuable. But there are things that you can do in your phone number and email collection to try and get both at the highest converting rate possible, right? And this includes, you know, different stepped pop-ups, right? Where you collect email first and then phone number, collect phone number first and then email. And what you wanna do is you wanna make sure or have the customer

34:39
believe that they need to give both in order to get whatever incentive you’re giving them, whether that’s sweepstakes, whether that’s a discount, whether that is VIP support, anything that you’re giving the customer in exchange for that information, you want to make sure that it’s clear that they need to give both. And what we’ve seen from a conversion rate perspective is the copy matters with this, right? Where if you just say, oh, thanks for your email address, your coupon should be in your email inbox, now give us your phone number.

35:06
no incentive for them to continue giving information when they already have that. so having the customer understand that they need to give both is going to result in the highest conversion rate. Because I don’t think that merchants should have to choose. I think they should always be collecting both potentially in different parts of the funnel. Postscript is working on many different ways to collect phone numbers. One of them is we have our new back in stock module. And so that instead of just giving away a discount to get a phone number, you can now have customers put in their phone number to be notified when something is back in stock.

35:35
then they also are opting in for marketing messaging there too. And so you’re delivering the customer value by saying you’ll be the first to know when something’s back in stock and then you’re also getting the phone number. so I would say that it’s not just about focusing on what does my main store pop-up show. It’s about where am I collecting? Am I collecting on checkout? Am I collecting on pop-ups? Am I collecting through QR codes? Am I collecting in retail? If I’m in retail, any sort of those opportunities. so I would say that

36:03
It’s good to optimize and make sure that your content is correct, but it’s also good to go broad and collected every step in the funnel. You know, as more and more people adopt SMS, I know from for me, at least I’ve been getting a lot more spam. Have the rules changed? Have they gotten more strict over time? So generally, the rules within the in the US SMS sending is governed by the TCPA and what the TCPA the TCPA.

36:30
says that basically you cannot send a marketing message to someone who is not opted in, right? And usually double opted in, right? You’ve confirmed that they all opted in. It’s more strict than even the GDPR when it comes to making sure that someone’s or even can spam, right? Everybody knows that you shouldn’t upload a list to email and send to it, but it’s actually illegal to do that if they have an opted in over SMS. And so the US created the TCPA and it’s actually the strictest in the world for telecommunications. And so

36:59
Things haven’t changed there except for we’ve seen states start to adopt this. And so the Florida just created their own version. Florida created their own version of the TCPA and that governs different waking hours that you are allowed to send. So periods of the day that you’re allowed to send marketing SMS to people in Florida. And so the Postscript platform is built so that you don’t even have to think about this, right? Basically we won’t send during those times. If you try and send a campaign during that time,

37:28
we will filter out Florida subscribers or delay them until the next day so that they can actually, you can actually follow the rules without you. You don’t want to be on the Florida TPA website, Steve, learning about these types of things, right? You don’t have time for that. And so we try and take care of that for you. And so things aren’t getting necessarily stricter, but the laws are changing. And so as a platform, we try and make sure that our customers are up to date on all those laws as soon as possible. So what is…

37:54
the most effective way to actually get subscribers that you’ve seen your customers use. I mean, it’s a higher friction point than giving out an email, right? So what’s working? Sure. So everything comes down to the different parts of the funnel, right? Whether it’s the, just landed on how much they know about your store, how much, what their intent is before they come, the incentive that you’re giving them, which is the discount code that they’re going to be getting. And then

38:23
what you’re delivering to them after doing the experience, right? How they’re going to be interacting with you. And I would say that obviously the fastest surefire way to get SMS subscribers is to give a large incentive early on in the funnel. And that gives you an opportunity to get a much higher conversion rate on the traffic to your store because you have that phone number. Like I said, you don’t have to pay Facebook $5 again to get them back onto your website. You can get them on for one cent and those economics work out really well. would say that- we’re talking about like a discount? Is that-

38:52
Is that what you’re saying? discount code, something like that. Yeah. And I think this differs for every single store, but I think that, and I think that you can mess around with different incentives, discount codes, sweepstakes, things like that to try and tinker like A-B test your pop-up to see different conversion rates that you’ll get. And you should constantly be testing because it’s very different for every single store. I would say the thing that matters the most is how you engage with your list afterwards though. And I will go back to…

39:19
making sure that the interaction is more conversational, making sure that you’re keeping the frequency up so that people understand that you’re not just collecting their phone number to send during a single moment where you have a sale, making sure that you’re following up with people, making sure they know that there’s customer support on the other end. All these types of things will maximize your subscriber LTV. The acquisition rates, I would say that anywhere where you’re collecting email, collect phone numbers and you’ll probably be good.

39:47
commonly get asked about SMS is because of the nature that it’s like a messaging platform and not email, the expectation is that someone’s going to get a reply almost right away if they send a message. So how, for the organizations that you’ve worked with, do they have like a dedicated person or team managing the conversations that are developed? Because I know for us, we try to respond right away. someone’s kind of on gorgeous at all times. But is that required? And how have you seen companies manage this?

40:17
Sure, so it’s definitely not required. And there are some really creative ways that you can set expectations with your customers so that they aren’t like, you what the heck is going on? I would say that the number one error that you can make is not have any sort of reply. So not have an initial reply and then not have any sort of follow-up so that someone’s replying back and they get sent into the ether. It’s just nothing. The next big mistake I see brands make is that they have an auto reply.

40:45
that says, thanks for sending something back. Can you email us? Right. And I think those are the platforms that don’t have great integrations with customer support tools like Gorgias, like Postscript and Gorgias. And so I think that that’s the reason why people do it. But I think that to really surprise and delight your customers, the best way to do it is if you have live support to start responding as soon as possible with that live support. And if you don’t have the staffing for live support, what I see really work is if you use the Postscript Flow Builder,

41:14
and you have a response, when someone replies, you can auto respond to them and say, hey, thanks so much for replying. We’re monitoring this channel right now, or we’re going to have someone take a look at this within the next x hours or x days, and they’re going to reply to you back here. And just setting the expectation, customers don’t need the immediate reply as long as they know that someone’s paying attention to them and that they’re going to get a response. And obviously, you have some cranky customers that might want our response right away, but that’s not who you’re trying to optimize for. You’re trying to optimize for a great experience with

41:44
the vast majority of your subscribers. And I think that by automating a lot of that, by trying to triage the requests before you get in, right, if you have macros or common ways to auto respond to people, those will work here. Right now, Postscript analyzes the sentiment of a response and the classification of response. So if something is a question and it’s a negative sentiment instead about shipping, you can prioritize those.

42:12
so that within Postscript, you can make sure that you respond to those first versus anything that’s positive sentiment like, thank you so much. You don’t need to get to those first, right? And so we try and help our customers triage the responses that are coming in so that they don’t say, okay, we’re gonna respond to every single person that writes it. We’re gonna make sure that it’s only the most urgent responses that get responded to. I didn’t even know that feature existed actually. It’s about a month old and- Okay.

42:38
sentiment analysis is based on classic sentiment analysis. It’s nothing special, but the category responses, we’ve trained data over millions of responses for e-commerce specifically so that we’ve got, I think, 12 or more different categories that replies can fall into, whether it’s about shipping or payment issue or anything, a subscription issue, anything like that. It’s really, really cool to see that in the responses tab. So far, we’ve been talking about flows and broadcasts in SMS that

43:08
are kind of a lot like email. Are there any other cool applications that you can do with SMS that you might not necessarily be able to do in email or other mediums? Yeah, so something that we announced last year and that is very close to being fully released to customers is our Postscript Pay product, which allows people to respond to purchase a product, right?

43:34
And so whether it’s an abandoned cart or browse abandonment or a campaign or any message that you’re sending, as long as you associate a cart or a dynamic card, right? If it’s an abandoned cart, the card’s already created. And so if you’re trying to increase your conversion rate within SMS, you can have somebody just reply yes and purchase. And very exciting news. I can’t talk specifically about what it’s going to look like, but very exciting news coming out soon about that. And then I would say that where things are going.

44:03
is a lot, is very similar to that sort of interaction, right? What we’re doing there is we’re trying to increase conversion rate. But if you imagine a world where you can have a customer reply return to initiate a return, right? Or with our recharge integration, you can reply skip to skip a subscription that’s coming next month, or you can reply yes to add something to your subscription, right? If you’re getting razors delivered, maybe you can upsell them with shaving cream, right? And so,

44:30
Thinking about these different ways where you can use that two-way interaction to programmatically increase average order value or increase repeat purchase rate or increase replenishment, anything like that. That’s really what’s coming down the pipe for Postscript is increasing that automated interaction. And that is really what you can’t do with email, right? Email is typically one way people can respond, but the idea that you could purchase a product in message or…

44:55
automate your customer support or anything like that is really interesting and what we’re really leaning into with Postscript. Yeah. Are chat bots kind of out or on the horizon? Sure. when it comes to, chat bots are, the term kind of triggers me, but within our flow builder, any two way messages can be orchestrated, right? And so that means that if you have an abandoned cart,

45:23
and you have a mystery discount associated with that, but someone has to reply mystery to get it. Absolutely, you can do that with our Flow Builder. We’re releasing all of these different parts of the Flow Builder this month, and you’ll see it at our product drop event at the end of the month, and this is in April. And so you’ll be able to build chatbot-like functionality. And then we also have folks that have been building on top of our developer and partner API that allows for much more deeply integrated two-way interaction so that you can be…

45:50
collecting different information like a subscriber’s birthday or their favorite color or anything like that and adding these attributes to the subscriber flow so you can send more targeted messages, more personalized messages, all these different types of things. definitely a lot of two-way interaction being built inside our flow builder. Our partner API is getting a lot of interest in work done, work built on top of it. And then those products like PostgrePay and sentiment analysis, all these things are

46:18
We’re building everywhere and we’re seeing a lot of great feedback from our customers with it. Yeah, no, that’s amazing. I remember a while ago I jumped on the Facebook Messenger chatbot bandwagon, but I mean, with all the changes that Facebook did, I kind of put less emphasis on it. But if I could reproduce something even remotely similar on SMS, it’s just, it would be really exciting because everyone has SMS. I mean, the reason why I asked you that question is like, if I could even potentially collect emails through SMS.

46:48
Yeah. And have that go directly to my email provider. That sounds pretty exciting also. Yeah. Yeah. That’s super exciting. But Adam, if anyone wants to get tech support from you personally, where can they get ahold of you or find out more about your company? So there are the obvious channels. If you go to Postscript.io, you can check out our new brand and check out case studies or anything like that. Sign up for the product. We have a 30-day free trial. give people

47:17
thousand dollars of credit. So basically, you know, there’s there, it doesn’t hurt to try this out. Check out the unsubscribe rates for yourself. Check out the conversations that you can have with our customers. We see a lot of a lot of brands learn a lot about their customers and learn a lot about their customers questions just by having chats with them over SMS. So if you haven’t tried it, try it out. If you need support from me personally, I mean, it’s it’s easy adam at postscript.io. That’s my actual email address. And

47:47
If you hit me at the right time, you might just get the custom tech support from me. 3 a.m., right? Right. Also, I wanted to mention that I think Alicia, which is a Postscript employee, put together a site. If you just want to see what other companies are sending out on SMS, do remember what the website is off the of your head? I can’t remember.

48:08
If not, I will post it in the show notes with this episode. Posted in the show notes. We have a few websites like that. One of them is smstemplates.com. And then we have a separate website that shows examples from every single brand as well. Yeah, definitely put that in the show notes. basically, if you’re just doing email right now and you want to have an idea of what other people are sending out, it might be useful for you to just check out the types of messages that people are sending. Hey, one last question. I think fantastictext.com. That’s what it was. Yeah.

48:37
One last question, which just popped into my mind. When I send text messages, there’s always an option to include an image, right? But it costs more credits. What has been your data in terms of, you know, click rates with an image and without? And I know there’s a lot of variability here, but you probably have some general trends. Sure. So this is where you know I’m telling the truth, because if I were just looking to increase our revenue at, say, Senate MMS, costs more for the carriers and that sort of thing.

49:07
Actually, from the data, if you just send an SMS, it will perform roughly the same as an MMS. I know that people with especially visual brands think that a photo is make or break. What we see from the data across the board is that it isn’t. And so I would say if I were running the brands, I would be sending SMS right now. Right. Without a photo. Yeah. Cool. Well, thanks, Adam. This is really helpful. And I’m really excited for the features that are coming up around the corner. Likewise. Thanks, Steve. Appreciate the time.

49:38
Hope you enjoyed that episode, and if you’re not using text message marketing yet, then you should give it a try. There really is no risk in trying, and I’m willing to bet that it will work as well or better than email for you. For more information about this episode, go to mywifecluderjob.com slash episode 408. And once again, I want to thank Klaviyo, which is my email marketing platform of choice for ecommerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned card sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign, basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot.

50:06
So head on over to mywifecoupterjob.com slash KLAVIO. Once again, that’s mywifecoupterjob.com slash KLAVIO. I also want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform, and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. Now we talk about how I these tools on my blog.

50:36
And if you are interested in starting your own ecommerce store, head on over to mywifecoderjob.com and sign up for my free 6-day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

407: Starting The World’s Fastest Growing Backyard Game With Greg Meade Of CrossNet

407: Starting The World's Fastest Growing Backyard Game With Greg Meade Of CrossNet

Today I have my friend Greg Meade on the show. Greg is the founder of CrossNetgame.com which is an amazingly fun game that is a combination of volleyball and four square.

I have a set, my kids love it and in this episode we’re going to learn how to launch a successful game to the market.

What You’ll Learn

  • What is Cross Net and how to play
  • How Greg invented the Cross Net game
  • How to successfully launch a brand new game to the market

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Now on my podcast, I try to get a diverse set of entrepreneurs who sell physical products online. So today I have my friend Greg Mead on the show. Now, Greg is the founder of CrossNetGame.com, which is a super cool mixture of four square and volleyball. Now I have a set, my kids love it, and in this episode, we’re gonna learn how to launch a successful brand new game to the market.

00:29
But before we begin, I want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Postscript is my SMS or text messaging provider that I use for e-commerce and it’s crushing it for me. I never thought that people would want marketing text messages, but it works. In fact, my tiny SMS list is performing on par with my email list, which is easily 10x bigger. Anyway, Postscript specializes in text message marketing for e-commerce and you can segment your audience just like email. It’s an inexpensive solution, converts like crazy, and you can try it for free over at postscript.io slash Steve.

00:58
That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. I also want to thank Klaviyo, who is also a sponsor of the show. Always excited to talk about Klaviyo because they’re the email marketing platform that I use for my store and it depend on them for over 30 % of my revenue. Now you’re probably wondering why Klaviyo and not another provider. Well Klaviyo is the only email platform out there that is specifically built for e-commerce stores and here’s why it’s so powerful. Klaviyo can track every single customer who’s shopped in your store and exactly what they bought. So let’s say I want to send out an email to everyone who purchased a red handkerchief in the last week.

01:28
Easy. Let’s say I want to set up a special autoresponder sequence to my customers depending on what they bought, piece of cake, and there’s full revenue tracking on every email sent. Klaviyo is the most powerful email platform that I’ve ever used, and you can try them for free over at klaviyo.com slash my wife. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O dot com slash my wife. And then finally, I wanted to mention my other podcast that I released with my partner Tony, and unlike this one where I interview successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce,

01:53
The Profitable Audience Podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the Profitable Audience Podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:14
Welcome to the My Wife, Could or Jot podcast. Today I’m thrilled to have Gregory Mead on the show. Now, Greg is the founder of crossnetgame.com, which is a cool game that is a mixture of four square and volleyball. And the way I encountered Greg was pretty random. I actually first heard of Crossnet when my buddy John McDonald did a conversion critique of his website at an event that I attended. And then when I saw this critique, I was actually intrigued by the game. So I looked it up and my kids,

02:43
are hugely excited about volleyball they play. So I thought about getting this for them as a birthday gift. And then finally, a student in my class, Julia, told me that she had a cousin that would make a great interview and it just happened to be Greg, the founder of Crossnet. So Greg has managed to invent a brand new game.

03:07
That is a combination of volleyball and four square. And today we are going to delve deeply into his backstory to see how he created this successful game and business. And with that, welcome to the show, Greg. How are you doing today, Doing well. Thanks for having me. Yeah, man. Hey, so first off, what is your background and how did you get the idea for this cross net game? Yeah, I guess my background since college is kind of being an entrepreneur, just trying to sell apps and like have people download stuff and doing some Amazon stuff.

03:36
And then the back story of the game is after college ended, my partner, Mike, he was an engineer. He graduated from Northeastern in Boston. was, he was building like robots and stuff. He’s like, Hey, let’s make something together. So he came over one night. We put on ESPN. We were just watching it all day, all day, the same repeats and just coming up with ideas of games to make. We eventually had like 50 ideas on a piece of paper. We crossed them all off until there was two left. Um, and it was a wall charger speaker.

04:05
and then a four square volleyball game. And we went with the four square volleyball game for sure. We went to Walmart the next day, we heated them up. We tied them up against my mom’s shed, a tree, some tape, some scissors. It was a pretty janky prototype, but we had fun with it with our friends. We invited them over and then boom, the rest was history pretty much. That’s interesting. So how did you come up with those two completely random products? I mean, I think the objective of that day when I was with Mike, was like,

04:35
let’s make a product where we can make money, right? But I think we ended up rolling with the sports concept because we grew up playing sports with each other, against each other, and we love sports. So we’re very fortunate. A game in the sports realm fell into our laps and we rolled with it. So I got to say that I think you guys, of the two products, mean, they’re both pretty hard to sell, but I would say starting a completely new game from scratch and getting people educated and to adopt it is

05:06
So a couple questions. So one, how long did it take you to just come up with the game? It sounded like you threw up the prototype in a day. Yeah, I mean that same day we were trying to make the rules, right? So we like brought it back to original force where we bounce it on the floor. So we were kind of taking those rules. Like if you get out, you’re eliminated, you go to the back of the line. And then we incorporated the 11, played 11, win by two. That’s how we play pick up basketball. That’s how volleyball is played. Sometimes I think.

05:33
I’m not a big volleyball fan. Okay, but so let me just describe the game. You can tell me if I’m wrong. So it’s like four score in volleyball and you kind of get up to the king spot, which is the four spot. And that’s how you score points only when you’re in the four spot. And when someone in the four spot loses, they go back or anyone loses, they go back to the first square, just like four square, right? Old school. Okay. So you come up with this game and it was just you and your buddy. How did you guys even play it? Well, we invited friends over so we had a good.

06:03
More than four people, yeah. then they all loved it? We all loved it. We were out there all day until someone down and then we eventually got the rules down pretty solid. All right, that’s awesome. So you have this prototype that’s like, I’m imagining this like duct tape two nets together from Walmart. How do you manufacture such a thing? Like where do even go to get that built? And it sounds expensive too to get built. Yeah, it was pretty pricey. It still is. But, Alibaba.

06:32
You go to Alibaba websites like that, that have factories. And then you just message the people at those factories and you ask, hey, can you make this for me? So we searched, literally searched volleyball net manufacturer, right? On Alibaba and started messaging every single factory and said, hey, can you combine these two? Right? Essentially. And we got a few hits and then we made some good relationships. So walk me through that. So you just go up to them and you say, hey, I want to like weld two volleyball nets together.

07:01
Yeah. So obviously Mike’s an engineer. So he’s got like all the CAD blueprints and all the nerdy stuff. So we send them that, right? It’s like, hey, this is what we need. Can you do it? Yes or no. And then some of them would say no. Some would say yes. And then you take, you obviously take the best people that say yes and you put them against each other and try to get the best price and quality. So did you have CAD drawings before you approached the vendors? Yes. Okay. And then just walk me through these steps. Cause these are the interesting steps that the listeners like to hear. So

07:29
You went up to them with the thing and then you got a, did you get a sample made? Yeah, numerous samples throughout our first year. It took pretty much a whole entire year to get the final prototype we were happy with to start the launch. Even that prototype sucked. Did you end up ever having to go over there and visit the factory? Not me. Mike did. He’s gone two or three times now. He’s gotten some like a car accident over there too. So I don’t know if he wants to go back.

07:57
Wait, so okay, so did that happen more in the beginning or later on during production? Well, the first year Mike went over, then the second year he went over, and then COVID hit. So then we haven’t been back since. So we’d usually go over at least a few times a year, if possible. I would have been there by now, but COVID messed everything up. Yeah, because I have a buddy who made baby strollers. for something, and I classify your product like that. It’s got a bunch of moving parts, different materials, metal, know, fabric, everything.

08:25
he ended up having to fly over there just because like little quality issues here and there, or even with like the little parts that are involved, all kept getting messed up as he was building his prototype. How many iterations did it take for you guys to get to your final design? Oh man, a ton, a ton. I don’t know the top off top of my head, probably five or 10 at least. or 10, okay. Yeah, every time we get it, it’d be like, oh, this pole is good, but the net stinks, Then the net gets back.

08:55
it’s good. And then the polls messed up or something. Yeah, a lot of moving parts. took, like I said, it took about a year to finally get that nice prototype. And then how much money did you invest just to kind of get started before production? Yeah. So me and my partner, Mike, and my brother, other partner, Chris, we all took out all of our money. was about 30 to 40 grand and dumped it all into inventory. And then once we sold that, we took all that money and then reinvested it all back into inventory again in marketing.

09:23
and just kept doing that for years. All right. So let me ask you this. Did you have like, did you know the game was going to be a hit before you invested that 40 grand? Absolutely. Oh, you did. Okay. How did you do that? I just knew it personally. Oh, you just knew it personally. Okay. Yeah. Yeah. But I guess before that 40 grand purchase, went to a beach right in there against at Rhode Island, where we grew up going, we brought a sample and we went to go just play me, Mike, Chris, and like two of our other friends just to go play and have fun.

09:53
we love the game. We didn’t end up playing it because 40 teenage kids got in line and asked to play instead of us. So that’s how we knew it was a smash for sure. Oh, okay. All right. So was it just like that one incident or were there multiple incidents? It happens every time. It still happens to random customers. I feel like every time you set it up at a popular spot, people will ask to take photos, jump in, play. yeah, at one time was a big moment for us.

10:22
because that was pre-launch and we’re like, wow, this is it. All right, sweet. Okay. So that’s how you validated that it was going to work. And then what was your first order like? Cause I imagine making these things is pretty pricey. Yeah. I think we only, I think it was like 300 units. Okay. That’s not too bad. And it held us over for a little while. It got us through summer and then we the reorder and then, you know, wait months.

10:49
Yeah, actually, how long was the production? So it took you about a year to just produce the product into something that you were happy with, right? Yeah. And then so you order 300 units. And then how do you sell those first 300 units? Twitter word of mouth. Twitter. Okay, well, let’s talk about Twitter real quick. How did you when I think of Twitter, I think of using Twitter for like beta business services or software like I don’t usually think of like sports equipment.

11:18
Yeah, lot of people don’t know is Twitter is used to be big. You just have a bunch of meme parody pages. Me and my network. That’s how we blew up as entrepreneurs, I guess, back in the day. We’d run like these these meme accounts and just get millions of impressions a day and we’d sell them, buy ads with them. And we did that. That was when Crossnet started. And then Jack Dorsey removed all the accounts. So Twitter got we lost all our accounts. But why did he do that? Oh, just politics.

11:46
Oh, okay. So those two means I got it. Got it. But I mean, those people aren’t interested in sports though, right? Would those accounts have even helped you? Yeah. Well, they’re not just, they’re just all general niche pages, right? So the general audience will see and then we’ll eventually get some sales because I can get the impressions for very cheap. And then another cool tactic was we’d actually show up to the beach, right? So we moved, we all moved to Florida. In our first week in Florida, we were just like playing the game every day, 24 seven on the beach. And we’d show up to like, I remember we went up to like Nikki beach in South beach.

12:16
And we were, I remember vividly of people ordering that same day after we played with them. So we’d go play on Nikki beach and then we get an order from Miami beach in that area code from the kids parents, I guess. But it was really cool to see. So it was like a snowball effect in person and then online as well. And then we did have a very viral moment on Facebook. We woke up to like 10 million views on a Facebook post on this random dude’s page one day. Describe the video.

12:42
It was a Olympian video. So we had four, we sent them across and out to four Olympian athletes. um, Oh man. What’s the country with the, with the waning, I think, or one of those countries. That’s random. We got to dig into all this. So how did you even get the contact information or how’d you even think to send it to these guys? It was a while ago, but I think they hit us up. They’re like, Hey, can we get across that? And we said, yeah, sure. We’ll send you one. Um, good people. I think we still, we’re still in touch with them pretty, pretty solid right now, but yeah, they, posted it. They posted their video and then a random user took it.

13:12
like a random Facebook ad, right? He took the video and he posted, said, wow, check out this four square volleyball game. And then it blew up and we woke up to like orders, orders, orders, like what’s going on. But it was like, we found the video eventually because it was hard to find. We didn’t know where the money was coming from. And that video definitely helped us for sure. And then we took that video and we kept running ads on it. We still run ads on it to this day. Oh, and that same video and it converts still. Yeah. You’ve probably seen it. I probably have probably have seen it actually.

13:41
All right, wait, so back to Twitter. Describe to me a strategy on how you promote something on Twitter, like a physical product. Yeah, I mean, like you take a video, UGC video of people playing, you caption it, foursquare meets volleyball, and then you put a link under it and you run ads on it. You buy impressions from… Oh, you buy Twitter ads? Not through Twitter platform. Oh, you still walk me through it, sorry. Through meme pages.

14:09
So like if there’s a volleyball page like at volleyball lovers, right. And has a hundred K I’m going to buy retweets off that page. Oh, okay. Got it. Got it. So you’re paying the owner to just tweet your tweet, product in your video, retweet it. Yeah. Retweet. Right. Oh, retweet. Okay. So you have a Twitter account already. Does your Twitter account need to have a whole bunch of followers before you use this strategy or no, not at all. at all. Okay. So you created like a volleyball Twitter account and then you started paying influencers to retweet.

14:38
your stuff. Well, so we have our cross and account, right? have a cross and Twitter account. And then we’d hit up there’s people in this network where there’s they have mean pages, different style pages, different niches, different, you know, audiences, volleyball, humor, sports, right. And then we buy retweets off of those pages. Right. What’s the going rate for a retweet? Like, how do you even know how much to pay? And how do you know they’re willing to do it for you? Paid by impressions. So every hundred thousand impressions, you pay anywhere from 10 to 20 dollars.

15:09
for 100,000 impressions, that’s dirt cheap. Yeah, it is. It’s a secret sauce. Okay. All right. Wait, okay. So walk me through this. So how do you approach a Twitter account owner?

15:22
Good question. Find a meme page you like. Okay. And then DM them, ask them for their rates. Just like you’re going to buy a shout out on Instagram or something. So is this a standard practice? No, this is very underground stuff. And this is how I was able to grow, you know, across that from the beginning. So like the typical user, I actually just worked on growing my Twitter account. actually doubled it in like the last six to eight months by getting other people, but mainly my friends to just retweet my stuff. This is a similar thing.

15:52
I actually haven’t had anyone approach me to pay though. like if you just approach a random Twitter user and offered to pay, mean, does that get a pretty good hit rate? I mean, I don’t usually do that. Like just like a famous like entrepreneur dude you’re saying. Or just, you know, these meme pages, is it expected? Like are they expecting to be paid for? You know what saying? Like, oh, are. Okay. I think so. Like why would you be building a page like with 500,000 followers, right? Like you need to make money.

16:21
But this practice used to be very popular five years ago before we called the purge the people in the Twitter community. We lost all of our accounts. I can understand if it got political, but like a volleyball Twitter account. Just all types of pages, all types of mean pages, like the biggest pages back on Twitter, like five years ago, 10 years ago, there was like parody music pages. Parody like interesting.

16:48
Yeah, it’s definitely off ground. It’s unique. If you guys ever need impressions and you’re listening, just message me. Does it work still today? It depends on the product. Oh, okay. Interesting. the product. It depends on if it’s unique. It depends on the price across that. It doesn’t really work anymore for sales. Oh, doesn’t work for you guys anymore? Not anymore. No, it’s definitely changed. mind’s at it. mean, your product is unique and interesting.

17:12
The price point is pretty high. The price point is too high. We actually started cross net selling at one hundred dollars, which is very unique to hear. And we ended up boosting it up to hundred fifty dollars. But even at one hundred fifty dollars, I think it’s really inexpensive because I’m thinking I paid almost three hundred dollars for my volleyball set. Yeah, that’s as a volleyball lover. Right. You’re going to pay that money. But as a normal ninety, ninety five percent of our consumers are just like mom and dad’s buying for their teenage kid. Right. That doesn’t play well. And one hundred dollars is

17:42
pretty hefty, I guess. It’s right in that fine line. So Twitter’s not the best for impulse $150 purchases. Got it. Got it. So the price point maybe is probably like the impulse buy of like 50 bucks, maybe, maybe the price point for Twitter. Okay. Yeah. Yeah. Dude, that’s cool. Okay. So you got your initial sales by just playing your sport, which is pretty awesome. Yeah. And then you use Twitter to just get those initial sales. And then how quickly did you sell those first 300 units? you remember, think it took the entire summer. So like,

18:12
four months, whatever that is, March to August. That’s a lot of playing cross net right there. So basically you play cross net every day. that’s pretty sweet. We did. We pretty much pulled up to a beach every day and just played. That’s awesome. Yeah. One thing I noticed on your site is that I noticed that you held a tournament and then you had some, I think those Olympians, I think you had that video on your site. How did you get influencers and then how did that tournament idea go? Cause I know I like

18:41
to attend AVP volleyball tournaments and that sort of thing. Just curious what it’s like. Yeah. So from the influencer side, it took a while for us to get respected in like the volleyball community. But once you get a few people, start, other people start seeing it and it just kind of like a snowball effect, kind of like the sales of the game as well. But it definitely took two or three years to really get, you know, respected in that volleyball community. A lot of the volleyball people didn’t like it at first or know what it was or want to be associated with it.

19:08
But once you make that one relationship, that person sends you to another person, that person sends you another person and they have a, you know, it’s a tight circle in the volleyball community. And it is actually, how do you get respected? I think having them actually play it, right? Okay. At first people like we, the first beach tournament we ever showed it up to, to like do like to try to sell as a vendor. We set the cross map. No one played for like two of the three days. The third day we’re like, no one’s going to play. We’ll just go like swim in the ocean.

19:37
So we went to go swim, we came back and then everyone was playing the game, all the volleyball athletes and there was crazy rallies and then they ended up falling in love with it. So they need to play it, you need to play it and then once you get the hang of it, understand the rules, the concept, it’s a hit for them. And now we have the doubles version out. So it’s two, one, two, one, two, one, two. So once you get that set up and they play that, they have a teammate, bumps that spike, gets intense. Yeah, actually that sounds a lot more attractive than the single player game, at least to me, at least to me.

20:06
So I love it. Sorry. Let me just regurgitate what you just said. So you set these nets up at tournaments you said at AVP tournaments. Yeah, I think the first one was an AVP tournament. Don’t quote me on that though. That’s okay. Yeah. I mean, this is kind of like a casual conversation. I know this is a long time ago, right? A while ago since you launched. yeah, it’s three years ago. But okay, so did you also just go down the AVP list and just start sending these nets to people? Yeah, pretty much like we just like go hard on Instagram. Hey, do you want a net for content? Do you want it for content? And

20:35
We lost some money doing that too. So if you’re watching your business owner and you want to like see your product, just be super cautious about who you’re, you know, making that relationship with. It was a mistake on our end financially to send all those nets. Granted, we got some good content, but you want to like genuinely send the people that have interest in your product or game or whatever it is. Yeah. So what’s your process now actually? Yeah, right now it’s pretty much only send to people that are interested. So if they reach out to us and we have like a good solid conversation,

21:04
we’ll send it to you for content, right? And then we put those people on retainers if they give us content. If we like it. Okay. So for these people, are they primarily volleyball players or you just get people who are just really into it? Yeah. So a lot last year we went crazy on volleyball players, the community, and we would have like 10 athletes on retainer, um, monthly, just making great content. But at the end of the day, we realized like, that’s awesome. We get great content, but for like,

21:33
the mom, 56 year old mom from like Nebraska, she has no idea who that volleyball player is. And she just wants her like eight year old in the yard just to tap it with his buddies. like, we don’t need spiking and stuff. the content we realized we didn’t really need the volleyball content as much as we need the mom and dad playing with the kids content. That makes a lot of sense. Cause this is still kind of niche. Cause I think we were just talking about this earlier before we even started recording. Volleyball.

22:00
in itself, like just volleyball, not cross-net. There’s not a lot of money in there. One of my acquaintances bought the AVP several years ago and it’s kind of like this money pit, even though people love the sport. And so, yeah, if you can get like just families to adopt this, that’d be amazing. Yeah, that’s the mission this year is to focus back to like our core roots of just anyone who loves this game. So let’s get it out and get that content out. There’s another game that I see a lot of people play, which is similar. I think it’s called Spikeball. I think so.

22:30
Yeah. Yeah. Oh, are they, uh, are they one of your arch competitors or something? guess so we can call it that, but no, they’re, they’re, um, it’s a great game and, uh, helps brought in the outdoor community. So they help us. We help them. Yeah. So, I mean, what you’re trying to do essentially, cause I see little kids playing that and, and, I mean, they’re not volleyball athletes. It’s the same type of thing, right? Yeah. Same concept. Um, you see more like, I would say college at kids playing that kind of game. It’s more intense when, when

22:59
closer range, it’s a hand-eye coordination for that game. But I feel like that’s a broader audience. Actually, I would agree with that because you have to, I tried it once and you actually have to be in pretty good shape to play that, so it’s intense. How do you educate people about the game? Like, I can see like putting just the net up, but like how do people even know what the rules are? How do you educate people? Yeah, that has been the hardest part to date. You can ask any of our founders that question, it’s the hardest thing.

23:29
It just takes time. It could take time. But when the user starts playing, you’re going to get a real book, you’re going to get assembly, you’re going to get the QR code to scan and you’re going to see the gameplay, right? We’re going give you videos. We’re going to walk you through the steps. I mean, it’s not to you by, I mean, just, yeah. Yeah. So right now pre-buy, right? If somebody goes sees out at a beach and they go play with a random person, there’s going be a QR code, hopefully on the net soon and you can scan it and then you can see the role.

23:57
But education is going to take time. Like I want 10 years from now, want, you a random mom, dad, kid to walk past that cross net and know the rules of cross net, similar to, we know how to play soccer. We know how to play football, basketball, you know? So that’s, that’s definitely a learning curve. It’s difficult though. It just education through the game. And once you purchase it, learn the rules and, really hone into those rules and stick to it. Can we talk about like the revenue streams? Is like your revenue stream, like only the net?

24:26
or are you selling other things, services or anything like that? We have the Crossnet, we have the Crossnet doubles add-on, which is the longer extended net for two on two on two on two. And then we have a pool model. I don’t know if you saw that, it’s our H2O I did, yeah. Did that just come out? Yeah, it came out last year. We dropped like 2000 of them. Then we sold out really fast. This year we’re excited to relaunch it with a new, better improved net. So the pool model will do well this year. And then we have some other cool.

24:54
you know, games coming out this year, cross net pickleball, hopefully, which is exciting. Wait, walk me through that. So it’s like a four thing and then you it’s like, just pickleball. It’s literally the way it sounds. Yeah, square. Okay. Ingenious. Okay. And then I guess that probably doesn’t work with tennis as well. Now tennis is a little too bouncy. yeah, I love it. Crossnet soccer to coming out in about 15 days.

25:22
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

25:51
Now, first and foremost, protecting our IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copyrighting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

26:20
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a hundred dollar discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L dot com. Now back to the show. This is my next question then. So how do you protect this IP? mean, can anyone with just two nets put this together and clone your stuff? Legally, no. We have a patent. A lot of people like to breach that patent. So we’ll

26:49
So you, I mean, it costs money to fight these. Have you had to, the fact that people are copying you means it’s super popular already. So have you spent a lot of money like beating back those clones? Not too much money yet. We have a good legal team on our side this year and we’re going to go bonkers with legal and try to get our market share back. But at the end of the day, you have copycats and people are copying you, means you’re doing well and the product is successful.

27:18
do everything we can to educate our cross that being the foundation. Even if someone goes and picks up a knockoff from Target or wherever, you’re still playing cross then. So let me ask you this. So outside of just selling the physical products, do you have any other plans to… I noticed you held… I saw on your website that you held a tournament and I think before we got on, you said that was actually really tough.

27:45
What are the plans to just proliferate the brand so that no one can really knock you off easily, right? Yeah, mean, tournaments wise, right? It’s it’s a whole different ball game. You don’t want to rush into that. I know we were speaking about it earlier before we got on rushing into like creating a sport is is a bad idea, I think, unless the sports are already known, you know how to play it. Right. So this is a brand new thing, brand new concept. It’s similar to volleyball, but people don’t understand the rules like we were just talking about. So.

28:13
The best idea is just to sell the units, get the game out there, let people love it, enjoy it, play it with their friends, meet up with other people, create tournaments of themselves smaller. And then it’ll just grow and grow and grow. We tried to jump into like any ESPN tournament, which looked really cool, right? It was actually, it looked really cool. It was amazing. The best rallies I’ve ever seen, but we had to like kind of force people to come down to go play for money. Right. And there was a $10,000 grand prize. It just wasn’t organic and we want it to be natural. So.

28:43
Oh, I didn’t realize there was prize. Okay. So you gave out prize money and then do people have to pay to enter? Um, no. No. Okay. Amazing. Okay. Yeah. was a good way. that cool footage. mean, that was the first video I watched actually. It lended a lot of credibility. Yeah, absolutely. And that’s why we did it. Yeah. At the end of the day, we knew it was going to be tough, but it’s great, you know, for content.

29:06
So you mentioned there have been phases in your business. So I imagine year one was getting the game out the door and getting it made and that sort of thing. And then you said year two was volleyball influencers, right? Last year was volleyball influencers. The second year was also light volleyball. Light volleyball. And then this year is just getting families and it being popular. So walk me through your strategy for this year. So how do you actually find these families?

29:33
A lot of them come naturally, right? Like we’ll get DMs throughout the day, just like, Hey, I love your game. I love the content. Um, and then we’ll, know, we have, we have a good marketing team and we hone in on them and see if the engagement’s good. If the communication is good, if they’re just trying to like bullshit you for a free product, right? Yeah. We really, we’re really good at that now. We know how to scope it out. Um, so that’s for the info side, we do that. And then, like I said, selling the game and just going back to our core roots of getting people out and playing, like just go play, go play, go play and people, you know, see this content.

30:03
Naturally. Interesting. Okay. And then what, what are your primary revenue drivers? Are you running ads? Yeah, we run Google ads, Facebook ads, TikTok ads. Facebook obviously has taken a toll on the entire world in the last, what is it? Six months, eight months. It’s been a nightmare. So Facebook’s definitely getting harder. we’re, we’re primarily wholesale right now, actually. Interesting. Okay. Yeah. So are you in a lot of sto-

30:33
I think I saw you were on in Dix and a whole bunch of sporting stores. How does that process work? Like how do you even approach like a huge retailer like Dix? Yeah, I mean like LinkedIn DMs, honestly. Okay, walk me through that. How does that work? Yeah, so literally just find a buyer like go so type you got the store right if you’re selling a food product right you have a food product and it’s it’s a natural food product and you want to go in Whole Foods. Go to go to type in Whole Foods on LinkedIn.

31:04
Go to people, connect with them all, don’t message them, wait a few days, then message them. So it doesn’t seem like you’re thirsty and then say, Hey, this is blah, blah, blah from blah, blah. I have a cool product. We’ll offer for whole foods, get their hands on it. Something natural like that. And if they respond, you know, have that conversation for us. It’s a bit easier, I would say compared to a food or a drink, less competition. And it’s a brand new product that, you know, these stores need.

31:33
Dix needs new innovative games, Walmart needs new stuff in their aisles. So granted, would say crossnet is a little easier to pitch in the sports niche than another drink coming into the Whole Foods. But LinkedIn, LinkedIn, Chris, our partner brother, has done a great job of that. And we still do it. We just got another wholesale deal yesterday just from literally a LinkedIn outreach. That’s cool. So how did the wholesale arrangements typically work? Is it on consignment? Or do they buy units from you, like upfront?

32:03
Yeah, they they purchase they place POs and then we have net 60 terms and net 90 terms. Maybe 90 terms. Yeah, yeah, sucks. Wow. Okay. Yeah. So the people listening like these net terms means that they don’t have to pay you until after 90 days for products. I guess that’s I mean, they have control, right? I mean, these are large retailers. So yeah, can’t argue with them. Can’t argue with them. So so just based on the sales, they’ll order more as needed.

32:31
Yeah, in the, you know, the sell the rate in the season. Summer they purchase for summer now, right? So they’re prepping summer orders to go into Dix and all these stores. So are they buying like huge quantities? Yeah, yes. So stores and stuff. So you have to float that money then right? Yeah, long time. Yeah, we’ve been using our personal money to purchase POs for the last four years, which kind of a mistake, I guess we finally just got PO financing.

33:00
I was going to ask you, like, you raised any money for this? Because this is I mean, these nets aren’t cheap. Yeah, no, we haven’t we haven’t sold any equity yet. We’ve finally just took a appeal finance out, which is, you know, nice. Probably should have done that a few years ago. So for the listeners who don’t know what that is, can you just kind of describe how that works? Yeah. So we get money up front from a lender bank. There’s different types of, you know, avenues you can go through and they front you the money for the inventory and then you just pay back interest on top of that. So say we’re spending

33:30
We need $100,000. They let us borrow it and we pay back $125,000. Yeah. So, uh, do you have to show them a PO? Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. Okay. For most of them. Yeah. There’s actually a whole, for anyone listening, there’s actually a whole bunch of services out there now that just based on your, I don’t know you have a Shopify store, but they can just take your Shopify. They linked to your bank account and they see what your sales have been. They’ll just give you a loan that way. Um, I’m sure you guys looked into all these things. We’ve had a circus, you know,

33:59
people who are and not freaking out. yeah, but we do have to show the POs primarily for the majority of them, especially if they’re large orders. Like we just have a huge order from Sam’s Club this year. Nice. Which we’re super excited for, but it costs a lot to make. Yeah. Yeah. So when you sell these on your own website, are you not allowed to make the price on your website cheaper than the retailer? Yeah, we have to honor the retailer.

34:26
keep the price similar. can do discounts and have our own sales. But it’s unethical to do that. Yeah. Are you guys on Amazon? Yeah, we are. Okay. So this is considered like an oversized product also, right? And then you have to… Yeah. It’s pretty oversized. It’s like 20 pounds. We have pallets. How’s the Amazon channel been for you guys? Amazon’s great. Amazon is the best. If you have a product that fits Amazon well, make sure you’re…

34:55
Your content on Amazon is good. Your images, your text, your font, Amazon’s great. It’s primarily, should be majority of your DTC numbers if it’s Amazon. Do you guys do a lot of email marketing for, okay. Yeah. Email is unreal for us. think we’re at like right now 25, 30 % of our revenue from DTC is email.

35:20
Shout out Chase Diamond and the Boundless Labs team. he’s speaking at Seller Summit. Cool. That’s awesome. Yeah. Oh, you guys. Oh, okay. So maybe that’s why they use you as an example at Geek Out then. Oh yeah. Geek Out. Yeah. Shackleford. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. And then you guys did use John McDonald, right? The good. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. Okay. Same crowd. Same crowd. Oh, that’s funny. Yeah. Yeah. Okay. So

35:46
Email marketing though, like it seems like someone would just buy this product once and not buy again, right? So do you, is email for repeat business or what is it for? Yeah, it is. It’s tough with, know, we don’t have clothing. We’re not dropping new drops every Friday, but it’s tough. So the email marketing is great to capture, make that sale. And then we have to educate the consumer. Like we were talking about earlier, it’s like how to play. So we send them informational stuff. We send them discounts. Maybe they can sell it to their friend. We’ll give them money.

36:14
Um, we have new product, like when we drop a pickleball, the person that has a cross-up Bible is going to most likely be interested in the pickleball too, if they love the cross them. So we upsell those as well. Uh, I see. So to get them on though, you have to educate them first. So what’s their incentive to get on your list in the first place? We switch it all the time, but when you go to our website, there’s a good, there’s going to be a pop-up for a discount, a chance to win a bundle. Uh, a lot of things we switch it, we test, AB test a lot. And then when you go to close it, we’ll have an exit and tenant pop-up as well.

36:44
which, you know, we’ll have for a 10 % discount, whatever. Do you sell accessories as well? Like the actual balls and like, yeah, Right now we have a cool partnership with Wilson for optics ball, which is like the famous ball in the space. So we have a Wilson ball and we have another partnership coming out hopefully this year with another ball that I cannot mention right now. Okay. All right. So it seems like there’s actually a bunch of opportunities for upsells, like in terms of

37:15
Yeah, it’s, we’re working on it. Um, it’s tough though. can’t just roll out 10 things at one time. Right. So that’s true. Yeah. Are you guys doing any other forms of marketing like a SMS messenger, all those things? Yeah. SMS, Google. Why does Google work for you guys? Cause people aren’t searching for, for cross. I guess you can bid on your own brand, but outside of that. Well, we definitely have to use Google just because our competitors too. So like when you type force work, like

37:44
The person that doesn’t know what our game is called, they’re going to type in four square volleyball, four-way volleyball. We don’t want competitors popping up, so we have to own that market share. Got it. So these are just like… The fact that people are even searching for these is impressive, actually. Yeah. But there can’t be a lot of search volume, I would imagine, right? The conversion rate on those keywords must be super high.

38:07
Yeah, I would have to double check that but it’s fun. not too high, I’m sure. But like that person that walks past at the beach and is too scared to go ask someone what that is, they’re just gonna go Google like four way net, right? And we want to pop up. Walk me through your TikTok stuff. Are you guys making TikToks right now? Yeah, we are. We started off really well last year. We grew like 20k, 25k in like a few months, which is good for us, I think.

38:34
And then now we’re, kind of got stagnant. We’ve got verified. I’m not sure if verified slowed us down because we can’t use trending sounds made it more difficult. So be aware if you want to get verified and tick tock, make sure you’re making the right call. So talk to your rep. But yeah, it’s been, it’s been challenging this year so far. Obviously everyone’s like tick tock, tick tock, tick tock blow up. And it is, that’s true. Like everyone should be focusing on tick tock, not Instagram. Instagram algorithm sucks right now. Tick tock’s algorithm is good.

39:02
But right now we kind of got stagnant and we came out with this cool idea where we’re to kind of have like a series of like, have this, we have this college kid, name is Mason, Mason Briggs. I don’t know if you’ve heard of him. He’s pretty, pretty well known in the college space and he’s going to make some cool videos with just random people. Like he’ll be setting a cross now up at the beach and like Long Beach. And he’ll be like, Hey, play me with your friend for a transfer $100 similar to the videos you see, you probably see on like TikTok scrolling. Yeah. Yeah. So we’re to put some like stories behind it.

39:30
comical stuff behind it and try to get those viral and get some more followers from them. Have TikTok ads been working for you guys? We have done them slightly, right? Hasn’t shown too much promise right now. Okay. Yeah. Like I said, we have a high price product compared to the TikTok products that do well. I know products that have high price points that have no one on TikTok.

39:57
We’re also seasonality too. So it’s March right now. That’s true. It’s getting warmer. So we’re going to wait another month and then crank it up. So I’m sure it will do well. I guess on the flip side though, the high price point does make advertising a little easier in terms of ROI, right? Yes, it does. It’s the same concept though. I think if the product’s $50 and you got to spend 20 instead of 70, right? It’s, it does though. You get, you get a little more room. I was thinking like,

40:24
for you guys, like just getting the lead and then educating them on your email list and that sort of thing, getting them excited. The numbers could probably work pretty well, I would imagine. Yeah, it certainly does. It certainly does. And for something like us, it takes a lot, you know, it take a consumer eight times to purchase it, right? So getting them on the list is very, very important. And that’s why I shout out Chase all the time, because he does a great job with our team working. Yeah. what’s the Facebook ad situation with you guys right now? Because I know, like I talked to a lot of people, obviously.

40:54
Um, and it’s, it’s a, it’s kind of like still a shell of its former self for a lot of people. Yeah. I mean, it’s tough. The Facebook, like our CPAs just went through the roof, right? Like we spent $40 to get a customer, which is cool for us. Now it’s like 80 and we’re kind of like honing back and just being smart and strategic. We don’t want to be wasting money. Right. Um, and also for us, it’s way more challenging than the normal DTC brand because we’re in.

41:23
every retail store in America besides Target. So it’s like, where does that spend go? And it’s very hard to attribute. We try our best to have a good Murr or Roas, but it’s very hard. Yeah, it’s almost like, and I’m just speaking out of my butt right now, but it’s almost like you need a critical mass, right? And then it’ll just sell itself. So retail shops and just making sure people get their hands on and getting people excited about it. It’s like a real long-term play actually. Yeah, it’s definitely a legacy.

41:51
product we call it. It’s going to be around for years and years, decades. once it gets to the mass, it’ll naturally flow and people will be. And then people will just advertise for you, right? I mean, yeah. They do that now. You know, it’s set up in someone’s front yard and you drive past, you break your neck, almost crash your car and you’re looking at the cross there, right? So you know what it is and you see it. Yeah. No, it’s really cool. mean, it’s like super challenging. I have friends who sell board games and that’s like super challenging because, yours is

42:22
it’s arguably harder, right? Actually, no, it might be easier because you can physically see these people play. Yeah, I would say it’s easier. Yeah, I think it’s easier. Yeah. Yeah, it’s easier. But it’s still tough, And your of goods is higher too. So yeah, it makes it more scary for us just like, right, like, right financially, definitely. Yeah. Yeah. So let me ask you this. And for the people listening out there, if you were to start all over again, would you have chosen such a hard product as your first

42:51
stab into, is this your first stab into e-commerce or? No, I’ve owned two other companies. yeah, okay, okay. So you were a veteran. this is my first like baby though, like I’ve really had passion for love it. And I don’t think I would change the thing. Absolutely not. Right. Oh, I was expecting you to say that, but for someone like, uh, who’s just starting out, you wouldn’t recommend them try to start an entirely new game, right? Or, or would you?

43:18
Well, I wouldn’t recommend anyone to start a sport because then you’re competing with me and you’re going to have trouble. um, well, doesn’t have to be volleyball. mean, just kidding. No, definitely start to be innovative, man. Like be innovative, do something new, unique. I’m, personally sick of seeing the same, you know, juices, the, the canned good, like the same stuff. It’s, it’s on repeat and they do well and then they die and then they, know, another one pops up, but be innovative, uh, make something that’s going to last and, you know, turn people’s heads.

43:47
Yeah, Greg, you know what I’m sick of? I’m sick of all the cheap stuff that people just knock off and just throw online. Like the TikTok ads are like the worst actually. Yeah, I try to stay off TikTok. Yeah. Because it’s just all junk when you when you get it and it’s cheap, which is why it works, I guess. But it’s actually refreshing to see someone take on something challenging and something as cool as crossnet. And my kids are super into volleyball. I’m gonna get them a set. And I guess the only issue is

44:17
getting four people, like my wife doesn’t play, so I’d have to get like a fourth. Yeah, that’s the tough part sometimes. You’re like, oh, I got three people and it’s like, ah man, I need one more. So that’s the pain point across that, but I don’t know, you get more social. You’re right, I gotta make new friends, Greg, that’s exactly what it is. But man, hey, this is really cool, thanks lot for coming on. Where can people pick up a set? Where can they find you if they wanna find out what the rules are? I know we didn’t really talk about the rules that much, but where can they find more?

44:46
head over to crossnetgame.com. can type crossnet and Google will pop up. Literally click the link. We’ll have rules on the website. You can check it out. You can purchase from there. You can purchase from Sheels, Dix, Walmart, Academy Sports, and a bunch of others. And avoid the knockoffs because chances are the workmanship is not nearly as good as the real thing. That’s true. All right. Take care, Greg. Wait a minute, man. Nice talking to you.

45:13
Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now after listening to Greg, I hope you appreciate how difficult it is to launch a brand new game to the market. But he’s managed to create an amazingly fun game that’s catching on like wildfire. For more information about this episode, go to mywifecoderjob.com slash episode 408. And once again, I want to thank Postcode, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform.

45:40
and can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. I also want to thank Klaviyo, which is my email marketing platform of choice for eCommerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned card sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign, basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifecoderjob.com slash K-L-A-V-I-Y-O. Once again, that’s mywifecoderjob.com slash K-L-A-V-I-Y-O.

46:08
Now we talk about how to use these tools in my blog, and if you are interested in starting your own ecommerce store, head on over to mywifecoderjob.com and sign up for my free 6 day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

406: Why I Threw Away 300K And A Successful Engineering Career With Steve Chou

406: Why I Threw Away 300K And A Successful Engineering Career With Steve Chou

Today I’m doing a solo episode to tell you the story about why I eventually quit my $300k/year job and closed the book on my 21-year engineering career.

Unlike most people, I really loved my job and the exact story of why and how I left was kind of funny.

Ultimately, the reason why I quit wasn’t about the money and in this episode, I will share with you 8 important life lessons that I learned along the way.

What You’ll Learn

  • Why I finally decided to quit a job I loved
  • 8 life lessons I learned during the resignation process
  • How to prioritize what’s most important in your life

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. And today I’m doing a solo episode to tell you the story about why I finally decided to quit my 300k per year job and close the book on my 21 year engineering career. Now, ultimately it wasn’t about the money and I’ll share with you some important lessons that I learned along the way. By the way, if you like my solo episodes, I actually publish these types of episodes weekly.

00:29
on my other podcast with my partner, Tony. Unlike this podcast where I interview successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the Profitable Audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the Profitable Audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now, before we begin, I also want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Always excited to talk about Klaviyo because they’re the email marketing platform that I use for my e-commerce store.

00:58
and it depend on them for over 30 % of my revenue. Now you’re probably wondering why Klaviyo and not another provider. Well Klaviyo is the only email platform out there that is specifically built for e-commerce stores and here’s why it’s so powerful. Klaviyo can track every single customer who has shopped in your store and exactly what they bought. So let’s say I want to send out an email to everyone who purchased a red handkerchief in the last week. Easy. Let’s say I want to set up a special autoresponder sequence to my customers depending on what they bought, piece of cake, and this full revenue tracking on every email sent.

01:26
Klaviyo is the most powerful email platform that I’ve ever used, and you can try them for free over at klaviyo.com slash my wife. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O dot com slash my wife. I also want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Now, if you run an e-commerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your own customer contact list, which is why I focus a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing. SMS, or text message marketing, is already a top five revenue source for my e-commerce store.

01:54
and I couldn’t have done it without Postscript, which is my text message provider. Now, why did I choose Postscript? It’s because they specialize in e-commerce, and e-commerce is their primary focus. Not only is it easy to use, but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at the push of a button. Not only that, but it’s price well too, and SMS is the perfect way to engage with your customers. So head on over to postscript.io slash Steve and try it for free.

02:21
That’s P O S T S C R I P T dot I O slash Steve. Now on to the show.

02:32
Welcome to the My Wife Quitter Job podcast. It’s story time today. Now I just got back from the Seller Summit, which is my annual e-commerce conference. And while I was there, I was surprised to find several people who were still working full-time or about to take on a full-time job when they were killing it online. And by killing it, I mean making at least a million dollars per year in e-commerce. And in some cases, I talked to a couple of people that were making several million dollars yet still working a full-time job.

03:03
And in fact, I met this one girl who paid $200,000 for law school, got a prestigious offer to a top law firm, and was debating whether or not to take the job. Now, looking back at my own life, I actually continued working my day job for a long time before I quit. Now, if we rewind back to 2016, I was working full-time. I was running two seven-figure businesses, a podcast, a conference, which is the Seller Summit.

03:31
and raising two young kids at the same time. And I remember being asked why I even bothered working when my businesses generated so much money. And at the time, I was making about $300,000 per year, and my businesses were generating 8X that number. And the truth is, is that I really love my job. I was a director of engineering, and I had the opportunity to work in a field that I loved with people who were way smarter than

03:59
All my coworkers had PhDs from Harvard, Yale, Stanford, MIT, Caltech, and Princeton, and it was literally a dream job for any engineer. But after working at the same company for 17 years, I finally decided to quit in 2016. Now the exact story of why and how I left was actually kind of funny. Technically I didn’t quit, but let me just set the scenario here. So my businesses were making all this money and

04:28
I remember going up to my boss and I was like, hey, I’d like to drop down to four days. Is that okay? And she said, sure, let’s try four days, see if it works. And then I think we had that arrangement for several months and I was like, you know what? I kind of want to go down to three days. And so I talked to her and she was fine with it. And at the time I was getting full health insurance and everything. And so three days it was, I worked three days a week for, I don’t know, maybe another quarter. And then finally I was like, you know,

04:56
I kinda wanna just go down to two days a week, is that okay? And she said that was fine. Oh, by the way, I just wanna let you know. So the reason I had so much flexibility was because I was one of three primary designers on the product that was making the majority of the sales for that company. Anyway, so three months pass and I go up to my boss and I say, hey, you is it cool if I just go down to one day a week? Like at two days, I can’t really do that much, but I know that if anything breaks,

05:26
I can be here immediately to be called into a meeting. So, you know, just if you need me for a meeting, I’m happy to attend. I’ll be in the office during this time. If anything breaks, is that cool? And she said, great, go for it. Now I would have done this one day a week arrangement forever because it was awesome. I get, get to go in the office one day a week. Usually I think it was like on a Thursday, I get to see all my friends and coworkers that I’d worked with for 17 years. And at the same time I get a nice office and I can

05:55
pretty much do whatever I want at work. Now fast forward, I think we had this arrangement for maybe six months or a year. And I think at that point, you know, our company had already gotten acquired and the big boss decided to leave to start a new company. And so this new guy comes in and he’s just kind of going down all the employees and, and, know, figuring out what everyone works on. Finally, he came up to me and he was like, would you mind just stopping by my office real quick? And I was like, sure. And so he sat me down.

06:24
And he said, Hey Steve, I noticed you’re only here one day a week. What exactly do you do for this company? And at that point I, I really didn’t have anything to say. So I said, you know what? I’m going just be upfront with you. I don’t really do anything. However, if anything breaks, I’m here to fix it. Cause I know the product intimately, but the big guy wasn’t, you know, he wasn’t going to have all that. And so he basically said, Hey, either work at least four days a week or go and

06:53
That’s actually when I finally decided to quit. So technically, I mean, I quit, it was my decision because I refused to work longer hours, but technically I could have stayed. Anyway, I count that as quitting. Okay, now here’s why, here’s some other reasons why I left. These were the main reasons why I left and some of the lessons that I learned in the process. Now, the funny thing is that most people don’t like their jobs, but I can honestly say that I love mine. All my colleagues and peers were all Stanford.

07:22
or MIT PhDs and I was actually consistently challenged every single day. In fact, I’ve actually written at length in the past on why I never considered quitting. But a couple of epiphanies finally pushed me over the edge, aside from the fact that the big boss knew I wasn’t doing anything. Now for one thing, I’ve come to realize that my kids are getting older at an insanely fast pace and I don’t wanna miss any of it. Now right now, they’re at a golden age where they actually wanna hang out with me, this is back in 2016, and…

07:51
I didn’t know how long that was gonna last. And in fact, my kids are teenagers now and it’s still lasting, but at the time I had no idea. And as they’ve gotten older, their activities have grown exponentially. And I found that I just wanted to be more involved. I coached some of their sports teams. I’m at every one of their practices. They’re taking private volleyball lessons. I’m there setting the ball for them at these practices. So bottom line, I started all my businesses, spend more time with family, and I didn’t want to lose track of that vision.

08:21
but I must say that it’s been tough. Even though my businesses don’t require more than 20 hours per week to maintain, I am constantly bombarded with new opportunities that are difficult to turn down. So for example, I started my conference at Seller Summit the same year that I quit with my friend Tony on a whim because it was something that I’ve always wanted to do. Now I want to take a quick moment to reflect on some of the major lessons that I’ve learned leading up to this point. So if you’re listening still up until this point,

08:49
Here are some words of wisdom from a random Chinese guy on the internet. Alright, so lesson number one, always have a backup plan. Even if you’re happy with your job and the current status quo, you should always have a backup plan because you never know when your priorities are going to change. Now, for those 17 years that I worked, I was very happy in my day job. And I could have realistically worked there for another 17 years, but my kids completely changed the picture. Now, if you want to be in control of your own destiny, if you want flexibility in your life, then you need

09:19
to have an alternative income on the side. No excuses. There are 168 hours in a week. You spend roughly 56 hours sleeping, 40 hours working, 36 hours eating and showering and taking care of yourself, which still leaves 36 hours to do whatever you want. So you got to take advantage of this time to plant your seeds of wealth before you need the money. Now I started mywifequitterjob.com six years before I needed the income.

09:46
My wife and I started BumbleBLinens.com a full year before my wife knew she was going to quit. Lesson number two, anything that is easy will not lead to long-term success. Now, after running my blog for the past seven years, I’ve encountered so many people who just want to get rich quick. And their first question to me is always, hey Steve, what’s the fastest way to make money? What’s the easiest way to start? Now, unfortunately, this is the absolute wrong way to approach a business. In fact,

10:16
I would go as far as to say that the easier your path, the less sustainable your business model. So let’s take blogging as an example. There are hundreds of thousands of people who started blogs and search for great riches because it’s so easy to do and launch. All you need is three bucks a month and you can launch your own WordPress site. But because the barriers to entry are so low, there is a ridiculous amount of competition and you have to do something extraordinary to stand out in the crowd. Now, the people who succeed at blogging today,

10:45
are those who either started when it was much less saturated or those who are doing something pretty interesting that makes them stand out. And the world of e-commerce is no different. Right now, Amazon is still hot, but I give it a couple more years until the platform becomes completely saturated with random sellers. Now you can either hop on right now or you can wait until it gets much more difficult. When my wife and I started Bumblebee Linens, we made a commitment to sell products that were a pain in the butt to fulfill.

11:14
Doing custom embroidery sucks. Not only are our embroidery machines expensive, but it also requires some expertise to stitch out embroidery designs in volume. But custom embroidery on demand is a value add that allows our little shop to stand out because no one wants to go through the trouble of stitching custom designs. The next lesson is that design matters. Now the design of your website matters. And I was actually just reminded of this important lesson when my mastermind colleagues ripped my site to shreds. Now if you have your own brand,

11:44
and web property, you cannot neglect the aesthetics and the usability of your site or the packaging of your product. Customers who shop in your store evaluate whether they’re going to buy from you within the first five seconds. So you have to make those seconds count. By having an attractive and usable design, you can drastically increase the likelihood of a purchase. Now, if you haven’t read my post on this, I wrote a really long article about how my last site redesign resulted in a 42 % increase in conversions.

12:13
And I have similar case studies where I just made some slight tweaks to a few things and drastically increased sales. So check it out. Next piece of advice is never call yourself an expert. Now, when I first launched my e-commerce course back in 2011, everyone started calling me an e-commerce guru and I kind of fell into the trap of playing that role. But here’s the thing, as soon as you start believing that you’re an expert in your field, your mind instantly shuts off.

12:41
All of a sudden, you find yourself less willing to learn new things because you feel like you know everything already. And what’s worse, being an expert makes it difficult to openly admit that you don’t know something because everybody expects you to be master in your field. So here’s my advice, even if you are awesome at what you do, tell yourself that you don’t know everything that there is to know about a subject. You can learn from everyone regardless of skill level. You’re just a student, just like everyone else.

13:10
and you must keep up with the latest trends in order to stay relevant. Now, if you tell yourself these things every day, you will keep an open mind and constantly learn. I will never call myself an expert or a guru.

13:25
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

13:53
Now, first and foremost, protecting our IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copyrighting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

14:23
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a $100 discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L.com. Now back to the show.

14:33
Next piece of advice, do something different and better, but do not follow. Now, while I love the opportunities that Amazon has presented to us in the e-commerce space, I’ve actually found that there are way too many people out there just throwing up me two products online. Go on Alibaba, find a product that has a decent profit margin, import the product, you know, as is with no changes, list the product on Amazon and make short term money. Now, while this formula does in fact work sometimes, it’s definitely not a good longterm strategy.

15:02
If you sell stuff and don’t make it your own, it’s just a matter of time until someone will find the exact same supplier and copy you. So instead of throwing up a bunch of easy to source products, take some time to design a better mousetrap. Take some time to create your own design or provide a value add that no one else is providing. Do something different and don’t follow everyone else. Now the same principle holds true with all the how-to advice on selling online that is circulating around the web. If you follow

15:32
the same rules for niche research and sourcing as everyone else, you’ll end up selling the exact same products as everyone else. So take all the guidelines and strategies that you learned online with a grain of salt and find your own path. Next lesson is the best way to succeed is to care about others. Now, I want to emphasize that it’s impossible to run a successful business in a vacuum. Your ability to achieve your goals will be largely dependent on your network and your ability to work with others.

16:01
And this is why I’m such a huge believer in attending conferences. Now, even though I have two kids and run four businesses, I still find the time to travel to four to five events every single year. Now, none of my business would have taken off had I not put myself out there to meet other like-minded entrepreneurs. But establishing new contacts at networking events is only half the battle. If you truly want to foster lifelong relationships with your peers, you have to care. Now, what does it mean to care? It means being willing to help

16:31
without expecting anything in return. It means trying to get to know someone personally instead of treating them as a resource. It means delving deeply beneath the surface of small talk. If you want to grow your business, start by helping others first and let reciprocity take its course. Incidentally, if you haven’t listened to my episode with Robert Cialdini, make sure you catch that episode on the podcast. Next lesson, be bold and amazing and people will seek you out.

17:00
Now I spent the first half of my blogging career as a complete unknown and no one gave me the time of day. And why is that? It’s because my content was pretty bad and I focused on quantity over quality. I wrote middle of the road pieces that regurgitated what other entrepreneurial blogs were already talking about. In fact, it wasn’t until I started writing more personal posts that people started taking notice. I started expressing my opinions more and incorporating my personality into my writing. And in short,

17:30
I basically stopped caring about pleasing everybody and just let the words flow. So today I just try to be different and write whatever comes to my mind instead of the watered down fluff that a lot of blogs put out. And whenever I reach out to influencers with larger audiences than my own, I usually go out and take a couple risks. So for example, here’s an email that I wrote to Tony Horton of P90X to make myself more memorable. By the way, if you aren’t familiar with Tony,

17:59
He actually created P90X, which is one of the best selling workout videos of all time. So here’s what I wrote. said, hey, awesome interview today. Unfortunately, as a podcaster, I am forced to perform extensive due diligence on all my guests. And here’s what I uncovered after just a tiny bit of Googling. Shawna and Tony, you were incredible in helping to arrange the interview, but I’m not sure that I can air the episode in light of the following scandal. And then I wrote this press release. Tony Horton caught in junk food scandal, fitness career over.

18:28
And I had these Photoshop images of Tony like eating French fries and just eating really poorly. So Tony was photographed chopping down a McDonald’s French fries in a room littered with dirty junk food wrappers, judging by the amount of trash in the room. Experts estimate that he’d been consuming filth for approximately four weeks. First, I gave up carbs and I stopped eating sugar and enough was enough. Tony was quoted as saying as he shoved a handful of fries into his mouth. His fitness career over.

18:54
Tony was last spotted trying out for the Chippendales Senior Citizen Tour and then I photoshopped him with a bunch of Chippendales with gray hair. Maintaining an impeccable body and being a role model for men’s health was too much for Tony, which just goes to show that even well-known fitness stars don’t always have their act together. Now, I wrote all this and fortunately the two of them had a really good sense of humor, but the moral of the story is to be bold, stand out, and don’t fear the consequences. Let your personality shine and stop.

19:24
playing it safe. By the way, I just want to tell a quick story. When I was at my job, I rarely got promoted because I never really spoke up on my mind. I was really just focused on being a good employee. But once my businesses made all this money, I basically stopped caring about the job. And so I started being really bold in meetings at work. So for example, like the big boss will be presenting something. I would say something like, I don’t like that idea. I don’t think it’s going to work.

19:54
I think we should do something different. And I remember people going to me and say, Hey, you realize that’s a big boss up there, right? And at that point, I didn’t care about the job anymore. So I just spoke my mind. And the funniest thing happened. Once I started speaking my mind, I started getting promoted. Okay. So it’s counterintuitive, but by just speaking your mind and being bold, good things are going to happen. Okay. Next lesson, the difference between success and failure is just a decision to keep trying.

20:24
Now, this last lesson is definitely cliche, but it’s probably the most important lesson of them all. When I first started my blog, I had zero readers for over a year. In fact, it took me well over three years to generate any sort of meaningful income. If I had given up early, I would have missed out on making a million dollars every year in profit. When I first launched my online store, I had very little sales for the first month, and my wife and I wanted to give up and call it a day. But we kept with it.

20:52
and managed to replace my wife’s salary in a single year. Now the key to success in business is not to give up at the first roadblock or the second or the third. You want to give yourself a three to five year time horizon and understand that it’s a marathon and not a sprint. Hope you enjoy that episode. Now if you’re still working full time, if you have kids and your job is not that flexible, you should start some sort of side hustle now.

21:18
Time is precious and the time that you spend with your kids is infinitely more valuable than time spent with limited upside. For more information about this episode, go to mywebcoderjob.com slash episode 406. And once again, I want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash d.

21:45
That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-I-P-T.I-O slash Steve. I also want to thank Klaviyo, which is my email marketing platform of choice for eCommerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned card sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign, basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIO. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIO. Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog.

22:13
And if you are interested in starting your own side hustle or e-commerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

405: How To Make 100K Per Day Using TikTok With Miss Excel (Kat Norton)

405: How To Make 100K Per Day Using TikTok With Miss Excel (Kat Norton)

Today I have my friend Kat Norton on the show. Kat goes by the name Miss Excel on TikTok and if you are on the platform, you have probably seen her videos.

Kat has over a million followers on TikTok which she has leveraged into a successful software training business in just 2 years.

In this episode, you’ll learn how to create viral TikTok videos for your business.

What You’ll Learn

  • Kat’s story and how she became viral sensation on TikTok
  • How to create viral TikTok videos for your business and make money
  • How to monetize your TikTok following

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. And today I have my friend Kat Norton on the show and Kat goes by the name Miss Excel on TikTok. And if you’re on the platform, you’ve probably seen her videos. She has over a million followers, which she’s leveraged into a successful software training business in just a couple of years. And in this episode, you’ll learn how to create viral TikToks for your business. But before I begin, I want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode.

00:29
Postscript is my SMS or text messaging provider that I use for ecommerce and it’s crushing it for me. I never thought that people would want marketing text messages, but it works. In fact, my tiny SMS list is performing on par with my email list, which is easily 10x bigger. Anyway, Postscript specializes in text message marketing for ecommerce and you can segment your audience just like email. It’s an inexpensive solution, converts like crazy, and you can try it for free over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P-O-S-T-S-U-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve.

00:59
I also want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Always excited to talk about Klaviyo because they’re the email marketing platform that I use for my e-commerce store and it depends on them for over 30 % of my revenue. Now you’re probably wondering why Klaviyo and not another provider. Well Klaviyo is the only email platform out there that is specifically built for e-commerce stores and here’s why it’s so powerful. They can track every single customer who has shopped in your store and exactly what they bought. So let’s say I want to send out an email to everyone who purchased a red handkerchief in the last week. Easy.

01:27
Let’s say want to set up a special autoresponder sequence to my customers, depending on what they bought, piece of cake, and there’s full revenue tracking on every single email sent. Klaviyo is the most powerful email platform that I’ve ever used. You can try them for free over at klaviyo.com slash my wife. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O dot com slash my wife. And then finally, I wanted to mention my other podcasts that I released with my partner, Tony. And unlike this podcast where I interviewed successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the profitable audience podcast,

01:56
covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table, and we tell it like how it is in an entertaining way. So be sure to check out the profitable audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now on to the show.

02:15
Welcome to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast. Today I have Kat Norton on the show. Now Kat and I were recently featured on Ashley Banfield where we shared some tips on how to start an online business. And Kat goes by the name Miss Excel. She’s got over a million followers on TikTok. I think she probably has more than that now, which she has leveraged into a software training business that is now generating up to six figures per day. And she’s only been doing this since June of 2020. Now,

02:44
Kat is a, and correct me if I’m wrong, Kat, you’re still a bootstrap one woman operation with no staff. And she uses her iPhone to make her videos and she’s killing it with her business. So in this episode, we are going to dig deep into Kat’s story and learn how she became a viral sensation on TikTok. And with that, welcome to the show. Kat, how are doing today? Hi, thank you so much for having me. I’m doing great. How are you?

03:11
I am very good. So is that still true? Do you phone everything on the iPhone still? Yes, I do. So I always have, you know, the latest iPhones and things, but I’ve filmed everything on it. The video quality and the sound quality is actually really good. Right. So anyone who’s listening to this, there’s actually no excuse. Like you don’t need the equipment. I mean, if Kat can do it with, and blow everything up like this with an iPhone, then you can too.

03:38
So Kat, it was a fun segment that we did on Ashley Banfield. was short and sweet, but we didn’t actually really get a chance to know a whole lot about any of us who are on the show actually. So how did you become Miss Excel? Oh, an amazing story. So I’ll take you back. So before this, I was working at a consulting firm and I was doing securitization reviews for banks. And I’d been doing that for four and a half years.

04:04
On the side of my day job, I had built out an Excel training program internally for the company, kind of more as like a passion project. I always loved teaching. I was also an education minor in school and I was always pretty good with Excel. And start of the pandemic, I had stopped traveling every week for work and found myself back in my childhood bedroom, really just pondering life.

04:31
Like, what am I doing? This doesn’t really light me up. And I dove deep into spiritual inner work, really trying to find my purpose. I was like, what am I actually meant to do? What really lights me up? And through meditation and inner work, I got myself to a place where I was like, okay, I’m meant to do something really big. I just still don’t know what it is. And now let’s fast forward to June of 2020. I’m on the phone with my friend, Anna.

05:00
And we’re going back and forth of like ideas of like side hustles and things I could start with the Excel knowledge. And I never forget, goes, what if you put the Excel on TikTok? And I was like, I’m 27 with a corporate job. I can’t make a TikTok. like everything in me was like, no. But the second she said it, it was almost like a lightning bolt hit my head. I just saw the Excel screen above my head.

05:28
and me like dancing. And the initial vision I got was to the Tuesday slide. That’s on my Drake left foot up, right foot slide to the left and the right function in Excel and like matching the music with the Excel tip. And so we get off the phone and for the next like 48 hours, I’m glitching out. I’m like, Oh, what do I do? What do I do? I remember my boyfriend being like, are you okay over there? Like I was just distraught. My brain was like, you cannot make.

05:58
a TikTok and my gut was like, make the TikTok. And so two days go by, was like Friday afternoon, three o’clock, all my meetings magically clear. And I’m like, you know what? I’m just going to give this a shot, a dry run. I’m not doing hair and makeup. I’m just going to see if I can get a screen over my head because I also had no video editing backgrounds. So I watched like a 40 minute YouTube video on WeVideo, which I still use as my video editing platform. I remember Googling

06:28
What is the easiest video editor? And that came up on my search at the time. And I did a test run and I got the screen over my head and was like, oh, this actually looks pretty cool. So I quick did my hair and makeup and I filmed about 10 videos and I started posting one per day on TikTok. And by the fourth video, it hits a hundred thousand views and starts getting pushed. All these people I know now, mind you.

06:55
I did not sell anybody besides my boyfriend and my mother that I had made said, so at this point it starts getting pushed to some coworkers. I’m like, oh my gosh. And then by the sixth video, the CEO of an IT company reaches out and is like, Hey, I really love your teaching style. I’m looking to create G suite training videos for students, parents, and teachers. Cause this is when all the schools were starting to go digital.

07:24
You know, clearly I’m a Microsoft gal, but I was like, you know, the products are similar. I can learn them quickly. I’m sure. So I form an LLC, get a green screen, a ring light. And next thing you know, after my day job every day, I’m whipping out videos and selling them back to this guy and still creating the Miss Excel content. So at this point I’m like, it’s an opportunity magnet. It’s helping people. So I kind of had a little side hustle going within the first week of putting myself out there, which is so wild because like,

07:53
that particular side hustle is something I could have never predicted when starting this. Like I didn’t go into this looking to make money. I came into this just looking to help people and have a creative outlet and just really kind of like meld that together. Cause I’m actually a very creative person and throughout my corporate career, I had nowhere to really like plug it in. So that was like day six and I still keep putting out the TikToks and three weeks in I have my first video go viral.

08:22
which I remember looking down my phone, it reached 3.6 million views in like a day. next thing you know, next thing you know, got a hundred thousand followers on TikTok. And I’m like, Oh, what do I do? I mean, if you saw my personal Instagram, like I did not have a lot of followers. I wasn’t really posting. I’m not like the influencer type quote unquote. And I was like, wow, you know, this, this grew pretty quick. And at the same time,

08:50
everything was going on in the news about TikTok potentially getting banned and the YouBless. And I’m like, right, I got a hedge from a risk. I gotta make an Instagram. So I thought people would pull over from the Instagram, but 2000 people did. That was it. So I’m like, right, I guess I have to go viral on Instagram. And this was right around when Reels came out.

09:12
So next thing you know, I go viral on Instagram, through 50,000 people in a week. And then the whole thing has been just kind of scaling and growing since. And I sold my first course. So I didn’t have any product until now, November of 2020. So for the first few months, I built out the following, but then I’ve had probably like three, 400,000 people across the platforms. And a business coach had reached out to me at the same time as the morning brew.

09:39
which the morning brew was looking to potentially put me in the morning brew. And the business coach was like, well, you’re to be in the morning brew, best have something you sell. And I was like, oh, touche, touche. So I took two weeks off of my day job. I whipped out the coolest, most fun Excel course I could think of, infused creativity and all these things. Video edit every single video myself, cause that’s like part of the teaching and art form for me. And I started selling it.

10:07
Black Friday of 2020, and then by January of 2021, so two months later, it was bringing in more per month than my day job was. So at that point, I was like, okay, maybe I need to reevaluate my priorities here, because I had just gotten promoted at my day job to manager, so everyone was trying to train me in things. I just really didn’t feel that invested in it anymore. And I had the classic, like my parents being like,

10:35
What are you going to do about health insurance benefits for one K? And I was like, I don’t know, but I’m about to take this bet on me right now and just go for this thing. So February 1st was my last day in corporate America and of 2021. And then since then the business has grown and scaled dramatically and it has been the absolute time of my life. That’s crazy. So in just eight months.

11:03
You went from nothing to just quitting your job and replacing your many times your day job salary and income. Yes. Okay. I had a couple of questions and I didn’t want to interrupt you. When you went from TikTok to reels, were you just posting your TikToks on your reels? Yes, but I edit everything off the platform so you don’t have the watermarks. That’s a key part. Okay. Even though you can download your TikToks without the watermark using third-party services, you don’t go that route.

11:32
No, I do completely off the apps and edit them with like my own flair also to make them look a little different than the video editing that Instagram or TikTok comes with. So I edit everything completely like off the apps and then I post them separately. What do you do about the music? Because certain music only is on real only on TikTok, but not on reels. So usually I’m able to find things that overlap. What I do is I always recommend for people to start on TikTok when they’re looking for the songs because TikTok

12:01
will give you, you know, maybe a 30 second clip to choose your 15 seconds from of a whole song where Instagram will give you the whole song to choose your 15 second clip from or whatever you’re looking for. Now, a bunch of them have like increased sizing and things more recently. But when I was first starting out, I needed to make sure that that snippet that I chose was also available on TikTok. So I always started on TikTok when I was like brainstorming songs and things. And then usually I was able to find that match on Instagram.

12:29
So when that first person found you, was it the G Suite person? Did you have like a link in your bio? Like were you a business counter or were you, so they just kind of Googled you and found you? So they found me on TikTok and they commented on a TikTok because you can’t even DM me if I don’t follow you. So they commented on a TikTok and I was like, oh, and I like added the message to them back the next day we got on a meeting, loved their team and for my LLC. That’s amazing.

12:59
And then for your course, you kind of just picked all that up and just created in a couple of months, it seems, right? Yeah. So usually I can whip out courses now in about a week. That one took two or three weeks, but I map everything out. I film every video myself. There are about a hundred videos each, and then I video edit every single video. And you’re doing this all yourself. Yes. Amazing. Okay. So I haven’t seen your course, but is your course like your TikToks?

13:27
They’re fun, but there’s words. It’s not like just me dancing with the screen. They’re very slow, clear, informative, but also fun. know, like I teach functions to wheel of functions, like Wheel of Fortune. I designed this whole like Wheel of Fortune like theme. And then, you know, I have things like popping up on the screen, like video editing and like cool things to keep you actually entertained.

13:53
So I do Jim Quick’s learning method, which is information plus emotion equals memory. And that emotional piece is what I find a lot of courses miss. So I look to spark an emotion in you, whether it’s, know, I’ll make you laugh or I’ll show you something cool. So it actually helps you form that memory. And that’s what’s made the courses so successful. Interesting. So I was going to ask you what it takes to make a viral TikTok, but

14:20
Let me just tell the audience here. mean, I’m talking to you right now face to face and I can just feel your energy and your excitement. And that’s not something that’s easily copied. But if you were to distill your viral TikTok slash real strategy, what would you tell people who are trying to replicate what you’re doing? You got it right there. It’s all in the energy. So I, the way I look at content, it’s literally an energy transmission. And someone on the other side of that phone is going to be getting your energy transmission.

14:49
So if you are hyped up in a high frequency and feeling super confident and authentic and your content obviously has to, you know, not have the classic things that will make it not go viral. Like you don’t want words cut off, you know, you need your music to match up perfectly. Like once you got all of the technical stuff down, it really comes down to your energy behind the screen. Cause I want to make people smile. I’m here to light people up. Yeah, you’re learning Excel, but I want you to look at that video and be like, Oh, cool.

15:17
Wow, this is awesome. And that’s what makes people share it. So a big part of it is the energy you put in. Like, for example, it’s also when you post it as well. If I’m having a bad day, I will not post because of my energy behind the video. It’s like if I have any scarcity or lack or from feeling in a darker place one day, that is the time I do not post. And then if, you know, when you’re in a high frequency and things, that’s when you post because even like subtle nuances people can pick up on if you’re not being often.

15:45
So you don’t also want to like fake it and get on there and be like, hi, rah, you know, cause people like they can pick up on these things. Their subconscious mind, like it’s, slight nuances that they could pick up on. But the other piece that I think is a really big part of going viral is having a healthy polarity to it. And what I mean by that is my content, for example, I combined two things that traditionally would never be compound, which is Excel and dancing.

16:14
And when you combine those things, it sparks conversation because it’s not just like a regular Excel tip video and you’re like, oh, Excel, I don’t use that swipe. People are like, what is she doing? And that sparks comments, whether people love it, people hate it. It creates the comments and the comments are what push it through the algorithm. And that’s how I initially got off the ground. So was like having that polarity to it is what creates conversation around it is a really important piece as well.

16:43
So if you look at your duds versus the ones that went totally viral, can you kind of look back on them and know what made a particular video not work well? Yeah. I mean, I really think anyone said didn’t work as well. Sometimes it’s the actual tip behind it. If it’s not that extraordinary, like looking back, there’s always the same few things in the Excel world that go viral across all the Excel influencers. So a big part of is having the tip.

17:11
And a big part that I’ve seen now is like creating a story around the content too. Like I’ll play characters, so I’ll be the boss. I’ll be the coworker, then I’m you. And I like flip, I switch outfits, I do transitions, you know, like I actually get super creative with the content and like building kind of a narrative. And that also generates content because for, if you’re putting something out where people can relate to the characters that you’re using, that’s.

17:37
also generates comments. You feel like, oh, my boss did that. you know, like that also people relate to what you’re putting out. That’s an added layer between the polarity, the energy and the relation. It kind of helps it helps it fly through the algorithm. You know, I know it’s hard to just kind of like break down your past videos, because you’re right, there’s certain nuances, there’s body language, there’s facial expressions that all make a difference. How important is the music and the dancing for you?

18:05
I mean, I’d say for me, if the song hits, that also helps. A lot of people, they’re like, oh, what song was that? like, you know, it’s a vibe. Music adds to the ambiance of whatever you’re doing. Music makes you feel good. Music is a frequency. It raises your vibration. So really like having the right song that hits.

18:25
That also makes my energy come through better, right? If I’m like vibing to a song and I’m dancing and the music hits and I jump in the transition, it’s like, that’s an exciting, fun, it’s like a concert. It’s a fun, cool thing to watch, you know? So I think that’s like, it definitely plays a cool role in it. First, me just like talking on a screen, you know? All right. I know a lot of people are listening to this and they’re going, okay, I’m kind of a low energy person. I don’t dance.

18:52
I don’t think I could pull off what you’re pulling off, Kat. Actually, I feel that way. I’m like, I’m not going to get on TikTok and start dancing, right? So for the people that are listening that might not be like you or have your personality, what would you tell them? Like you talk a lot about resonance and magnetism and like the resonant frequency. can’t, sorry, I can’t remember the exact words you used, but how do you, how do you establish that? Yeah. So I think the biggest part.

19:18
is finding what’s authentic to you and what genuinely lights you up. If dancing isn’t what lights you up, then do not dance. For me, I remember making a list of all the things I love. And this is how I ended up coming up with the idea. Weeks earlier, I had these thoughts planted around my head. So I was pretty clear on what lit me up. So then by the time the lightning bolt hit, it all just got crunched together. And really, I wrote down a of paper. I was like, I love to help people.

19:48
I love Excel and I love to dance. And I’m like, these things don’t go together. I’m like, what kind of dream job can I make out of that? But it just, got super clear. I was like, these are the three things that I love. And then it turned into my account, my content and everything so that I’m lit up by what I’m doing. So really in those cases, I would challenge you to get super clear on what you love.

20:13
And even if they seem like they don’t go together, just trust in the process and allowing those ideas to come through of ways that you can integrate them. Because the ideal situation is you want to show up every day doing what you love. You want to wake up and be like, oh, I’m actually excited to make content because I love doing all the things involved. Or, oh, I’m actually excited to make this course because it involves all these things I love. You don’t want to wake up every day and have to do a bunch of stuff where you’re like, oh, I hate this.

20:41
that automatically translates to your energy. So it doesn’t necessarily have to be like a high vibration, like dancing, jumping, high energy. But if you’re like, okay, I love video editing in this particular style and I love like golf and I love this topic, like integrate different things together and kind of see what you can get through the creative process.

21:03
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

21:32
Now, first and foremost, protecting our IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copyrighting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

22:01
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a hundred dollar discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L dot com. Now back to the show. What I find amazing is that your videos started hitting it right away. Did you practice or did you ever take down any of the videos that you didn’t like? No, no. still got those old ones up there. Like sometimes people scroll all the way down and they’re like, dang, this is where we get like, I cringe at some of them. Like, I’m like, oh gosh.

22:31
But I leave them there for the education process because it inspires people and just shows like my content’s obviously gotten much better than it was in 2020. So like I’m really just learning and how to edit better and all kind of improved from there. So when you’re on a platform like TikTok, it’s kind of hard to bring them to like another platform, as you noticed, when you try to bring people to Instagram. So how do you actually bring those people over to your

22:58
courses and a different website altogether way to actually sign up for something. Yeah. So there’s a few different methods. have a freebie in my bio that links to a five email mailing list that ultimately sells my course at the end. So I kind of always had that going, but the real conversions that I’ve had are through webinars. So I throw live on high energy Excel parties.

23:24
where I have thousands of people come on these webinars and I give away tons of free content. Like I do a full 45 minute Excel power pack class. And at the end, I give everyone a really nice offer. If they’re like, whoa, I learned a lot today. I like her teaching style. I want to continue with her. I give them a really great opportunity to keep doing that. And for me, like that is how I reached the six figure days is through those webinars.

23:51
How do you get the people on the webinar? Do you replace your link in bio on the TikTok to webinar signup or you literally go live in TikTok and Instagram? So I don’t even really go live like ever. It’s funny. I do. I’ve done only like a couple of live events on the platforms. I just add like, I have a link tree. So I just add like a link in there. Like, Hey, here’s the webinar. I use webinar jam, which really automates the whole email process. It automates pretty much everything. It’s an awesome system.

24:18
and I’ll usually make content around it. So what I’ve been doing lately is I’ll do like a static post with all the information on it, and then I’ll do a reel and I’ll make the reel like a fun dancing. I’ll make my last one. did kind of like a story and then I’ll push it on TikTok, Instagram, LinkedIn, or usually my three and my mailing list. I have a pretty big mailing list now. So for the reels though, you can’t include links in those, right? So people are just literally going into your bio and clicking on it.

24:47
in your link tree. presumably your link tree has a bunch of links in it too, right? So that not only that, they have to go through and pick the workshop link in your link tree. Yeah. So I usually keep it to three. So I have my courses, I have the freebie, and then if I have a webinar, I’ll pop the webinar on there. And that’s usually, I don’t make it like a whole scrolling thing. Cause I don’t really do like affiliate type stuff. I don’t really sell anything else besides my own courses. How often are you putting out these webinars? So at first I was doing them once a quarter.

25:16
Then I decided I wanted to buy a house. So I started. this your house that I’m looking at? I’m in an Airbnb right now. But we, I just started house hunting last week, got the pre-approval for the mortgage. So I was trying to Jack it up last year for the tax returns. So I started doing them once a month and I it’s been really helping people and I’ve still been getting.

25:37
like thousands of people to sign up. So I’m like, the demand is there. So now I do these once a month, I’ll do three per month, usually two or three, and I’ll make them like a few days apart. So I give people kind of three different times and I show up live every time. So to, so each time do you kind of reset the email list for the live, for the live webinar? Do you understand what saying? Like a week before, do you try to get signups or is this signup thing ongoing like throughout the month?

26:02
before you do It’s like the week before. So I give them, yeah, usually 10 days to a week before I announce it. I put it out there because I don’t really know in advance when I’m doing them. So I just kind of like see where my schedule looks. I’m also I’ve been a digital nomad for the last 16 months. So every month I travel to a new state. I’m in a new Airbnb. My whole life changes. My world changes. So it’s you know, like I was in Miami in a tiny condo. I wasn’t doing webinars, you know, versus film in Sedona in a large house. I have the space and the bandwidth. So

26:31
It really kind of depend on where I was, where like it fit into my schedule to do them. So I kind of keep them more like seven to 10 days, raise the hype around it. All right. So let’s say it’s 10 days to the webinar. You’ll do an Instagram post and then you’ll do some sort of fun reel. You’ll post that on TikTok, LinkedIn. then for those reels and the TikToks, are you just instructing people to go to the link in bio? Yep. Okay.

26:59
Cause I know that if you even mentioned like Lincoln bio or anything in the comments of like a TikTok post, example, the reach gets lower. Does that happen? That happen to you? Yeah. The reach is probably anytime I’m promoting something, whether it’s sometimes I’ll do like a partnership or something. It’s always dicier, but I try to like hide it sometimes in the actual content. Sometimes like when I was doing more of like partnerships with brands, like for example, I was doing something with like a supplement company. And so I put the company’s information into the Excel example.

27:28
Like I find a lot ways to integrate things because I want every piece of content to be useful. like integrating that in there. So there’s ways, but definitely the real gets more traction for me than the post, but it definitely doesn’t go viral usually like my normal ones. So what is the price point for your classes? Yeah. So my accelerator course, my main Excel one is $297.

27:52
And then I also built out the rest of Microsoft Office Suite. So those range from 297, I some at 99. There are many courses. You could get the complete suite for 997. That is my highest ticket. And then I also have a Google Sheets course for 297 out too. And a kids course for two, I think 497 is my kids course. So you’re clearly a Microsoft girl. So every tool in Microsoft Suite you have a course for? Pretty much. I don’t have Power BI yet. That’s one of the ones I left out.

28:20
But if people, tell them if they buy the complete suite, when I come out with it, it gets added for them automatically. Cause that’s one I’m probably gonna make in the next few months. Is it a membership site or is it just like a unlimited all you can eat? One time you buy the course unlimited access. Nice. Okay. So at that price point, if you’re doing a hundred thousand in a day, how many people are on your webinars? It depends on which one. And if I’ve gone viral in between when I’ve done them, sometimes it’s like,

28:50
two to 3000. I’ve had up to 7000 people. Wow. Okay. It’s 7000 that show up live. So that’s usually who enrolls. So maybe I’ll get like three, 4000. Okay, that’s a lot. And of those on that $1,000 day, that means, oh, yeah, that’s a lot of people signing up, like 100 people or, or more. Yeah, that’s amazing. I would love to see when your webinars, what offer do you give them to get them to kind of sign up now?

29:20
It’s usually a 50 % off. Oh, and then I also include like bonuses for people who buy while on the webinars. That’s usually why people come onto the webinar. give them a free mini course. They buy while on the webinar. Oh, okay. So 50 % off. then, so it’s literally 500 for your entire suite. That’s a great deal. It is. Cause the, for the price of one and a half courses, they get eight. So that usually always sells my highest ticket item. So does that prevent people from buying outside of your webinar period?

29:49
Just curious. No, it’s, still get regular traction all day long. And I saw the ads being pushed out to that does full price stuff, but it’s really like a select. have over a million followers across the platform. So a select group actually come through and like get the email chains only usually like 5,000 of them walk me through your email chain. So are you just giving lessons out in this little mini course that you have?

30:14
Yeah. So usually I’ll give out a free guide or mini course, and then I kind of tell a story. So the webinar one’s a different chain. The webinar one, it’s essentially you get like emails leading up to the webinar reminders. And then you get, you know, here’s the replay link here. If you want to take advantage of the sale of that. And it’s a 24 hour window. And then the, my normal one is a freebie. It’s either a guide or a mini course. kind of flip flopped them back and forth.

30:39
And then I tell them, essentially explained a little bit more about me, why I’m so passionate about it. It’s kind like a five email story. tell a really cool story in it. And then by the fourth email, I give them a discount code. And then by the fifth email, it’s like last chance on the discount code. Nice. So for your regular email series, not the webinar series, are all those lessons video I would imagine. So for the regular email series, that just pushes my course. So there’s no, yeah, there’s no training in it. It’s just like.

31:07
Five years. Oh, got it. Got it. Got it. Okay. Cool. And then you mentioned ads just now. Are you running a TikTok ads? So I got Facebook, take talk. I LinkedIn’s coming out soon. So I have a company that handles all that. So I don’t really touch any of that. Oh, you don’t touch it. Okay. Can you just give me an idea of what like the, uh, the ROI is on, the different platforms? It’s still like ramping up cause we just started out. Um, I know we’re profitable.

31:34
but they’ve been still kind of experimenting and trying to get it right. I just started working with them. I’m sure it’s profitable because your cost of goods is essentially zero, right? Yeah. Yeah. Right. So let’s see on a $500 product. mean, they just, you just need to sell one. You can spend 500 bucks. That’s, that’s pretty amazing. Okay. Are you doing any YouTube shorts? I have not been doing YouTube shorts. So YouTube is the one area that I haven’t really gotten into yet.

31:58
Because I mean, I know a lot of the other people in the Excel space like make money off YouTube. But for me, I just kept it all in paid courses for trying to do the ad spend and like giving out longer things on YouTube to try to get the ad money. So for me, it made more sense to kind of like stay more in that space. But never say never. I actually I have a YouTube page, but I just have like a couple of my ads and then there’s people that you know.

32:19
copy my content and put it on YouTube. they’re, can’t be copied though. it’s again, think they take my exact videos and Oh, they take your exact video with my watermark and make their name, my name. yeah. We’ve got some of those. those, those aren’t actually me, but in a way that kind of helps you, right? Because I mean, it’s your face and your energy and it, it’s almost not. So I sell a course too. And the reason why people sign up

32:46
isn’t always necessarily the information. It’s like the fact that they like the instructor, right? And the way you teach and your style, because ultimately like a lot of information is just a commodity. And I’m sure Excel information is a commodity, right? It’s how you teach it and whether you like the person who’s teaching you. So no one’s going to be able to copy you. Yeah. No one can copy you. mean, even, when we were on the Ashley Banfield thing, I didn’t actually, it was such a short segment that I didn’t get to see.

33:14
like your energy in its full form. Whereas I have on this interview, I totally am. You should be on, I think you’ll, you would kill it on YouTube. It would be amazing. Maybe I will. mean, I eventually I’m to pivot into more business coaching and things of that nature. Once the Excel is a well-oiled machine, because I’ve had a lot of people reaching out being like, Hey, can you show me how you’ve built your business online and things like that? So I actually had the creative download.

33:41
Couple months ago, I saw all eight courses I need to make. like, was literally, I was at the gym and my boyfriend also like, oh my gosh, I know what I need to do. And I just like sat down and like wrote down like it all just came down of like the courses and breaking things down. So I still just need to make them. But Q1 has been more so like the business grew so fast. So really just like getting everything ready to scale. Lots of strategic partnerships and cool things coming up.

34:09
I just also hired my first like more, it’s a part-time virtual assistant. So I hired her literally yesterday. Her name is Tita. She’s amazing. And I also have another like 10 hour a week virtual assistant over in the Philippines who is amazing. Her name is Jean and she does some of my like Instagram, like static posts and makes me like graphics and things when I’m like for my webinars and stuff. So I’m really excited to have more people on board. also just hired my boyfriend and my mom.

34:37
So that’s been really fun to do like bookkeeping and my boyfriend is killer at sales. So he’s the one who has helped me like build my whole sales funnel, all my webinar sales pitches. I was like not into sales beforehand and he was like ranked number one in North America at a top company. So I just brought him in to like teach me everything. It’s been awesome. was my next question actually. I mean, you just started and everything wrapped up so quickly. How did you know to create the email list, all the funnels and stuff? Was that, was that your boyfriend’s?

35:07
Yeah, it was a mix. It was my boyfriend. was like business coaches. I’ve had like one-off sessions with a few business coaches. A lot of it though has been intuitive. Like in terms like you’d laugh, like I don’t track anything. Like I, my ads team tracks everything. Like when you’re asking me like ROI’s and stuff, my whole business has been scaled and run through my intuition. Like I don’t sit there and be like, oh, like this did this and this, like I have it.

35:32
So I’m getting a new website built out right now and they’re putting in all the tracking and all the things for me, but I’ve run it thus far with just purely like I get intuitive hits of what content to make and I run make it and it goes viral. So I’ve been just kind of like in every business decision, every opportunity has been inbound leads. So every press opportunity, every podcast opportunity, every, you know, like business deal, corporate deals, keynote speaking, everything just comes to me. I’ve never like blast emailed.

35:59
And then I like, it’s been a lot. So I have to like say it. And like, asked myself intuitively, like, is this the right fit in terms of like being able to navigate what I actually want to do? Cause I’m very big into not trading time for money right now. I’m trying to make everything as passive as possible. So really just like being cognizant of my time. So that begs the question, do you use Excel? Yeah.

36:23
still use Excel, not as much as I did in my corporate job. My corporate job, was doing 60 hours a week in Excel, just like automating things, building things, studying these financial models. Where right now it’s more so teaching purposes. I use it when I do corporate trainings. do these big- It’s a manager of finances and your performance and stuff. Do you use it for that?

36:46
or not for that more so just to keep myself organized by like ideas and things like that. But I haven’t been the whole thing just kind of like, it’s so wild. I swear the business has just run itself. Like it’s been just so easy. The whole thing just scaled so fast. just like stay in my zone of genius and it just keeps like growing, scaling, growing, scaling. And I’ll get the idea like, Ooh, make your course in this bundle it with this. And I run over and make it and I whip them out in a week. Like the whole thing has been just kind of like a dance.

37:15
Okay, so you just mentioned that you want to go into coaching. So let’s say I came up to you. How do you teach me your intuition? So biggest things are like really clearing out any limiting beliefs that you have that is like the groundwork right there. So really going inward, we’ve been through meditation through different prompts, getting super clear of one, what’s your purpose, what you actually want to do, and then two, why are you not doing it?

37:44
So many people have these limiting beliefs that hold them in place, but do not realize that the brain is completely malleable through neuroplasticity. So we are able to essentially go in and rewire our minds. So you don’t have to sit there like, like, I, like, for example, I was shy with an anxiety disorder my whole life. I hated any attention on me. had a public speaking disorder. And this is what the entrepreneur article coming out is going to be about my journey with this, but I essentially rewired my mind.

38:12
And I got myself to a place like this hilarious. So I started doing this inner work in March of 2020 hardcore. Like every day I was going in and like listening to binaural noises and prompts and things, putting myself into more of a trance, like a subconscious state where my subconscious mind was forward and going in and reprogramming certain memories and beliefs that were holding me in place. And then by April I turned to my mother and was like, this is before Miss Excel even existed.

38:40
Like Miss Excel wasn’t even a thought in my mind until June. So I was literally in my childhood bedroom, working my day job, going in my room, doing some weird meditations, coming out of my room, being like, mom, I’m going to be rich and famous soon. So I need you to prepare your nervous system for that. And she’s cracking up. She’s like, Kathleen, go clean your room. But every ounce of my body knew something massive was coming. And I had been the only one standing in my own way. And once I cleared that out, I knew I was unstoppable. I was like,

39:09
And I literally had nothing going on. And then the second I went and actually created something, the whole business just flowed completely inbound leads, the whole thing, because I was fully in my authentic worth and I had nothing holding me back. Like people who were like, why are you spending, you know, a hundred hour weeks? Like when I saw the day job, I was booking it. Like I was still working the side hustle, the day job and Miss Excel at the same time. And people were like, why are you working a hundred hour weeks out of your childhood bedroom? And I was like, if you knew.

39:39
with 100 % certainty that if you did X, Y, Z, you would have everything you ever wanted. Would you do it or would you sit there? And that is where I like was with everything. I was so sure of myself and taking that bet on me that nothing else mattered. I was like, I’m going in. So getting yourself to that place where it’s just like pure and then learning how to tap into your creativity is another whole fun part of like.

40:06
For me, I learned that leaving the space has been huge where so many people like in corporate, for example, it’d be like, let’s book a 30 minute calendar block for a brainstorming session. If you just came off a bunch of meetings, you’re like lit up with a ton of iced coffee and you just like wailed at a bunch of emails. We’re not in a creative flowy state. You are in, it’s called masculine energy. There’s masculine energy and feminine energy. So it’s not necessarily like male, female. It’s two different energy types. And masculine is like,

40:33
go, go, go to do less cranking through things like executing. And the feminine energy is more flowy receiving energy. Like on my feminine energy days, I don’t work and I make the most money on the days I don’t work. So everything I do pretty much now is passive income. So like I’ve been able to kind of see like on the days I don’t work when I’m out in nature doing yoga, going for a hike, getting super flowy. And then I’ll sit down and just all these ideas come out and leaving the space for that.

41:02
is a really big part. then learning how to essentially stay in that flow state was another thing that I studied. Like that was my biggest, if people ask like my challenge with the business, really the only challenge I had was like learning how to optimize myself so I can hold all the abundance that was coming through. So it’s a lot when people, for example, I’ve gone like viral on the internet, but I’ve also gone viral in the media and had articles go completely global and like Forbes, entrepreneur, Daily Mail, Business Insider, like.

41:29
Things just blasting off. And when there’s a lot of people thinking about you, even if you’re not like there, like I don’t even read all the comments. Like I was going viral on Twitter. Like I wasn’t going through everybody, you know? But like when there’s that much attention on you, even from an energetic perspective, it’s a lot for your body. So really like getting myself to a place where I can hold on it, always just reflected in the business. So really just like teaching people how to do the work on themselves to get themselves to the place where they’re like, okay.

41:58
we can just like wail out right now and just bring in all the opportunities, the abundance, and then knowing how to navigate them. So you said a lot in the beginning. I don’t even remember what the terms you use, binaural beats or something like, can you just kind of walk me through that process for you? I mean, it sounds like that a huge effect on you, right? Yeah. So call it my trifecta of what I did. Okay. So I first read the book, Breaking the Habit of Being Yourself by Dr. Joe Dispenza.

42:25
Dr. Joe Spenza is one of the leading researchers in the space of essentially making the mystical, unmistakable. He backs it with science. So if you’re like, meditation seems woo woo, know, manifestation seems woo woo, like what? I needed that personally, like for my conscious mind to get on board with all this. So that was the first thing I did. Cause I mean, people were telling me, you know, think positive, good things will happen. And I’m like, okay, you know, but I…

42:53
Excel gal, I’m a nerd here. I’m like a geek in the numbers. I’m like, I need some science. I need some constructs. So I read that book, was beyond inspired, changed my life after the first hundred pages. I just never looked at the world the same. Then I did Lacey Phillips has a program called To Be Magnetic. There’s a bunch of different modalities out there for these types of things, but hers worked really well for me. And it’s essentially a structured way to reprogram limiting beliefs. So you get

43:21
into a hypnotic state. listen to, if they’re like these 20 minute little meditations, there’s binaural noises, there’s different things that essentially bring your subconscious mind forward. think about if you go to therapy, right? If you go to a therapy session, the therapist is asking you questions, like trying to get through the layers that you essentially have. You have like barriers. Your subconscious is like, don’t come in here. This is, you know,

43:46
95 % of what we do runs on programming and automatic programs. And it’s like, don’t come in here. This is what we do, you know, and they have to ask and drill and drill and drill. With these techniques, you essentially go out for 20 minutes and your subconscious pops forward because you’re in this parasympathetic nervous system state. And essentially what happens is she then prompts you to bring up memories and you’ll start thinking of things from your childhood that go, whoa, I have not thought of that ever. But essentially you can see these limiting beliefs as they pop up.

44:14
and show your subconscious there could have been another way to neutralize the electromagnetic chart of the memories. for example, this is a good one. So in kindergarten, I wrote my yearbook that I wanted to be a rock star. And in first grade, I had a toy microphone and I was singing in front of my parents. And they’re like, Kathleen, you’re great at a lot of things, but you can’t sing.

44:38
Little me took that as you are not worthy of being on the stage, right? Like I don’t think it was necessarily being the singer, like motivational speaking wasn’t a thing to my kindergarten mind, you know, but it was being the one on the stage. I had always seen that for myself. Age zero to seven, we don’t have critical thinking skills yet. So things that happen are much more dramatic and form the conditioning that then goes out and manifests into our day to day. So what your brain tries to do is

45:05
Find things through your reticular activating system, so it’s essentially your brain’s filter. Find things that match your beliefs. So it’s going to find things that it’s like, I’m right, I’m right, I’m right. So what group of friends do I call in in middle school? The drama cadets, where I was the one friend in the audience and they were all on the stage. Further reaffirming this idea that I’m not worthy of being on stage.

45:27
Then it turns into whole anxiety disorder, public speaking disorder. By high school, I turned bright red. I could only raise my hand. I don’t want any attention on me. And really just learning about myself and getting down to like, whoa, this is where this thought formed and reprogramming that. That’s what allowed me to without dance moves on TikToks, left functions and just run around the internet. Interesting. So the term I call that is baggage. I have a lot of baggage too, right? From childhood.

45:55
that needs to be overcome. So how did you actually overcome that speech part? Like what were the exercises that you did? I’m just curious. Yeah. So first part, like that’s something I started kind of working on really in college. And in college, I put myself into the leadership consulting major, which was forcing me to get up and present. never forget. I was terrified. I had to present for 10 minutes on a topic with no notes, no nothing on a future technology in front of a whole class.

46:23
And like doing things like that, like really started pushing me out of my comfort zone more to expand that space. Cause every time you do something, brain’s like, oh, you can do that. Maybe we’ll go a little further, a little further. So I had that kind of going at first. And then when I went in and started doing this reprogramming is really where I started pulling those beliefs out. So then I was at a spot where I’m like, whoa, I’m worthy of whatever I want. Now what am going to go do? So that, and then I also do Kundalini yoga, which is

46:52
essentially a different type of meditation where a lot of people struggle with meditation. So they’re like, I can’t sit there and clear my mind, clear my thoughts, say, you know, like people, meditation gets a bit of rap sometimes because people can’t resonate with that particular style. So really finding a style of meditation that works for you is massive. Like meditation isn’t the occasional bubble bath you give your brain. Meditation is daily mental hygiene. And so many people don’t do that. And essentially when you meditate,

47:20
it helps turn on the right side of the brain, which is the creative side. The left side is more of the structure and the analytics and really being able to go in and balance those more and not be 90 % structure and 10 % creative and finding that 50-50 balance is what allows you to adapt and think on your feet and then tap more into that creative flow state. So it’s interesting. Like I don’t meditate. I have had problems doing it, but, and you can tell me this is similar. When I go running and I get into this weird runner’s high state,

47:50
where I actually think of a whole bunch of things. That’s what works for me. So it sounds like, if I can summarize what you just said is, you put yourself out there and got outside of your comfort zone. And then slowly by slowly, you started developing confidence in yourself. And it was a gradual process, but you just kind of kept pushing it further and further and further until you are the Miss Excel that you are today. Yeah. And really just taking that time. Most like I never did work on myself.

48:18
until really I was in my like mid-20s. And that’s a narrative I kind of want to read, write in the collective, because people don’t tell you to do these things. Most people don’t realize you need to do things every single day that make yourself a little bit better. I had never been taught to do work on myself and to analyze myself and to journal and to figure out why I am the way I am and decide if that’s actually how I want to be or not.

48:44
you know, and like understanding that I’m not locked into any beliefs that I have. Like I can go in and change anything I want to and be the person I’ve always dreamed of being and just doing things to get myself there. You know, it’s funny. This whole conversation just kind of ties in to the students in my class. I’ve noticed that there’s always a subset of students that sign up and they don’t do anything or they don’t get started. And it’s always a mindset issue, right? They’re afraid that if they launch something and spend all this time that it’s going to fail.

49:13
And then a lot of the time is actually convincing people that it’s possible, right? It’s all about getting that first sale, which then gets them excited. And then they’re so excited to follow through, but getting that first step is actually very difficult. So I will start recommending those books. I’m going to read those first myself. And then if it worked for you and if I like it, yeah, it sounds like it’s a great way to overcome mindset issues.

49:37
Yeah, absolutely. Mindset is everything. It’s the root of everything. I think it is a huge part of entrepreneurship that’s often overlooked. It’s not always about the scaling, the systems, all that stuff. It’s working on yourself because no matter what you do, if you have all the things in place, but then you’re blocking yourself energetically, not as much is going to come through your filter as if you’re completely opened up. Then in terms of just the TikToks and the videos that you make,

50:05
If you haven’t worked on yourself and you’re trying to do this, are you just destined to fail? mean, do you have to tell yourself, like, need to tap into my creative self and just tap into my energy to make these successful? I mean, it kind of depends on where you are in the journey. Everyone’s kind of at a different spot. I was in a spot where I hated any attention on me. So there’s no way I would have even put myself on TikTok, let alone come across the way I want to come across.

50:34
in a fully authentic and magnetic state where people look at my content. I have people that follow me that don’t even use Excel. They just like my energy. You know, and they’re like, I watch your stuff and it makes me smile. And I’m like, Hey, good music. Like I have people that literally don’t even care about Excel that follow me. So it’s really just, you know, getting yourself to that place where you know, your content’s awesome and you know that you deserve everything that’s going to come your way and you can accept that. me ask you this just to kind of conclude the interview. Do all the little

51:04
tips and tactics about TikTok really matter that much? Like hashtags, when you post and all that stuff. I mean, do you pay attention? Okay. Energy overrides the algorithm. I think that’s the fastest way to get where you’re trying to go. Because yeah, you can follow all the rules, but if your content’s not there, if you look tired, if you’re just like, oh, and people can tell it’s not going to blow up even if you use the right hashtags and all the things. And I usually break all the rules. know, I don’t really, everyone’s like, you’re supposed to post every day and like twice a day. I post maybe like once or twice a week.

51:34
You know, and I know when things are going to go viral and things. So it’s really just like finding your own style and what lights you up at posting every day, lights you up. And yes, I have so much to say then go for it. But if posting every day means you being like, Oh my God, I have to do this. Like scarcity mindset. If I don’t do this, this is going to happen. Da da da. Like just operating from that frequency. Scarcity is the opposite of abundance. It’s the opposite of abundance. So

52:00
If you’re operating in scarcity, the abundance is not going to come through. So I just flip the narrative and I’m like, when I show up, things are going to work for me and just having that mindset. And then things just fall into place. And that’s another way of saying quality over quantity, right? Oh yeah. Oh yeah. Each of my TikToks take me like an hour or two. Like I will sit there and edit them over and over for 15 seconds. I take talk to get them meticulously the exact way I want them. Wow. Okay. And so right now, frequency wise, you’re just posting a couple of weeks.

52:30
Yeah, really when I feel called to, like if I, you know, like all of I got like 20 amazing ideas and I just filmed them, like, okay, now I want to show them this and that, you know, I get excited and I’ll post more. Or sometimes, you know, if I have other things going on, you know, for example, right now I’m in middle of house hunting and running around, you know, I’m not like down on myself, like, oh, I haven’t posted in five days, you know, it is what it is. Love it, Kat. Love it. Thanks a lot for coming on the show. If people want to find you on TikTok or Instagram or wherever you’d like them to find you, where can they find you?

53:00
Yeah, so my handle is at miss M I S S dot Excel E X E L on Instagram and on TikTok. And you can find me on LinkedIn as well under Kat Norton and ORTLN. And thank you so much for having me. This was so fun chatting with you. Your energy is amazing. Oh, is it really? Yeah. Oh my gosh. You’re so high five. That was so great talking. I don’t think anyone would ever call me high energy, but uh, Oh, you, Yes.

53:29
I did enjoy chatting with you and just in case anyone’s listening, go check out her TikTok. I personally find Excel, or I found Excel boring until I found you. And you’re right. I’m actually, my wife’s really into Excel. But for me, you know, I’m not interested in, but I find myself just watching you because it’s, you just have to watch. It’s funny. And yeah. And then sometimes like you act really dorky, but that actually makes me laugh.

53:58
You know what I’m saying? I play characters. Exactly. Exactly. It’s great. Well, thanks a lot, Kat. Really appreciate the interview. Thank you.

54:08
Hope you enjoy that episode. Now, if you’re not on TikTok yet, you are missing out. Now, I’m not as dynamic as Kat, but I’ve still managed to get 65,000 subscribers in about a year. For more information about this episode, go to mywebcoderjob.com slash episode 405. And once again, I want to thank Clevio, which is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign, basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot.

54:36
So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIO. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIO. I also want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform, and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve.

55:04
Now I talk about how I these tools in my blog, and if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and are sent to the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

404: The Most Creative Teaching Business That I’ve Ever Seen With Kalyan Mazumder

404: The Most Creative Business I've Seen In A While With Kalyan Mazumder

Today I’m very happy to have Kalyan on the show. Kalyan runs Prepmedians.com where he helps kids crush the SATs and ACTs in a widely entertaining way.

He uses sketch comedy videos with real Broadway actors to help kids master every topic and it is literally the most creative way to teach that I have ever seen! After you listen to this episode, sign up for a sample video. It’s incredible!

What You’ll Learn

  • How Kalyan started Prepmedians
  • How to test your business idea before starting
  • How to make your unique product discoverable

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Web Creator Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. Now today I my friend Kalyan on the show and every now and then I interview an entrepreneur who has a truly novel and amazing idea. Now don’t get me wrong, everyone I interview is special, but Kalyan’s company Prep Medians is fricking amazing. And you’ll know what I mean as soon as you check out his business, enjoy this interview. But before we begin, I want to thank Clearview for sponsoring this episode.

00:28
Always excited to talk about Klaviyo because they’re the email marketing platform that I use for my e-commerce store and it depends on them for over 30 % of my revenue. Now you’re probably wondering why Klaviyo and not another provider. Well, Klaviyo is the only email platform out there that is specifically built for e-commerce stores and here’s why it’s so powerful. Klaviyo can track every single customer who is shopped in your store and exactly what they bought. So let’s say I want to send out an email to everyone who purchased a red handkerchief in the last week. Easy. Let’s say I want to set up a special autoresponder sequence to my customer depending on what they bought, piece of cake.

00:56
and there’s full revenue tracking in every email sent. Klaviyo is the most powerful email platform that I’ve ever used, and you can try them for free over at klaviyo.com slash my wife. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O dot com slash my wife. I also want to thank Posts Group for sponsoring this episode. Now, if you run an e-commerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your customer contact list. And this is why I focus a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing. SMS, or text message marketing, is already a top five revenue source in my e-commerce store,

01:25
and I couldn’t have done it without Postscript, which is my text message provider. Now, why did I choose Postscript? It’s because they specialize in e-commerce, and e-commerce is their only focus. Not only is it easy to use, but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at the push of a button. Not only that, but it’s price well too, and SMS is the perfect way to engage with your customers. So head on over to postscript.io slash Steve and try it for free. That’s P-O-S-T-S-U-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve.

01:55
And then finally, I want to mention my other podcast that I released with my partner, Tony. And unlike this podcast where I interview successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the profitable audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the profitable audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:23
Welcome to the My Wife, Quitter, Job podcast. Today I’m happy to have Calion Ray Mazumdar on the show. Now Calion is someone who I recently met at a mastermind meetup and I’m really happy that we met. He runs prepmedians.com where he helps kids crush the SATs and ACTs. And when I heard about his business, I was all over it because I want my kids to do well in all standardized tests. So here’s a quick confession. I’ve been having my kids study vocab and math.

02:52
for the SATs since the fifth grade, but they hate it. And my attitude for the longest time was just tell them to suck it up because I started studying for the SATs in the fourth grade. Now, Calion on the other hand, teaches SAT and ACT skills in a wildly entertaining way. He uses sketch comedy videos with real Broadway actors to help kids master every topic. And it is literally the most creative way to teach that I’ve ever seen.

03:21
And I love it. They’ve helped millions of students around the world achieve dream scores. And today we’re to talk about how he started this incredible business and how he’s grown it. And with that, welcome show, Calion. How are doing, man? Thanks so much for having me, Steve. It’s a pleasure to be here. You know, what’s funny is, yeah, I mean, when I grew up, like my parents forced me to do this every day. So, you know, a little bit each day. So I’d study vocab during the week and then they test me on the weekends.

03:51
And then I didn’t get a chance to go out to play with my friends sometimes. And I just hated the whole process. And I just think your system is so much better. But what I want you to do is I want the background story. How did you get into this business and what is your background actually? Sure. And I completely agree with you. It’s some kind of rite of passage hazing procedure that most kids have to go through when they’re young. know, my mom used to…

04:17
make me do summer workbooks when all the other kids were out there playing. And I guess in the end it paid off, but it was definitely a form of torture at the time. But yeah, so I had basically always been fascinated by the interface between education, entertainment, and psychology. And so I started studying theater and psychology at Yale University for my undergrad.

04:44
And then when I graduated, I went out to New York City and started acting off Broadway and independent film, television. And at the same time I was tutoring. And the tutoring was way better than what a lot of my friends had to do to pay their bills, which was serving. And that industry is really, really difficult. But for me, I was able to sit with students who were high school students. know, I wasn’t that much older than them and kind of lead them through some of the different

05:12
strategies and skills and things like that, and kind of become this role model for them, older brother of sorts that that helped them do really well on their test. And there was an interesting thing that happened in both my acting and my education career, where there was an overlap as well as a parallel time for divergence. And so the overlap was that

05:39
I found that students were actually becoming more engaged when I brought my acting to the classroom because you had these students who couldn’t memorize a quadratic formula or grammar rule, but they can memorize a Drake song or a scene from their favorite Seth Rogen movie. So I figured why not put the two together and then lo and behold, they would learn it. And so I taught the quadratic formula as a Drake rap and they learned the quadratic formula.

06:05
And that translated to incredible success on their SATs and ACTs. And I loved education. And at the same time, what was interesting was in my entertainment career, I was starting to progress and was doing some cool work. But I found actually that as I got an agent and a manager and was auditioning for more mainstream television, I was being typecast. I was actually

06:34
continuously getting auditions that I’d be really excited about. And I would find out it was a terrorist audition. And so as a brown actor, I was not really looking to continue to propagate that stereotype. So on the education side, I was also starting to hit a little bit of a ceiling. And what I found was that I loved the work I was doing, as I mentioned, but I was contributing to inequity in the system because I was working with one type of student who had

07:04
a very, very high income. And as it stands, on average, a higher income student will perform 29 percentile points higher than a lower income student on average, again, as I mentioned on the ACT, for example. So it was something that I was making good money, but I wasn’t feeling fulfilled. And I felt like there was just a handful of different problems in both realms. So I wanted to figure out a way that I could democratize test prep.

07:31
access and then also bring my background as an entertainer to bear to help more students. And so I left New York City. I went to Chicago where I got my MBA at University of Chicago. And the goal was to build a company that did exactly what prep medians does, which is it’s founded upon the principle that all students deserve to laugh and learn. And when I was in my second year out of two of my MBA,

07:59
I launched this company with an incredible team of people and we’ve hit the ground running ever since. It launched in April, 2019 and we have a few different channels that we can talk about, but basically we’ve been able to actualize that goal because we work with nonprofits and public schools where low-income students can access our resources. And we work also direct to consumer through various social media channels. And so students who may have more income, but may have felt

08:28
disengaged by traditional means of learning like books and things like that can also access our materials and do really well. So it’s been a dream come true. I love that. I’m just kind of curious. So you would literally sing and dance for your people that you were tutoring? Yes. Yes, I remember it was not only a means of getting them to learn, but I also remembered that if they performed well, one of the carrots I would use was I would learn their favorite rap.

08:58
And I would perform that for them. That’s awesome. I am curious, and this is kind of random question, but did you feel like getting an MBA was necessary? It’s actually a really good question. So for what I’ve done, it was necessary, but I don’t think it’s necessary for all entrepreneurs. And I’ll dive into that a little bit more detail. So for me, it was really necessary because I needed seed capital.

09:27
to be able to build this company. And thus far we’ve raised a million dollars in seed capital. And where I was coming from in New York city, I didn’t have a network that I could rely upon to draw that seed capital from. So the biggest boon of getting my MBA was having this incredible network where I could reach out to different people and raise that capital because our platform, as you can imagine,

09:56
from the software to the high quality videos that feature Broadway actors and Hollywood production, it was an extremely high upfront fixed cost. And so I needed to fund that in a certain way. And that was one of the biggest things. from, you know, the aspect of the actual learning of the marketing and strategy and finance and things like that, I think there are ways such as with your podcast that people can learn marketing and they can watch YouTube videos. And there are much, much

10:27
lower cost ways, many more lower cost ways that people can learn this that without getting MBA. I think my advice is always to entrepreneurs when they ask about the MBA, I say, what do you want to build and what are you trying to get out of it? Because if you need to raise capital, you want to build a network. I think it’s a really great way to build one. If you’re going to go to a top MBA program, if you’re just looking for the skills, I think that there are lower cost ways to do that. If you’re looking to switch careers,

10:56
And you want to go into a more corporate America role or a consulting role or a banking role, then I do think that an MBA is really necessary. So it ultimately depends in my particular situation. I’m really glad that I did it. Of course, the student loans are still sitting there. Right. But yeah. I was curious then, what was your biggest expense in starting this? I would say certainly the content library. We…

11:25
spared no costs when it came to making this as engaging as possible. I think one of the things that’s interesting about what we’ve built and that I’m particularly proud of is there are many different companies that try to make learning fun for students. And I think a lot of companies do to varying degrees. But the truth of the matter is that especially with the

11:52
school, the teenage demographic who are probably the most critical demographic on the planet when it comes to what’s entertaining or not, there really needs to be an investment in creating high quality, funny material for them. And I’ve actually spoken to really successful entrepreneurs who focus on the K through six market, kindergarten through sixth grade. And I’ve asked them, why haven’t you gone into high school? And they’ve said to me,

12:21
It’s too difficult. It’s not easy to get a teenager to laugh and to find what you’re doing funny. Most of the time they find it corny or cheesy or so forth. So what I thought was, okay, the way that we’re going to build a competitive mode is by having a brand that really resonates with teenagers. And the best way to do that is to build high quality content that is culturally relevant to them. And that was something that we invested a lot in.

12:52
So did you write all the scripts yourself? So the first flight of content, which was the English content, I did. Yes. I got feedback from my wife, who’s actually a creative producer and the director was also helpful in shaping a lot of it. But it was pretty much me after class going and sitting in my office or, I I say office, I mean, the living room of my one bedroom apartment.

13:21
and or the upstairs area in the building we were in and just grueling, just driving away at typing and typing and typing and trying to make this work. that many, many sleepless nights building the content of the library. The second time when we built the math reading and science, then I hired both a former tutor from the company I work at and also a math comedian, a professional math comedian who helped.

13:51
There’s such thing as a math comedian. That’s amazing. Yes. It’s really funny. Also, it was someone who was introduced to me by someone in my MBA network. I guess another, another way that that came to fruition. I’m just wondering if you could have pulled this off without taking funding is kind of what I was getting at. You know, I couldn’t have built the tech software.

14:21
without the funding and that in itself was six figures right there. As well as I couldn’t have paid it. Basically what it would have looked like without funding was repurposing a Wix or Weebly that was basically just a library for video, maybe even just making a YouTube channel page and filming a lot with my iPhone of just kind of me.

14:50
maybe wearing some different wigs and things like that, which is a far cry from what we were able to build. And I think truthfully, there are other people in the marketplace doing the former thing I described, which was the, or the, the, doing it. And, I’ve seen them try to monetize on tick tock and other platforms and it doesn’t end up working. And so they, they kind of pivot. So yeah.

15:18
And for everyone listening, like the production quality on Calion’s videos, it’s just amazing. Thank you. And the quality of the actors is just amazing also. mean, clearly they’re all professionals, right? Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. Broadway actors and sketch comedians. mean, there are times on set where, because the second flight of content I co-wrote, I was, the host, so the educational part of it, but I also do some skits and act in different moments.

15:48
and I directed it and produced it. And I was wearing these different hats, but even then I couldn’t stop, but corpse is what they call it when you crack up. You see it a lot on SNL, you’re just in the middle of a scene and you start laughing. I mean, these people are, they’re brilliant. They’re brilliant comedians. It’s incredible. So given that it was, you raised money, how did you test your idea before you got started? Like, how did you know there was demand for this?

16:17
Yeah, yeah, it’s great. It’s a great question. You know, I think there was definitely market research insofar as what are the different competitors out there doing. And as I mentioned, there were a lot of edutainment resources in the K through six space. And we know that high school students by and large are, especially with the pandemic, finding

16:46
traditional means of education to be less relevant. You have this burgeoning age of digital entrepreneurship where everyone wants to be an influencer. Everyone wants to forget college and think about, and when I say everyone, being of course a little bit. A lot of people are seeing that you can create a career where, as your company suggests, one of your partners quits their job because your career is taken off and you’re

17:15
you’re using the tools that are available to you and your personality and that’s shining through. And I think what I, where I was standing was, look, most people I know who are successful in their thirties onwards, if you ask them what the equation of the slope of a line is, they wouldn’t be able to tell you. And I think that of course, education

17:43
and the math content and the grammar content is so important, not only from a standpoint of it shapes your mind and allows you to become a more critical problem solver, but also the grammar and things like that are useful for people for their life, even if they’re not an academics. And I’m not saying that people who are 30 plus should remember what the equation of a slope of line is, but I want to make sure that if you’re a high school student,

18:11
that you don’t just check out because it feels so inaccessible. It feels as though the materials that are in front of you, the dense book or the person who is tutoring you who may not be super passionate about tutoring you that you’re just finding a block and you’re unable to pass that. What I want to make sure is that the students who have this raw potential and actually could do really well, or at least could do well enough to feel confident to be able to pursue a college degree or

18:40
a life thereafter where they have to incorporate academic caliber into what they’re doing, that they have the opportunity to access this material and that they feel like, okay, wow, I’m more capable than I realized. And so for me, seeing the gap in the marketplace of high school, that there weren’t these educationally entertaining materials, talking to my students,

19:07
whom I had tutored and realizing that what set me apart as a tutor was the fact that I was bringing my acting background to bear, made it clear to me that there was a need and a gap for something like prep medians. And then of course, the testing that came into play of is software, basically I run a SaaS company, is it going to be sufficient enough to actually impact students? And that was something that we began to test

19:36
On our first launch, that’s why we focused on just launching the English was because we just wanted to see, it work? We built mechanisms into the platform where we able to see that based on pre-video quiz sets that, and then you watch the video and then post-video quiz sets and pilot studies that we ran with nonprofits and students that we were actually even more effective than we realized we would be. We ran pilot studies against Khan Academy where we saw we were two and a half times more effective than Khan Academy.

20:04
We saw that there was a statistically significant 9 % increase from the pre-video to post-video question sets. So student watches a video once, automatically there’s a 9 % increase in their quiz scores. And that goes up as they review the materials, as they come back and redo question sets. So that was the moment where, you know, the million dollars, we didn’t raise it all up upfront. We raised about 300K upfront, saw that it was working, saw that there was a real appetite for it. And then we continued to raise and build.

20:36
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

21:04
Now, first and foremost, protecting our IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copyrighting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

21:34
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a hundred dollar discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L dot com. Now back to the show. I guess that makes more sense. So before you raised any money though, I guess your validation was the people that you tutor already. You knew that, you know, they were entertained by the way you were tutoring and you just wanted to replicate that on a mass scale, essentially.

21:59
That’s exactly right. And I did a lot of customer discovery interviews where I reached out to students to and parents, because at the end of the day, for the most part of the direct consumer side, the parents are the purchasers, but the students are the users. So I wanted to understand buying habits. wanted to understand pain points. wanted to understand discovery and to make sure that there would be a way that we could build a marketing funnel and price it properly that it would.

22:27
and that it would be a compelling enough value proposition that it would compel people to purchase it and that they would get value out of it. I mean, we’re going to get to that for sure, but I want to next talk about, I mean, you have this great product now. How do you get it in the hands of customers? How do people discover you? Sure. So as I mentioned before, there’s two major channels that we work with the business of business B2B side and then business to consumer B2C side. And I’ll talk

22:57
about the business to business side quickly, and then I’ll spend more time on the business to consumer side. The business to business side, when we’re selling to nonprofits and public schools, what’s great about that is it helps us fulfill our social mission, which is that we want to be able to access the low income students, but it also is monetizable insofar as the low income students aren’t paying for it, but the schools and the nonprofits are paying for it. And what we’ve seen work the best there

23:24
is I actually went through a phase where I built up a sales team and was trying to call schools and speak to guidance counselors. It’s a very, very difficult sales process because the decision makers aren’t always the ones that you’re actually going to be able to reach over a phone. what I found was that actually by going to conferences and speaking to the decision makers directly, that was the best way to start to get that going. then

23:51
The same with nonprofits. found that if I had a connection to someone who was working at an affiliate chapter of a nonprofit, because these are often national nonprofits, but they have local chapters. If I knew someone who knew someone at a local chapter, that was the best way into working with the local chapter. Then we would run a pilot study. We would show that the local chapter was getting great efficacy with our product. And then they would refer us to other.

24:18
affiliates across the nation. So that’s kind of the growth trajectory on the business to business side. Which side of the business generates more revenue? Business to consumer, I would say. Oh, okay. Yeah. Okay. I’m actually really excited because I’m going to some conferences this year now that we’re kind of getting back to in person. And now we have the full product built out. And we’ve also actually, beyond the SAT, ACT, we’ve built out a grammar library, built out a pre algebra library, we’re working on a geometry library.

24:48
I think that the business of business is going to really blow up this year because now we have the full product and the last two years, most of the time we’ve been out, it’s been COVID. And so there’s just been a real disarray in the, understandably it’s no one’s fault, in the way that schools have been able to consistently purchase new products and things like that. So.

25:18
I think that’s going be big this year. And it’s something where no longer are we just an SAT, ACT product for the schools where they have to have a prep line item. Now we can actually sell to say, Hey, you can incorporate our pre-algebra library into your classroom. can incorporate your grammar, our grammar library into English classrooms and so forth. So that I’m really excited about seeing growth up there. You know, I I’m just thinking to myself, like with your lessons, it makes

25:48
teacher is almost, you know, it’s taking away some of their purpose. That’s the wrong way to say it, but you’re much more entertained than any teacher that I’ve ever had. I think, so I appreciate that. I think that it becomes a different relationship in a sense, right? It becomes the teachers with their incredible app is the accountability mechanism. They’re able to say, okay, this student who may not typically do their homework,

26:17
here is this incredible resource for you. I am here if you have any questions that pop up and things like that, but this is going to be really engaging for you. And then my job becomes making sure that you fit it in to your schedule and you get it done. And my job also becomes everything around it. And so what it does, I think this is, this is what you’re basically saying is that it takes a little bit of the pressure off of them to make sure that they have to be the most engaging. Right.

26:47
entertaining resource in the classroom. Whereas maybe what they got into teaching for with what they love about it is that they can help students because of that more personal relationship they have with the students that I don’t have with the students. Yeah, yeah. I mean, I can tell you that the material that schools have grossly needs a refresh because it’s a lot of the stuff that my kids tell me about was filmed in like the 60s or 70s. Yeah, they watch so yes. And

27:16
It’s actually a great point. mean, we grew up with schoolhouse rock. Yeah. And you know, that’s something that I mean, students still watch that sometimes. And I think what’s interesting is COVID in a way helped catalyze the transformation from print to digital. And now it’ll be interesting to see how that continues because there’s

27:45
And this has become more hyper-specific to a specific district or school and the leadership there. If in the return, there’s more of a doubling down on what was there before, i.e. the print, that’s something that some people are doing because it feels safer, whereas others are saying, no, we really need to continue to work with virtual resources. And I’m seeing a lot more

28:13
of that happening, which is exciting. And I mean, that’s a whole other conversation where we can get into a flipped classroom model. Well, let’s switch gears to the consumer side. How do you attract just regular people? Totally. So the coolest part of what we get to do is in a way, it’s funny, I’m using my acting in my marketing now more than I ever did when I was

28:41
actually trying to quote unquote become an actor because one of the biggest channels for us is TikTok. So right now most of what we do and the way we reach consumers is social media plain and simple. We used primarily TikTok, Instagram and YouTube for students and Google ads for people who are typing in keywords that are specific to our platform. And then Facebook we’re starting to use for parents.

29:11
Of those, our biggest channel is definitely TikTok. have 350,000 followers on there and our average post gets about 200,000 views. And of course, just the way the mechanism is built, it’s not that every post is getting 200,000 views. We have a lot that go viral and then others that I’ve actually now begun to design to focus a little bit more on depth of impact of the viewer rather than just breath.

29:40
Can we talk about your TikTok strategy? Yeah, definitely. So, you know, I think what was interesting is we went through this phase of 2020 where SATs and ACTs were optional for college admissions and honestly just kept getting canceled. And so you saw this continuous element of detachment that, as you mentioned, and I mentioned when we were growing up, it’s like

30:08
fifth grade, sixth grade, seventh grade, you’re starting and you’re getting ready for this big onerous test that you’re going to take in 11th grade. And there was a little bit of a shift away from that. And what I thought to myself at the time was I can either be the company that keeps trying to beat a dead horse and say, Hey, you got to take the SAT, you to take the SAT, you got to take the SAT to try to get sales. Or what I can really focus on.

30:39
is building brand equity during this time and becoming a trusted resource of what the best moves are. And so I did the latter and I focused on 2020 and 2021 really on getting Gen Z to trust prep medians and putting out content that may in the short run have hurt our bottom line by saying, Hey, here’s who should take the SAT. Here’s who should, might not want to take the SAT. Here’s

31:07
what you should do with the SAT scores. Here’s how you should think about it. Here’s how you might want to prep or not prep for it. And just having a really honest conversation. And I think that that’s really helped because the students who saw us go through that transformation and be honest with them trusted us. And there was a really big bond that was built with the community. And now they might not have purchased, but they’re referring their friends who are younger or their siblings to our platform or to our TikTok followership.

31:36
I’m starting to see that that’s really starting to pay off more. And I think right now what I’ve been working on with the TikTok strategy is there’s an element where with TikTok, you have to play this balance between what’s going to go viral and what is actually going to develop a loyal following that will actualize purchases. And

32:04
I’ve danced between the two recently. And of course there’s this whole other element of like, what’s your ego and oh, you want to see all the views and all that kind of thing. But it, and it really has to be a delicate balance I’ve found because as I mentioned before, there are people who have more followers who have more views consistently and so forth, but I’m not seeing the monetization happen. And that’s because there’s not the same depth of impact of trust, of demonstrating credibility as someone who

32:32
can teach the SAT whom you would want to have as your tutor and so forth. So ultimately the TikTok strategy right now is to grow an audience that is deeply engaged with prep medians and trusts it. I was gonna ask you, is your audience primarily parents or kids? Yeah, on TikTok and Instagram and YouTube, it’s primarily kids. And this is another differentiating factor for us versus

33:01
Kaplan’s and the Princeton Review’s of the world, those companies will spend an incredible amount of money on attracting parents. It’s a huge customer acquisition cost for parents. then the parent sees their ad or follows them on Instagram or whatever, or you Facebook, and then they go to the platform and then they try to, and then Kaplan or Princeton Review tries to get the parent to become someone who purchases their tutoring services. so there’s a greater lifetime value because you’re purchasing not

33:30
just a program that’s online, but you’re purchasing tutoring services or classroom services and so forth. For me, I recognize that my lifetime value is smaller. So I needed my customer acquisition costs to be smaller in order to be a profitable business. And what I thought the best way to do to start off the company was, is to do organic marketing, focusing on teenagers and getting teenagers engaged. Because if teenagers come to our platform and they love our product and

33:58
We then email the parents because we asked the teenager, what’s the email of your parent? We’ll try and get them to buy the product for you at a discount. Now the parent has an email coming from us and their kids saying to the parent, hey, this is a really cool SAT resource. And I’ve already improved my score XYZ on the free trial. Could I get this? And now the parent is like, oh my God, you’re telling me you want to prep for the SAT?

34:28
I think it becomes a much easier purchase cycle for that regard. So that’s been actually our goal is to engage the student and have the student in a way become the ambassador, the sales rep for getting the parents purchased. That’s interesting because I cannot imagine my kids asking me to buy them an SAT prep class. that the traditional path of customer acquisition for you? Yes. Yes. Yeah, absolutely. It’s the kid.

34:57
comes to our platform, they sign up for a free trial, they get to do a free module, it’s our partial speech module, and they take a pre-video quiz set, they watch the video, they take a post-video quiz set, and they see automatic improvement typically. And we randomize the questions before and after, so we’re not stacking the deck in favor or not in favor of success. And the students see that statistically significant 9 % increase and…

35:26
They review the module and so we have how entertaining was this one to five stars? And we’ve typically seen a 4.8 out of five, which is wild for teenagers rating an educational resource that’s 4.8 out of five on entertainment. And then if they give five stars for that, depending on how educational it is out of five stars and then how confident they were out of five stars and they write a little what they liked about it, what they didn’t like about it.

35:56
that to the parents and we say, your kid rated our modules five out of five on entertaining five out of five on education. And they said what they loved about it was that they felt like they were engaged the whole time and that they were actually learning the material like they hadn’t learned before. And then the parents like, whoa. have no doubt that that’s true, but I’m just thinking to myself that must have that’s gotta be a really driven student to do all this stuff on their own. Right.

36:23
to go ahead and try out the platform. Try out the platform, take the test. I I it myself. It was amazingly entertaining, but it did take me like good 20 minutes, I would say, maybe longer. So I think that it’s a really good question because basically there are ways that you can kind of create a platform where it’s almost like a whimsical purchase, right? Like they haven’t tried out.

36:51
the thing, but they’re like, I guess I should prep and they just purchased it. And then maybe they never use it after that. And then there’s this where we want them to try out the module before they purchase it. 99 % of the time they’re trying out the module before they purchase it. And I think what I’ve come to realize is that again, thinking about the longer term revenue building and company building is the students who are early adopters are

37:20
in essence, a little bit more self-driven. And the platform at the end of the day is more self-paced. It’s up to the student to go through all the modules. We give them lesson plans. We tell them exactly what they should be doing and what days based on how many weeks they have until their test. But realistically, if the student isn’t able to do that, then they’re not necessarily the right fit for the platform. they have a tutor or they have a teacher or someone who can help.

37:49
and still accountability. But I think what’s been interesting also is because of the way we’re doing it on TikTok, it exemplifies the way we’d be teaching on the platform. And a lot more students seem excited by that and seem like they’re, you know, if you get a student who loves acting or singing or performing or comedy in general, a lot of students love these days, there’s something that’s engaging for them. they, and they go to the platform app to that.

38:19
And just to kind of describe Calion’s TikToks, I think I watch a TikTok of yours where you just whipped out some interesting math fact or shortcut. Yes. And it was really entertaining. And as an adult, I got something out of it. I love that. I love that. Yeah. Yeah. I think, I think go back to your TikTok strategy question. It’s, it’s, I really want to make sure everything I put out there is brand resonant.

38:48
And that means it’s got to be entertaining and educational. And so one of the things that we love, for example, is I’ll use this. I’ve created this character named Thornton and I use a sound that’s trending, which is from Thanos from the Marvel movies. And he says something like, no, reality can be whatever I want. And I’ll use some kind of math back on it. And I’ll use the face effect to stretch my face. And it’s a seven second video, which means that

39:17
The student is watching and reading the text and TikTok’s biggest algorithm hack is watch time. That’s the thing that they track the most beyond likes, comments, shares, anything. It’s just watch time. And what happens is if you put a five to seven second video in there, you got text on it, the student or person reading or watching it, what reads the text and the video is playing over and over again, it takes them maybe 20 seconds to read the text. And now you’ve gotten

39:47
at least five views out of that. And the same person. it tricks the algorithm into, wow, this is a super engaging content. And now it’s going viral. And that’s something I’ve noticed a lot. I’ve seen TikToks where like the whole page is text for something that you really want to learn about. And you got to watch it like five times just to get through all that text. Yeah, yeah, totally. Yeah.

40:13
Presumably, don’t remember seeing any calls to action in your videos or people just looking at your profile and just finding you there or Googling you. Yeah. So this is an interesting thing that’s been going on that I’ve struggled with. And I know a lot of creators who struggle with, you go to these creator meetups with TikTok right now, if you comment on a post that you’ve created and you say something like, Hey, if you love this, click the link in bio.

40:43
And you can start a free trial on primedmunions.com. If you write link and bio as the grammatically correct and spelling correct, L-I-N-K space I-N space V-I-O. It’d be really bad if I misspelled that right now, by the way. You’re a fraud. No. If you write it that way, it’ll actually, the platform will block your content. So students won’t see it. And.

41:11
So I have to end up writing link and bio is L Y N C space I N space B one zero. And it looks really funky. It almost looks like it’s a bot or something that’s writing it, but that’s the only way that they, the common doesn’t get blocked. So I have to put that into the common in the post and inside the video itself, what I’ll do is in the caption, I’ll put a call to action that’s properly spelled. I’ll say free trial in the Lincoln bio for prep meetings.com.

41:43
And in the video, I won’t put a call to action directly because again, watch time matters so much. And what I’ve noticed is if I put a call to action at the end of a video, it doesn’t go as far. And so what I’ve done is make sure that I utilize the caption as well as the comment and pin the comment for the Lincoln bio. And I’ve seen that that has actually driven a lot of traffic towards the Lincoln bio.

42:13
I’ll also in the bio description itself, I’ll say, where the prep comedians follow to crush high school. And then I’ll put these arrows pointing down to the link. And I say 11th graders, click the link. Because if you’re an 11th grader, you’re like, whoa, I’m an 11th grader. What’s in that link? And you’re more likely to click it versus if you give away what’s in the link beforehand, I found that that’s been less. Yeah.

42:39
I’ve heard anecdotally, like if you just mention even a URL or click whatever, your video gets nerfed. Cause they have transcriptions of all the videos, right? Yes. Yeah. And what’s interesting is it’s actually, it’s pretty wild. Cause when you’re creating a video and you’re on TikTok, you’re like, Oh, I mean, maybe they can read the text that I put onto the video or maybe they can read the caption, but their search has gotten so good that you can type in words in the search.

43:09
on TikTok and you’ll actually see that the video doesn’t have those words mentioned in the caption or on the text. It’s actually just in the spoken word and the algorithm is like basically calling you the search engine is able to pick that, pick up on that. So it’s pretty cool. Just a random question. I would imagine you said you were running Google ads for your, I imagine that’s super expensive, right? Aren’t those keywords really competitive? They are. They are absolutely what I’ve had to focus on.

43:39
is focused on the ACT online prep because ACT tutoring or ACT classes near me, really expensive. again, people who are selling those services have a lot more lifetime value that they’re driving from their customer in terms of revenue. So they can afford to pay more. But what I’ve focused on is just the online segment. And I’m focusing on a cost per conversion.

44:08
And the conversion I use for that is just a free trial conversion, but I figured out because I have enough data what I need to get the free trial conversion down to so that the actual purchase conversion, which is a percentage of that is sustainable enough for my lifetime value. Can we just talk about your amazing funnel by the way? Okay. So how did you form? So why don’t you describe like the process which you signed someone on? Yeah, totally. Yeah. So starting from.

44:37
Let’s start from like, let’s start their whole journey maybe from TikTok. Sure. So TikTok, Instagram, YouTube, whatever it is that they see us on, they’re like, oh, this is a funny post that actually has a helpful tidbit about the SAT. And, oh, what’s this in the caption? It says prepmedians.com, huh? That’s interesting. And let me see, lots of people seem to have commented on it. Oh, it says here pinned at the top that I can get a free trial if I go to prepmedians.com linked in bio.

45:05
And other people seem to be saying that this is cool and there’s social proof here because there’s so many likes and so many people are commenting on it. So, okay, sure. Let me try out this, this free trial. got, got a few minutes. So I go to the bio, uh, the profile and I see that there are arrows pointing down to the link and it says 11th grader. I’m an 11th grader and oh man, the SAT, mean, that’s coming up soon. So, okay. I’ll click the link. I click the link and I get taken to a Beacons page in disguise.

45:34
which is basically like a link tree. And there’s a video on that, uh, that’s on the link tree beacons page. And it is the trailer for prep meetings. And it’s also pinned on the tick tock profile of three videos pinned to the top. One is the trailer. That’s the first one for a cold audience. There is a testimonial for a warmer audience. And then there is a, the most, our most viral video, which has gotten 7.2 million views for a hotter audience. So.

46:04
Anyway, back to the Beacons page, I see this button that’s glowing and I click that button because it says click to start a free trial, no credit card needed, boost your score instantly. So I click that and it’s taking me to a signup page. And on the signup page, I put in some information. It’s about a 33 % conversion there. So 33 % of people get to the signup page or putting their information in and they click to get going. And

46:33
Interesting. The signup page that I saw had a lot of fields in it. It did. Okay. Yeah. And what I do to make sure I catch people who are just kind of a run, a quick go, check it out and then leaving is on the beacons page. have just a little signup form for people who want to just be added to the mailing list. So it says like, enter your name and email if you want free strategies, S A T A T C C strategies and problems.

47:03
So they go through the signup page. I get the parents email. Most of the time the students aren’t actually putting their parents email in and I know that they’re not, but I’ll get to that in a moment. they go through the signup page and then there’s a pop-up video that basically leads a student through the platform. It’s like two minutes long and it’s got another little sizzle reel of prep medians. So they X out that and then there’s an option to try out a module. And in the module, there’s the pre-video question set. There’s a video, there’s a post-video question set.

47:33
And then there is the review of how did you like the platform and then also your actual questions and answer explanations and so forth. So once they’ve seen how they’ve done, and as I mentioned, they probably typically increase, they then are given the opportunity to put their parents’ email address in again as the same one or as a different one. And we send the email to a parent that says, hey, your kid signed up for our test prep if you want.

48:01
keep their momentum going, just click this link and you can purchase it. And so that’s been most of what we see. Students can also, and this was something you were mentioning before, the way that you, the way you as a student, to prepmedians.com is you went directly to the website, which we see a lot of students do too, because we’ve advertised prepmedians.com over the place. And then that’s typically someone who’s on a desktop. So the reason we do it differently is because someone’s on a mobile who’s going through TikTok has a much shorter attention span.

48:31
And someone who’s sitting on their laptop and Googling, ACT prep or going directly to prep meetings.com. It’s a very different mindset. So with the tick tock person, we just want to get their information as quick as possible because they’re probably going to leave pretty soon versus someone who’s on the desktop. They’re going to come to the site. They’re going to click around. They’ve got maybe 10 to 20 minutes. So we’ll have them actually go through the free module. And then in order to get their scores for that free module, they have to put their information in.

49:00
And then that’s the way that we get their information and then they see their results and so forth. Okay. So the detail that you’re missing, Kelly on is, uh, so I went through the process. I took the test, but you don’t give me my results. actually have to enter my information just to get the results. Yeah. Yeah. That’s what I, that’s what I mean. know, get their scores for that. have to. Yeah. Yeah. And, what’s, what’s tricky. Well, I shouldn’t say tricky, but what’s, what’s ingenious is that.

49:27
You take it before you take the lesson, you take it after, and you really want to know whether you did better or not. Yes. And you’re a curiosity factor. Yeah. And there’s that curiosity. It’s huge. And there’s this element of like, I’ve the sunk cost fallacy, right? I’ve spent 20 minutes doing this. I want to see, I want to see how I did. And yeah, exactly. As you’re saying, it compels the person to put it in at that moment and see what the results are. And then there’s also this element of it.

49:56
It’s not sticky anymore. It’s not friction. There’s not a lot as much friction anymore where now they’ve put their information in. They see that they’ve improved and they’re like, Oh wait, wow. That was fun. That was great. And now all I have to do is go to the billing page and then cause all my other information is in. mean, all I can say is that if my daughter entered in my email to sign up for an SAT prep class, I would just sign up.

50:24
Without even thinking about like if my kid wants me to buy anything educational in my household I buy it you’ll buy it without even thinking about it. So yeah, especially at the reasonable price point that we’re offering it at, know, I mean, it’s which is extremely reasonable actually. Thank you. I was going to get into that. But I mean, the pricing must have been pretty tough for this too. Yeah, you know, it’s interesting because I did a couple of things with the pricing. One was I benchmarked it across similar

50:54
online course only SAT, ACT prep programs. And there are some that go up to 400 for years. just for clarity for listeners, what we do is we offer 299 for one year and, or $99 for a monthly subscription. And we give an automatic 10 % off for someone using code bestparent10 in all caps.

51:24
And that’s the code that is sent to someone who receives the email because their kid just signed up. So in reality, it’s like 90 bucks for a month for the first month, or it’s closer to 270 for a year. So what I figured out was, okay, the students who were going through and who were using the program, sometimes they might use it for a month, but a lot of times you start prepping and you’re like, I know I got the March SAT.

51:53
But I might also take the June. I might also take a fall one just depends on how things go. And what we wanted to do is make it easy enough that a person looking at it is like, all right, maybe I’ll do the, I’ll try it out for a month, but also maybe the price point for the one year is compelling enough that it basically in three months, I’ve made up my money and now I get it for a whole year instead of just the three months. So maybe I’ll just go for that. So that’s one way we priced it. And then in comparison to some of the other products out there,

52:22
The 270, for example, in some cases, a little bit more expensive. In some cases it’s a little bit cheaper, but we wanted to really make it competitive, but also accessible for most, families. And one of the things that’s interesting is we’re, doing, we got the zip codes of where people are purchasing and we’re seeing that it’s spanning pretty much top 40%, top 50 % of income. And then the lower 50 % of income we’re able to.

52:51
access those students through our nonprofit and public school partnerships. So we’re trying to span across the entire socioeconomic spectrum. Nice. Well, Kalyan, I really appreciate your time here. If anyone wants to check out your programs, which I recommend that you guys do, anyone who’s listening to this, even if you have no interest in the SATs or ACTs, just the entertainment value alone, I mean, you’re guaranteed to learn something. Yeah. Where can they find you, Kalyan?

53:19
Absolutely. So prepmedians.com it’s prep medians like the prep comedians. So prepmedians.com is our main website. And then on TikTok and Instagram and YouTube, our username is prep medians and on Facebook it’s prepmedians.com. Cool. Well, Callian, thanks a lot for coming on, man. This is great. I love your business. Super, super fun time as always Steve. Thanks so much.

53:47
Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now if you have kids or even if you’re an adult, go to prepmedians.com right now and take their first free lesson. I guarantee you that you’ll be entertained and that you’ll learn something at the same time. Calian is definitely onto something here. More information about this episode, go to mywifeclutterjob.com slash episode 404. And once again, I want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button.

54:14
you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at postscope.io slash Steve. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. I also want to thank Clavio, which is my email marketing platform of choice for eCommerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows, gonna abandon card sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign. Basically all these sequences that will make you my own autopilot.

54:40
So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIYO. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIYO. Now I talk about how I use these tools in my blog, and if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

403: Few People Use This Platform For Marketing And They’re Missing Out With Judi Fox

403: Few People Use This Platform For Marketing And They're Missing Out With Judi Fox

Today I have my friend Judi Fox on the show. Judy is the owner of LinkedIn Business Accelerator where she helps others grow their businesses through LinkedIn.

Prior to this interview, I had no idea that LinkedIn could be such a powerful marketing platform until Judi opened my eyes.

Pay attention because these simple LinkedIn strategies will grow your business.

What You’ll Learn

  • Why LinkedIn is important and why people should care
  • How to create a high converting LinkedIn profile
  • How to leverage the LinkedIn feed to grow your business

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to My Wife, Quit or Drop podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Now today I have my friend Judy Fox on the show and Judy is the owner of LinkedIn Business Accelerator where she helps others grow their businesses through LinkedIn. Now I’m to be straight up with you. I had no idea that LinkedIn could be this powerful before I interviewed Judy. So pay attention because the simple strategy she talks about in this episode are pure gold. But before I begin, I want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode.

00:29
Postscript is my SMS or text messaging provider that I use for e-commerce and it’s crushing it for me. I never thought that people would want marketing text messages, but it works. In fact, my tiny SMS list is performing on par with my email list, which is easily 10x bigger. Anyway, Postscript specializes in text message marketing for e-commerce and you can segment your audience just like email. It’s an inexpensive solution, converts like crazy, and you can try it for free over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P-O-S-T-S-T-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve.

00:58
I also want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Always excited to talk about Klaviyo because they’re the email marketing platform that I use for my e-commerce store and it depend on them for over 30 % of my revenue. Now you’re probably wondering why Klaviyo and not another provider. Well Klaviyo is the only email platform out there that is specifically built for e-commerce stores. Here’s why it’s so powerful. Klaviyo can track every single customer who’s shopped in your store and exactly what they bought. So let’s say I want to send out an email to everyone who purchased a red handkerchief in the last week. Easy.

01:25
Let’s say want to set up a special autoresponder sequence to my customers depending on what they bought piece of cake and there’s full revenue tracking on every single email sent. Klaviyo is the most powerful email platform that I’ve ever used and you can try them for free over at klaviyo.com slash my wife. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O dot com slash my wife. And then finally, I wanted to mention my other podcast that I released with my partner Tony. And unlike this podcast where I interview successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the profitable audience podcast,

01:53
covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the Profitable Audience Podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:12
Welcome to the My Wife, Quartermaster Job Podcast. Today I’m happy to have Judy Fox on the show. Now, Judy is someone who I recently met at a mastermind meetup and I’m very happy that we met. She is the owner of LinkedIn Business Accelerator where she helps others grow their businesses through LinkedIn. Now you might be thinking to yourself, I started a business and I’m not looking for a job. How could LinkedIn possibly be useful for my business? Well, it turns out

02:37
that use correctly, LinkedIn can build authority and make you the go-to expert in a specific niche. LinkedIn is also a thriving social media platform with high level professionals. So in this episode, Judy is gonna teach us how to leverage LinkedIn to grow your business. And without, welcome to show, Judy, how are you doing today? Super excited, it’s my birthday. Happy birthday, I am so honored to have you on your birthday. I’m sure there’s other people that you could be spending time with.

03:04
but this is the perfect celebration. Cause I could feel that we’re going to have good energy and birthday celebration vibes. are. And on that note, for the people who have never heard of you, I want to know how you decide to specialize in LinkedIn out of all the social media properties. Yeah. Wow. So it actually comes from a very personal spot in my life when I went through becoming a single parent almost overnight.

03:33
And I had already signed up for LinkedIn back in 2009 and saw the power of networking during that recession. And I realized when I became a single parent, like I said, it literally was like all of a sudden overnight in one week, my whole life changed. And I looked at LinkedIn and I said, this is where I need to be to be able to figure out my next career move, my opportunities. I was currently at that time.

04:03
running my own consulting firm and realized the power of LinkedIn. But when your feet are put to the fire and you know you are the sole breadwinner, you really double down on things and you don’t have time to look around and say what could work. You really double down on what you already know is working. So I went four full years of only using LinkedIn as my only social media outlet. Wow.

04:31
You know, to 2018. When my wife became pregnant with our child, I felt the same way even though I had a partner in all this, but I the same way all of sudden I had to buckle down and and make money and and because I had people to support after that. Yeah, I think everyone can relate to there’s always gonna be a turning point in your life when you realize, oh, wait, this. I have to figure out I can’t waste time anymore. I have to figure this out. Yeah.

04:59
You know, what’s funny is before this interview, I hadn’t gone on LinkedIn, as I told you earlier, for several years. And it’s changed a lot, because I hadn’t used it since I looked for a job, which was a long time ago. And I want you to answer this question first, like, why is LinkedIn important? Why should people even care? I would say the first thought that comes to my mind is people do business with people, no matter who and where you are in your life.

05:26
We are interested in people and their names first. The referral comes through people. The dropping a name, it’s the person’s name, not always the business. Like I might say, you know, oh, do you know so and so they run this company or they’re the CEO of this company. So we’re very people first in our mindset. And when I think about business today, I’m going to Google somebody. I’m going to find out what’s up with them.

05:54
And what are the, can I type in their name, their city, their company? Can I read any reviews? And LinkedIn is coming up in Google search for people’s names. Very, very high. That’s actually what I noticed. I just Googled myself at the first time in a while. And you’re right. The LinkedIn is on the front page. And I imagine that people who are watching me on YouTube or Tik Tok, they’re Googling my name and they’re probably looking at my profile, which is madly out of date. I just wanted to add. So we’re

06:23
And when we Google, the mindset is looking for confirmation of making a good decision. So say, for example, somebody wants to collaborate with you, work with you. I think when we Google, we’re, especially if we’re already sold, if we’re already sold on the person, we get a referral, we want to host them on our podcast, whatever we want to do with somebody, we’re kind of looking for just confirmation. LinkedIn can either amplify that confirmation or it can actually create a bit of a

06:53
want, want, want like, it less than stellar when you land on it energy where it could have actually blown people away in the opposite direction. Yeah. So what are some of the elements, assuming you’re not working full time anymore and you have your own business, what are some elements of just your profile that you, that you should have on there? Yeah. And that is the only people I work with is people who are either full-time entrepreneurs, speakers, authors, real estate agents, anyone who is

07:23
full time in their business, that’s all that I work with right now. So from that perspective, number one, landing page. Think of your LinkedIn profile as a website extension of your own landing page. So for example, I very frequently, when I work with clients who have amazing businesses, amazing landing pages, we should create a similar

07:50
customer journey on your LinkedIn profile as your company landing page, especially if you can merge the two concepts as much as possible. Okay. Can you give some examples? What do mean by merge the two concepts? So if I’m landing on somebody’s business website, many times they’ll have what we call social proof icons they’ll have featured in, or they’ll have

08:16
all there as seen in press. I mean, you have that on yours, right? I saw it on yours. That’s correct. I looked at your website and what I tell people is make the same mental connection on LinkedIn. So I actually have had social proof in my banner for a while. I just recently updated it and it now contains a visual picture of me at YouTube studio filming a video at

08:45
literally at YouTube headquarters. And it has social proof now of places I’ve been featured and it has one call to action. So your true energy from a top down is get people to go further down, get people to read the about section, which is just like your website where people click on the get to know me or about me. People love that part of a website. It’s sometimes one of the most highly clicked on. I think you

09:14
would probably with your knowledge of SEO maybe agree with me there. Yeah, no, absolutely. I’m just curious though, know, LinkedIn is a little bit more restrictive than a webpage. So are you recommending putting these press mentions in your history or your, I can’t remember the actual Your experience section. Correct, sorry, that’s what I meant. Yeah, so you have two places for clickable links. And what I tell people is as you scroll down and I’m

09:44
putting a website right next to LinkedIn in my mind right here. If I’m scrolling down a website, number one, visual imagery in the banner, you want to make us feel like we’re in the right spot. The second thing is as I get to the about section, again, I want to get to know you just like I wanted to get to know you on your website. The next section is the featured section. They used to call it media files.

10:13
but now you can feature, you can actually create social sharing icons that look amazing and you can feature content that sells you. So I always recommend people have a hot, warm, cold, lead generating items, like three boxes in that featured section. And I normally keep about three in there. Sometimes I’ll put two cold ones, but lead generating links right there.

10:42
And then the final examples to that. Oh yeah. Fine, hot, warm and cold. Yes. So cold to me is a reminder of a post. So maybe you have a post from a month ago and you can feature your own posts and that contains the likes in the comments. Very visible right there and depends on what you posted about. It might be really, really a good post that generated a lot of potential business for you. So you would want to feature on LinkedIn or can it be a post?

11:12
on your blog, for example. So to keep it a cold link, I would make a cold post. it’s to make it a cold feature. That sounds really weird to say cold, but what I mean is a brand new person is discovering you and you just want to keep them on the platform. It feels safe to them to go click on a post of yours. Got it. Okay. So you’ve that implies that you post regularly on LinkedIn.

11:39
Yes, or even maybe two times a year. Yeah, I know that you were telling me that and I was really surprised actually, we’re going to get into that. Yeah, yeah, we’ll talk about that. But right now you don’t have to post regularly to create what I call the cold lead generating conversation that generates public conversation, which helps convert private conversation. So when we scroll down your profile, if you feature only one of your posts, don’t make us choose between

12:07
all of your posts because that’s overwhelming to the consumer, just give us your best shot. it, know, feature something from six months ago. We don’t care if it’s a great post, feature it, but only feature one. That’s an aggressive energy there, but only feature one. I’m people are going to be Googling you after this interview. So what is your cold feature as an example? Right now I featured one of my articles.

12:34
And I featured the ultimate guide to LinkedIn audio events because it’s a brand new feature on LinkedIn. so personally for myself, that has been shared about 30 times. It’s also gone viral on Twitter and on Facebook. So I want to feature something that’s around the 300 to 500 likes and comments. And that’s where that post is at. And is this post like super comprehensive? I’ll go look at it after this, but is it like a blog post literally, or is it just like a blog post?

13:03
Got it. It operates, literally it operates like a blog post. So, and then we can talk about that. It’s very, very powerful and it can last for years. This post can last for years. So that’s what it’s, but that’s overwhelming for people to hit the ground running. Well, no, it’s literally just make a post. So it’s not overwhelming because there’s a lot of content creators that are listening to this. Also, I’m curious what the distinction between cold and warm. What is warm? Something that’s a little bit more personal about yourself then.

13:33
When I think of warm, I’m thinking trust. So a cold person, somebody who just met you five seconds ago, you just kind of want to do a handshake like, hey, we just got to meet each other. A handshake is a trust building exercise to go to a post on LinkedIn. People on LinkedIn will stay on LinkedIn, and they’ll trust a LinkedIn link. Okay, hopefully that makes sense. then the absolute war the the hot people.

14:02
Okay, we’re going to get to hot people, but right now we’re going to get to like a side hug as warm, a distant potential, maybe going in maybe a little extra fist bump. I don’t know. Like, might be seeing somebody for a second or third time, right? They’ve had a couple touch points with you. They would trust clicking over to listen to a full podcast episode. They would trust going to your YouTube channel and subscribing.

14:31
because they’ve seen you a couple of times on LinkedIn and they’re like, oh my gosh, I love what Steve has to say. I want to go to the next side hug level. I want to spend more time with Steve. So it’s like going out to dinner for the, for the hot. Yes. Yeah. The cold is like, okay, fine. We’ll grab a cup of coffee and we’ll stay on LinkedIn. Oh, but then the, the warm is, oh, you’re saying warm is, um,

14:58
What is warm then if we’re thinking food? Check me out on YouTube. Oh, in terms of food. Maybe like I thought we going into food analogies now. Okay. I get it. I get it. And then the hot I imagine is you can try to get their email or something like that. Yes. So opt-in or right now my hot is a form and an application to apply to work with me. It’s literally my sales pitch is right there front and center.

15:23
and people apply and they use that link and they fill out a form and then they get access to my calendar if they pass the application process. And you can track the attribution for people clicking on those links, right? Yes. do you tag them? You can, number one, you can just track the links because you can create trackable links online and you can do all of that energy to find out what’s working and what’s not. Yeah. Cool. Cool. You know, so that I can come.

15:51
completely understand the need to do this. Like people Google you and then chances are LinkedIn always ranks on like the front page at least. So I can see the credibility factor. I can see getting people from that page over to do something or in view content. But how can you use LinkedIn to actually get more cold people just coming in on the platform itself? So that’s where there’s a couple of things happening on LinkedIn. And I’m always telling people you either have three advantages.

16:21
Uh, expertise advantage, and I can go over that. have omnipresent advantage where you’re everywhere all the time, 24 seven, kind of like a Gary Vaynerchuk model of blast out everywhere, be omnipresent at all times. And the third advantage is early adopter status where you were early to maybe people who were early to YouTube are like, I am so grateful I got started in the early days. there’s.

16:50
always an early advantage to YouTube shorts, for example, we have early advantage to Instagram reels and LinkedIn has its own early advantage moments and they’re happening right now during 2022. Interesting. I think for the listeners, I’m guessing that most of them want to be, want to follow the first model, which I believe was the expert model, right? Yes. So when I think about the expert space, it’s

17:18
less about going out on LinkedIn and running after cold leads. Like, I don’t know why I have all these analogies of like meeting people on the street and hugging and handshaking, but it’s like chasing a random stranger down the street when you’re chasing down your one ideal client. Can you picture instead standing on a stage in front of 10,000 people all listening to you either speak

17:44
on your own stage, which is really powerful. You have the mic and they’re lined up at the microphone wanting to ask you questions. Or the other visual is you’re on a panel of experts all on this stage, passing the microphone down the stage. That’s the visual I think of for people to share their expertise on LinkedIn. You are on a stage and that is what the content and the comments can do for you. So how do I fill that audience? All right.

18:13
So a lot of it comes down to what I call leadership trust building. So on LinkedIn, a lot of people will get on LinkedIn and say, they’ll just come straight over from Instagram or they’ll come straight over from Facebook or even YouTube and they’ll have a very at us energy. They’re talking at us. It’s kind of, do you want to know XYZ? And it’s very,

18:38
in our face at us, but LinkedIn has a different leadership tone and energy. And it’s a with us because the people on LinkedIn are getting on LinkedIn to either want to be smarter, want a network to get smarter, want to get an opportunity, get a job. They’re in a get mindset and they want to feel like they’re smart already for being on LinkedIn. They don’t want to be told they don’t know something.

19:07
They don’t want to even be assuming they don’t know something. So they’re in your audience to have a discussion with you. So. Interesting. So you don’t just go up there and teach, you probably maybe ask questions then or. Yes. So I tell people there’s three leadership voices, the curious leader where you could get on stage at an event in front of let’s make the audience a little more intimate, maybe a hundred people.

19:34
And instead of just getting up there and just starting talking with everyone, you could say something like, today, we’re going to cover what are our thoughts on self care. Let’s go around the room. And that’s the vibe of that energy of that post. And you can create those posts. Cause I had a post like that go to about 50,000 views on LinkedIn, where I literally said, what do you think of the term self care? And then the whole comment section lit up because everyone wanted to share their opinions and.

20:03
you’re making them look smart for being part of your audience. That’s the energy there. You’re not trying to be the expert on stage, but you’re crowdsourcing expert opinions. The Interesting. How does that make you an authority then in that example that you just gave? We’ve thought-

20:21
And I can look back over examples of really, really great leaders and leaders can really pull out and be the curators of great conversations, kind of like the mastermind we joined. didn’t need the person creating the mastermind to do all the talking. He was opening up with really curious questions, which I really, really appreciated. Interesting. So the approach is a lot different than the other platform. So just flat out teaching is

20:51
is something that’s not going to work well is what you’re saying. I would say the teaching voice has more of a coach or resource language. So I’m actually thinking I’m making a post for my birthday on LinkedIn and I’m going to tell people my top three Chrome extensions that I love for LinkedIn. That’s going to be my birthday post today. And I’m going to film a video and just say, here’s my top three Chrome extensions. And it comes across as a great resource for people.

21:23
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now, what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

21:51
Now, first and foremost, protecting our IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copyrighting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

22:21
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a $100 discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L dot com. Now back to the show.

22:31
So you’re trying to be helpful, but just not like, I’m the man, I’m the boss, I’m the guru type of thing. Okay. It’s permission-based type marketing where you are being either a resource, a coach, a curious leader, or the final one I like to say is what I call the creator energy, where you’re creating the action steps for people. So the final one, instead of teaching somebody, you might say something like,

22:59
These were the three steps I took to start my business. Here’s what I would recommend you try if you’ve tried other things. You’re not shoving these three steps down people’s throats, but you’re giving them access to the three steps you would take if you were starting your business over today. Got it. Got it. So you mentioned posting videos and whatnot. Is it okay to repurpose content that you’ve posted on YouTube and TikTok onto LinkedIn? Like what are some of the guidelines for just posts?

23:28
Well, number one, a thousand percent. I love watching TikTok videos and I’m constantly in the career videos, LinkedIn videos. I’m always on that side of TikTok where it’s like giving an Amazon find or something that might be helpful in your home. I just love all of that. So I can see those doing so well on LinkedIn, but to be honest, it would take somebody just kind of

23:57
throwing out the rule book of what quote unquote belongs on LinkedIn and just deciding, you know what? This falls under one of those leadership categories. I’m telling somebody my experience in life, which is the storytelling we see on TikTok, which is powerful for LinkedIn, especially if it’s a career story. All of that belongs on LinkedIn. This conversation that I see on TikTok, again, I don’t know what side of TikTok you’re on, but I see posts about

24:27
What was it? You know, Erica, the lawyer, we just met her and it was learning about the fine print. And I would love to see those on LinkedIn, not manipulated or changed, just the TikTok video. And she might actually change the language of the caption. For example, you might change the language to saying like, number one tip you need to know when you’re reading the fine print for

24:54
this XYZ brand or something like that. don’t know. Like if you’re an airline, for example. So those are short clips. Does long form content work well on LinkedIn? It can. I would say everything on LinkedIn is built on trust. So the best long videos I’ve posted and I’ve been able to post a couple 10 minute videos that have done really, really well, like 20,000 to 60,000 views in that range.

25:22
then I would say the trust came into play because I, in the text of the post, I would timestamp what value they were going to get from the different timestamps. We see people do that on YouTube when they’re, and that’s the same concept translates over to LinkedIn. Okay. All right. Well, let’s, let’s pretend that everyone listening to this hasn’t touched their LinkedIn account for like a decade. Okay. What are the steps to kind of maybe revive that account?

25:52
and get the ball rolling, so to speak. Step number one is think of your LinkedIn profile like a landing page and think of your profile as very SEO optimized. You want your headline to be SEO optimized and your experience section titles to be SEO optimized. Cause that’ll just ramp you up in visibility and search. So, people are just searching for broad topics like e-commerce or business or. Yeah, whatever.

26:21
Whatever your ideal client types in to that search bar on Google or even YouTube, whatever you think they’re searching for, that’s what you want to optimize. Okay. And in terms of building that following though, what are the steps? Yeah. So let’s go into turn on a new feature called creator mode on your profile. And the reason why you want to do that, there’s a couple of things happening. So LinkedIn launched, we’re talking to people who haven’t touched LinkedIn and they’re like,

26:50
what the heck is creating a So there’s a new, you have a private dashboard on your profile, only you can see it. And there’s a button that you can toggle now that says turn on creator mode. And that’s going to create features for you that are going to give you that early adopter status. So what it’s going to do is number one, you get to turn your profile picture into a video.

27:20
So a 30 second intro video. Number two, you get to create your custom hashtags that you want to be seen and known for talking about. So you get to pick five custom hashtags for your profile and for your content. The next one is they plan to roll out and they already started any new feature that comes out on the platform. They’re only rolling it out to creator mode people who have turned on the feature creator mode.

27:48
because they want to give access to LinkedIn live, newsletters, audio, social audio rooms, just like Clubhouse. They’ve already started on LinkedIn and a short form video similar to TikTok and Reels is coming out in 2022. And they’re only going to give that to creator mode. So you want to turn it on. And it turns LinkedIn into a follow platform. So instead of connecting with everyone,

28:17
it’s going to direct people to start following you, which I think is very similar to other platforms that have allowed, know, Hey, we don’t have to directly connect, but we can stay more closely connected. Do you lose the other features that you already had before when you can? No, I don’t. Okay. I can’t think of anything you lose. only gain. Okay. All right. So

28:42
Step one, turn on creator mode. Yes. And I do have a video, I have a YouTube video on how to turn on creator mode and I show you me literally turning it on. You know what I mean? Like, love those kind of videos. the show notes for sure. I’m sure a lot of people listening haven’t probably touched their LinkedIn in a while. I want to talk about like the actual posts. Yes. How often do post? The post frequency? Yeah. I’ll let you talk.

29:07
So the easiest way to start on LinkedIn, and it’s always a little counter counterintuitive to some people, we just want to get on the platform and start posting and talking. And what I tell people is picture yourself on a panel of experts on stage. Have you ever been asked to speak on stage and you’re on a panel? I can probably see people nodding their heads through this audio.

29:35
And what I would want you to do on LinkedIn is to replicate that. And the way that you replicate it is you find people on LinkedIn that you would actually be happy to share a stage with in real life, talking either on a similar topic or a parallel topic. Maybe for you, it could be e-commerce or it could be maybe having, you know, a thriving business with your family or something like that. I’m just kind of playing out random topics.

30:05
There’s obviously the tech topic. There’s so many topics, but just imagine yourself on stage next to a few key experts. For example, we could be on stage together. you would actually join LinkedIn and collect maybe five to 10 accounts that are active and position yourself as a leader in their comments. For example, you might comment on mine, what I call a high quality comment, just like I

30:34
pass the mic to you. And on that topic, maybe because you comment on the social audio posts that I made and you say, really love that LinkedIn’s generating this new feature. I’m excited to check it out. Let me know when your next room is. So you’re saying something really nice on stage next to me. And if you consistently stay on stage with some of the five to 10 people you pick,

30:59
you actually gain a ton of following and a ton of visibility by doing that instead of just hopping all around LinkedIn and commenting on the newsfeed and just being super random. So does this start to make sense? Yeah. So, so it’s interesting. I mean, it’s kind of like blogging in the early days. The people who left really thoughtful comments would actually get traffic from the other readers. So you’re suggesting to do this even before posting your own posts on your own LinkedIn account.

31:25
Yes, I feel like I’m about to give you another really random analogy, but it’s like going to Dave and Busters. And I love skeeball. And I love collecting all the tickets before they had the cards, you know, where it prints out the tickets and you have to say so much more satisfying. Oh, my God, it’s so I, I don’t feel the same satisfaction from a freaking credit card thing in my head. So I want a big stack of tickets in my hands and feel really powerful walking around with that big stack. And

31:54
Then I get to go to the counter and I get to cash those in. That’s what you’re doing by commenting. Commenting is collecting all of those tickets from all those games that you’re crushing out there at Dave and Busters. And then you go up to the counter and that’s your post. You turn in all those tickets and LinkedIn’s like, good, good job. We’re going to show your posts to all lot of people who saw you in the newsfeed because you were commenting. Interesting. Okay.

32:25
Yeah, I’ve actually seen. Okay, I’ll give you some numbers just because I’m a numbers person. My background’s in engineering. If I didn’t say that. So is mine. You’re chemical, right? Yes. What’s yours? I’m electrical. Okay, perfect. So some numbers I had somebody document because I really wanted the results. So 15 high quality comments over three days generated a

32:54
5,000 % increase in their profile visibility and their next post went to, and they only had about thousand followers. Their next post went to 5,000 views and they got, I think at this point it had 120 or so likes and comments, but they went from zero. They were getting zero likes and comments, zero engagement. They were just posting and posting and posting. It was just 15 high quality comments.

33:21
to turn around, to turn their whole account around. I mean, in many respects, this is like joining a brand new Facebook group and then posting really helpful comments and basically ingratiating yourself into the community so that when you actually post, people listen, right? Yep, go give what you want to get. And it works for the algorithm. But I don’t like to tell people that there’s algorithmic.

33:47
interaction happening because at the end of the day, algorithms will change. They’re always going to change. So if you just think, you know what, this is a long-term strategy. I’m going to map out 10 people. love their posts, love what they’re doing on LinkedIn, love their vibe. Would be honored to join a stage with them. Go support them. Go do what you just said, the early days of blogging. And I remember I launched a blog in 2007, I think. Okay. And yeah, that’s around when I started.

34:17
Yep. That was when I had my first viral shared blog post. think I had about 7,000 shares on a blog post and I was hooked on social media ever since then and on content creation. So I come from that same mindset that you’re thinking, which is like, wow, that can live beyond you when you go viral or you have people share your post or your blog. So if you’re starting out doing this,

34:43
That implies that you don’t have that many posts, but it’s going to be hard to fill out that featured section on your site. So would you suggest first then posting some really comprehensive posts for your Cold, Warm and Hot Leads first and then start doing the strategy? Yes. Most people that I work with, you are correct. I do start with some people who are just getting started to kind of ramp up. The easiest two things that we do is their website.

35:12
wherever they’re hot lead. So say for example, it’s a contact me page on the website as an example, that can be as simple or calendly link. can be as simple as a direct link to your calendar with some questions, just so you can not get everyone just clicking through and randomly booking a call without asking them any questions about what is this call happening. I have found a lot of success by just putting somebody’s calendly link there and then maybe a

35:41
post they made on LinkedIn and keeping it really simple. So you don’t have to have the cold, warm, hot, but if somebody is already up and running in their business, that’s why I tell people to do the cold, warm, hot. Right. Okay. Can we talk about post frequency or is that kind of not? I mean, you mentioned to me that you post very infrequently. Yeah, I know. I think it’s

36:05
thinking about my return on investment. If I can get a big return on investment with one post, why would I? I’m more into sustainability. I got my master’s degree in business sustainability. And a sustainable human is one that doesn’t burn out. A person that doesn’t constantly try to feed a monster of an algorithm thinking that’s what keeps them relevant.

36:32
So I have thought through so many ways of staying visible without having to hustle for that visibility. mean, I feel this way about social media in general. Like Instagram, I could never really get into because it just requires like my friends who are successful in that, they post multiple times a day. I don’t have time for that. I don’t have time for that either. So I my last post on Instagram is from April of 2021. But for LinkedIn.

37:01
I’m just trying to get an idea. you’re just saying that it seems like the way we’ve been talking, you’re going to be having traffic from other people Googling you naturally and you’re taking advantage of those people. But in terms of actually starting from scratch and building an audience on LinkedIn, you want to ingratiate yourself with other people who already have a following and get followers that way. But at some point you should probably start posting, right? Or does it even matter?

37:25
you can start posting and I would say a very sustainable schedule for most. Again, I work with clients that are just getting started. I wouldn’t say they’re just getting started on social media. I don’t normally start with like zero knowledge of social media in general. Yes. But what I will say is most people are moving over from the mindset of Instagram, Facebook, Twitter, YouTube. And I actually have to dial them back from how often they want to post because here’s the problem.

37:55
If you post too much, burn out your audience that you’re generating. Even if you’re at a 500 followers, those 500 people will be exhausted trying to keep up with your content. And a lot of times they really do want to support you, but you’re overwhelming them with too much content on a platform that isn’t operating like that. So what I tell people is one post a week and instead of

38:23
what you would spend the time doing for posting on LinkedIn, you would just go out and strategically comment on those 10 people or go spend time now in a LinkedIn audio event room and raise your hand to get on stage. I was in a event with Guy Kawasaki. I hope I’m saying his name correctly. When I joined the event and when I attended, there was only 20 people attending that event. Guy is huge. I’m surprised that he only had 20 people.

38:53
Well, okay. So one, it’s not his fault. LinkedIn is rolling out LinkedIn audio events and they’re trying to make the audio events not crash. So even though he has like 2 million followers, they didn’t show it to all his 2 million followers, but that’s what I mean by early advantage. You’re able to raise your hand and get on stage and talk to guy and you’re only in an audience of 30 or 40. It’s an intimate like fireside chat at that point. So.

39:23
So does that imply- rather people, oh, you were saying like how much content people need to do. I’d rather somebody do one post a week, just enjoy the conversations that happen on that post and go out and engage on the platform. Go join an audio room with Guy and raise your hand and talk with him. Does that imply that when you make a post, a large frequency of your followers will actually see that post, unlike Facebook and Instagram who has purposely nerfed the reach?

39:50
Yes, I can get a hundred percent. So I, I was telling you before we got on this call, I took four months off of posting. That was probably my biggest chunk of time from zero posting on LinkedIn. And all I did was comment. So I did stay engaged, but I needed a break. I went to the beach a couple of weeks. I took time with my kid. We went for walks. I needed a break from just trying to be a content creator. And what I

40:19
found is when I posted back again, my audience was like ready for season three or something of Judy Fox. And that post went to my entire audience and beyond. It got 100 % visibility. So I’m at about 40,000 almost followers and it reached over 40,000 views. Okay, that’s amazing. How can they do that? Is it because the culture is just to not post that much?

40:44
The culture is if you are a successful business person, you shouldn’t be that accessible for LinkedIn. You actually should be too busy to talk with us all the time. And we’d rather get the vibes that we’re getting a micro moment of, my gosh, I just ran into Steve in the elevator and I got to ask him a question. It’s like that energy of, oh my gosh, the CEO is coming into the office. Everybody, oh my gosh, the buzz.

41:13
So we’ve got content creators like a Gary Vaynerchuk, but we know that’s not Gary making all those posts, right? We know that’s his team. And we’re fine with that. The mental space of trust has been built and we know that that’s his audience and that’s his world. And we’re not truly getting a chance to talk with Gary like right that second. But for other people who…

41:39
To be honest, at some point, we’re not all at that level of having a team like Gary Vaynerchuk. Sure. So if you’re not at that level, we want it to be you. We want it to be a micro moment with you. And that would be more powerful than you trying to be omnipresent on the platform. Okay. LinkedIn is sounding much more attractive to me now. Yeah. know, before we got on this call, I was thinking, okay, great. I got another like.

42:09
social media platform where I got to post like every day. I can’t handle this unless I can just take what I’ve already done and post it on LinkedIn. But I like this. I like the culture actually, now that you’ve described it better. I will say, and this is why I appreciate the conversation with you, Steve. I feel like I’m always, I don’t know what the word is. Maybe I’m very counter culture to what the language is on social media to

42:38
I will just tell you, I see so many people talk about LinkedIn and how often you have to post and you have to keep people on the platform and you have to do this and you have to do that. And I have lived in my, you know, like we started this conversation. I, as a single parent running my own business, have certain, I wouldn’t call them, I have challenge points that say, you know what? That.

43:06
language of how often you have to post and you have to do this and you have to do that. Cause I remember somebody early on in my journey said, oh, LinkedIn’s a content monster. You have to constantly post to stay relevant. And I looked at that person and in my brain and in that night I wrote in my journal and I said, I will find a way to post as infrequently as I want and still generate visibility.

43:31
Yeah, I mean, I think that’s the main difference here is that more people will see what you post. So you can post less frequently. The reason why people post so much on Instagram and Facebook is because they’re only reaching like a percent of their audience, right? A single digit, I should say. So, yeah, I mean, it makes sense. I will say I’ve had a chance to talk with the senior executives at LinkedIn and talk to them about the algorithm and their

43:58
You know, the myths and breaking down some of the myths, like you have to put the, the, a big, big myth is put the link in the comments because links in posts don’t work. I would bust that myth so hard. And I think to be honest, if somebody is giving that advice these days, they’re not the best coach for LinkedIn because you should be putting your links in the post.

44:27
I will generate just as much visibility. I’ve had a client go to 50,000 views on a post, a direct link to sign up for her course, which was 3K, and we made her about $90,000 in a week.

44:42
Okay, so the traditional rules for other social media do not apply for LinkedIn. yeah, go for the link in your post. Don’t try to move it to the comments and do all that kind of, I don’t know what to call it, but LinkedIn themselves have said, we see ourselves as a news source. We see ourselves as a resource. So if you have a resource to send people to an external site, send them to that external site.

45:09
go. We are not holding back your posts. We’re not limiting your reach at all. The things that people are messing up. And here’s the key. The reason why people’s because people will come back on this episode and be like, that didn’t work. And I’ll say, what did your social sharing icon look like? That is a huge problem because people just use stock images and things that don’t actually convey what you’re clicking on. So we need to know what your

45:38
image if it’s, like for example, thumbnails of YouTube’s videos can do really well in that social sharing icon spot. Or I tell people just freaking remove the social sharing icon. There’s a little X in the upper corner because you do not want to slow down that post with a bad image. Own your social image of that post, if that makes sense. Right. I’m just thinking to myself and again, I’m

46:05
I’m not an expert at all, but based on what you’ve said, it seems like it’s probably better to keep people on the platform, especially if they’re cold people, right? I mean, the friction is less and people will just naturally look at your profile. They like what you had to say, right? Yes. And I would say that’s a really good strategy to be a traffic director. So on your content, if you actually look at my content and you read to the bottom of the post at the bottom of every single post for anyone who’s doing LinkedIn really, really well, they’re doing

46:35
the same thing. There’s some same, I don’t know what to call it. It’s like having a pattern on YouTube when you upload your YouTube video. tagline kind of. Exactly. So my tagline for a long time has been to give people directions to follow my custom hashtag. So I have hashtag Fox rocks and I’ve grown that to about over a thousand followers at this point, which means every time I post, I’m at the top of the newsfeed for a thousand people.

47:05
which is a super cool spot to be. So grow your custom hashtag. And then there’s a new feature that literally just rolled out two weeks ago. I feel like I’m just constantly like, there’s new, there’s new, but there’s a new feature called the bell and you can actually ring the bell on somebody’s profile and get notifications every time they post. my new call to action is getting people to ring the bell on my profile. Cause

47:30
I mean, first of all, I’m not going to overwhelm you with 30,000 posts. I’m just posting like once every couple of weeks. So I would actually want that energy of people trusting that bell, knowing that I’m not going to overwhelm them. And when I do post, it’s important. That makes sense. So it’s kind of like YouTube now. It’s kind of like having subscribers on YouTube. Yeah. your content first. OK, this makes a lot of sense. And that’s why you don’t want to post so often also.

47:58
Yes, if you make everything important, the audience starts to think nothing’s important. This is great. So, hey, if people listening to this want to see a perfect example, like where can they find you and get ahold of you? Go to LinkedIn. You can start with my website. It’s j-u-d-i-f-o-x.com. That’s kind of a great way to spider web out from me to all of my content.

48:26
The most consistent place I’m showing up is two places because I am all in on social audio. love it. I could talk your ear off all day long if you can’t tell. I do a regular clubhouse room every single Wednesday at 4 p.m. Eastern and I do a Thursday room now on LinkedIn audio every single Thursday at 4 p.m. Eastern. I’ve got some kind of vibe with 4 p.m. Eastern. Last question. I mean, is LinkedIn audio versus

48:56
Clubhouse is Clubhouse still on the up and up because I’ve heard some things. I think less of what is happening on Clubhouse, but more about the fact that it’s just another tool on social media where I can gather people. OK, so I would say LinkedIn audio, the power of LinkedIn audio so far for the rooms I’ve been in and one of the rooms is an NFT room, which I think is.

49:25
interesting when I listen to their perspective. So they’ve been running some big rooms on Twitter, know, tons of people in these rooms in Twitter, and then over on LinkedIn audio, because it’s in beta, and it’s just starting. But those NFT spaces on LinkedIn, maybe they’re getting around 50 people, maybe 100. But what they said is more business deals are actually happening on LinkedIn from those rooms that are smaller, because the

49:51
decision makers are in the room. The people who have the financial resources to invest in NFTs are in those rooms. So they’re doubling, they’re actually like changing their whole strategy. This entire NFT group that I’ve been following these people because I’m interested. like, where are the results happening? And I’m so excited to hear that it’s coming true. And for myself, it’s coming true. And my clients, LinkedIn audio rooms are very, very successful. I mean, voice and live always converts better.

50:21
Yeah. So yeah, it’s really exciting with LinkedIn and I’ll give one more plug to your LinkedIn profile, but you can say anything in your clubhouse profile. can tell us you’re the most amazing person on the whole planet and you can write almost anything in that bio on clubhouse, but on LinkedIn, there is some social capital and kind of feet to the fire. If you list that you’re an employer of a company and you put that in your experience section and it’s not true.

50:50
It can get removed. It’s not, you’re less likely to get away with faking yourself. Can you still do it? Yes, but there’s a lot more social capital happening on LinkedIn. And one more thing about the mindset on LinkedIn is we very quickly will message each other to say, have you worked with so-and-so? Where I don’t know if that happens as much on the other ones, but on LinkedIn, that’s the mindset is check referrals or check their recommendation section.

51:20
Click on who recommended them and then go over and ask them a question and say, hey, you recommended you work with Judy Fox. How was that? Can you personally tell me about that? And I would say that’s happened to me from a couple of audio rooms. It’s happened to me 10 times where I’m finding out they’re booking and paying to work with me from that behavior, starting from a LinkedIn audio room. I love it, actually. I love the accountability.

51:47
Yeah, it is. It’s so smart and I’m very happy for it. So. All right, Judy, you sold me. I love it. It’s it’s changed my life. I wouldn’t talk like this if it literally wasn’t the thing that makes my life able to be what it is today. Well, Judy, I’m so happy I met you at this mastermind and thank you so much for coming on the show. Really appreciate it. inviting me and on my birthday and on your birthday. I’m really touched.

52:16
A little birthday gift if anyone’s listening is to ring the bell on my profile. That would be so great. Seriously, I mean, everyone listening to this should just go check out her profile and see how she has things set up. I know that after this, I’m just going to literally go and copy her profile. I’m going to change the name, of course. I like the words model after success instead of copy. I was taught that by a coach one time and I said, that’s a very nice phrase. All right, Judy. Well, thanks a lot.

52:46
Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now, if you thought that LinkedIn was only for people looking for a job, then you were dead wrong. Follow Judy’s tips in this episode to get free leads through LinkedIn. For more information about this episode, go to mywebclipporjob.com slash episode 403. And once again, I want to thank Klaviyo, which is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign, basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot.

53:13
So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIYO. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIYO. I also want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve.

53:40
Now we talk about how to use these tools on my blog, and if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

402: How To Stop The Counterfeiters And CopyCats In Their Tracks With Steven Weigler

402: How To Stop The Counterfeiters And CopyCats In Their Tracks With Steven Weigler

Today I have Steven Weigler on the show. Steven is the founder of Emerge Counsel, which is a law firm that specializes in intellectual property protection.

If you sell on Amazon, you know that counterfeits and knock-offs are still a very serious problem on the platform.

In this episode, Steve and I talk about low-cost ways to protect your IP from evil Amazon sellers.

What You’ll Learn

  • The cheapest way to protect your intellectual property
  • Your different options for IP protection
  • How to take down Amazon hijackers

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife, Quit or Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today I have Stephen Weigler on the show and Stephen is the founder of Emerge Council, which is a law firm that specializes in intellectual property protection. Now, if you sell on Amazon, you know that counterfeits and knockoffs are still a very serious problem on the platform. So today, Stephen and are going to talk about low cost ways to protect your IP from the counterfeiters and the copycats.

00:28
But before we begin, want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Always excited to talk about Klaviyo because they’re the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store and it depends on them for over 30 % of my revenue. Now you’re probably wondering why Klaviyo and not another provider. Well Klaviyo is the only email platform out there that is specifically built for ecommerce stores and here’s why it’s so powerful. Klaviyo can track every single customer who has shopped in your store and exactly what they bought. So let’s say I want to send out an email to everyone who purchased a red handkerchief in the last week. Easy.

00:56
Let’s say I want to set up a special autoresponder sequence to my customers depending on what they bought, piece of cake, and there’s full revenue tracking on every email sent. Klaviyo is the most powerful email platform that I’ve ever used. You can try them for free over at klaviyo.com slash my wife. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O dot com slash my wife. I also want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Now if you run an e-commerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your customer contact list. This is why I focus a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing.

01:25
SMS or text message marketing is already a top five revenue source for my ecommerce store and I couldn’t have done it without Postscript which is my text message provider. Now why did I choose Postscript? It’s because they specialize in ecommerce and ecommerce is their only focus. Not only is the tool easy to use but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at the push of a button. Not only that but it’s price well too and SMS is the perfect way to engage with your customers.

01:53
So head on over to postscript.io slash Steve and try it for free. That’s P-O-S-T-S-U-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. And then finally, I wanted to mention my other podcasts that I released with my partner Tony. And unlike this one, where I interviewed successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the Profitable Audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the Profitable Audience podcast on your favorite podcast app.

02:22
Now on to the show.

02:30
Welcome to the My Wife Quarter Job podcast. Today, my friend Stephen Weigler back on the show. And Steve is an IP protection lawyer and he’s an expert when it comes to fighting the counterfeiters and the copycats on Amazon. And in this episode, we’re going to talk about exactly that. So Steve, welcome back to the show. Steve, it’s always good to hear your voice and I look forward to seeing you soon. And it’s been a while. It has been a while. And I know you’ve been on the show before, but just in case.

03:00
Someone out there is listening who’s not heard of you before. Just give a quick like 60 second background. Sure. So I am a professional. I’m an attorney and I focus on intellectual property and business asset protection. And so in intellectual property, we do a lot of trademark, copyright, trade secret, and sometimes refer to patent attorneys for intellectual property protection. Also when infringement occurs, we get involved and

03:29
assist in taking down the infringer either on Amazon, or sometimes we even need to go to court. Yeah, and I know you have a good pulse on what’s going on in that department of the world. So let me ask you just this just right off the bat. How is the counterfeit problem on Amazon? Is it getting better? Or is it getting worse? Or is about the same? I’d say it’s the infringers are getting a lot more creative on and a lot more educated.

03:58
on how to infringe without raising huge red flags. For example, right now we have a book series that an infringer copied one by one by one by one by one. The moment it was released, the infringer would copy it, et cetera. But they did it in a very smart way that would not kind of raise red flags immediately by fights. For example, tracking service, and it took almost years for the

04:28
party, my client, the party who was infringed on to figure out that was even going on. And so you have some, the cat is out of the box and you have some really interesting case scenarios on infringement. Okay. mean, years, I mean, that sounds expensive. We’ll get into prices in this episode for some of these things, but I wanted to start with, I guess, a mutual friend of ours. She’s a designer, a very creative person.

04:58
And let’s just say that she designs her own art or or cards. She she’s been having a lot of problems on Amazon where someone will just literally copy her exact design and then sell it as their own. And the problem is, is whenever she gets one of them knocked off like five more pop up, how would you fight against something like that? Sure. So the the first and most obvious

05:27
thing is everybody that sells on Amazon has either most likely a good, something that they’re selling, and a marketing plan, and a product development plan, etc., etc., to figure out how someone’s going to buy that product and build their company. And so I always look at it like this should not take up all your time. It shouldn’t even take up most of your time. It shouldn’t take up very much of your time nor money.

05:56
but you need an IP protection strategy from the very get-go. You need to figure out what you have, meaning what is it? it, for example, cards or is it, are you selling machine parts? What are you selling? What are the potential aspects that can get taken or infringed on Amazon or any other e-commerce platform? And then how are you gonna protect that? And so the first step is to always, you know, see, make that

06:26
analysis and we offer free basic analysis of what we need. Almost everyone that sells a product needs a trademark registration because you’re selling a product under it’s a good or service and you need to protect the brand. In this case example, that person had a lot of unique artwork. Well, artwork is number one, it’s in a fixed media and number two, it was original artwork and that could be protected by copyright.

06:54
And if you have registered copyright, it’s easy to get the infringer taken down on Amazon. In this case, she had a lot of different designs, like hundreds and hundreds. She hadn’t filed for formal copyright registration. so we were, in that case, we were behind because we didn’t have an IP strategy. We didn’t have any of these copyrights registered. And so it was impossible to

07:24
go to Amazon and prove a registered copyright. And I can put a placeholder in that because I want to explain why a registration in copyright is important. We also had, in that case, we had an issue that the infringer was coming from Canada. our theory was, and we knew that the paper it was printed on was from China. So the distribution channel that the counterfeiter was using was going from China to Canada, across Canada, because it was coming in through Vancouver.

07:54
to Toronto or Hamilton and across the United States and Buffalo. And so we had some international border issues. Now, again, all that could have, if we would have known, protected early, the price tag, would have gone way down because number one, we would have had the adequate protection. We would have had a labeled for protection. We would notified Amazon that we had protection and it would be easier to take down and not have to go through that nasty customs trace.

08:22
All right, so give me an idea of let’s say I got 100 designs. How much would it cost to register that copyright? Sure. So copyright again is anything that’s a fixed media and creative. reason, and a quick aside, is the reason copyright registration is important is you can’t, there’s no threat. You can claim copyright, but there’s no threat unless you have a registered copyright. You can’t take the infringer to court. And if you

08:51
register it before the infringement happens, you get something called statutory damages. You don’t even have to prove your damages. So it’s very important to do copyright early. you could file, so for a hundred, say we had a hundred cards, you could file a hundred different copyright applications at 60 bucks a pop. And that could be time consuming and laborious. What we do as trained copyright and IP attorneys is we take them, work with the client to group them into groups.

09:21
of in this case we were grouping them into groups of 30 and we were submitting only three applications, three and a half. Why 30 and not 100? Yeah, yeah, yeah, because you there’s all these arcane rules about how you can group groups of art to get it through the copyright office. So you don’t want to copy a copyright one by one. You need a just like trademark, just like patent, you need a strategy. And that’s what we’re glad to provide and make it really

09:51
the filings efficient. What’s the difference between grouping them in 30 versus all of them in one group? You can’t because it’s like there’s there’s all these circulars that it’s it’s it’s you need coffee to get through them. OK, we we a while back mapped out like if you have for photography, you can go in groups of 100. I think if you I see if you have groups of artwork, you have to go through groups. If you have groups of books, it’s a different rule, etc, etc. So the idea is to maximize your file.

10:21
and minimize your price. That’s our motto. So we have to map this all out. if we have, for example, if we have one brand, but you have a logo and you have, you know, 800 photographs, know, of the product, et cetera, we want to like really take that, figure out what’s going to get your best bang for the buck and do the minimum we can to maximize that protection. So let’s say I’m an artist and I’m churning out designs literally every day.

10:49
Like am I gonna have to worry about this copyright for every one of those designs or before I sell them or do I? a point. Yeah Steve. Um, no, I mean there’s That’s why you need a strategy You need a complete product review and usually we get that like just send us the stuff and we sit down and figure out what? Which pieces of this are gonna be the most important pieces of intellectual property in the to protect that because

11:18
protecting everything can be very, very costly and not particularly have a good bang for the buck, especially if you’re selling internationally or you’re trying to protect at the source of manufacture, which a lot of times is China, because you’re going to have to file there and you’re going to have to file here. So we take all these factors, have to put them together, and then we come out with a strategy again that’s the most cost efficient and the least expensive. And we kind of map it out for the client so they don’t have to worry about it because these

11:48
Again, I think my philosophy is, and Steve, you know this because you’re like a seminal figure in it. There’s a lot that an e-commerce seller has to do to be successful. Most of it has to do with getting inventory, marketing it the best way they can, keeping their margins, and creating a home run. Protecting intellectual property is not something they should be reading about or, I mean, they should have basic knowledge, but it’s something that we can do professionally.

12:16
at a fraction of the cost that it would if you look at time as money that somebody else could be. Let me ask you this. Let’s say I create 100 designs or let’s say a thousand. I don’t know which ones are going to sell well, but you mentioned earlier that you want to protect it before you start selling it. But let’s say 10,000, 10,000 designs. It’s going to be expensive to protect all those. Right. Well, what do I do then? I have no idea. you have to you have to look at even a large

12:46
I think if you had a greeting card company, that’s kind of an odd example. Usually, you’re going to have common elements in your designs that can be protected. So for example, if every design has a crest in the crest series, every design in that series has a crest, we would only copyright the crest. We wouldn’t copyright the rest of the things. Then you’re seeing the crest in

13:15
So we’re looking for elements that have some commonality in them. then sometimes you can have your watermark element of it protected and it could be kind of a hidden watermark. So the infringer doesn’t even know it is the protected element of the mark. So there’s so many things we can do that are cost effective. What is not cost effective is to not do anything. And then after the infringement happens, try and figure out how to…

13:44
take all this down. So in this person’s case, would you have suggested like an invisible watermark that you would then? Yeah, that what we knew because we group them. The first thing we had to do in that case was the infringement was by one infringer, but a sophisticated infringer. We knew that if we didn’t get the registered copyright, there was nothing we could do. And so we had to group them, you know, in thousands.

14:14
to get protection on the commonalities. And so we did exactly that. So she did in that case have some commonalities in her designs and we grouped them accordingly. ultimately, mean, if you have a greeting card company, we should talk about a specific strategy because you’re changing the design all the time. But adding some commonality to do your designs, we only wanna protect that commonality because we don’t wanna waste money. Right, no, that makes sense. So what about when they figure out

14:43
what that commonality is and they just change that one little thing that doesn’t really affect the design. You mean the infringer? Yes. Yeah. Well, then so we’ve been talking about two things is is the answer is it depends. The one thing is, is if it still looks like yes, copyright infringement really focuses on on the original design. If you see some

15:13
something that could confuse the marketplace. It’s something called trade dress, unfair. It’s called trade dress infringement or unfair trade competition. So if they’re trying to confuse, if we believe they’re trying to confuse the marketplace, we would probably send a cease and desist letter and also work with Amazon to say that their design is so similar that the marketplace is getting confused and they’re trying to do what’s called initial interest confusion, that they’re trying to confuse the market.

15:43
And so that’s how we would threaten both the infringer and use some elements on Amazon on brand registry protection to show that. So assuming that they say no and they’re not afraid of your letter, does that mean you have to litigate at that point or? Well, my strategy and I don’t want to disclose it too much in case you have other lawyers listening now. and it’s not it’s not a it’s not a unusual strategy.

16:12
It’s you have to, the market is not going to police your intellectual property for you. And so if you have a case where you tried a cease and desist letter, you tried working with Amazon, you tried and you have protection and they’re not backing, even if you don’t have protection and they’re not backing down, you have to take baby steps into litigation if it’s

16:42
a positive cost benefit analysis for you. Meaning if it’s like, this is just bothering me, my sales are up to the roof and I can’t tell that they’re for real or not, well, then maybe you just have to be like, there’s a lot of things unfair in this world and maybe I’ll just focus on another thing that’s unfair to me. But if it’s something that’s really economically affecting you, then or you believe it could economically affect you,

17:11
in the future because you want to sell this company, et cetera. And if you show the acquirer that, yeah, I’ve had issues of infringement. Well, what’s been done about nothing? Well, your price of your acquisition is going to go down and they might even walk away. So if you think that none of those are good things that are going to be issued, don’t worry about it. But otherwise, we baby step into litigation. We prepare a complaint, usually in a forum that’s not convenient to them, to the infringer.

17:40
and we send it to them, we send it to their attorney, they usually get an attorney, we try and work it out. We take baby steps, we threaten a preliminary injunction. There’s a lot of baby What if they’re in China? If they’re in China, that’s sometimes the same strategy because they have a nexus to the United States because they’re selling their product in the United States. we also, that can be a cheaper strategy because we have Chinese console.

18:09
They have offices all over that country and they’ll go and knock on the door. They’ll do a literal door knock or a virtual door knock and read them the equivalent of the Chinese riot act. again, China is a huge country, a huge infringer on American intellectual property. It’s a problem. the actual, first of all, China, it’s also a totalitarian state or a

18:39
one party state. And so they listen to, they tend to pay attention to their own laws. And when a Chinese attorney is knocking on the door, they tend to go and find someone else to bother. The other thing that’s important on a Chinese strategy is once you protect the IP in the United States, you also make that evaluation in China, if it’s worth protecting the intellectual property, the trade dress, the trademark, the copyright, and sometimes if you have a unique design, the patent in China.

19:09
Also, there’s international enforcement of trade secrets. So if you’re a Chinese manufacturer your design, I’ve been involved almost three times in the last three months in negotiating intellectual trade secret agreements with Chinese manufacturers. And again, as long as you have a Chinese attorney working with you, you translate it into Mandarin, and it’s a legitimate cross border agreement.

19:37
relatively easy to enforce that agreement. It’s not if you did nothing and you hope that they’re gonna listen to your American legal case. It seems like in this case of greeting cards, it’s probably not gonna be economical to do all that stuff because the designs are just coming out fast and furious, Well, right. And so you’re looking, but in that case, she had a pretty vibrant business in her unique greeting cards.

20:07
And she was losing, at least reported losing market share. she could, and it was, you know, it wasn’t, it wasn’t easy. And it wasn’t, I mean, it’s not how we would usually like to do it, but it is, it was worthwhile. Um, because of the, two reasons, number one, it was just an obvious over copy. number two is it was a fairly robust business.

20:37
Yeah, it just seems like if you fight back, then that might deter them from doing that again, or maybe copying someone else. well, in that case, too, we had that cross border issue and you can take a federal. There’s ways to notify customs and then customs that they know the name of the infringer.

21:03
And next time that infringer is trying to get something across the board, because they don’t even know that you’re doing this, their name comes up on a manifest, like, this is a known infringer in the United States. But that took some investigative work, because they’re not out there putting a triptych or the MapQuest on how they got it to Buffalo. honestly, I did.

21:33
know, because a lot of stuff from China comes into the ports in Vancouver. And so they were very creative all the way around. And this was coming into the United States, the Buffalo.

21:44
So, and it wasn’t that hard to find, again, we’d be better off if we started early on and said, hey, here’s our basic IP strategy. Let’s see the elements that need to be protected every once in a while, give us a call, do a data dump. We’ll get those additional elements analyzed and really do it strategically, which ends up because everything’s protected to begin with, you see much less infringement. And you also don’t run into like this.

22:13
Oh my God, everyone has to put down whatever they’re doing and focus on this. So Steve, from a non-lawyer perspective, this all sounds kind of intimidating, right? So let’s say I sell greeting cards. What should I have done? I don’t even know if these are going to sell yet. So would you recommend me selling them first? And then as soon as something has traction, then come to you and do. No, think that. So I think the thing to do is so, for example, Steve,

22:43
If you’ve been selling greeting cards for two years and you didn’t do anything, don’t have that you don’t even trademark the name of your product, your brand, cetera, is a very basic IP plan where you look at the hundred or so greeting cards that you have, figure out a very low cost strategy. Like we’re talking 300 to $600, including the filing fees to get that protected, to get your name protected.

23:12
um, your trade name or your trademark, um, one trademark, which is, you know, roughly runs about $1,300, um, including the filing fees, including everything with our total TM. And you’re looking at like a $2,000, such a low effort, such a low budget and rest assured. Um, and then always, if you have a question, um, even if you’re not a client, just call me and run it by me for nothing, because I really want to, it shouldn’t be intimidated.

23:42
But, infringement can happen. And if you don’t have a strategy and you don’t have a plan and you never thought about it until you’re way deep in the water, then it becomes a problem. It’s like, you know, same with taxes, you know, you pay them every year, but, you get them ready around, around now. And so, but if you blew it off for a bunch of years and you, you’re way behind, well, you’re going to take up a lot of accounts time.

24:09
You probably not even have the money to pay the back taxes. It becomes a problem. prevention, mean, it’s more expensive. is so cheap and so easy, especially if you work with console, whereas dealing with infringement isn’t. It’s really, it is very tough. It’s hard enough to get someone that hit you in a car wreck to get that resolved, let alone a piece of intellectual property. So it’s of going to the dentist, right? Getting your It very much.

24:39
I try and make it a lot more pleasant. But you know, my dad was a dentist, anyway, yeah, us waglers seem to enjoy inflicting pain. No, I’m just kidding. right. Let’s, change the scenario a little bit because I know not everyone’s like churning out designs and whatnot. I did have an episode on the podcast. was Kevin Williams. He had this product brush hero. What ended up happening was, and you guys can listen to the episode. I’ll maybe I’ll link to it in the show notes.

25:09
but he had a bunch of Chinese manufacturers literally knock it off, including the box with his picture on it, everything, and sold it under his listing. And every time he got one of them knocked off, a new one popped up and it was like playing a whack-a-mole. How do you prevent that from happening? He had a presumably, I think he had a copyright, but yet he ended up spending like seven figures fighting this. Yeah, so…

25:38
Again, it’s important first you analyze what you got. If you’re selling widgets and you never branded them and you don’t really have it, so there’s no distinct brand, there’s no distinct anything, there’s no distinct design, etc. That’s one scenario. But if you have elements of things that you protected or you could protect, what I’ve learned and this is a change since the last time we talked, Steve, is

26:07
There’s some really powerful AI out there that focuses on Alibaba and AliExpress and the places that these people are selling. If you work with these AI companies and report what intellectual property you have and the potential infringement you’re looking for, they’ll do a series of takedowns much deeper and much more cost efficiently than any human being could ever do.

26:37
And so that’s number one is the easiest and cheapest is, right, you think that you spot infringement that going on. Well, let’s try AI, artificial intelligence strategy, where we work with one of these companies and see what they can get taken down on Alibaba or whatever, AliExpress or whatever the sites that we’re seeing the infringement. Because usually if there’s infringement with the manufacturer and they’re in China,

27:05
Well, they don’t have marketing strategies in the United States. They’re usually doing it, you know, putting it on Ali and then somebody else will not buy it. So that’s number one. Number two is, before you go past number one, how does this AI company work? Like, how do you find them? Sure. What do you need to show them? How much did cost? I’ve vetted them for about two or three years. So I’ve talked to, um, about three or four of them. There’s, there’s a strategy.

27:34
And I’d rather not say their name, but there’s one company that’s willing to do one and done, meaning you subscribe. It’s mostly a subscription service. So they say, Hey, we’ll do this for $900 a month per product. Well, there’s, there’s a few that say, well, you have to sign a long-term agreement, you know, multi-year agreement. that becomes very expensive if you’re policing all the time. Plus we’re talking each one that you choose to monitor and take down.

28:04
is a different cost. So if you want to do it, Amazon, eBay, all of them, it would be very costly. But sometimes you have, I look at this like you sometimes you have to clean the air conditioning vent or something. It’s like, you don’t have to do this all the time. You could do it once a year or when you notice the infringement. And one of these companies is willing to do it on a monthly contract. So that’s what I’m looking for. My assumption is all the AI is relatively comparable.

28:33
for the bigger companies that are doing it. What do need to provide them? We provide them the protectable elements. So a picture of what you used, for example, as a specimen on the, when you filed your trademark, what the product is, what the name of the product is, what protectable elements, and an example of the infringement. And then they’ll program it in their AI and they’ll start doing takedowns

29:03
Um, um, you know, and then those, what to take down? they, do they actually send a letter or what does it a complaint to, to, Allie in Mandarin and, um, that will usually take care of the issue. And the thing is that I learned and why I’m so into this, um, is that a lot of times a client will call me and they’re like, Hey, look at this picture. They they’re seriously knocking me off. like, yeah, that’s terrible. Let’s like,

29:32
let’s do a cease and desist letter, et cetera, et cetera. Well, what we’re seeing as far as the infringement doesn’t go, it goes like waist high. Whereas in other words, we know that there’s infringement out there. We know that it’s on Amazon or eBay or Etsy, whatever. But then we don’t know the depth. We don’t know that multiple, multiple times that this product might be showing up in different iterations because

30:00
Most humans aren’t conditioned that way. Like we can’t, we’d be searching until the cows come home. And so, you sometimes the infringement is much deeper than any Amazon seller knows. And this, this, this products, these products can search that through AI. So they’re policing Alibaba or they policing Amazon or policing. Well, whichever one you want. How much does it cost approximately? Yeah. So I’d say, you know, for a good.

30:29
monitoring service, we’re talking about $1,200 a month per site. Okay, so if your product is doing like tens of thousands of dollars a month, it might be worth it to take these guys out. I mean, in the case of Kevin, with his brush hero,

30:48
It implies that it could have been nipped in the butt at the source, at least to first order with a service like this. Yes. mean, it’s in a… Again, you have to look at the totality of your circumstances. So if you’re a new seller, you see this going on, you have a trademark, for example, and you see it once, well, another strategy is…

31:18
to use and you’re on the brand registry site, well then just file a take down on Seller Central. It’s pretty easy to do on Amazon brand registry and chances are and show your trademark certificate and chances are they’ll take it down. So if it’s super, not superficial, but if it’s not like a huge problem in your small seller, take it down. Again, I don’t.

31:47
It’s kind of a specialized area of law for sure. so you’re, you’re, and I’ve always told you this, Steve is like any of your clients that are people that listen to you are free to call me. I don’t charge for this type of stuff to tell you what my opinion is on, on the easiest and fastest way to take it down. But a lot of times you’re, looking at kind of like, well, what is, if it’s, if it’s a huge deal, like this is a Chinese manufacturer that leaked your unique product.

32:16
design on the web and is selling it as a one-off, well, that’s a big problem. If you’re talking about somebody that is just was looking to make a buck and came up with an iteration of yours and is up there and that’s all we can find, that’s it. That’s another much easier problem to deal with. And that sometimes involves like I’ll write a letter, know, takes half hour of my time.

32:45
write a letter saying, you know, knock it off. And a lot of times I’ll call and say, you know, beg for mercy. So it just depends on what the nature of the infringement is. It’s very difficult to do any of this if you didn’t get the brand, you didn’t get the, if you have copyrightable material, you didn’t get the copyright. Or if you’re one of these unique individuals or unique companies that has a patentable design or something that fits that box.

33:14
that you’re showing that. All right, Steve, a common question I get asked is I have like an invention or something relatively new that I need made and I want to get it made in China because it’s more economical. How do I prevent or what steps should I take to prevent that manufacturer from selling it to anyone else or just even copying the design outright for their own?

33:37
Well, you have to look at your product and say, what are the protectable elements? So in this case, the protectable elements, if it’s some unique product and you haven’t gone to market yet, the unique, because you’re hiring a manufacturer, the unique elements might be a design pad, the way the product is designed. Like for example, the Apple iPods are a design pad. They’re designed so unique that you look at them and you know,

34:06
wow, that’s unique design. And then something like the Louis Vuitton bags, if everyone could picture the LV and the brown bag, that’s called trade dress because it’s not that the bag is unique. The bag usually looks like any other bag. It’s the trade dress, it’s the thing around it. The LVs and the alligator stuff look is called trade dress. So you have to get that protected.

34:34
and in the United States. then it’s suggested to get, and this is all very low cost, suggested to get it protected in China. And you can take the American application, move it over to China. And then you would do one of two things. You would either do a door knock, have a Chinese console do a door knock and say, hey, you’re gripping off protected stuff. No, no, no, they haven’t ripped it off yet. You’re just worried that it Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. So that would be, that would be number one is you just, even if, even if you’re not worried, protect your stuff.

35:04
have an analysis of protection. The second thing is, if you’re working with a manufacturer and it’s a big enough order, you need to look at those terms because sometimes the terms which they might send you in Mandarin allow them to do that. And so you have to pay attention to the terms of the contract. And one thing you can add is in the contract, or if you even have one, is that they’re not gonna do that. And so I’ve been involved a lot lately

35:33
on doing Chinese American contract review. And so it’s very cheap because a lot of times it’s like, I’m manufacturing for this price, this price, et cetera. The terms are usually normal, but there’s these terms of intellectual property, which is, one or two paragraphs of the contract that no one’s ever reading. So if they have a contractual right to take it, well, you have no rights to be concerned about it. And so you really have to look at what your terms are with the Chinese provider.

36:02
The third thing is, and I used to say, go and break bread with your Chinese manufacturer, like go over there. It’s very hard now to do that, but it is not that hard to still develop a relationship. Asian cultures in Asia are very relational based, and it’s important to build that relationship and that trust, just like you wouldn’t write a check for 300,000 or whatever your order is to anyone else.

36:31
So, you know, it’s very important to build that trust element. So those things combined, protect it, look at your contract terms and build a meaningful relationship with someone that, long-term relationship, someone that you’re thinking about working with are the important elements. Sure, that’s fine and good. But so you want to protect in the US, we already kind of talked about that, right? Trademark plus maybe copyright. What about the, what do I tell the manufacturer? Don’t do this. For what their manufacturer,

37:01
terms are, see if they have any and look for that if there’s any intellectual property terms in the contract, if it’s a big enough order, insist on them that you hold intellectual property and here’s the intellectual property that you have. so fine, let’s say I do that and then they start selling to somebody else. How much does it cost for me to go after this or can that be automated or cheaper to enforce?

37:30
When you’re at that point and you’re in good shape, and then we would work with a Chinese console. And again, I worked with the same console all the time that would write them a letter in Mandarin or door knock, like literally go and knock on their door. usually they would see that you built this fence and they would either go away or you don’t want them to go away.

37:59
they’d stop doing what they’re supposed to that they’re doing. the situations in China usually go like this. And again, I’m not trying to be like I don’t, I’ve not had like hundreds, but it usually is. Well, no, that’s my brother’s company. That’s doing that. I don’t know how my brother got it, but I’ll talk to my brother and that will stop.

38:21
How much does it cost to do this part of it? It’s usually like about, that’s usually about a $3,000 project. That’s $3,000. Okay. Do you have someone knock on the door? Yeah, I mean, literally, because at that point you have the wall is built. You’re protected, you’re protected contractually, you’re protected and you’re protected through, you know, trademark trade secret copyright and or Pat.

38:48
Sorry, one thing I wanted to mention, the trademark and the copyright, does that have to be filed in China also in order for this protection to take place or just in the US is sufficient? Each one has its own different rules, but the patent and trademark should be filed in both. In both, okay. Yeah. But it’s very low cost to move an American trademark over to China. Low cost, meaning like a few thousand dollars or less? Less.

39:17
About a thousand dollars. a thousand. Okay. All right. That doesn’t sound… So, know, it’s like, here’s how I look at a lot of this. It’s like, each little step is a thousand dollars, a thousand dollars, a thousand dollars. It really rarely varies from that. Okay. I know you’ve been involved in some litigation, which you probably can’t discuss in detail, but I just want to get an idea of what’s been going on in your world and what you’re fighting. What are some of the battles that actually make it to litigation?

39:45
that’s what scares me the most. Once you get into litigation, it’s expensive, right? It’s expensive and it’s really hard to predict and the courts are really backlogged. And so we were talking a little bit about this before the show. So the way I look at intellectual property protection is you got to build some kind of barrier or some kind of wall to protect. And then if they don’t, you know, but no one’s taking a gun to their head and making them adhere to your

40:15
your wall. And so they can still try and scale your wall, even if it’s huge. And so sometimes they do. sometimes you have to. So the idea is to if you’re not getting any compliance by sending them the trademark certificate, whatever, and a cease and desist letter, you have to ratchet it up a little bit where you threaten to sue or you sue. When you sue, usually both parties are trying to resolve it very quickly.

40:45
Because the infringer generally is not a huge company, and they’re not going to have the resources to defend against a well-built fence, especially. And so generally, we’re going to get it into dispute resolution within, meaning mediation or something. The judge is going to demand it within 30 to 60 days. If right now the cases I have are all

41:14
clear cases of infringement, but some of the stuff is not easy to explain the protection. It’s a lot like the case we were talking about before, Steve, where we have like greeting cards and they changed its books, but they changed the, a little bit of the look and feel, but they would advertise the same book, basically the moment our guys would advertise. And to make it worse, they were, the infringer was the printer.

41:41
So these guys brought the books to the printer and the printer was ripping them off the whole time. So in that type of case, it doesn’t seem to review resalving too quickly. And it can be, so far we’re at least $20,000 into it. And I don’t see this resalving for another month or two at least. And we’re looking, because the judge has to decide a motion.

42:08
And so we’re looking at probably 50, $60,000. But the alternative is to either, at that point you either have to walk away and say, this isn’t worth it to me because I can do something else with my life and I’m just going to take this as a business loss or you really have no choice. It’s like the infringer is infringing on everything you’re doing and thinks that they have a right to do it. And so it’s an unfortunate situation to be in. We always try and…

42:38
There’s two sayings in any kind of litigation. Never act scared. So if you have an attorney that’s really super cautious, that’s not usually a trait that we look for. And number two is sometimes you have to do that cost benefit analysis. Maybe it was a $5 million play that ultimately is going to be a $4.5 million play because you have to get rid of these people. So yes, it’s scary. But again, I think a lot of your clients

43:07
I’m sorry, a lot of your listeners and a lot of my clients are looking at e-commerce as a growth industry and ultimately selling, being able to have the company acquired. If you have infringement going on and you didn’t do anything about it, well, when it comes time for an ad due diligence merger, acquisition due diligence, they’re not going to be happy that there’s infringers out there and that you didn’t do anything about it. And so sometimes it’s very much

43:37
It’s not my favorite call to have, it’s a litigation call, but sometimes it’s part of business and it has to be a business decision. I’m pretty confident that 98.8 % of your listeners are not gonna be in that situation. Can we just talk about some of the timeframes? Sure. How long does it take to register a copyright, get the trademark, the basic protections of you? Sure. So keeping in mind that the rights issue at the time you create them,

44:06
And same with the trademark at the time you claim the use of trademark and commerce. takes the registration process in both of them is taking about a year. That’s why it’s a really important to have a good strategy, including like a search, especially for trademark upfront, because we know the process is taking a year. We want to make sure that it makes it through, that you really do have legitimate trademark copyright. And so we’re going to do a thorough search at the beginning of the process.

44:36
that kind of gets in the minds and the heads of the USPTO examining attorneys to make sure that really you’re never going to get delayed. Never say never, but rarely get delayed because we really have thought it out long before they’re even going to look at it. Because you don’t want that one year to be two years or three years or even worse. Like you file a terrible application or application that’s not going to make it through. And then your year later, you have the product out in market, your sales have doubled and you have a trademark.

45:06
How long does it take to knock on like a Chinese manufacturer’s door? That can be very quick. Yeah, very. So it’s getting that cut. They’re much it’s much quicker. China’s very quick. And I don’t know, like 24, seven months or well, assuming that the protections in place are the filing for the protections in place. We’re talking minutes, not minutes, days.

45:36
Really? So if that’s the case, then it’s totally worth it. I like the strategy. I do. I it’s always I just can’t think of a time it hasn’t worked for us for my clients. But what about the AI stuff? Are they pretty quick? There? Yeah. So that again, it’s kind of like a sign up for a monthly as soon as you work with the rep to get it programmed. It’s instantaneous that they’re going to start the process of the scrub.

46:06
And then they’ll give you a report. that seems to me. me of this service that always gets pitched to me. So I run a course and of course there’s piracy of the course and there’s a service that offers to take down all the people who are selling the knockoffs, so to speak. It’s the same thing, same principle. I always wonder where the company that’s preventing the knockoffs are the guys who are generating the knockoffs in the first place. Yeah. It’s a, know,

46:35
I gave it no credence at the beginning, but then when I saw like, sat through a presentation on the depth of the infringement is rarely going to be what we notice or the client. Like no one necessarily can go in and figure that all out. So you need, and then I found this company that will do it, you know, again, sign up for a month, cancel, a year later, sign up for a month. You know, it’s really like,

47:04
That sounds cost effective to me. Sitting on a multi-year contract with them that you can’t get out of, and you’re not sure if there’s even a lot of infringement, that sounds like a dog. Right. Okay. Interesting. at least with this episode- And keep in mind, I have no affiliation with these companies. Sure. Of course. I’m feeling a little bit more comfortable, like if I had like some invention that if I took the proper precautions,

47:34
I could take down someone in China, assuming I have the protections in place, for relatively low costs, like in the thousands of dollars. Is that all accurate? You’d have a good shot. Good shot, right? Okay. think the infringers are not used to that happening. They’re not used to a Chinese attorney being involved and they’re looking for low hanging fruit. And if you’re not it, there’s thousands of others that didn’t use that strategy.

48:02
Because the general thought, at least in the community here, is that there is no policing that takes place in China. See, and I just, I can get where people would think that, and certainly the newspapers and the reporting about Amazon, you know, that’s, I wouldn’t say encouraging it, but they’re not, there’s some participation. I can see how that could be, but China has,

48:32
They pride themselves on a pretty strict intellectual privacy, intellectual property policy and their courts, you you don’t want to be in trouble in China. I certainly know is a, it’s a pretty strict court system and it’s pretty regimented. And so, but no one ever looks at it like, well, they’re not going to enforce American law, but they’ll enforce our own. you’ve successfully gotten some of these. mean, okay. More than more than.

49:02
the fingers on my hand. Right. And what is your hit rate? It’s been, I mean, you know, I can’t say that every resolution has been the same, but it’s been outstanding. Okay. You know, because it’s like, the theory is, is, and, know, maybe combine it with do your own Alibaba take down, you know, but the, the, um, having the, putting the ammunition in the Chinese consul’s hands.

49:30
meaning getting the Chinese copyright or the Chinese trademark or whatever, and then having them quickly implement through letter writing or even better knocking on the door and do it really quickly, tends to throw the imprinter off. They can’t even believe that that happened. And they know, you know, if someone enforced in China, there are serious penalties to pay. There is no doubt about that. Probably more serious than here. Well, that’s good to know, Steve.

49:58
Yeah, it’s really interesting. And again, we’re not Chinese counsel. I’m constantly going to conferences and things. met the Chinese counsel I used. I met, she was part of the largest, I think the largest Chinese law firm. And then they split off. And so it’s been really nice because it’s probably 20, 30 attorneys, but it’s very customized service. She lives in San Francisco. She speaks English. So it’s good.

50:29
So if anyone is worried about any of stuff, where can they get ahold of you? You mentioned you’d talk to them, right? Just. Yeah, absolutely. Just schedule. The easiest thing to do is either email me at S Yler W E I G L E R at emerge E M E R G E console. C O U N S E L dot com. Or look at our website. There’s a scheduling link. It says free consultation.

50:56
If it’s a matter of just referring you to Chinese Consul, glad to do that. And they offer free consoles too. So, you we tend to discharge for the work and we want to, my goal is to build meaningful relationships and help companies grow in the e-commerce space. I love when one of my clients gets to merger and acquisition. I love it. In fact, that’s my, the rest of my day is going through an M &A deal and I’m so excited about it. They’re going to make a lot of money. I wish I would make that money, but anyway, it’s not what I chose to do. Cool.

51:25
Well, Steve, hey, thanks a lot for coming back on. Sure. Always good to see you, Steve. see you virtually.

51:33
Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now, I hate counterfeiters and the copycats, and the thought of investing any money to fight them just makes me angry. But fortunately, there’s some relatively low-cost ways to fight the bad guys. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 402. And once again, I want to thank Post Group, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is an ex-bake-owned marketing platform, and you can sign up for free.

52:02
over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P-O-S-T-S-U-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. I also want to thank Clivio, which is my email marketing platform of choice for eCommerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned card sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign, basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifecoupterjob.com slash K-L-A-V-I-Y-O. Once again, that’s mywifecoupterjob.com slash K-L-A-V-I-Y-O. Now we talk about how I these tools in my blog,

52:32
If you are interested in starting your own ecommerce store, head on over to mywifecoderjob.com and sign up for my free 6-day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

401: How To Make $1.5 Million Per Month Investing In Real Estate With Brandon Turner

401: How To Make $1.5 Million Per Month Investing In Real Estate With Brandon Turner

Today, I have my long time friend Brandon Turner on the show. Brandon was the former VP of Bigger Pockets before he left to start his own real estate fund over at Open Door Capital. He has 2 successful books on investment property and the man makes $1.5 million per month with his 3 thousand plus properties.

In this episode, we’re going to talk about what it takes to become a real estate entrepreneur.

What You’ll Learn

  • How Brandon pivoted from being the VP of Bigger Pockets to creating his own real estate company
  • How Brandon became one of the bestselling real estate authors of all time
  • How to make millions of dollars investing in real estate

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Now today I have my longtime friend Brandon Turner on the show. And Brandon was the former VP of Bigger Pockets before he left to start a real estate fund over at Open Door Capital. He has two successful books on investment property and the man makes $1.5 million per month with his 3000 plus properties. Now in this episode, we’re going to talk about what it takes to become a real estate entrepreneur.

00:30
But before we begin, want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Postscript is my SMS or text messaging provider that I use for e-commerce and it’s crushing it for me. I never thought that people would want marketing text messages, but it works. In fact, my tiny SMS list is performing on par with my email list, which is easily 10x bigger. Anyway, Postscript specializes in text message marketing for e-commerce and you can segment your audience just like email. It’s an inexpensive solution, converts like crazy, and you can try it for free over at postscript.io slash d.

00:58
That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. I would also like to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. I’m always excited to talk about Klaviyo because they’re the email marketing platform that I personally use for my eCommerce store and I depend on them for over 30 % of my revenue. Now you’re probably wondering why Klaviyo and not another provider. Well Klaviyo is the only email platform out there that is specifically built for eCommerce stores and here’s why it’s so powerful. Klaviyo can track every single customer who is shopped in your store and exactly what they bought.

01:26
So let’s say I want to send out an email to everyone who purchased a Red Handkerchief in the last week. Easy. Let’s say I want to set up a special autoresponder sequence to my customers depending on what they bought, piece of cake, and there’s full revenue tracking on every single email sent. Klaviyo is the most powerful email platform that I’ve ever used, and you can try them for free over at klaviyo.com slash my wife. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O dot com slash my wife. And then finally, I wanted to mention my other podcast that I released with my partner Tony.

01:53
And unlike this podcast where I interviewed successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the Profitable Audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the Profitable Audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now on to the show.

02:19
Welcome to the My Wife Quitter Job podcast. And today I’m thrilled to have my longtime friend, Brandon Turner. Brandon is a real estate entrepreneur and the former VP of growth at BiggerPockets, but he recently decided to leave to focus on his family and his main business venture, Open Door Capital. Now, Brandon is one of the most successful real estate entrepreneurs that I know, and he makes 1.5 million per month with his 3000 plus properties, probably more than that now.

02:43
He also wrote the book on rental property investing, which is a best seller and the book on managing rental properties. Now I’ve actually known Brandon for a very long time. And just to give you an idea of us, of his personality, before we start the interview, I’m to tell a quick story. I remember having dinner with him. We were deciding what to order. And then all of a sudden he checks his phone and he says to me, Hey, see, what are you going to order? By the way, did I tell you my house burned down?

03:10
I was like, what? And then he was like, hey, look at these pics. And then he said, sweet. And then he proceeded to tell me how he’s grateful for it burning down because he was gonna make some money on it. And today I figured we talk about how Brandon established his real estate empire and how he helped grow bigger pockets to become the largest real estate investing site on the internet. What’s up, Brandon? Dude, this has been a long time coming. I am pumped, I’m excited. And I will say this though, that…

03:38
Okay, I did make money on the house burning down, but I didn’t make a ton. But at least that’s the great part about real estate. And we’ll talk about that I’m sure later. Is that like even the worst, like, oh, your house burned down, your tenant tried to burn your house down. Like that’s, that’s okay. We survived. I’m surprised you were there for that one. I forgot all about that. We were having dinner. literally happened. We were, we were having dinner. It was at FinCon. Yeah, yeah, that’s right. That was a crazy, uh, yeah, I got a call from the fire department and then I got a bunch of pictures from the tenant who we were evicting and the house was burned down. So anyway, the house, we fixed it up with the insurance money.

04:08
And we sold it and made a little bit of money. win-win. thing is, it’s like you weren’t even fazed at all. You were cheerful. You were happy. You might even have bought some drinks for everybody. I don’t know. I don’t remember. I probably did. probably am. No, am. I’m generally of the persuasion. I don’t know if that’s the correct terminology there, but that things generally generally just work out. And so when you freak out about stuff and get all stressed, it’s like, well, that’s not going to change anything anyway. So the house is burning. Might as well.

04:37
You know, see what happens. It’s an adventure. May as well have a good time at FinCon. That we did. That we did. All right. So Brandon, I watched your Graham Stephan episode and I had actually had no idea you were doing 1.5 million a month. How have I known you for so long and not know that? OK, so first of all, 1.5 million is is internet marketing growth.

04:57
uh, growth income, right? So I, it’s not profit of a million and a half. That’s revenue though, right? It’s revenue. is, it is revenue. And honestly, I didn’t know that until Graham asked me that either on the show and we were just doing some numbers, uh, which yeah, that was what we recorded that two months ago when I had 3000 units, we just crossed 4,000 here a couple of days ago, I think. So now it’s, I don’t know. It’s probably a little higher than that. Wait, you bought a thousand properties in two months, units, not properties, right? We buy big stuff. So I bought a 500 unit or 400 unit.

05:26
It was big. It was a big apartment. I don’t even know. That’s, uh, I don’t want to that’s how far I’m removed, but that’s how awesome my team is in that, uh, they just take down stuff all the time. It’s like every couple of weeks, I’m like sitting at a closing table, signing more papers. And I would actually love to talk about that later today. I’m like that transition between like, was selling, I was selling, I took your course and I was selling kites online, like selling kites because I wanted my wife to quit her job. And I went, I went from that.

05:55
to yeah, bringing in, I don’t know, buying $70 million properties and not even sure how many units are in there. So yeah, we can talk about whatever in there, but see, that’s the other thing. I didn’t even know you were in the class. Like, how did I not know that you were in the class? It probably is a fake name. Okay. I really did. I felt like I’m not going to tell him. I was going to surprise him and be like, look, I made millions of dollars.

06:17
Really, I made like $12 and I spent a lot of time, but that was not because of your lack of knowledge or lack of teaching ability. Man, I, again, I can, we can tell some stories there, but man, I learned a lot through that experience and I learned that I’m not good at the e-commerce stuff. Okay. It makes me wonder what else I don’t know. Plus you took Graham to our place in Hawaii, our restaurant. Oh, did we monkey pod together? Yes. Yes. Yes. I did cheat on you with Graham.

06:45
Yeah. Girlfriend was there too though. So it’s okay. It was great. Since we’re talking about this, like whatever happened to court. So you signed up, what happened? All right. So let me, so when I signed up, I had this brilliant idea that like, I, I was busy with bigger pockets. was building busy, you know, doing the podcast and I was making a little bit of money here and there. Like I’m like, at the time I was probably bringing in, I don’t know, call it 50, 60, 70 K a year, something like that. And I’m like, I really need to make some more money. And I,

07:12
The real estate market was crap still. It back in like, I don’t know, it sells in, I don’t know what, 15 maybe. So was getting better, but it wasn’t where it is today, that’s for sure. And so I was selling a couple of houses a year as like a house flipper, but needing more money. So I thought I’m to make my millions off of Amazon and, or some e-commerce site, right? So I went to Walmart. walked, oh, I bought your course. I went through it. And I don’t remember if you suggested this or I think you did, but maybe it was somebody else, but I walked through Walmart with a pen and paper.

07:42
every single solitary aisle and just kept writing down things that I thought would be cool to sell online that people would just go and buy at Walmart. They don’t really care about the brand necessarily. That was the original thought. So anyway, in one aisle, I saw a kite, like, know, let’s go fly a kite Mary Poppins style. And I was like, that’s it. Kites are lightweight. They’re inexpensive. A lot of people buy that. I mean, some people buy them like the enthusiasts buy like hundreds of dollars for one kite.

08:07
But a lot of people just want to kite to fly with their kids. And I go to like Google and I type in like kites for sale and like the first few listings were like not mobile optimized and they were like crap websites. like, they’re just like, I was like, this is it. This is the golden like ticket for millions. It was like everything they say to do and you say to do anyway. then I’m like, wait, I don’t have time for this. I’m working like a hundred hours a week for bigger pockets and trying to build this podcast. I will hire my brother to run the entire business.

08:35
and I’ll just pay him and then give him some equity in the company and I’ll have my brother do the whole thing. Now I love my brother. My brother’s extremely gifted and talented and smart. But the mistake I made is I hired somebody who had never done e-commerce before. Now when I look back, I’m like, why did I just hire someone who was actually like had years of experience? I mean, I could have afforded somebody halfway decent and I had an audience a little bit of my own. So I could have had a little get going with it. So anyway, my brother worked for a solid year at it. And we did Kites and then we switched from Kites to

09:05
wooden sunglasses and neither took off like in a great way. I think I sell the domain name happykites.com I think which I probably should sell at some point but I doubt it’s even working anymore. But anyway, that was my story. Let me get my story. Yeah, tell me. my class and you decide to sell two of the most saturated products on the internet. I didn’t know at the time. We’re going to say that they weren’t saturated before I did it. I’m a trendsetter, all right? Okay. That’s what made those things popular, clearly.

09:35
So, you know, at the time I thought I was a genius. Yeah, exactly. Terrible idea. So, uh, no, I, uh, I decided I wasn’t good at e-commerce and instead I wrote a book called the book. Well, I wrote one on no and low money down real estate. And I started bringing in some money that way through bigger pockets. And then I wrote a book called the book on rental property investing, which you mentioned, and that one just sold a stupid amount of copies. became number one real estate book in the country and has been sitting there since I published it six years ago. And so now, uh,

10:04
I guess that is the real estate, I guess, Bible. don’t know. it’s that it’s, I don’t know. It’s not actually, it’s probably not that good of a book. The thing is bigger pockets is such a massive, massive website with millions of people. It’s like, like, I don’t even know who number two would be in terms of like real estate investing websites. It’s just so huge that like, I could have written a book called like, like, I don’t know how to.

10:31
make your wife quit her job and I probably would be a New York Times bestseller out of that book. you know what? It’s it’s okay. I wasn’t meant to do e-commerce, but the real estate thing has been all right. All right. Let’s let’s take a step back before the book. How did you get started? I actually don’t even know this stuff. So this is all new. All right. Get started. Yeah. Yeah. So I bought. All right. So let me go. It all starts with bowling. All great stories start with bowling. All right. So I’m bowling. When’s the last time you went bowling by the way? I think it was with Pat Flynn at FinCon. That was the last time. Nice.

11:00
Yep. All right. Actually, I think I might have been there for that. You might think I there. Yeah. OK. I don’t I didn’t I remember I didn’t play, but I was there for some reason. I stopped by for something. You’re right. Anyway, I think that was the last time I was in a bowling alley also. But this this story begins in a bowling alley. I’m 20 years old. I just graduated college and I had moved across the country to be close to my what was my fiancee, basically, who became my wife.

11:26
And I’m talking with a friend while we’re bowling and I say, Hey, I need to rent a house because I’m new in town. need to rent a house. And she said, well, why don’t you just buy one? And I’m like, cause I’m 20 years old. I have no credit, no, uh, money and no income and no beard. they don’t, and she laughs and she said, just talk to the mortgage person. So I talked to the mortgage person. like, I got no credit. got no income hardly at all. I’m making like eight bucks an hour and, uh, I got nothing. And the.

11:55
person on the other end of the phone says, okay, sure. You’re approved $250,000 by whatever you want. And I’m like, this is amazing. Now, of course this is 2007, right? So they, that’s what every mortgage was like back then. And people wonder why we had a real estate crash. So thankfully I did not go and buy a $250,000 house. Even though I was approved for that, I went and bought the cheapest house I could find. was $80,000 and it was a complete like fixer upper. looked really ugly and smelled bad. And I was, I bought that cause I thought, well,

12:25
It’s the cheapest thing I can buy. And my mom was a garage sale mom. So I always learned to like buy the cheapest thing you can buy. And that’s what I did. So I started with a single family house where I rented the bedrooms out to a bunch of buddies from work. And that was the first of many to come. All right. So here’s the thing. I’ve always been a little apprehensive about real estate investing. And whenever I talk to people about this who don’t have that much money, there’s this belief that you need a lot of money to get started. Right. I you, you, bought your house back during the ninja days, right?

12:55
Yeah. Yeah. I bought it when it was easy. No, it’s actually still pretty easy. In fact, the loan that I did back then is very similar to what you can do today. In fact, this concept is like one of the number one things I teach. We call it house hacking. House hacking means you buy a house or a duplex, a triplex or a fourplex. So like one unit, two unit, three or four. Why is that important? Because

13:17
The government, the U S government, at least in the U S here has a loan program. They actually, they actually basically guarantee or sponsor banks to give loans to people for just 3.5 % down. So if you’re to buy a $200,000 house, you’re talking about seven grand to buy this property. Uh, now the key is you have to live in the property for a year, but you can buy a single family house or a duplex or a triplex or a fourplex.

13:43
So I bought this very first house for basically the same, I think it was 3 % down at the time. Now it’s three and a half percent. I bought this house for what’s that? 3 % of 80 grand. do public math here. Yeah, yeah. It’s terrible idea. Yeah. Yeah. It’s terrible idea. So roughly whatever, call it three grand and then, you know, a bit of closing costs and that was about it. And then I actually put most of the repairs on credit card that I needed to fix it up. I went and we got the book from Home Depot, like one, two, three home improvement. I like learned how to do stuff.

14:12
And it totally worked out. So yeah, when people think they don’t have money to get into real estate, like, I mean, I wrote an entire book on it. It’s called the book on investing in real estate with no and low money down. And there’s like dozens of ways to do it with no money. In fact, most of the $300 million of real estate that I’ve bought over the past decade, I think I’ve maybe invested like less than half a percent into all of that.

14:34
Now I don’t own all of it because one of the strategies is partnerships. And that’s what I use a lot of today, but there’s so many ways to do it. But house hacking for people just thinking about getting into real estate, it is phenomenal, especially in an area like that’s expensive, right? I live in Maui. You live in California, but you can buy a house and rent the bedrooms out because if it’s you’re an expensive market, the rent’s also high. So like, for example, I bought a triplex here in Maui is three, three units in this property. Each one rents for around $2,500 a month. So.

15:01
total that property brings in whatever $7,500 a month, my mortgage is like four grand. So I’m like, you can, you can make it work. Uh, no matter, know, no matter where you are, no matter how much money you have, I mean, worst case scenario, you can go find somebody else who has the money for a down payment. Like I go to you and I’m like, Steve, uh, I got this really awesome, amazing deal. You’re going to earn like a 20 % return on your money from the first year, but I need 40 grand. You want to partner on it? You’d be like, yeah, man, let’s do it.

15:30
And then we would do it together and I didn’t know money and you put in some money and you had to do no work. So like, there’s so many ways to do it. So I guess that that’s the thing about no money. back up here. So 3.5 % in order to do that, you have to actually get a duplex or a triplex or a fourplex. Or a single family house. It works for a house. You just got to rent the bedrooms out and that’s not for everybody. Oh, I see. Okay. I mean, so after that very first house, I was telling you that first house I bought, I rented the bedrooms out, I fixed it up, I sold it. I made 20 grand and I was like the richest person in the world.

15:58
Like I had $20,000 in my checking account when I’m like 21 years old and like that’s rich when you’re 21, right? So I took the money and I paid for my wedding and I was broke again. So then I went and did exactly what I just said. I bought a duplex. Now I like to pretend I’m like really smart at the time. And I like had this whole master plan, but I didn’t. just like, I saw a duplex come up on the market, two houses on one lot. And I was like, well, if I lived in one of those, I could rent the other one out and it would probably help pay the mortgage. So I did and ended up paying the entire mortgage.

16:27
The other unit rented for $650 a month. My mortgage was 620. Boom. I’m living for free at 21 years old. And again, that was only 3 % down. And so it’s a, it’s a cool strategy for, and that works. mean, okay, honestly, I live in a $2 million house right now in Maui that overlooks the ocean. not like on the ocean, but like, I’ve got this amazing ocean view and a pool and like all this cool stuff. And I’m still house hacking. I live in a three unit property, different three unit property, but I live in a three unit property where I rent out the back.

16:57
a separate house to a buddy of mine, which generally is a bad idea. Don’t rent to your buddies, but I broke my own rule on that one and it’s been great. And then I have a downstairs unit that I generally keep available for family and friends, but I could rent out on Airbnb if I wanted to. And I could live for free in Maui in a $2 million house. So this is not like something that’s only good for 21 year old kids, you know, that are single. Like this could work for anybody. So if you only put 3.5 % down, is that like a super duper jumbo loan?

17:26
Okay. So this house that I live in here, Maui, yeah, that one was a jumbo loan. had to put more like, I put 10 % down on this one. Okay. But yeah, even that 10 % down on a, I paid 1.7 for it. It’s worth a little over two today. Yes. I had to put 170 down, which is a lot, obviously not everyone has $170,000 lying around, but it, again, it scales. If you can do three and a half percent, it’s even better if you can.

17:48
Yeah. If you can partner with people, it works that way. just, the bottom line is there’s ways to do it, whether you have money or don’t have money. It doesn’t matter. mean, Donald Trump like uses creative financing and does zero money, zero down deals all the time. So like you can be like the richest real estate investor or the poorest. It doesn’t matter. One point at 1.7 million. That’s only like a month for you, right? A month of a month of rep. Yeah. I don’t think my, I don’t think my investors would like me taking, Oh, Hey guys, I got this really good idea where to take.

18:17
all the rent next month and half my house. What about what about all the bills? Don’t worry about it. We’ll get some later. You this requires a mind shift because I feel like in order to succeed in the US, you have to leverage. You have to leverage your money, right? And it’s almost like a hack that that a lot of people use to get wealthy. Yeah, I there’s it is such a hack. And it’s also such a debate, right? You get on one side of the bit. got like Dave Ramsey, who’s like no debt, no mortgages.

18:44
pay cash for everything. And then there’s a lot of people that are Dave Ramsey fanatics. And I mean, I like Dave. He’s got really good advice on getting out of debt and all sorts of stuff. But then it’s like, man, if I was going to wait to pay cash for a house, would still be at 36 years old. I would still be working at a bank making $14 an hour today because I never took any risk. was just saving up my money. And finally, maybe by now I’d have enough to buy my first house, but like, shoot, no risk, no biscuit. That’s my, that’s my theory. know, what’s funny?

19:14
I’m exactly the person you described. I don’t like leverage. I’m not really into Dave Ramsey, but I kind of follow the philosophies of, don’t like to have debt. But I guess you have to have something, right? Whether that be like a business or you’re leveraging for real estate, like you’ve done obviously very successfully. Yeah, you know, it’s one thing I like about business more than, I mean, I like real estate and I like business. One thing I like about business is that the no money or low money thing is a little bit easier and less risky, right? So business.

19:41
I would argue that business has less of a chance for success than real estate. Like real estate is pretty like when I buy a real estate deal, it’s like 95 % sure, 99 % sure it’s going to produce the returns that I want. If you start a business, like a lot of businesses fail. But a business you can start with almost no money or very little money and your own sweat and blood and tears are what you put into it to grow it. So yeah, I like both. I think both have their places. My favorite thing is making money in business.

20:07
and then dumping all of that money into real estate. That’s my favorite cycle. That’s what I want to do. That’s why I want to invest in a fund. Yeah, you totally should. So for people that make good money, I call it massive income to passive income. How do you take mass amounts of money when you make good income? People making six, seven figures a year, how do you dump that into generational wealth? I mean, I talk to celebrities and athletes and stuff, not all the time, but a fair amount, right? Because I’m the YouTube guy in real estate. And so like,

20:35
They’ll call me they’re like, okay, I’m making, like, I was talking to somebody who was like a wrestling star, like one of the top, like us, like, whatever WWE wrestling people. Right. And they made this comment. Like my career could end tomorrow. Like I could be out tomorrow if I get hurt or if my contract gets cut or whatever. So I need passive income. need money coming in. So I’m a big believer in doing exactly that. Do what you’re doing right now. Make money in business, selling linens or whatever you got to sell and then dump, dump that into some kind of investment that fires you up. That takes none of your time.

21:05
If that’s real estate, do it in real estate. you’d rather put it in the stock market, do that. don’t care. Massive income to passive income. Okay. So for the people listening to this, just walk me through the process. uh, you know, you’re to tell me to read your book, but I have my book. Why do you need to anything? mean, didn’t read it. Reading’s overrated. mean, who does that? Okay. right. So where do you buy personally? Let’s let’s go with that. Yeah. All right. So

21:30
I’ll start on the small side. So I actually buy my own real estate deal still a little bit. I buy condos out here in Maui. I bought two of them in the past year and I might buy some more. We’ll see if they come across my plate. So I like vacation rentals. That’s a fun niche. I’ll give you an example. So I bought a property. was, what did I pay for it? 800,000, something like that, roughly 750 maybe. So I bought this condo for like $750,000. It’s in a, what we call condo tell, which means it’s a condo.

21:59
that is legally like operates like a hotel almost like with Airbnb, right? It’s all vacation rentals because it’s oceanfront Maui. So I pay $750,000 for this property. I got to pay for management. I got to pay for the water bill and electricity and internet. And I got to pay for all that stuff. Now I don’t manage it. I actually have like an assistant that manages it for me. But after all is said and done, that one condo brings in about $7,000 every month in profit, just profit.

22:27
And it takes maybe five minutes a month for me to have to deal with it. Now we had to do a rehab and we had to find the right property and I had to have the right team, you know, to be able to manage it. But like one property, that thing brings in seven grand a month. Now that’s a really good property, but I just bought a second one. I’m just about to rehab it. Now one should also bring in about $7,000 a month. So that’s what’s cool about the Airbnb stuff. It can just cashflow like an ATM machine.

22:52
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

23:20
Now, first and foremost, protecting our IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copyrighting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

23:50
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a hundred dollar discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L dot com. Now back to the show. Do you ever buy anything that doesn’t cashflow for the appreciation play? Good question. That’s such a good question. I would say this actually. a good buddy, actually, maybe. OK. A good buddy of ours that I won’t mention on the show in case because I didn’t ask him, but a mutual friend of ours once came to me and said, you know, I’ve got this

24:19
a real estate deal I want to buy, but I don’t know much about real estate and it loses money every single month. I’m like, okay, for 99 % of the population, would tell them, hell no, don’t do it. That’s a stupid idea. Don’t gamble on future appreciation because we don’t know what the world is going to do. But this buddy of mine makes well over a million dollars a year, much more than that, I’m sure at this point. The property was in Southern California and this is like five years ago.

24:46
For him, I’m like, yeah, you can gamble a little bit. I think that’s okay. Like you’re not gonna, like if you’re losing a thousand bucks a month and you held it for 10 years, what are you losing? Like what, $120,000 over 10 years? Will that property in Southern California not make more than $120,000 in appreciation in 10 years? Of course it can. I’m sure that property has probably tripled in value in the past five years and he’s probably made millions. So the answer to your question is I would do it.

25:15
personally, but I would not advise anybody who’s not making at least like, you know, half a million or a million a year to do it. Because if you’re buying property and you, you know, you’re barely paying your own bills and now you’re buying property that may end up costing you a thousand or more a month, that’s just a recipe for disaster. So I would, I would at least try to get a property to break even if not make a good return before you, uh, before you invest in it. Isn’t your philosophy like if you can hold something for

25:43
10 or 15 years, it’s probably going to be profitable. Yeah. So real estate on average has appreciated 3 % per year for the past hundred years. That’s a number that’s thrown around often. so people are like, well, real estate is not as good as the stock market then stock markets average six and a half or 7%. Well, yeah, but the stock market, you don’t leverage like you do real estate. So first of all, when I buy real estate, I want it to, I want it to make money in four ways. So if you’re listening to this, write this down four ways to make money in real estate. Number one, you make it through cash flow. So extra money come in, in every single month.

26:11
That Airbnb I have $7,000 a month in cashflow. Shoot, like for a lot of people, one deal would give them financial freedom. Two deals, three deals, if you buy the right one. And again, that’s one of the benefits of Airbnb is you can just print money. So number one, cashflow. Number two is appreciation, meaning over time that property goes up in value. That’s the 3 % number that we here tossed around in the financial world. So that’s great. It means if you buy a property for a million dollars, it might be worth a million 30.

26:37
you know, $1,030,000 a year from now, and then a million 60 or whatever later. That’s great. And I like it, but I don’t bank on it. I don’t bet on it. It’s great when it happens. The third way to make money in real estate, which is often people don’t even think about it, but it’s called the loan pay down. When you get up, this is the reason why I like debt when it comes to real estate. hate consumer debt. hate credit card debt. hate all car debt. No, none of that. I don’t touch it, but mortgage debt on real estate. Uh, that’s cash flowing. Here’s why I love it because, uh, I’ll give you a real life example.

27:07
I bought a four unit property for my daughter, Rosie, the week she was born. So she’s now five, but when she was born, I bought her a four unit property. Now that property we paid after all the rehab was done and everything about $150,000 to what we have into it. So our mortgage right now is somewhere in the 120 was $120,000. What happens in 18 years? I have it set up to be paid off in 18 years. So every single month we pay the mortgage.

27:36
And I pay a little bit extra so that in 18 years from the time we bought it, it’ll be paid off. Why? Because in 18 years from the time we bought it, Rose is going to be going off to college. So what happened to this property? The property I owed 120,000 on it. Now it’s going to be worth much more, right? Appreciation is going to take that up. So now instead of being worth 150, it’s going to be worth what? 250 maybe, maybe 300. And I’m going to owe nothing on it. It’ll be worth, it’ll own zero on at the end.

28:03
So now Rosie will have a $300,000 property to go do like whatever she wants with it. She can use it for college or what I hope she does is start a business or invest in real estate with it. And so rather than like, and guess what? I didn’t do it. I didn’t pay that. Like my bank paid for the house and then my tenants paid the bank off over the course of 18 years. So that’s the loan paid on it means whatever you buy a property for today gets paid down over the next 15 to 30 years, whatever loan you set for it.

28:31
All right. So number one was what cashflow number two was appreciation. Number three is that loan getting paid down and number four, it gets a little nerdy. So I’m not going to go in depth on this, but it’s the tax benefits. if you make a million dollars a year from real estate cashflow and I, if I make a million dollars this year from real estate cashflow and you make a million dollars this year from Bumblebee linens, am I saying the name right? Yeah. Who keeps more money at the end of the day?

28:59
I would keep out of my million dollars, I would keep a million dollars. I wouldn’t pay any tax on that most likely. Now, I appreciate Is that why? Because I’m depreciating because they’ve got, they’ve got some real, it’s the stuff that everyone yells about, like, you know, the, rich, you know, and all their tax benefits and Donald Trump not paying his fair share in taxes and Elon Musk sucks. It’s that, it’s that game. Uh, the government has some crazy, they shouldn’t do it honestly, but they have some crazy rules.

29:26
that they give real estate investors massive tax breaks. And what’s cool is that even can offset my income on my book royalties. So I make good money on book royalties and on my bigger pocket stuff and on my other, like everything I do, I make good money in that. I don’t pay taxes on that either. I don’t pay taxes on my real estate and I don’t pay taxes on my personal stuff because of these stupid tax rules. anyway, that’s why real estate’s awesome is cause you make money on cashflow appreciation, loan pay down and.

29:53
Let me ask you this, with some of these rules that I’ve been hearing about that the president is going to change, how is it going to affect it? actually, what is the state of those rule changes? Yeah. So every four years, it comes back up again, they’re going to change some of these rules. And then they never really change most of them. Most of them sit there. And here’s why. It’s because there’s always a few senators and congresspeople that try to rattle, you know, the tax the rich and we need to do that. But then there’s this little tiny, you know, significant fact

30:22
that most Congress people are real estate investors. A lot of them, I don’t know the exact number and they don’t disclose that necessarily, but a lot of them own real estate. So it’s gonna, I don’t actually think we’re gonna see any massive changes in the real estate rules. I mean, there are some things that are really good right now that’ll go away and that’s fine. Like Donald Trump did some stuff because he’s a real estate guy that really helps us a lot. But a lot of the stuff will probably be there for life. They’ll change stuff here and there, but.

30:51
Honestly, just like in business, like smart people figure out ways around everything. It’s sad. Like I’m not saying it’s a, it’s a good thing. It’s just, is the game that we play. And so when you can afford expensive lawyers and you go to conferences and you, you chat about money on your front porch, you know, drinking whiskey at night, those people tend to figure out loopholes and solutions to these problems where the rest of the world doesn’t. So I don’t worry about it. I think that the rules will probably be fine. And the little ones that change, like they’re going to change some inheritance stuff.

31:18
my kids won’t be able to take all my wealth. That’s fine. I don’t want my kids to have my money anyway. Let me turn the interview back on you real quick. Are you going to let your kids in? What’s your view on that? Do your kids have work for everything? mean, there’s a of it. That’s my question. They are. Yeah, I agree. I’m right there with you. I hope that they’re good enough to take over the empire someday, but they got to earn that. not going to get it.

31:44
So we’ll see. Let’s talk about horror stories. Cause that’s actually a fear that everyone has. And you know, I kind of wouldn’t be happy if my house burned down for example. How do you deal with that stuff? Yeah. Okay. So first of all, most horror stories are an example of bad landlording or bad like

32:05
You just did a bad job. It’s, I mean, it’s the same thing, right? Like think how many times, okay. Earlier in this conversation, when I was telling you about my kite experiment, right. And the, the wooden sunglasses, would it be right for me to say, you know what? Look, I told you e-commerce is crappy. Your course sucks. This podcast is horrible because it didn’t work for me. Right. Cause I have a horror story, so to speak, that I spent 50 grand on salary for my brother and we never saw any profit from it. Like, what would you say to that?

32:32
I would have said you should have paid me 50 grand and I would have sold some pipes. I love it, but that’s a good thing, right? So it’s not a reflection on the industry. It’s a reflection on my implementation of it. And I can look back and see that I screwed up on a lot of stuff that I should not have done it the way that I did. And I took the easy way out in a lot of ways. The same thing is true for real estate. my house, okay, so some stuff does go bad. There are fires that happens. Sometimes tenants just decide they don’t want to pay rent.

32:59
Sometimes the government decides to just put a rule that says you can’t evict anybody for two years. And like, we have to just deal with it. So there are some things that happen, but you know what, like by and large, most tenants are good people. They’re hardworking. And even in the depths of the recession or the pandemic, when like we couldn’t evict anybody and like everyone’s losing their job and it was horrible, 99 % of my tenants paid rent.

33:27
It was like 1 % didn’t and 1 % were a jerk. And so you’re like, okay, well, I can handle 1 % being a jerk or, maybe they really had a problem. But the reason I say a jerk is because the one eviction that had to like actually do, the guy didn’t lose his job. He just literally said to us, you can’t evict me. So I’m going to get as much free rents as I can out of this. So there are those horror stories, but when you have, you have reserves, you’ve got systems to follow. There are very simple processes. And unlike a lot of businesses,

33:57
Real estate is so common that every problem you think you could ever have has been had by thousands of people before you. And it’s well-documented on the internet. Right? Like we didn’t think like if I’m going to start a wooden sunglasses business, I’m like, okay, well, I don’t know who to talk to about getting wooden sunglasses shipped in from China. Right? Like I don’t even know who to ask. And I don’t know. Like that’s not a real common problem to figure out wooden sunglasses in China. But if you want to know, how do I get a lower cost mortgage? There are

34:25
what 30 million Americans right now that invest in real estate, they could probably help you figure out where to get a mortgage. So that makes sense. Yeah. So like real, it’s just so common that those problems rarely come up and when they do their, their own fault and they’re usually not that big, like your house burning down. Great. Insurance covers that and more. we deal with it. was just thinking, I mean, it’s the same with business also. I mean, this past year we’ve had the shipping container crisis, shipping is really expensive. And, uh, you know, we took a blow this year. had to pay to airship all of our stuff in time for the holidays.

34:55
And the shipping was more than the product itself. you know, we had product, we didn’t make as much profit as we normally do, but you know, we still had product to deliver to the customers, which is an important thing. So, you just figure it out, right? You figure like smart people always figure it out. Like, yeah, it’s fine. yeah, I think you need to have a buffer, right? Yes. 100%. For incidentals like this and that sort of thing. A hundred percent. You know, which is actually one of the reasons why I like that whole house hacking thing I mentioned earlier, because

35:23
One, you should have a buffer anyway. But also when you’re buying a duplex and you live in half of it and you rent the other half out, if you have a problem like, the dishwasher broke, it’s usually a small enough issue that you could call up your brother-in-law and be like, hey, could you go put in a dishwasher for me? Or you could walk over there and be like, oh yeah, it looks like that just got unplugged from the wall. It’s a lot lower risk because it’s just your neighbor. You just go and deal with it. Yeah, again, it’s like training wheels for real estate investing. I’m a big fan of that.

35:53
Okay, let me ask you this, because I know you got some other stuff going on now. If you were to start all over from the beginning with no money at all, would you start with real estate or would you start with some sort of online business or like YouTube channel or whatnot content? Oh man, I would, I would start with real estate. That’s a good question. If I had to start all over, I think I would still start with real estate. Um, unless I had the skillset that I have today, which would be the ability to communicate

36:23
on a podcast and on YouTube, in which case gives me now very few, no, I’m not trying to like pat myself on the back here. I was like, what’s your view? Yeah, yeah. No, you don’t need like, like you and I have been doing this thing for like a decade, right? Or maybe longer. I don’t know how long you’ve been doing this, but like we’ve been doing this a long time. So if, if I was a normal, like if I was where I was when I started, like if you can go back and watch my first videos on like YouTube, like I was so bad. Like I just, was holding my cat in my hands and I’m like, hi, my name’s

36:52
Brandon and I have a cat. Like it was just like stupid. Like I was so bad. No, there’s like no chance that I was successful in that. I think that it just takes so freaking long to get good enough to start making money that I would start with real estate house hacking. I would buy a house and I would rent out the other units or the bedrooms or whatever I had to do just to take off my like what’s the most expensive expense that most Americans have their housing, right? Like 30 to 50 % of people’s

37:22
bills, sometimes 60 % or more, goes towards housing. When you can eliminate that, like, and just take that off the table where you don’t have to worry about your mortgage anymore or your rent, all of a sudden you have this phenomenal like breathing room to then risk other things like online business and trying to build something because you took off your biggest expense. You took off the mortgage.

37:45
So we’re most of the, like most of the financial people out there are saying, you know, cut down on your lattes and you know, you can bike to work and save nine cents on gas. You know, like that kind of stuff. I’m like, just, house hack for a couple of years, get your foundation and then go build your online business. Ultimately the answer to that question is go with whatever fires you up. Like real estate fires me up. If, if NFTs fire you up, go into NFTs. like, if. Exactly. Right. Because here’s ultimately.

38:15
Even more important than what I said earlier about hiring my brother, it’s not my brother’s fault that that business didn’t go anywhere. There’s one person’s fault and it’s mine because I didn’t care about kites or wooden sunglasses or business, right? Like you don’t necessarily have to love your product, but you have to, I think you have to be, you have to love the business of that thing. And I didn’t, I didn’t want anything to do with it. And so because of that, I didn’t have any passion for the product or for the business. And so it suffered and I couldn’t give the right.

38:42
encouragement, couldn’t give the right systems, I couldn’t do any of that stuff. anyway, go with what fires you up, follow the fire. Follow the fire. Let me ask you this because there’s some parts of what you’re saying. Like, why did you join BiggerPockets in the first place then? Yeah, good question. So when I joined BP, so I had, was 27 years old, I was making about $3,000 a month in cash flow for my rental properties, which is, you know, that’s, that’s enough to pay all, it was pay all my bills. I had that 30, 35 units, something like that at the time.

39:11
And so I quit my job. was working at a bank before that, making the 13, 14 bucks an hour. I quit the job and I just sat on the couch for like six months and I like did nothing. And then in that process of sitting there on the couch, I got really bored and you can only watch Judge Judy so much. I remember going, remember those like torrent, like BitTorrent and stuff like you download, right? Okay. So this is where the stuff, I don’t think I’ve ever told this story out loud, by the way, I’m going to tell it right now. So, so I started downloading

39:41
books, like get rich quick books from BitTorrent or one of those Torrent sites. I don’t know why I got them from these Torrent sites, but anyway, that’s what I was doing. And so I downloaded mostly viruses all over my computer. Is that a euphemism for porn? that what you mean? No, no, this was legit. Like, OK, this was not legit, but this was this was actual like get rich quick, like like these ebooks and stuff from people. And I started downloading them and reading them. And one of them I read was the four hour workweek. So sorry, Tim Ferriss, I read that illegally the first time.

40:10
And, uh, and then I, I, I found this guy. Oh shoot. What was his name? Oh, I can’t believe I got his name. No, no. He, uh, Viper chill. Remember Viper chill? Yeah, course. Yeah. Viper chill. Okay. Glenn Elsop. Yes. That guy was the man. I mean, he probably still is the man. I don’t know. I don’t do a lot of internet marketing stuff anymore, but that guy was the man. I read something. He, I got downloaded something from him on a torrent site and got started reading all of his stuff. He led me to this guy.

40:38
very, very not well known. Nobody knows who he is named Pat Flynn. And so then I started listening to Smart Passive Income from Pat Flynn. So it’s all happening now as I’m 27 years old. And of course everyone knows Pat Flynn and that’s how you and I probably met was hanging out with Pat at some point. And that is when I got really interested in this idea of like making money online. So I was like, well, what am I good at? Well, I got some rental properties. Maybe I could teach that. So I started a website called Real Estate in Your 20s.

41:07
It still exists today. In fact, I just looked at it. It has like 15,000 people a month going on there and I’ve not touched it in nine years. That’s amazing actually. Yeah. Isn’t that crazy? 15,000 a month for not going there. Not a single update nine years on that website. I really should sell that one too at some point. so real estate in 20s, I built that site. I blogged on there for maybe six months and just like back in the day, maybe you still do it today. I don’t know. But to grow your blog, you would go and guest post on everyone else’s site.

41:36
In fact, I’m pretty sure I even guest posted for you at some point, but I went to everybody I could find and mostly people in the FinCon community as I started getting involved in that and I was like guest post. So in that process, I started writing for the largest or one of the largest real estate websites. It was a little site called BiggerPockets. And so I started guest writing for him, for Josh, and he was just a one-man show. He’s just a small blog in a forum called BiggerPockets. I started guest writing on that site to try to drive traffic to mine.

42:04
And then I became through that, I became friends with Josh, the founder, and I was making no money. mean, I was selling a calculator, which I still sell today for $19. Nine years later, I’ve not updated it. I don’t know how the technology still works, but it still works. every couple, like every like week I make like 19 bucks. great. Uh, but I was selling this little calculator anyway. Uh, then Josh said he needed help managing the blog, like editing blog posts. And he’s like, I can even pay you a hundred dollars per blog post you edit.

42:34
And I was like, I’ll do it. Cause I had, mean, I was making three grand a month, but you you can’t really go on vacation. mean, you can’t really like buy an X-Box or anything like that. could pay my bills. was it. So it was literally a means to an end. That was a long answer to your question, but it was a means to make some money. And very quickly, Josh and I realized that we were super good friends. Once we started working together, we worked a hundred hours a week. And that’s no exaggeration. A hundred hours a week for the first two years. And, uh,

42:58
I wrote hundreds of articles for hundreds of websites all across the internet, all pointing back to BiggerPockets. And I had Josh on the show like five years ago. Did you really? Yeah. to that. I hope you talk good about me. No, here’s the thing. Like when I think of BiggerPockets and I know Josh started it long before, but I think of you as one of the main guys who caused it to blow up. You know, I was going to say so.

43:22
It looks like I was one of the catalysts that helped it grow and blow up. But here’s, here’s what I think was actually more important. This applies to people listening today, whether you’re in business or real estate, doesn’t matter. What Josh did was it, I mean, Josh had been building the site for eight years before I ever came in the picture. What Josh did though, is he took himself out of being a dual role operator. What I mean by that is I’m using some terminology from a book called Traction by Gina Wickman or Rocket Fuel.

43:50
There are two people at the head of every great company, or least most great companies, an integrator and a visionary. So have like Steve Jobs and Steve Wozniak, whatever his name is, Like Jobs was the visionary, but he wasn’t the one actually individually doing all the stuff to make it all happen. So what Josh did is he was running both parts. He was doing the work and trying to be the vision. And it’s very, very hard for somebody to do that because it’s two different skillsets entirely.

44:17
And so what the reason BiggerPockets blew up is because Josh unlocked his genius of being a visionary and my ability to do the work. And that’s why I blew up. today, the reason that I’ve grown Open Door Capital, my company, you in the last three years, from zero units to 4,000 units is I did the exact same thing. I’m the visionary now, and I brought in an integrator who runs the whole business. And so that’s why I don’t know the exact number of units, because I don’t run it.

44:45
Like I’m the visionary, I cast the vision, I lead the culture, I’m there for the meetings, but like, I don’t have to do the day to day. And so I would just advise anybody out there struggling in business, if you find the right integrator or if you find the right visionary, those two things together, it really is rocket fuel. So that’s what I think happened when I came out of bigger pockets was just a perfect mixture of rocket fuel. And it’s been a wild ride. I am kind of curious. And this is, mean, you guys have been doing this for such a long time.

45:16
I’m curious, like if you were to start that site again, what tactics do you think work the best today just for promotion of a content-based site or forum or whatever? Yeah, if I were to start over again, I would say I think social media. So what I would do is I would start a podcast. think podcasts are amazing. I think they build trust and credibility better than any other media medium in the history of mankind. I podcast for sure.

45:43
YouTube for sure, because YouTube is a search engine, right? We all know that. if you’re on YouTube, and then I would use those two mediums and probably like Instagram, Reels and TikTok. And I would drive everything to an email list as much as possible. think email still is powerful. SMS too now. absolutely. And text. Yeah. In fact, I actually now I have my own because of that, I started a text message newsletter. So every week it’s called Behind the Beard.

46:11
And every week I send out like a text of like, yeah, it’s clever little idea. I mean, name, I come up with it. I didn’t come up with it. Somebody else did. I did a contest to see who had the best name, but behind the beard one. And I like it. So like every week I send out a text of like something I’m reading, something I’m learning, or I could teach just some random thing, something that I bought recently. That’s super cool. Like some random trinket or whatever. Something I’m excited about. And usually that’s a little bit of self-promotion. Like, oh, I’m excited to launch this book or I’m excited to have this event or whatever.

46:41
And then like something I can teach about real estate so that I’ll answer questions. And it goes out every single week. But why do I do that? It’s because the most powerful thing in business is your ability to get people to like and trust you at scale. If you can get people to like and trust you at scale, you could do anything. Like that’s the currency in today’s economy is getting people to like and trust you. Now, maybe, mean, like, you having a, you know, your audience of like internet business stuff, maybe there’s some more valuable stuff, but

47:09
Man, just like in the world of info marketing or whatever, like and trust is everything. I 100 % agree with you. And I know you’ve been taking dance lessons for a while. Do you actually have a TikTok channel now? You know what? I do have a TikTok channel now, but I’m not using it right now because of, I, I get sucked in on it and you’re not done with your lessons yet. I, know, my dancing is getting better. Uh, my pointing is really good. Like I’m good at the point.

47:38
Yeah, the pointing game on TikTok is so stupid. Actually, my only, I’ve only had one viral video on TikTok and it has now like, I don’t know, million views or 2 million views or something like that. And all I did was I, it was a stitching. Is that what it’s called? No, duet, duet. All I did was duet some other guy’s video and I nodded a lot. I just nodded a lot. And that’s the one that like goes viral. And I’m like, I just look like a moron.

48:04
to like everybody like, who’s this bearded guy that’s just nodding along to like somebody else, but it worked. I don’t know. Do you have a TikTok? you, you in? I do. I just started going on it. Um, I don’t, I don’t dance yet. I just go for like the small audience that’s on TikTok. Actually, you know what? 30 % of the people are over the age of 40 now. Wow. That’s pretty, I I, I believe it. I mean, I know so everybody I know is on TikTok is like, is it consuming so many hours of TikTok? Um,

48:31
So my strategy is to go niche, very niche. So the audience that I do attract are very interested in e-comm and then it’s been actually doing really well. That’s all. Yeah. I’m, you keep going. Cause yeah, I really think TikTok is so powerful. And I think that’s it’s moving. The world is moving that direction. I mean, I don’t need to tell you that. What I like about it is that it’s a meritocracy. Like you put something out like, like what you did with the duet. mean, clearly you did something. My beard, it’s clearly.

48:56
Clearly. So if someone, someone clearly watched that straight through because TikTok rewards people who watch it all the way through, right? Yeah. Like it. So yeah, you were rewarded for doing a good job. And I love that. It’s like there, there, I mean, there’s no guarantee, right? But if you’re consistent and you’re continually improving, mean, that’s the other thing that it’s not talked about enough is like this, the idea of continual improvement in anything you do, like why did the bigger pockets podcast blow up to be one of the biggest, you know, business podcasts in the world?

49:24
Because every episode we ended that show, Josh and I would look at each other and go, that sucked. What do we do better next time? I mean, like maybe it’s not going to be negative like that, but every time we would say, how do we do better? And we would dive deep and try to improve and improve the quality, improve the conversation, improve the guests. And I know you do the same thing in your business. I’ve heard you talk about it. Like just how do we always try to get better? And majority of the world does not operate that way. They have a way of doing things and that’s all they ever do.

49:51
So is that why you’re no longer doing the BiggerPockets podcast? Yeah, I couldn’t, I just couldn’t improve anymore. It was already perfect, man. It was just, it couldn’t get any better. I stopped doing the BiggerPockets podcast mainly because I got to this point where, I mean, Open Door Capital, like I said, it grew to 4,000 units in like two, three years. It’s so fast growing. like, obviously I needed an audience in order to keep growing that.

50:20
but I can get like the same on YouTube, I mean on Instagram and I’ve already had a big email list and eventually I’ll do podcasts and again, I’m sure maybe I’ll just come back on the bigger pockets podcast but I wanted a break to spend a year with my family, spend a week just like chilling and just trying to figure out what I wanna do with my life. that’s why I know your personality, so what do you got cooking? Yeah, it’s tough. In fact, I have a performance coach, Jason, who texts me today. He’s like, we’re a couple of weeks into the new year.

50:49
What have you started building so far? I’m like, well, I got a lot of ideas, but I’m, I’m forcing myself to not do them yet. But, uh, I dunno, I’m intrigued. The real estate thing is enough, right? If I can say, have you read that book, the gap and the gain from Ben Hardy and Dan Sullivan? I would add that to your list. It’s probably the best book I read in the past few years. Um, really, really good book. It’s called the gap and the gain. And they tell a story in this book.

51:16
And the story says this, says like the rowing team in London, I’m probably gonna butcher the story, but I’ll do my best. The rowing team in London was terrible for like a hundred years. They’re just terrible. And they never won the Olympics. could barely make it to the Olympics. And then finally back in like 2012 or something like that, they finally made it to the Olympics and they won the gold medal. And the question was, how did they do that? And so the anecdote they tell in the book is that the coach instituted this phrase, does it make the boat go faster?

51:46
And every single decision in each individual person’s life is built around this idea of, it make the boat go faster? So should I attend that party on Saturday night? Well, does it make the boat go faster? Then no. Should I eat this cheeseburger for lunch? Does it make the boat go faster? No. Should I eat this, you know, chicken and broccoli? Yeah, that will make the boat go faster because it’s gonna make me stronger. So every decision gets run by that. So this year is really about, I’m in life. I’m trying to only do things that make the boat go faster.

52:15
Because if I can stick to that and what do I mean by the Boko faster? I mean, open door capital, cause that is the, that is the rocket ship that I’m on. So every time I’m tempted with like, Oh, I should go sell kites on the internet. Well, does that make the Boko faster? No. Uh, should I go and start a online membership for real estate? Does that make the Boko faster? No. Uh, should I start another podcast eventually? Well, that probably would make the Boko faster cause I can raise money and build rep, you know, build the reputation and get deals and all that. So eventually that’ll come back. So anyway, ask yourself that question.

52:44
I want to give you an opportunity to talk about your boat. My boat. Yeah, Let’s talk about the boat. Open door capital, you mean? Yeah, exactly. All right. Yeah. I know it’s a real estate fund. So what that means is, well, it’s a, it’s a company. It’s a, it’s basically like private equity, but, uh, we raise money from wealthy people and then we take that money and we go buy a bunch of big real estate deals, mostly mobile home parks, uh, but some apartment complexes as well. So we just closed in a $70 million apartment complex in Houston. And yeah, it’s, it’s a,

53:13
It’s a really neat business model because it’s not like I didn’t make this up. mean, this has been done by lots of people, but we raise money from people who make money like you. So you go and invest in my fund. You are now a basically a part owner of a apartment complex. So if you put in a million dollars that you might own, whatever 2 % of this apartment complex, the cool thing is you’re what’s called a limited partner, which means you have no legal liability. can’t get sued.

53:41
can’t get hurt. The most you could ever lose is just your million dollars if you, you know, if the whole deal went bankrupt or something. But you’re not going to get sued for damages or losses or anything like that, which is kind of cool. It’s a limited partner. Now you’re also limited though in your involvement. So you can’t go and call me and be like, Hey Brandon, I really don’t like that yellow paint. Can you do white next time? I’m just going to be like, Hey man, like that’s not your job. Your job is to put the money in and then get a return. mean, that wouldn’t stop me from making that call. No, you wouldn’t. You would make that call. It’s okay. I’ll take it. And then, uh,

54:11
That’s how it works. So then we buy property, we fix it up, we hold onto it for a number of years. You get a portion of the cashflow. So you might get a couple percent every year, two, three, four, five, 10%, whatever the deal produces in return for you. And then someday the property, sell it two, three, five, 10 years down the road and you get your money back plus hopefully a bunch more. And so that’s kind how works. It’s really, here’s what the cool thing about it is. I once bought a single family house.

54:39
This is like going back like 10 years. bought a single family house. I mean, I bought a lot of them, but this is one example. I fixed it. I bought it at auction. So I had to learn how to buy it at an auction at a courthouse steps auction. So foreclosure auction. I bought it at auction. I then had to go through a bunch of legal process to get, take possession of it. I then had to get rid of the car and all the stuff that was in the house. Cause some guy died like years earlier and the car was sitting there in the house and been lived in. I then had to fix it up and manage contractors. I then had to rent it out and I put it on Airbnb for awhile. And then I got tired of that. And then I put it on a normal rental.

55:08
I got tired of that. And after like three years, I sold the property and I looked back and I went and decided to do a deep dive into the numbers. I’m like, how much did I actually make on my investment? And when it was all said and done, I made 15 % per year on my money. Now that’s double what the stock market produces. That’s really good. 15 % is really good. But then I looked at my friends who are wealthier and they were investing in these real estate funds like I have today.

55:36
and they were making 15 % on their money each year. Like after you factor in the sale at the end and kind of average it all out, they were making the same amount of money, but they were playing golf and they were doing their internet businesses and they were hanging with their family. In other words, they weren’t doing any work and they were making the same return as I was making doing all that work. And so that’s why I started investing in other people’s funds. And eventually I was like, well, I might as well just do it myself. And so I built my own. So.

56:03
Anyway, that’s where the whole idea of massive income to passive income. If you have a way to generate massive income, don’t do real estate, make money doing the thing that you’re really good at and you’re fired up about. But dump your money into real estate via syndications or funds or people like me. Not to be me, there’s hundreds of us out there, thousands of us. Yeah, do that. There’s only one branded term.

56:24
There’s only one Brandon Turner and there’s I’m pretty sure I have the longest beard of any syndicator in the world. So you probably should just do it with me. And your fund has returned a lot more than what we were just talking about here. Yeah. not going Yeah. Yeah. I mean, we we we sold our first fund and we did stupid good. Now don’t expect to always do that good, but you you hope for the home runs and you you project a base hit, but you hope for the home runs and sometimes it work out. So, so, if anyone listening to this wants to invest, where can they find more about your firm?

56:54
All right, yeah, so here’s the, there’s four rules. Number one, small bills. Number two, briefcase. Number three, I’ll meet you at a crosswalk. And number four, no cops. So as long as we’re good on those four rules, that’s how you invest. Either that or you can check out odcfund, odcfund.com. Cool. Where we put the fun in fund. Okay, you just lost my investment. Dang it. Dang it.

57:22
Anyway, yeah. And we have funds every every few months, like every three months or so we’ll launch a new deal whenever we get one. So we’re, we’re hunting right now. We’re in hunting mode right now, but we get a deal once every other month. We’re on average. So it’s always going. Brandon, man. Thanks a lot for coming on show. was long time overdue. It was long time. I’ve been begging you. mean, I’ve been sending you texts every week for almost seven years now in a row now. And every time you just write back, not yet, Brandon, not yet. Just don’t take anyone to our restaurant. That’s what it took. It took jealous.

57:50
That’s what it was. It was jealousy. All I had to do, it’s like when you, when you got a girlfriend, right? But she’s not like, you’re not really sure where you stand with her. So you go get, you hire your buddy’s girl to go on a quick date with you. And then she’s jealous and it works every time. I actually had a friend, true story. I had a friend in high school who is his best dating advice is if there’s a girl you like, you go and find the girl standing next to her and compliment her on her looks. And that’s how you get the girl.

58:18
And I’m not, think he might’ve been a genius because that’s the book with Graham. think it might be probably is one of those pickup artists things. Yeah. It clearly also works for a getting on podcasts. So apparently you’re the hot girl, man. All right. Well, thank you for having me on. This has been a lot of fun. And yeah, if people want to, you know, reach out, whatever, I’m, I’m a social butterfly. hit me up. All right, man. Take care. Thank you.

58:48
Hope you enjoyed that episode, and if you are interested in real estate investing, Brandon is my go-to guy in this area. More information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 401. Once again, I want to thank Klaviyo, which is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence, a post-purchase flow, a win-back campaign, basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIO.

59:16
Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash KLA v IYO. I also want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform, and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash dv. That’s P-O-S-T-S-U-I-P-T dot I-O slash dv. Now I talk about how I these tools on my blog. If you are interested in starting your own e-commerce store,

59:44
head on over to mywifequitter.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

400: Special Episode! Steve And Jen Chou Get Interviewed By Toni Herrbach

400: Special Episode! Steve And Jen Chou Get Interviewed By Toni Herrbach

Today is special because it’s the 400th episode of the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast! Can you believe that I’ve been publishing this podcast religiously once per week for 8 years?

During this period, I’ve met and chatted with 100s of successful entrepreneurs at length. I’ve been invited to speak at many conferences, and the podcast has opened many doors for me over the years.

To celebrate this milestone, I invited my partner Toni Herrbach to interview both myself and my wife. Enjoy!

What You’ll Learn

  • Why I started the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast
  • My advice and tips for people who want to start their own podcast
  • My deepest darkest secrets revealed

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. Now today is a very special episode because this is the 400th episode on the podcast. And can you believe that I’ve been publishing this podcast religiously once per week for eight years? And during this period, I’ve met and chatted with hundreds of successful entrepreneurs at length. I’ve been invited to speak at many conferences and the podcast has opened many doors for me over the years.

00:29
If your goal is to have in-depth conversations with as many people as possible, I actually encourage you guys to start your own podcast. Anyway, in this episode, I invited my partner Tony to interview both myself and my wife. Now, when I came up with this idea originally, I thought it was brilliant, but having two people on the pod who know me the most ended up being somewhat of a roast fest, but enjoy the episode. But before I begin, I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode.

00:56
Always excited to talk about Klaviyo because they’re the email marketing platform that I personally use for my e-commerce store and it depends on them for over 30 % of my revenue. Now you’re probably wondering why Klaviyo and not another provider. Well Klaviyo is the only email platform out there that is specifically built for e-commerce stores and here’s why it’s so powerful. Klaviyo can track every single customer who’s shopped in your store and exactly what they bought. So let’s say I want to send out an email to everyone who purchased a red handkerchief in the last week. Easy. Let’s say I want to set up a special autoresponder sequence to my customers depending on what they bought, piece of cake,

01:25
and there’s full revenue tracking on every email sent. Klaviyo is the most powerful email platform that I’ve ever used, and you can try them for free over at klaviyo.com slash my wife. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O dot com slash my wife. I also want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Now, if you run an e-commerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your customer contact list. And this is why I focus a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing. SMS, or text message marketing, is already a top five revenue source from my e-commerce store.

01:55
and I couldn’t have done it without Postscript, which is my text message provider. Now why did I choose Postscript? It’s because they specialize in e-commerce, and e-commerce is their only focus. Not only is it easy to use, but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at the push of a button. Not only that, but it’s price-wall too, and SMS is the perfect way to engage with your customers. So head on over to postscript.io slash Steve and try it for free.

02:22
That’s P-O-S-T-S-U-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. And then finally, I wanted to mention my other podcast that I released with my partner, Tony. And unlike this one, where I interviewed successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the Profitable Audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the Profitable Audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:54
Welcome to episode 400 of the My Wife, Her Job podcast. And as you know, every time we hit the century mark on one of these episodes, we do a special episode. And so today I have my wife with me and what’s going to happen is my business partner, Tony, is going to interview my wife and I. And originally this felt like a really good idea, but now that I think about it, I have these two females that know me really well and they can compare notes all on the same interview.

03:23
It sounds dangerous, but I hope you guys enjoy. This might be your most downloaded episode. We’re going to get to all the secrets of Steve. Yes, it’s very fascinating, I’m sure. Well, first of all, I just want to say congratulations on 400 episodes. That’s amazing. Most people do not stick with things for that long, but I know you pretty well and know that you are a sticker outter. congratulations. Sticker with her. Sticker with her. Sticker outter. That didn’t make sense. Sticker with her.

03:53
Congratulations and congratulations Jen for putting up with 400 episodes of recording. You’ve been on a bunch though, right? I think I’ve only been on one. Have I been on more than one? You’ve been on two. Oh, I have been on two. Obviously I listened very carefully to all his podcasts. Of which I’ve edited those meticulously because you demanded them. So I’m probably going to be editing this one by hand also. This is special then we get Jen on today.

04:23
My first question is, why did you decide to do a podcast, Steve? Well, that’s an easy one. Are you going to be throwing me softballs this whole time? No, we’re starting easy. We’re going to get to the tough stuff. I’m going to give you some warm up. I started the podcast just to meet people. OK. I usually don’t get out very much. And everyone wants to be a guest on the podcast. So if I want to reach someone and get to know someone better, all I got to do is reach out and say, hey, you want to come on the podcast. And it’s worked. I get to meet one new person.

04:53
a week and I get to chat with them for usually at least 90 minutes. And Jen, what did you think once did he? Okay, this is a question. Did he ask permission if he could start the podcast and add something more to his plate? Because when you started the podcast, you were still working your full time job plus Bumblebee plus my wife quit. So did you have to get podcast approval from Jen or was this a, you marched into the room like you normally do and just said, I’m doing something new Jen.

05:18
Here’s a key takeaway of this episode. You always ask for forgiveness, not permission. Well, you never asked for permission to do stuff. Right. That’s what I’m saying. That’s the lesson of the episode. I don’t think, honestly, to me, the podcast made sense, actually, because it’s one of the things that he likes doing. Plus, it means less talking for me having to talk to him. So him talking to someone else is always a good thing. All right. And who was your very first podcast guest? Do you remember?

05:48
It was me. I did a solo episode. I know your first guest. Oh, first guest. OK. I think it was Andrew Udarian. OK. And so for people that are thinking about starting a podcast, obviously, Andrew was a friend of yours. So is that how you got started by just inviting people that you knew on the podcast because you knew they would probably say yes? When did you get to the point where you could like cold call people and invite them on the podcast? OK, so first off, I don’t cold call people.

06:15
Well, yes, I know. I usually have met them at an event, even just very briefly so they know who I am. Because on the flip side, I want to get guests that are eloquent and can hold a good conversation as well. That’s how I screen people. I would say before I started asking randos, I probably did it for a year. It took you a little bit of time before you could ask people that weren’t your friends. I think I ran out of friends after a year.

06:44
probably way before a year. Possibly before a year, so I had to make new friends. Started asking people that might be a friend. Do you really listen to every podcast, You know, I did religiously for the first 200. I don’t think I’ve listened to many exhibits. I do listen to, when I know the person, I do listen to them. So it really depends. And I really enjoy the student ones. So I listen to those also.

07:10
Okay, that’s what I was going to ask you next, Jen. Have you had a favorite guest or episode of the 250 that you’ve listened to, we’ll say? My favorite guest? I don’t know who my favorite guest is. I actually enjoyed listening to Steve’s mom, but that’s because when she’s here, she doesn’t really talk about her work and what she does for a living. So was really interesting for me and it was really great for the kids to really learn that about her.

07:37
Because to me, she just seems frazzled all the time when she’s here. To me, for her talking about her life’s work, it was pretty cool. Yes, she was in her element in the podcast for sure. Yes, well, she was trying to dumb it down. It was so funny because she was like, I totally dumbed it down for you, Steve. We’re like, really? I had no idea what she was talking about some of the time. Do you have a favorite episode, Steve? My favorite episode?

08:06
If I were to pick one, I probably would say my interview with Cialdini just because that was my favorite book of all time. Yeah. Yeah. I mean, that has to be, if not your favorite, in your top five for sure. And of course, the one where I had with my wife. Absolutely. I mean, we weren’t even going to consider that because that’s the obvious number one. OK, so have you ever had a guest on, Steve, that bombed? And what do you do about it when that happens?

08:35
Yes, I did have a guest. not actually know the answer to this one. Yeah, I know the answer to this. What I ended up doing is I ended up still publishing it because it was a bigger name person, but I ended up cutting out maybe 30 % of the interview. Okay. So that that’s what I did. Like, so if there’s an interview that’s not going well, I actually there was one person where I just said, Hey, this isn’t going to work.

09:02
and I actually never published it, but we didn’t finish filming either. I said up front within like 15 minutes, I was like, hey, this isn’t gonna work. And that was it. What was their response? There was like, hey, I tell you what, let me go back and know, prep and then we’ll get back on again. Okay. And then that just, didn’t happen. Okay. I actually remember that one too. I do too. you do? Okay. At least if it’s who I think it is.

09:28
I don’t actually remember his name. was one of the few randos that I’ve had. Oh, I was thinking it was the female. Yes, I was thinking it was a female too. I think Jen and I have the same memory. Yeah. Well, let’s not out anyone. We’ll talk to you offline. Yeah. So one of the things that I… So it’s funny, when you and I go places, Steve and Jen, you might not know this and I probably haven’t told you because you don’t… Steve doesn’t need a bigger head than he already has, but many times we will get stopped.

09:56
when we’re walking like to lunch or something like that. And people will say, oh, I’m a huge fan of your podcast. And they recognize Steve from the podcast. So you get recognized a ton from when we’re out and about. When did that actually when did you get to that point where you felt like the podcast was really taken on a life of its own? Because you have your site and you have we have seller’s summit. We have other properties. But the podcast seems to be just its own entity at this point.

10:24
I still don’t feel like that happens that often, like you say. Maybe at an e-commerce conference, maybe. But in other events, it’s not a huge podcast or anything compared to Dave Ramsey or something like that. I would say people started probably after two years, maybe, was when it started happening. Podcasts aren’t something that grow really quickly. Right. Yeah. So it takes time.

10:51
And one of the things that I always hear when people stop you, which does happen frequently, you’re being modest, is that they love your interview style. They say that you ask the questions that they wanna know. And my brother, who’s an avid listener of your podcast, has always said that since he started listening, that when you’re doing an interview with somebody, you’re asking the questions that as he’s sitting there, he’s wondering himself.

11:15
How did you get to that point? Like you’re pretty good at it. So is that something you worked on? Is that something that came naturally for you? Okay. Well, my wife can comment here, but I’m just a very nosy person. That’s what I was just going to say. You’re extremely nosy. And I don’t have any qualms about asking a direct question. Right. Right. What’d you say? We’ll be out to the point of I’m embarrassed. Right. of the time. So a lot of the times I’m like, Oh, should you have said that? I don’t know if that’s like, we’ll be at dinner and I’ll say, wait,

11:45
So why did you break up with that person? What didn’t you like about them? Why didn’t it work out? And it’d be someone that I just met. OK. So Jen, based on that, has there ever been anything that you’ve heard in a podcast that you’ve been embarrassed that he said? Beyond normal embarrassment? Beyond the standard level. No. I think of the podcasts I listen to, I think everyone that is signed up to be on a podcast, they’re very open.

12:15
Like feel like the guests that Steve has had have always been very good about being very, very open. I think it’s more embarrassing in a normal day-to-day situation where he’s asking very embarrassing questions that I’m like, ooh, maybe he shouldn’t have asked that. That’s very, very direct. So in my defense, I think the way to become friends with someone is to just go ahead and jump right to the direct personal questions. I actually don’t like small talk.

12:43
I think small talk is necessary in the beginning, but as soon as I feel like I have any sort of connection, even a little one, I’m going to start jumping straight into more personal questions. Has anybody that’s been a podcast guest been offended by something that you’ve said? Okay, so number one, I’m not offensive. No, don’t mean that. Offended is not the right word.

13:09
Have you ever asked a question that maybe went too far with somebody on the podcast? No, because I like to think that I can tell if someone’s getting uncomfortable. So if they are, then I’ll usually back off a little bit and try to rephrase the question in a different way. But I think they also are very good about telling you what you don’t, like they don’t feel comfortable talking about. Oh, yeah. I ask up front, is there anything that you don’t want me to ask you about before the interview even starts? And I’m respectful. I don’t go there.

13:38
You’ve never asked me that not one time. Oh, when you’re on. OK. Is this a way of patting yourself on the back since you’ve been on seven times or however? No, I was saying I was like, I haven’t been extended that courtesy. OK, I actually didn’t know that you did that. That’s a really smart, smart thing to do, because then you don’t wade into those waters and potentially offend somebody. I can just see someone like throwing their headphones off, walking away from the microphone, you know, in drum in dramatic fashion.

14:08
And the other thing I always say is that these podcasts are going to be edited after the fact. So if you say something stupid, then we can cut it out. in general, or actually, I always use the same joke. It’s probably kind of old. I always say, hey, the podcast editor, don’t worry. They’re going to make me sound good. And you’ll sound OK. Because sometimes people do ask, can you remove the ums? OK. Right? And sometimes people have a lot of ums.

14:35
Yes. And so I say, don’t worry, they always remove my arms and they’ll they’ll they’ll make a best effort to remove your arms is what I say. and how much editing does go into the podcast at this point? I’m assuming that because you’ve done it so much only because I’ve edited our podcast and you don’t have a lot of arms at this point. So I’m assuming what is your editor? Because I know you have someone that helps you. I don’t listen to any episode that I put out anymore. OK, well, I take that back. I do list.

15:03
We’ve gotten to this point now where I trust the editors’ editing. So I actually don’t listen to everything completely anymore. I try not to say ums anymore. So it’s possible that she doesn’t have to do much editing with me. But does she still edit the other people? She does. Yes, I have her do that. I mean, it’s in my podcast’s best interest that the guests sound as good as they can.

15:29
Now, Jen, has Steve ever revealed anything about you guys on the podcast that you haven’t been thrilled about? Oh, I’m sure there has been. There’s my I think in general, I feel very uncomfortable like getting too detailed in our personal life. So it’s hard for me when he does reveal some stuff. And sometimes he does things in a jokingly manner. They’re like, hmm, maybe he shouldn’t have said that. But.

15:56
That’s why I sometimes don’t listen anymore because otherwise he’s going to reveal a lot more than I probably feel comfortable with. To a certain extent, I actually prefer that you don’t listen to everything sometimes because there’s a lot of things that I say that you wouldn’t, you would definitely not say yourself, but I’ll say it. Right. What do you say? Probably. Yeah. Well, Jen’s just a lot nicer than you in general, Steve. So it’s not about being nice. It’s about getting answers.

16:27
Now, do you think the format of you interviewing people has helped you make it to episode 400? Because I feel like if it was just you talking every single week, that would probably be tough. You might run out of things. I don’t know. You might not run out of things to say. But do you think having the interview style has helped you, you know, reach this milestone? I mean, first of all, I can’t just I can’t. So those solo episodes are really hard for me to do. I know you could just talk like all day.

16:55
In a solo episode. No one would listen, but I could yes So what was the question? Did it help the fact I do interview style? Yes, because I can actually go into a podcast interview with zero prep and have it come out okay because based on what someone says there’s always interesting questions to ask and things to find out and Sometimes it’s just like this small little detail. That’s really interesting To me and then we could just talk like an entire episode on just one little detail that that a guess is revealed

17:24
Have you ever wanted to quit doing it? Quit the podcast? Yes. I would say of all the things that I’ve considered quitting with the businesses, the podcast is not one of them because I need more friends. I think you really enjoy talking to I do. I do enjoy talking to I think that’s one of the benefits of Seller Summit, for example, and for your podcast. It’s a way for you to meet people. That’s correct. Actually, I’m thinking about this now.

17:54
Most of the friends that I talk to on a regular basis are people who I’ve either met at a conference or through the podcast today. I we see our local friends every now and then, but I talk to my internet friends more. Yeah. So speaking of that, you talk about how the podcast was a way to meet people during the pandemic when, especially for you where you’re located, the rules were much stricter. So you weren’t really out and about a whole lot.

18:20
the networking opportunities were basically zero. How did you meet people to have them on the podcast over the past 18 months to two years? During COVID, you’ll notice that you came on a little bit more often. I was getting desperate. was on every fourth week. I actually just, have this long list of people that I have yet to ask. All I did was just tap into that list. I did bring a couple of people back also that had

18:50
interesting things happen to their business. There’s nothing wrong with bringing a guest back seven times, for example. Well, you got to bring the favorites back. How can you tell if someone is a popular guest? Is it through feedback? Do you get emails? How do you gauge how popular a podcast is? All right. Here’s something that people don’t know. I actually don’t care. I don’t run the podcast.

19:19
to be popular, I really run it just to meet people. And if there’s someone that I want to talk to, I don’t even care how well it’s going to do because that’s just not the purpose. I know it’s going to be interesting no matter what, even if it’s just tangentially related to business even. And Jen, has there ever been anyone that you wanted to meet that Steve got on the podcast? No, actually, I don’t think there’s anyone that I’ve been wanting to meet that got on the There’s been a lot of people that I

19:49
I admire that I’ve definitely heard of that were on the podcast. I’m like, wow, that’s pretty cool that you got to talk to them. But it wasn’t something that I necessarily wanted to meet them in person. OK, maybe you should give them a list. Oh, OK. I’ll give you a list. Your people would be all like the people you watch on YouTube probably, right? Probably, yeah. Nothing wrong with that. So are you saying that you don’t pay any attention to feedback that you get from the podcast?

20:19
Okay, so for example, I just did student month, right? Where I had students in my class actually come on the podcast and tell their story. And that was just kind of like an experiment to me. I got a lot of positive feedback, but I actually got a couple of negative comments too. They were like saying, oh, this is just you pushing your class. Why don’t you just get other people? I prefer hearing like the more successful people or whatnot. And these students are successful, right? I mean, they’re making six.

20:48
Several students make seven figures. I don’t know what this person’s definition of success is, but to me, those stories are more interesting, right? Because these are people. Yeah, they seem more interesting because they seem doable. Right. Like regular people doing really well. But I think just the angle of the fact that they were members of my class left a bad taste in certain people’s mouths, I think is what happened. Yeah, they can they can go listen to another podcast then. Yeah. So, you know, I’m going to mix it up.

21:16
While I do another student month, probably at some point, maybe not a student month, but like I’ll weave in, you know, students in there. I think that’s serious. didn’t check the stats, but I think it did OK. I think those last four episodes did good. And do any of your real life friends listen to your podcast? Because I don’t know if you remember this, but I went on a date with a guy. Actually, I’ve gone on dates with two different people who were fans of your podcast. And it was actually pretty awkward because

21:46
How you you and I know each other so well and they were super fans of your podcast so that was that was weird Those people probably did not get second dates. I was also gonna say you need a date better people I had to change my bio Does not listen to podcasts are you saying that are you being for real?

22:11
No, I mean, for real, two people that I went out with. And it came up because I think I had mentioned like Seller Summit or something. And then it was, you know, Steve Chu. And I was like, oh, no, we’re not going to do this. That’s hilarious. Yeah. Well, your podcast is very popular. And so I’m curious, though, like, does your mom listen to your podcast? Do your friends that you hang out with in real life? Does anybody? I don’t think they do. I don’t think they listen to it religiously. think.

22:40
They may listen to certain episodes that are interesting to them. I know that our friends did listen to your mom’s podcast. Yes, they all listen to my mom’s podcast for sure. Yes, they did. But for the most part, they’re not interested in business. mean, they’re, you know, doctors, lawyers, engineers. Standard. Have you ever interviewed a friend like not a friend that you met online, but a friend that you grew up with? did a couple of them. Oh, yeah, did. Yeah. Polly and Ed, they live kind of right down the street. started. Joe and Viv.

23:09
a seven figure e-commerce. Actually, no, he had a nine figure exit. Viv, yeah, a very close friend of mine started a stroller company and sold it. They were on. Awesome. The entrepreneurs in our area tend to be not small time. They get venture funding and then they, those are less interesting actually for guests on the podcast because they’re not as relatable. Yeah. And for your audience, that’s not really what they’re looking for. Because I think your, isn’t your tagline the bootstrap?

23:37
It is. Yes. And not everyone was completely bootstrapped as guests, but for the most part, they started. They maybe eventually got funding like much later on down the line. So for someone who’s thinking about starting a podcast and is in awe that you’ve hit episode 400, what is your technique for meeting someone to get them on the podcast if you don’t know them at all? Like you probably have they’re probably like six degrees of Kevin Bacon sort of thing, but you personally don’t know them. What’s your strategy?

24:05
Oh, okay. So the one that I like to employ, assuming I’ve never met them, right? Right. Yeah. Okay. So what I do is I try to find who their friends are on Facebook and see if I know anyone. And what I do is I try to, and chances are I’ll know at least one or two, the more the better. And then I’ll ask all those mutual friends to send them an email or her an email at the exact same time pitching my podcast. And so the idea here is that

24:35
If this person is getting pitches from multiple people, they’re like, wow, I definitely got to meet this guy then. That’s worked on several occasions.

24:44
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

25:13
Now, first and foremost, protecting our IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copyrighting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

25:42
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a hundred dollar discount. That’s E.M.E.R. G.E.C.O.U.N. S.E.L. Dot com. Now back to the show. Can you say who the hardest person to get on the podcast was? Just as far as like you didn’t know them at all, you had to really work at it. I haven’t had to work at it because usually I meet them first just to make sure that they’re a decent interview. I think I after those couple of negative times that I had someone on the guest who wasn’t really good on

26:12
on the mic, I kind of just pre-screen now by just meeting them first for the most part. What’s your least favorite part of doing all of this? The least favorite part of the podcast was the editing part. And thankfully, I have MJ now doing that part. I mean, I you love editing the podcast. Oh, absolutely. It’s my favorite part of the week. Yeah. Mainly because I get to edit on a 2009 Dell laptop computer.

26:40
When did you get to the point where you could, did you wait until you were making money from the podcast to hire the editor? Was it something that you just felt like was worth the spend, even though the podcast wasn’t making money? How did you get to that tipping point? Was it just you hated it so much? Okay, so, geez, I don’t even remember. I know I edited my podcast for at least a year. Myself. And then I’m pretty sure it was not making money when I got an editor. I actually just found a friend who was local to edit it for me.

27:10
I can’t even remember how much I paid her now. But it was easier for me to make that decision also because the blog was making money, right? Right. So it was just kind of subsidizing the podcast. How long until you started accepting sponsors on the podcast? I want to say two years maybe. And it was just kind of by accident. I didn’t solicit any sponsors. They came to me and one of them just happened to be a tool that I use.

27:38
And so was like, sure, I’m already using your tool. I’m happy to mention it on the podcast. So it was easy that way. And back when you, I mean, I know now you’re home during the day, so you’re able to record whenever your schedule is much more flexible. But when you were working, when were you recording? And Jen, that affect, did you have to take the kids out? Because your kids were much younger when you got started. Did you have to like take the kids to the park or how did that work when the kids were younger and Steve was gone from nine to five? Gosh, I don’t remember. I think

28:08
I want to say you did it at night. No, I didn’t actually. I didn’t do it at night because the guests were like, you know, you have to come at their schedules. So I would just drive home in the middle of the day, do the interview and then drive back to work. At one time, actually this happened more than one occasion, I did the interview at work in my office. I believe that. Because I had an office and I could just close the door and then I would be animated,

28:36
through the windows so people thought maybe I’d be on a conference call or something. I can believe that you did that but I can’t believe you did that. Yeah. I mean, it might have looked odd because I brought my mic. But your old job was super flexible. it was flexible. They were super like okay with you doing stuff. Well, super okay is not, but as long you get your stuff done, it’s all good. Right. Yeah. Right. I can’t believe you recorded at work.

29:05
Do remember who that was? Do you remember who you recorded with? No, I don’t remember. I mean, it happened on more than one occasion. I even considered getting a backup mic so I didn’t have to go home and grab the mic, or you know. Of course you did. what has been, okay, so I know Robert Cialdini was your favorite interview. What have been some of the highlights outside of that over the past 400 episodes?

29:30
And has there ever been a moment where this just been like you’ve learned something so amazing or like revolutionized your own business and other things that you were doing from one of your interviewer interviewees Are you asking me this question to pat yourself on the back? No, I was you want me to say oh, yeah, whenever I when I met Tony in episode 30 it fundamentally changed my life 86 not bragging. No, um, no, I know I’m being serious

29:56
Because I know for you, I don’t know people know this on the podcast, but for you, you have your recording time, which is 40 minutes or so. But you usually spend an hour and a half talking to these people. And sometimes the best information you get is not during the recording. That is correct. Actually, I would say a lot of the juicy stuff occurs outside the recording because the guest doesn’t want to reveal some of these things for the public record. Yeah.

30:26
Are you asking me what some of these things are or what are you getting I’m asking you, were there any people in particular or little tidbits that you could share that you learned over the years that have really made a huge impact on your business or you personally? Yeah. Okay. So tidbits from my guests. I always learn something from the guests, from my guests. Let me give you an example, because this is a mutual friend of ours, Kyle from Penny Hoarder. I learned in that episode,

30:54
that I need to stagger my sends, send an email to my most engaged audience first, which trains the ISPs to expect a high open rate and then send to your less engaged audience. That actually improves the open rate by a certain amount of percentage points that actually makes a difference. That’s like an example of a nugget that I got from the interview. I’ve gotten so many nuggets over the years on advertising, SEO, I mean,

31:24
The person I’m working with right now, a quick shout out to Jeff Oxford, was someone who I brought on the pod. And usually I’m very skeptical of SEO people because most of them are scam artists, right? But through the interview, I was like, wow, and I learned a ton. And then now I’m working with them. I mean, just good things happen when you talk to people. I like Jeff. He’s one of my… I convinced someone else to hire him because of you, actually, and because of your conversations with him. So I think that does matter. But what…

31:52
I would say, did anyone just make you laugh so hard that you couldn’t, you had to stop the podcast? Are you patting yourself on the back again? No, I’m not even thinking about me. We laugh enough outside of the recording. I’m just thinking like, have you ever had to stop? I’m just looking for moments that maybe the people that listen don’t know about because they get edited out or someone that was just really, really funny that it was hard to keep going. definitely don’t think that’s me. I’m going to rip on you, Darian, here real quick.

32:22
Okay, so on the surface if anyone’s listening to this who listens to ecommerce fuel you Darien is like the nice and he’s a nice guy He’s like the nicest most polite guy super polite, right? Yes, absolutely, but you get him one-on-one And he’s a prankster. He’s a total prick. Yes, and he says some stupid stuff and so I think one time we were recording and he just made some statement that was outside of his character and He came back and said can you cut that part out?

32:51
And I was like, really? You want me to that part? But that’s part of your personality. Like that was funny. But I cut it out. It was really minor. I’m not going to reveal it here, but it was really minor. Yeah. And how does that work if someone does request for you to cut something out? And I was thinking, so one of one of our friends, Pat Flynn, has a podcast and he had Gary Vee on it several years ago. And, you know, Pat’s podcast, I think, is like a PG and Gary Vee is a rated R.

33:19
And I think Pat even mentioned before the podcast, like there might be some additional language. Like, how do you deal with those sorts of things? Because I remember listening to that podcast thinking Pat must have done a whole lot of editing to this podcast to make to make Gary V sound cleaner. So one of my buddies, Noah, he’s got like a Gary V kind of style. Yes, he does. And I told him up front, hey, if you can just keep the bombs to a minimum and like the vulgar references.

33:47
to a minimum, that’d be great, but it’s hard. And so he let some slip out. And so I had the editor just kind of have a beep whenever it happened. him. It beeped him, basically. Well, here’s the other thing. With the podcast, if you have profanity, you actually have to tell Apple. And if you don’t mark it as explicit, then you could get in trouble for it. And you can go back and forth. So if you have one episode with Noah, you can mark it explicit, but then you can go back You can do that, but I like…

34:16
to maintain a PG rating like Pat, yeah. So I actually had him beep it. And have you ever had someone ask you to cut something out that you didn’t cut out? No. You always do it? Yeah, I always cut it out. Yeah. You’re so nice. In fact, I had a student recently during student month ask me to cut out something that she said, which I thought was very minor also. But, you know, she’s still in the class and it was actually a really hard piece to cut out because it was in the flow of the conversation.

34:47
So I ended up cutting out like a much bigger section than the actual part that she wanted cut out I’m not in the business of pissing people off. Is that where you’re getting that Tony here? No, I just wonder how you handle those things because I think sometimes People are usually their own worst critic and so there’s probably something that they might want taken out that really isn’t that huge of a deal or It makes sense in the context of what they’re talking about. So like with the student It was actually difficult and you had to take out even more

35:14
And so that might take away from the whole podcast. So I was wondering how you handled it. Yeah, it didn’t really take away from the whole podcast. You know, it wasn’t anything crucial. There’s been times that you wanted me to cut like cut stuff out. And did I do it? Probably. Probably. Yeah, because I have to live with this. Because the couch isn’t super comfortable.

35:36
So 400 episodes, Jen, are you guys doing anything to celebrate? is this a big, how big of a milestone is this for you personally? Like how do you feel personally and what do you think, Jen? Well, we were originally talking about maybe having the kids be on the podcast, but the kids were like not into it. So we’re not gonna force them to do it. But I think it’s a big milestone. I feel like every hundred episodes we’re like, okay, what’s the big thing that we should talk about?

36:03
I’ll be honest with you, Tony. For me, it’s actually not a huge milestone. It’s just fun to do something special whenever you hit another 100 episodes. The podcast is something that I’m probably going to do in the long term. It’s been eight years. It’s probably going be another eight years. It’s a great way to meet people. It’s a great way to learn from other people. I don’t plan on stopping anytime soon. It’s a milestone, sure, but it’s not that big a deal. When you got started, did you ever see yourself

36:32
sitting where you are today with a, you know, top podcast interviewing a lot of people that are kind of your heroes or least people that you look up to. Did you ever see that for yourself back on episode 10 when you were still interviewing Andrew? I love this. I want to make sure he listens to this episode. I never thought about any of those things. Like I said, the podcast is just meant to meet people. Here’s what I realized.

37:01
a long time ago. played a part in this for sure because when I started going to events and seeing you in action the way you network, I mean if you guys have never seen Tony in action, she has this like sly way of slipping into your DMs. I’ve just come to realize that you you can learn all the strategies and whatnot but I think the biggest factor in the success of your business is the network and the people you have access to.

37:31
And I don’t think a lot of people realize that. And do you think that’s been the biggest benefit for you as a personally? The podcast, you mean? Yeah, yeah, absolutely. And it actually keeps me sane, right? I am probably an inherently a social person. I wouldn’t call myself an extrovert, but I do like meeting people and getting to know people. And it’s funny, like now I feel like if I go traveling anywhere in the world, I can just send out an email and say, hey, anyone want to hang out here? And that’s pretty awesome. Yeah.

38:01
Did you see this, Jen, back eight years ago? See, the popularity of the podcasts were just… Yeah, just the popularity, the number of people Steve’s interviewed. Did you ever think you would have to come on it? Well, I had a feeling that I would have to come on it just because he didn’t have enough friends. to share a little bit more information. Inherently, I’m a private person, so for me, it’s a little uncomfortable. But for Steve, I know it’s super important.

38:29
I can say that the most, the biggest changes in our business have always come from information that he’s learned from other people, either through the podcast or through a conference or someone he met, like just socially. A lot of the hugest, the largest changes came from those conversations. I mean, I just learned something from the last event that we went to regarding Google shopping. I don’t want to get too nerded out on e-comm here, but

38:56
This one thing is kind of like this little loophole that I didn’t know about and I’m going to implement it with my business now. Like little things like that you just pick up from people that you talk to that are not documented anywhere. Right. Now just like a little tiny bit of ecom nerdiness. So do you think the podcast has helped Bumblebee Linens at all or is this definitely been all on the My Wife Quit Her Job side? Oh no no no it’s definitely helped the ecom business. I mean not directly. I don’t think the listeners are buying hankies. Is that what you’re asking? Yes. No hanky sales.

39:26
But yeah, the tactics that I learned definitely can be applied to Bumblebee. I’ll give you like my sponsors. Let’s just take Postscript. Like they really helped me implement SMS with Bumblebee. Now could I have done it without them? Sure. But it made it a lot easier just having like, I just actually had the CEO on the podcast. I didn’t even know that he was my support person. He was helping me implement SMS on my site. I didn’t know idea who he was because I didn’t know who the CEO was.

39:55
Postscript was. So he’s helping me and I’m like, wow, this guy, he actually coded up. He’s like a technical co-founder. He actually coded up everything. And I was asking him these technical questions that were tough and I was like, and he knew the answer right off the bat. I’m like, wow, Postscript has the most amazing tech support ever. So you just thought you got a random person that happened to know how to do all that? Yeah. You’re such an optimist. That’s such a sweet thing that you think. Well, I was really impressed because

40:24
Some of these questions, no first level tech would know the answer to, but he knew everything off the top of his head. All right. Okay, so episode 400. Where do you see yourself at episode 800? Where do I see myself? Yeah, like what do you see for yourself? And what is that, eight years away? that the Regarding the podcast or? Regarding the podcast, yeah. I don’t think things are going to change. mean, hopefully I’ll have a larger space to have the podcasting. Yeah. I mean, you don’t need a huge space, but…

40:54
I’ve been dabbling with video, putting the podcast on YouTube. So I’ve actually recently started recording the video. In an ideal world, maybe if I have a larger budget, I actually can get people in a studio where you can actually make a real good video, kind of like how Joe Rogan does it. Or maybe I can fly people in or actually start traveling for some of the bigger names and interview them in person and maybe have like a really nice setup. I guess that’s…

41:22
maybe the next logical step. But outside of that, you know me, like if I find something that works and doesn’t require a lot of brain power or energy, that’s something I can continue forever. I’ll just continue doing it as long as it works. And I think I know the answer to this. But if there was any any person in the world that you could have on the podcast, they don’t have to be Ecom. If you could interview one person, who would it be? Oh, I know. you know the answer is right. Elon Musk. Yeah.

41:49
Yes, I think I figured it was him with Steph Curry being a far second. Although I don’t know what I would talk to him about that would be interesting to the audience, though, because I would probably try to get a little more technical with him because he knows all this stuff. Right. Yeah. Yeah. I don’t think people would want to listen to that episode. But I think people would be interested just because he’s such a weird guy.

42:13
You know what’s funny is you say he’s a weird guy and you know, admittedly on the surface he’s kind of weird, but there’s a lot of people that I used to work with in my job that are kind of like him. Yeah, well, that makes sense. You were an engineer. Yeah. But so that’s actually probably my final question for you, because you were saying you would like to have Elon Musk on. the questions you would ask aren’t necessarily what your audience would ask. But I feel like for the most part for you, the questions you ask are the ones your audience want to know about. So how do you balance like what you really want to know versus

42:42
what you think, well, you what, that probably doesn’t work for the people to listen. Yeah. So usually I ask those questions when the recording is off. OK. Or I’ll ask them and I’ll just kind of I rarely do this actually. Sometimes I’ll cut out some of the stuff that it’s just kind of dribble to most people. Like if I start geeking out on like coding and I and it’s in the flow of conversation, sometimes I’ll cut that out. It’s rare. I usually stay away from anything that’s overly technical.

43:11
because you know I want to talk about microprocessor design real bad. You know that, I know. Actually, one final question. Has anyone ever gotten you choked up? I know you don’t cry unless it’s a Michael Jordan document. I I was just going to say that. I’m like, except for that one time. Is there anyone that has really stirred emotion in you? I know you’re a lot of facts and information, but I’ve listened to some podcasts before. Not yours, obviously.

43:41
It kind of pulls at your heartstrings. Have you ever had that? The only interviews that have affected me even remotely emotionally and I never cried obviously on an episode are my students. Where if they tell me I profoundly changed their lives, that actually makes me feel really good. And it actually reaffirms, sometimes teaching a class sucks.

44:11
Right? But whenever I get one of those students who does well, follows through and attributes it to something that I’ve done for them, that makes me feel really good. And that actually keeps me going. But in terms of answering your direct question about choking up and that only happens for sports documentaries. the old, Jen always jokes about this. The only movie or documentary I’ve ever cried in was the Michael Jordan documentary.

44:40
I know, completely dried-eyed at our wedding. Completely dried-eyed when we gave birth to our children. But Michael Jordan, yes. Have you seen that documentary? I can’t watch it. don’t have enough tissues. Send me some hankies and I’ll be able to watch it. No, it was an IMAX. It was an It wasn’t a documentary. It was an IMAX film. Yeah. And what about you, Jen? I know you said you do listen to the student episodes. How do those make you feel knowing that…

45:06
Steve and you really, because you’re running Bumblebee and you’ve been a big part of all of this, that you hear these people, that their lives have been radically changed by some of the things that they’ve learned. Yeah, I think it’s the same thing with meeting some of the students at Seller Summit. think it’s just really, one, it’s really cool to see how far they’ve grown. So for me, the best students are the ones I’ve actually met in person because you feel that connection. And those are the ones I enjoy.

45:35
Podcasts enjoy also is the ones that some of our friends I like and I enjoy listening to those episodes. But it does make me feel good. But I think a lot of it is they’re self-driven. They’re completely self-driven in general. So I think it’s just taking the action that makes them succeed so much. I’m telling you, we run a course together. And really the success is…

46:00
Really what we do is, I mean, sure we teach strategies and stuff, but really a lot of times we’re like psychologists. Yes. Right? Where you know that this person has the potential and they just have to be, they just need this little push to just follow through with stuff that they could already, were already capable of in the first place. To close it out, if there was one thing that you could do over again with the podcast, do you have anything that you would want to redo, do over with? Are you pretty happy with where you are today? I know you’re happy with where you are today, but-

46:29
If you could get a do-over, would you take it? If I had a do-over. Okay, so the only thing that I kind of regret is, and this is a problem I continue to have, which is just kind of going too cautiously into something and going really cheap in the beginning. But that’s just my nature. I don’t think I can solve that problem. There were a couple of episodes in the middle of the podcast where I kind of went cheap on a few things and so the audio quality wasn’t as good, but I mean, nothing overall.

46:59
I don’t know how to fight this frugality nature in me, but it’s just inherent. Yet two minutes ago, you talked about a studio and flying people out. Well, see, now it’s okay, right? But in the beginning, when you’re not sure things are going to work, I don’t know if you’re… Are you that way? You’re less, I think. I’m less frugal? Yes, you’re less frugal when it comes to starting something new. I’m recording this on a prehistoric laptop. How am I less frugal?

47:26
But realistically speaking, I don’t think you’ll ever get a studio. You say that, but you’re not going to do it. No, sorry. Studio is the wrong… Studio for YouTube for sure. For the podcast, what I would like to do is if there’s someone big, I’d like to fly over to them and carry a mobile studio. That’s what I Oh, okay. Like an inflatable bubble studio with soundproof walls and… Yes. That’s exactly what I mean. Yeah. I can just see that.

47:53
And do you plan on, I know we’ve talked about this a little bit. Do you plan on recording video for your podcast moving forward? Yeah, I have been doing this already. Not for this episode because you guys can’t see Tony right now, but let’s just say she’s not, she’s not dolled up. Not seller summit quality. And seller summit quality. neither might, although my wife looks great. She’s wearing a dress. Jenna always looks great. Yes. But you look like you normally do. So you’re the same.

48:20
Yes, I actually just got off an interview right before this one. Yeah, maybe someday, maybe I’ll dress better. No. Let’s stick to the truth, Let’s stick to the truth. Well, because if you do that when you have people on, obviously, and your show is a guest-driven show, they have to be on video too. It doesn’t make sense if it’s just you and a black screen. That’s correct. Actually, I’ve told my guests now that

48:50
you know, they’re going to be on video. And actually everyone who’s turned up on video so far has been presentable. It’s just you. You’re the one that needs to work on this. you know, that’s funny. One time I interviewed someone who was on one of those treadmill desks. Were they actually treadmilling? They were treadmilling during the interview. And I didn’t actually notice because the treadmill was super quiet.

49:17
They were just bobbing up and down. It was distracting. He couldn’t stop because he had it hooked up so that if he turned the treadmill off, all the power would go off for all of his machinery. He had it rigged up like that to make sure he didn’t Was he on a weight loss program or was this No, it’s just the way he gets steps. Okay. Good for him. Yes. That seems like it would affect the recording, but I guess it didn’t. I didn’t actually check the numbers.

49:47
I just, to me, treadmills aren’t that quiet, but it’s probably a fancy one. Well, I wanna close this by saying congratulations, Steve, on 400 episodes, and we’ll just say hundreds of people that you’ve been able to interview over the past eight years. And more importantly, congratulations to Jen for putting up with recording for the past eight years and putting up with Steve in general for the past eight years. Well, it’s been longer than that for you guys, what, like 17, 18 years?

50:17
But this is a huge accomplishment. 22. You’ve been together for 22. Yeah, 22 years. I just want to commend you too, Tony, for sticking with it for, I don’t know, how many years has it been now? At least seven, I want to say. We’ve known each other eight. It’s been eight years. Yeah. There you go. I mean, it just goes to show how patient the both of you are.

50:45
And I was actually a little apprehensive. I wasn’t joking in the intro. was a little apprehensive at this episode because like if you guys start comparing notes, that’s like that could go down a rabbit hole really quickly. well, that’s a that’s an episode that you’re not going to be on. That’s just Jen and I. We don’t we don’t need you to compare notes. And I look forward to possibly you having Jen on another episode talking about Bumblebee.

51:15
Yes. other things. think I think people that’s what I think, Steve, that you might not know or realize is that I think people really do enjoy getting to know you on the podcast while you have amazing guests. And I think people learn a ton when they listen and get really inspired by a lot of their stories. I think some of the comments that I’ve heard from people over the years about the podcast is they really like all the little nuggets about your personal life and all the things that they learn about you.

51:42
Well, anyone who’s listening out there, thanks a lot for sticking with me for all these years. I’m not going to quit this anytime soon. And I’m going to try to do like a solo episode like every five or six episodes. Well, there you have it. Episode 400 is in the books. And rest assured, the podcast is something that I will likely maintain indefinitely. It’s actually one of the few things that I do in business that I don’t really care if it generates me any revenue at all. If you have any requests for specific guests or topics that you would like me to cover,

52:10
send me an email over at steve at mywifecoderjob.com. For more information about this episode, go to mywifecoderjob.com slash episode 400. And once again, I want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform, and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve.

52:38
I also want to thank Clibio, which is my email marketing platform of choice for ecommerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned card sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign, basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIO. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIO. Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog, and if you are interested in starting your own ecommerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com.

53:06
and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

399: How Podcasters Are Getting Rich And The Secret To Growing An Audience With Joe Saul Sehy

399: How To Make Money With Content By NOT Being The Expert With Joe Saul Sehy

Today I’m thrilled to have my long-time friend Joe Saul Sehy on the show. Joe is a former financial adviser, the host of the popular Stacking Benjamins podcast and the author of the best-selling book Stacked: Your Super Serious Guide to Money Management.

Joe is one of the most successful podcasters and bloggers that I know and in this episode, you’ll learn about Joe’s unique approach to content and building wealth.

What You’ll Learn

  • Why Joe quit his job to pursue a career in content creation
  • How Joe transitioned from being a financial advisor to creating a top 100 podcast
  • The keys to being successful in content creation

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today, I’m thrilled to have my longtime friend Joe Saul-Siehey on the show. And Joe runs one of the top personal finance podcasts in the world over at Stacking Benjamins. And he is a master of both building and preserving wealth. Now, he also has a book out called Stacked, Your Super Serious Guide to Money Management. And in this episode, we’re going to talk about investing and managing your money.

00:28
But before we begin, want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Always excited to talk about Klaviyo because they’re the email marketing platform that I personally use for my e-commerce store and it depends on them for over 30 % of my revenue. Now you’re probably wondering why Klaviyo and not another provider. Well Klaviyo is the only email platform out there that is specifically built for e-commerce stores and here’s why it’s so powerful. Klaviyo can track every single customer who’s shopped in your store and exactly what they bought. So let’s say I want to send out an email to everyone who purchased a red handkerchief in the last week. Easy.

00:57
Let’s say I want to set up a special autoresponder sequence to my customers depending on what they bought, piece of cake, and there’s full revenue tracking on every email sent. Klaviyo is the most powerful email platform that I’ve ever used, and you can try them for free over at klaviyo.com slash my wife. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O dot com slash my wife. I also want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. If you run an e-commerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your own customer contact list. And this is why I’m focusing a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing.

01:27
SMS, or text message marketing, is already a top five revenue source for my ecommerce store and I couldn’t have done it without Postscript, which is my text message provider. Now why did I choose Postscript? It’s because they specialize in ecommerce stores and ecommerce is their primary focus. Not only is it easy to use, but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at the push of a button. Not only that, but it’s price well too and SMS is the perfect way to engage with your customers.

01:55
So head on over to postscript.io slash Steve and try it for free. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. And then finally, I wanted to mention my other podcast that I released with my partner Tony. And unlike this podcast where I interview successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the Profitable Audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the Profitable Audience podcast on your favorite podcast app.

02:24
Now onto the show.

02:31
Welcome to the My Wife, Cooder, Job podcast. Today, I’m thrilled to have my longtime friend, Joe Salsijay on the show. Now, Joe is a former financial advisor and he’s represented American Express and Ameriprise in the media. He was the money man in Detroit television. But what I know him for is the host of the ever popular Stacking Benjamins podcast. Now, Stacking Benjamins is a personal finance podcast. normally personal finance is kind of a boring subject, but Joe,

03:01
has melded his personal finance and humor perfectly into a top podcast. And he’s also the author of the bestselling book, Stacked, Your Super Serious Guide to Money Management. I brought Joe on today to talk about building wealth and for him to tell his story about entrepreneurship. And with that, welcome to the show, Joe. It’s been a long time. It has been a long time. And I was telling you before we hit record how much

03:27
conversations with Steve always changed my life. I literally was undercharging our advertisers by half. And Steve and I had a discussion a long time ago when you go, dude, you’re doing that wrong. And it made me remember when I tell people all the time, which is surround yourself with smart people, right? Surround yourself with smart people and you go much faster. So thanks a ton for having me.

03:50
You know, I actually don’t even remember that conversation. I do remember hanging out with you. We had a couple of drinks though. Maybe that’s why I don’t remember, but good times. That doesn’t sound like me at all. No. So Joe, assuming the audience doesn’t know who you are, even though you were a famous podcaster, tell us your story about just how you got started and why you actually decided to quit your job to pursue a creator’s lifestyle.

04:13
Yeah, man, that is a long story, but I come from a money, like most people where we didn’t come from a family where we didn’t talk about money. In fact, my brother and sister and I, whenever my parents were having a discussion about money, they told us we had to leave the room because it wasn’t appropriate to talk about money. So the first time I actually got a hold of money, I was at the Citadel, the military college of South Carolina. And so just to tell everybody about this, I can’t have a job and I wear a uniform, right?

04:43
So the first week they’ve got laws against this now, but I go to the student union place called Mark Clark hall. And there’s this line out the door for people that are trying to get into debt. You can’t do this anymore. Credit card companies cannot have the thing in the student union. There’s rules, but they still get to people, right? They still get to people at 18, 19 years old with, with credit. I signed up for a credit card for a t-shirt. Yes. I don’t even remember if it was a stadium Blake and a t-shirt, what it was.

05:12
I just know there was a big line. I remember when I was a financial planner, even say, man, if people were lining up out my door to get their crap together, the way that people line up to get into debt, like how great would our world be? But I get in this line and, and I sign up and I tell them the truth. I have no income. I’m 18 years old, right? I’m at this military college. I’m not going to have a job. And you know what happens, Steve, a month later, I get this cool green card member since, right? I’m super excited.

05:41
The first time we get leave, we go to North Charleston where there’s this mall. There’s six of us, me and five new buddies. I’m trying to prove to them that I’m a quality human being. We’re at this five star restaurant. I don’t know. This is a pretty exclusive place. I don’t know if you’ve heard of it before. It’s called Ruby Tuesday. Oh yeah. I love Ruby Tuesday. And they’re very, very exclusive. They have a salad bar and everything.

06:06
So of course the bill comes and me wanting to make some new friends, cause we’re only a few weeks into school. say, I’ve got this and I pay for it. We never talked about money. So it doesn’t even cross my mind. This is how naive I was that I’m have to pay this bill. And then of course I walked to the other end of the mall to Nordstrom cause I can’t go to the second most expensive store. I got to go to the most expensive store and I find this sweater that, this is, I’m an older guy. This is 1986.

06:36
And this sweater, Steve is Duran Duran, badass, awesome. Like it’s this, and I still own it to remember what an idiot I was. It’s this purple with like this paisley of V net color. And I paid a bajillion dollars for this thing. I’m in Charleston, South Carolina. Both cold days are really tough. What am I going to do with a sweater? And once again, I’m wearing a, I’m wearing a uniform every day. Like why the hell do I buy this? But I do. And so a month later.

07:05
We always got excited. This is of course, once again, old guy, sorry everybody, but there’s no email yet. So I have to walk to Mark Clark call every day and your mailbox had like this clear sheet of glass and you could see if you got mail or not. And you get so excited whenever we had mail. And sure enough, one day there’s this envelope waiting for me and I opened this thing up. I’m excited. It’s a letter from my friends at American express. These people that let me buy a sweater. They let me take my friends out to lunch and they want money.

07:34
And I have no money and I have no ability to get money. And I did what any smart person would do. I called my mom and I said, Hey mom, we’ve got a problem. And mom said, no, we don’t have anything. You’ve got a problem. within 90 days, the carb was gone. My credit was wrecked, but that was just the beginning. did not. worked all summer long then with a, with a collection agency to pay off what was probably $200 that had now become like 450 with all of the fees and overdue fees and stuff.

08:04
I worked all summer with a collection agency, but every time I had a chance to get credit, I maxed it out and I blew it. Early in my entrepreneurship journey, I owned a disc jockey company, DJing weddings and parties and whatever. I consistently used credit to buy equipment, but I never had a plan to pay it off. I kept getting worse and worse and worse into debt until I was a first-year financial planner.

08:33
I’m across town from my office and I run out of gas. I remember realizing at that moment what a sham I was. There’s a study by a group called Nonfiction. It’s a wonderful study called The Secret Financial Lives of Americans. It talks about how over 150 million people in America report that they’ve cried about their money. You’d think that this is people that are living paycheck to paycheck, but of people making $250,000 a year more,

09:02
nearly half of those people report that they cry about their money. And this was my day. This was the bottom. I’m going through the seats of this rusted out mini bank because I couldn’t get a car loan. I’d maxed out all my credit. I continually had this thought that if I just make a little more money, if I just make a little more, right? is every entrepreneur that I worked with and I was a financial planner, like at the beginning of their journey, like if I just make a little more, I can make this work. And it was a lie. It was really about getting controls. I actually found

09:30
85 cents in these, these seat cushions. I walk, once again, sounds like an old guy’s story. I walked a mile, but I did walk almost a mile to this mobile gas station where the dude did not want to give me the gas can. He wanted me to buy the gas can cause he thought I was going to steal it. And, uh, I put 80, I finally convinced him. put 85 cents worth of gas in. I somehow make it home, but I had no credit. I borrowed money from everybody I knew. And I’m a financial planner helping other people.

10:00
I’m living this complete lie. So was at that moment that not only did I cry about my money, but everything changed because I realized that now I need to do what I say, which is build your foundation, forget the get rich quick stuff. It’s not about making more money. It’s about the distance between what you make and what you keep. So lockdown, put some financial controls in place. But even more than that, start surrounding myself with better people that could help me, that could coach me.

10:29
So began working on my team. It was amazing how over the next, it took me maybe four years to get a really solid foundation. Then after that, I was building wealth. At the time, I was, and I still am shocked by how quickly it is. When people tell me stories about that, once you make that decision, you can go from it’s horrible to it’s okay in a much quicker time than you think so. I got to 40.

10:58
To answer your question the longest way possible. Well, let me ask you this. Yes. Would you say you could have gotten to the point where you are now without your web properties, your podcast and all those other things? Like what’s your day job of taking you there? My day job totally, my day job totally would have taken me there. Yeah. Okay. Oh yeah. Being a financial planner was paying oodles more money than being a podcaster pace. The thing for me, Steve, was that what was the quality of life was not there.

11:26
I was getting ready to turn 40 and this is when I changed. A mentor of mine, guy named Chris, a letter that he was leaving the firm. I owned a franchise, many of us at the firm owned franchises. This is the type of firm, by the way, that you don’t leave and write a two-weeks notice letter. This is more like, you ever see the movie, Jerry Maguire? Of course. Yeah. This is type of firm where you leave at midnight with the client files and at 4 a.m. you’re calling people, waking them up, trying to get the client to come with you.

11:55
And he writes this letter saying that being a financial planner is good, but it’s not great. And he works so many hours helping other people get what they want that he has no idea what he wants. And he said that he felt lucky that he had built himself a nice base and I had built myself a nice base. And he said, you know, I need time to figure out what I really value, what I want for myself. And the phrase he used was he said, I think I have other mountains to climb. And I thought that was a metaphor. He went and climbed Everest twice. He climbed.

12:24
No, he’s an adventure traveler now and he’s climbed almost all the tall peaks in the world. And that changed my world because here I am, I’ve got a family. I’m doing very well financially now. Like my practice is humming. But I didn’t feel at all fulfilled. I was spending so much time in the future helping other people plan. I wasn’t living in the present. So I decided to sell my business at 40 and become a high school teacher.

12:52
I wasn’t worried about making money. know this stuff about you, Joe. This is fascinating. Okay. So you quit everything and then you took a job as a school teacher, which I would imagine pays like 10 X less. Well, what’s funny is I never actually made it, Steve. I never made it. I enrolled at Texas A &M, Texarkana branch where I lived. And I took two semesters worth of classes. And as I was transitioning out, even before that, my clients that were teachers were telling me they’re like, you’ll be a great teacher. Cause I never get passionate about anything. Right.

13:21
you’ll be a fantastic teacher, but you’re going to find yourself fighting administration.” And I’m like, yeah, whatever. I take all the tests to go into this post-bachelors teaching program. get accepted. go and both semesters, every professor I had taught me that I was going to be fighting administrators. And all I was going to do is be teaching tests, which all the teachers out there listening in public schools know. And it’s so frustrating. so, and I met some brilliant teachers during that year. got to

13:50
follow some people around and they found these wonderful workarounds. But at the same time, I had been doing PR for American Express. I was one of 12 advisors in the country that spoke as subject matter experts on behalf of the company. So I was doing all the major media stuff. And now I was writing my friends’ client newsletters. I was writing their scripts when they went on TV, when they did stuff. I was doing all this freelancing. And very quickly, I was making as much as a first year teacher.

14:19
My kids were in high school and I’m in shorts and a t-shirt and I’m having a blast and I’m learning about how bad my life is going to stink if I become a teacher. So then I transitioned into let’s teach money people about money. And that became a blog that became a podcast, 10 years of podcasting, 1200 episodes. I finally get on Steve’s podcast. The highlight you haven’t been on before. I never have. It’s a highlight of my life. This is it. So it’s a funny story. I just saw you were, you had a book on Facebook and I was like, Hey Joe, cause I hadn’t.

14:49
I mean, we don’t hang out. It’s been a while since I’ve been to FinCon. it has been. Yes. And now you have like this posse around you all the time. It’s really hard to get to you. So I listen to you all the time. You don’t know this, but you go running with me. So you and I have run together. I’m a runner. We’ve run together a ton. But so I saw you working on a book. was like, hey, why don’t you come on, man? We can catch up because I literally don’t remember having a conversation with you for at least five years. It’s been a long time. Yeah. Yeah.

15:17
So, okay, walk me through your blog. When did you start this? Yeah, 2011. Okay, we started around the same time. Yeah. What was the purpose? That was just to teach people about personal finance? It completely was. Okay. And a friend of mine who’s now OG, my co-host on the show, he is a working certified financial planner. He and I decided to make this blog.

15:40
was interested in SEO. I was interested in financial literacy and just more people being along for the ride. I was writing to people and he was focused on the algorithms. we chose a URL called the Free Financial Advisor because it had a high SEO value. And it’s the worst name ever. I actually think the opposite of that. You get what you pay for often.

16:08
And if it’s free, you are the product, right? But it was a very attractive way to get to people. And we tried to write stuff initially that was very much, we were the only people giving financial advice on the internet. it was, these two experts. And we quickly learned that that does not help people with financial literacy. People get intimidated by money. They get frustrated by the fact that

16:36
these experts, do we have an agenda? Do we not have an agenda? Like, what’s the thing? So we very quickly learned to become storytellers instead. And it was usually stories about how much we’ve messed up with our money. And that resonated far, far more. when we created the podcast, the reason we were in my mom’s basement, which podcast is live from my mom’s basement, the reason we have my mom’s neighbor, Doug,

17:02
The reason why our listeners all the time joke that if you learn anything, keep it to yourself because you’ll ruin our reputation was, was Steve to lower the temperature, right? To get rid of some of these heavy duty wind conditions that people feel we get so nervous about it. So we didn’t want to be two experts. wanted to be two guys that might know something about what we’re talking about, but make it very approachable so that more people come along for the ride.

17:30
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

17:58
Now, first and foremost, protecting our IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copyrighting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

18:28
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a hundred dollar discount. That’s E M E R G E C O U N S E L.com. Now back to the show. You know, what’s funny is I have this conflict almost every single week with my blog. On one hand, you want to write in such a way for Google, which is why you guys chose that URL. Yeah. On the other hand, you want to tell stories, but actually stories, ironically can hurt your Google rankings. I know. Isn’t it crazy? Right. So how did you.

18:57
kind of, you know, balance the two with. We didn’t. OK, we just went all in on the storytelling. We did. We did. I mean, we still tried to use SEO whenever possible, but we were much more storytellers because we found that we were finding our way much better with people. However, the blog wasn’t really growing, Steve. And and and when we podcasted, when we started the podcast, that that even didn’t take off at first. It was actually three years into the podcast. We’ve been podcasting for a decade now.

19:25
But three years into the podcast, when we pivoted, we realized that the blog had to go bye-bye and we had to be all in then on podcasting because that’s really where we were finding our wheelhouse. Joe, how do you grow a podcast? You make a podcast that you would want to listen to. You make a podcast that is for, I think, one listener and that’s you, which means I think you have to listen to a lot of podcasts.

19:53
I get frustrated when I hear people that say, well, I really don’t listen to podcasts and I have one. I totally think you have to be a fan of the genre because of the fact that to know your niche and to know what people are doing well and where you fit, I think you have to have to know a lot. So I had listened to a bunch of personal finance podcasts that first year that we had the blog before we started the podcast. People kept telling me from the beginning, they’re like, you listened to lots of podcasts. You should totally have one.

20:22
I’m like, I do not want to be Susie Ormond or Dave Ramsey. Cause it was really, if you remember back 2011, was Susie Dave, you know, that we’re doing the TV stuff. Clark Howard didn’t have a podcast yet. Harlan Landis, our friend Harlan had a podcast, but his was also very serious, very matter of fact. And there weren’t many, many people doing podcasts. And one day I was mowing my lawn and I have my headphones in and I’m listening not to a podcast on this day. I’m listening to the show called car talk.

20:52
And Car Talk was this big show on NPR. Have you ever listened to Car Talk? I’ve heard of it actually. I’ve never listened to it though. So that was these guys. One guy died a couple years ago, but their shows are still evergreen enough that they still play them because they’re hilarious. And it’s these two brothers that call himself Click and Clack and they take questions about cars. And you know, instead of asking you if the alternator belt is broken, they’ll go, your car making this noise? And it’s hilarious. And I’m a guy that even though I’m from Detroit, I didn’t know a lot about cars.

21:22
And I found myself Steve cracking up at this show and I listened to, wanted to listen to it all the time. There was no pressure to know a lot about cars. was a fun approach to cars. And I went this particular day, I went, holy crap. That’s what I want to do when it comes to money. I really want to make the show where I don’t really care about educating you as much as I want to get you just interested. And instead of being Dave or Susie will be like an airport.

21:49
where there’s a bunch of planes that we have curated and I’m going to show you all these different voices and you pick which plane that you want. And as a guy who knows what I’m doing with money, instead of being the know all be all, I’m going to be the guy that knows enough to know that these are planes that I can point you toward. And that was great. This all comes by the way, if people want a really good book on this topic and really approachable book, Austin Kleon, Steel Like an Artist.

22:18
is a fantastic book. it’s just a little, I don’t know if you’ve read this, Steve, but it’s just a little tiny book. Yeah. You can open it up to almost any page. the gist of the book is if you think you’re not creative, just go find stuff that really turns you on. Don’t rip it off because there’s no joy in ripping it off for you. And it also demeans everybody, demeans the process, but remix it, pay homage to it. Like we do car talk. I tell everybody that car talk was my inspiration and make it your own in a way that

22:47
Anybody listening to this that’s heard stacking, Benjamin’s will have no idea that car talk was it. Cause we’ve remixed it enough that it really is more about Joe than about that. love steel, like an artist, Austin Cleon. He’s got another book out. That’s great for creators called show your work where he says that back in the days of Walt Disney, you know, Disney wanted to make sure that the public doesn’t see what’s going on behind the scenes.

23:11
But for people like you and I think your whole podcast is based on your whole brand. A lot of it is show your work. You’re showing what you guys did. And there’s so many people that want to know how you work that show it as much as you can now use your social media channels to show people how you do this stuff. And people will follow you because you’re the trusted voice. Joe, when you started all your podcast, were you already kind of financially set? Cause I know my podcast didn’t make any money for a while. Yes. So, okay.

23:39
Yeah. When I sold my business, I got a huge pile of money for this business. was managing $65 million, which isn’t a tiny practice, but not a huge one. So a mid-size practice, I got a mid to high six figure number. So I had a nice on-ramp that I could swim a moat where I didn’t need the money right away. I would tell most people that if you have an idea for a podcast, keep another job.

24:08
definitely keep another job. Get into podcasting because you have something to say. Learn how to monetize it from the beginning. And we can talk about that, Steve, because this is, think, one place where I disagree with a lot of common advice, which is don’t monetize right away. I completely disagree with that. Actually, I’m of that advice too. I’m curious what your thoughts are on that. Yeah. So I’ve listening to podcasts for a long time and I’m your average listener. And I really

24:38
that some shows, and I got this big aha because some shows I listened to already had ads before I started listening. Other shows had no ads. And then partway through me listening, maybe a year or two into me listening, they decide it’s time to monetize. And I’m running down the road like, you know, these shows have to have two or three episodes where they apologize to their listeners because they’re getting so much hate mail, right? They have to say, hey man, I’m sorry, I’m sorry. And

25:05
And I realized that I was one of those listeners. There’s a video game podcast called giant bomb that did this huge podcast. Great, great podcast. And I remember I’m running down the road and all of sudden I hear a Casper mattress says ad and I’m like, these sellouts, these jerks, like how are they all of sudden doing this crappy stuff? But then I realized later, I only thought that Steve, because they hadn’t had it from the beginning. If I was conditioned from the time that I started listening,

25:34
that this show has ads? I don’t care. I don’t care if it’s from the beginning. I’m like, lots of podcasts have ads. This one does. But if you change already, so that was my thought going in. We obviously had no listeners. So I, being a blogger, went to Commission Junction, you know, and you can go to lots of these places. And I signed up and I had to make sure in the fine print that you could have it on a podcast. And I got a proof for hotels.com. And I thought, what does it say about my brand? Even if I have no listeners?

26:03
this podcast is brought to you by hotels.com. Like, wow, they must be big. They must be huge. And so we didn’t really get paid much by hotels.com because it was CPA revenue stream. So we didn’t get much money. But my thought process was I want to add there before you start so that when I get real advertisers that we can, you know, people aren’t going to get upset. Can I tell you one more quick story? absolutely. I love these stories. Super funny about this. So I’m at a FinCon.

26:33
where you and I met, not the same FinCon, but I’m at FinCon and I’m walking by these booths in the vendor area and I see Fidelity Investments. And at this point, our show has maybe 1200 listeners. And I see Fidelity and my first thought is, man, how great would it just sound?

26:56
be able to say, Stacking Vengeance is brought to you by Fidelity Investments. All of our listeners are going to think that we’re way bigger than we are and that we’re a respectable brand because Fidelity is respectable. And if they endorse us enough that they’ll be our advertisers, it’s going to be huge. But then, course, like every creator I know, the voice in between my ears starts talking and goes, Fidelity Investments. There’s no way in hell these guys are going to sponsor your podcast. But I’m like,

27:24
the hell I’m here. And I never do this by the way, Steve, because I’m afraid of everything. am totally afraid of everything. Okay. Oh, I completely am. I, but, but I decide to get some courage and I walk up to this guy and I met him earlier in the day and I go, Hey, Ben, you know, I got this podcast called stacking, Benjamin’s. goes, really tell me a little bit about it. And I immediately go, okay. He didn’t shut me down right away. So then I try to build a bridge between stacking, Benjamin’s and fidelity. like, Hey, we’re a financial on-ramp.

27:53
We try to have a lot of different voices, a lot of diverse voices on our shows. And we talk about wealth, we talk about beginning. And so I think we have a lot in common with Fidelity. And I’m totally selling it. And how my little thing is a lot like this huge monster corporation. And he keeps listening. And I said, so I think it’d be great if you sponsored our show. And he goes, so how much money are you looking for?

28:18
I go, oh my goodness. so in my head, here’s what happens. I’m like, fidelity investments, chop fricking chin. I can charge them a bajillion dollars because they’re huge. then I thought, so what’s my real ROI here? Is my ROI sucking money out of fidelity or is my true ROI going, stacking vegmas brought to you by fidelity investments? And all of a sudden my mindset flips and I’m like, how little money can I

28:47
and I say that makes me not look stupid because all I really want to do is say fidelity investments. So I said $200. And he said $200 over what period? Like an episode a month or what? And in my head, go, yeah, Joe, $200 over what? Like I didn’t even thought of it. I’m like $200 over what? And I said, well, yeah, a month, a month.

29:13
And all I’m thinking about then is paying our Libsyn bill, right? Paying whatever, whatever, whatever small fees we have, we’ll get that. And he goes, deal, let’s do it. So for three months, I got to say when our podcast was, not that big an audience, Stacking Benjamin’s brought to you by Fidelity Investments. At the end of three months, I’m like, Hey, you want to renew? He’s like, no, we’re good.

29:43
but I had them for three months, which was phenomenal. What’s the going rate on advertising now actually? The way I run my pod is like, as long as someone re-ups, I actually keep the same price. And I’ve had people with me for years now. So I’m curious. I’ve had two that we did by herself a long time ago and they’ve grown with me. And so I’ve grown their number in some cases, 100X.

30:09
what they were paying at first. Yeah. Magnify Money and Haven Life had been with me for a long time. they’ve, but, but, it’s because our, our podcast has grown by tens of thousands of people. So we have about 180,000 downloads a week. And, um, and they’ve grown with me, they’ve stayed with us because it’s been a good marriage. But by the way, that takes a lot of communication and I really consistently communicate with them about what their messaging is. And I have to really like the brands, which I do.

30:39
But we charge, and this is where the conversation that you and I had made a ton of difference. I learned early on that CPM is the dumbest way to charge because it’s often the minimum that you’ll get. really, especially if you have a core audience that loves what you do and they’re passionate and they’re going to believe you when you say that you love a product and you completely do, charge a flat fee that’s way higher than a CPM number. But I’ve always thought.

31:07
If I have to revert to worst case scenario, I was told by everybody CPM is worst case scenario. So then I learned CPM, but I learned it the wrong way. And Steve taught me the right way. And that was the wrong way was our CPM number is still 25. So, so 25 per thousand is our CPM number, which is about average. could probably, I could probably get more than, than 25. We’re with the network now. So I don’t even do the marketing for it anymore.

31:37
But my goal with 25 was I like the communication with current advertisers. I don’t like the mill of having to constantly get new ones. So I’d rather have somebody where I’m making enough money that I’m happy and they’re getting a good enough deal with us that they want to stay on board for a long time. we’ve had Navy Federal now forever. some of the brands on our show that people here have been with us for a long time, but where you helped me was at CPM per mention.

32:07
So with Magdifi Money, one of our early brands, I was charging them 25 CPM. And because I advertisers do a pre-roll and a mid-roll, I was just doing it. And I have this conversation with Steve, you’re like 25 and you’re mentioning them twice. You need to charge 50. And then I found out because I was violating my own rule and not talking about this with enough people, I found out that was Steve told me that I need to double my rate.

32:35
And so I doubled it to fifth. I went to magnify money and I actually was, and this is always good by the way, if there’s bad news, make sure your advertiser hears it from you first. there was a time that Libsyn, our hosting platform had this huge mess up where they were showing us far more downloads than we had. And I was charging magnify money and Haven life and others for phantom downloads that weren’t happening. I called my advertisers immediately and told them that I’ve been inadvertently ripping them off.

33:05
And that here’s what I want to do to make it right. The second, I, cause they’re going to find out later and you, you want to be the person that gives that to them. But anyway, they, they, and they’re still with me, but I had to go to Nick and say, Hey, I’ve been charging you half rate. So congratulations, which I think also made it better when I told them that we were ripping them off. Cause we had this honesty back and forth, you know, that resonated. it came to growing your podcast though, did you ever pay for marketing or is it just been organic for the most?

33:35
Uh, we only started the past couple of years paying for marketing. when, when we hit, when we hit about 28, 29,000 downloads and it was just South of 30,000 downloads, we just, we didn’t skid to a stop. was this just hard break where, where the organic marketing that we were doing was not enough. We needed to go find our audience. this per episode or per week or 30,000?

34:05
Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. Per episode. I’m sorry. Okay. Okay. Yeah. Yeah. And we do three times a week in the way that we, the way that we get, cause we still, if you add up the numbers that we’re at for three episodes, we’re still only in the 40, 45,000 range. But remember new listeners are going back and doing the back catalog as well, which, is the difference, the Delta between the three episode number and the weekly number of around 180. We, geez, what type are we talking about? That’s all talking about paid marketing. Yes.

34:33
Yeah, we started a couple of years ago and a mutual friend of ours, Jordan Harbinger, I watched what he does with his show that is beautiful and amazing the way that he markets. I realized from him and I realized I was driving down the road one day and I saw Dave Ramsey, who’s the bajillion pound gorilla in our space. Dave Ramsey has marketing. And I realized that if there people out there that need Dave Ramsey’s marketing,

34:58
They certainly don’t know who Josel Sehi is. So I’m going to need a marketing budget where we didn’t have one in the past.

35:06
I just wanted to let you know that tickets for the 2022 Seller Summit are now on sale over at Sellersummit.com. Now, what is the Seller Summit? It is the conference that I hold every year that specifically targets e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online. And unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high-level BS, mine is a curriculum-based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an e-commerce business. And in fact, every speaker that I invite

35:33
is deep in the trenches of their own e-commerce business. Entrepreneurs who are importing large quantities of physical goods and not some high-level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet. The other thing I can assure you is that the seller summit will be small and intimate. Every year we cut out ticket sales at around 200 people, so tickets will sell out fast and in fact we sell out every single year many months in advance. Now if you’re an e-commerce entrepreneur making over 250k or $1 million per year in revenue,

36:00
We are also offering an exclusive mastermind experience with other top sellers. Now the Seller Summit is going to be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida from May 4th to May 6th. And as of right now, we’re almost already sold out of mastermind tickets and we’ll be raising the price every month leading up to the event after Cyber Monday. For more information, go to sellerssummit.com. Once again, that’s sellerssummit.com or just Google it. Now back to the show.

36:26
So you’re just paying to be mentioned in other podcasts then? That’s what Jordan does. Yeah. Yeah. Well, no, we do that, but we also do, we also do marketing, uh, social media marketing where, where we have paid advertising. We started off with Facebook. It’s flipping horrible. We’ll do, we’ll do Instagram ads. We had what looked like great success with Twitter, believe it or not, doing paid Twitter ads, the numbers, the clicks were really good.

36:52
It turned out though that we didn’t really see any good follow through from Twitter. So even though it looked, the numbers initially looked good. There was no real follow through where we finding people. Instagram seems to be for us where our audience is. So we do some paid Instagram advertising. Interesting. Does it balance out though? Like it’s hard to calculate ROI on, on advertising for a podcast, right? It totally is. And I, I seriously don’t know if it pays.

37:21
what we, if we get a great ROI, but I’ll tell you this, that, you know, I love guerrilla marketing, the book, Guerrilla Marketing. And I believe that when you commit to a platform, you have to commit to it long enough for people to get past that inevitable, you know, they have to see you over and over and over. Like whenever we get a new advertiser that wants to be on only two or three episodes, Steve, you’ve had this happen. I go back and tell them, you should just burn your money. Cause there’s no way in three episodes when I publish three times a week that anybody’s going to hear you.

37:50
You have to consistently be in the same place for anybody to notice that you’re there. So at this point, we’re committed to it. But we also are committed to it in a different way. I took a social media marketing course last year through MIT, which was fantastic. A coach told me, you should always ask who, not how. Don’t ask how to do something. Ask who knows how to do this. And so then you don’t get lost in the weeds.

38:18
You you don’t take hours and hours or days and days or months and months. And I realized that I did need to know how social media works. I’ve been doing it for a decade and I had no flipping idea. And as you know, there’s so many, so there’s so many slimy people in that realm that try to tell us what’s right. And I thought the who that I need is an academic who that I’m going to believe. So I paid a bunch of money for two of us to take this course and I got a backbone. And that’s when we really started last year.

38:48
doing our advertising because I had a much bigger backbone of how it works, what we need to do, what our strategy is going to be. So are your main income sources just advertising from the pot or do you have other income streams coming in? We do have other income streams, but they’re minuscule and we’re way behind. And we did so many things wrong. am, I am very quickly trying to grow my, email list.

39:10
My email list is horrible with the number of people that listen to our podcast. We have 8,000 people on our email list, way, way, way, way too small. And I always rolled my eyes. like, I’m a podcaster. I don’t really care about email campaign. We now have a woman named Brooke Miller, who’s a former financial planner, a CFP. And she writes 90 % of this phenomenal email we have now that I’ll put up against anybody’s. We call it the 201 because stacking Benjamin’s is kind of the one-on-one, the on-ramp.

39:39
And we tell people that if you really want to dive into these topics, you don’t even have to listen to the show. Originally, we made it a guide to the show, which was a mistake because we found out that people were missing. You know, we publish so much that people, people were missing episodes like, well, I really don’t want to get the 201 because I didn’t even listen to the 101. So we reframed it as you don’t even have to listen to the show. We’re going to just go into deep dives on the same topic. So if you like the topics, but you really want to read and do deeper stuff.

40:07
we’re going to give you tons and tons of links that we’ve curated to take you to sources that we trust to go deeper on these topics. when we did that the last six months, we’ve added a thousand people in the last three months. So yeah. It’s generally hard to get people from a podcast to actually sign up for an email though. yeah, totally is.

40:31
Well, and what I saw yesterday, because I always want to look at what successful advertisers are doing. I learned this from MIT as well. When you see a great ad on social media, stop and really examine it and see how they did it. Did they move their camera? Was it the fact that I was connecting with them as a person? Was it the visuals they were showing? How do they cut it? What do they do that really makes this resonate with me?

41:01
I noticed yesterday a woman with a money newsletter that she’s paying for advertising just for her newsletter. And I now have this idea. I’m wondering if, if like morning brew, which is, or, or the hustle, you know, some of these great newsletters out there, if, what the ROI would be if we start doing sponsored. Oh, it’s a lot. It’s like 120 CPM.

41:28
You have ads in your emails, right? No, no, I’m talking about if, if, if, if I just market my email instead of market my podcast, what if I market my email? This, this great email. Gotcha. Gotcha. Gotcha. Yeah. Yeah. That works too. Because I know that it’s good enough. Now we have very few unsubscribes. have very few unsubscribes, which makes me very happy. By the way, to get to this point, it took us a long time. We had, when I started emailing people consistently, even though was a great email newsletter, there’s these people that been on my email list for six, seven years going, what the hell?

41:58
All of a sudden I’m getting three emails a week. And we were turning people over quickly for about four months. And then you saw it dry up as the people that didn’t want that left and new people started coming in. And then now we’re climbing this great mountain, but I think we can make it climb faster. Oh yeah. Because to your point, I do think this is a big revenue source as well. I mean, you have a huge audience. Let’s switch gears and talk about this book. So why write a book?

42:24
I’m working on one right now. have my own reasons, but I’m curious what yours are. Cause I know you’re on this crazy road trip right now. 40 cities, Yeah. 40 cities. If you want to come hang out, I’m 10 cities in, as we record this stacking, vegamins.com slash stack, by the way, to see the, just hang out with other money nerds. Cause it is fun. Other entrepreneurs as well. California already? I did. Okay. It was actually on, you know, it’s funny, Steve, on that thread where I said I was coming to the Bay area was when you said you want to come on the pod.

42:54
Oh man. Okay. I would totally come out and hung out. Good Lord. Chris Hutchins was there. It was fun. had Bobby. Bobby Lee was there. was cool. I haven’t seen Bobby in ages. Me neither. Jordan said, no, I got the little one at home. He goes, I’m an hour away and that’s just too far with the kid at home. So he’s got two little ones now. Yes. Yeah. He’s pulling that little stubby hair that he’s got out. But he, but yeah, I saw a lot of nice people in San Francisco, but, the reason

43:23
The reason for the book is that I think that for any creator, what I’ve noticed is I’m the same guy, Steve, that I was six months ago. people have been telling me this for 10 years. People do treat you differently when you write a book. They do treat you differently and they think of you more as a thought leader instead of just a podcast host. And it’s really surprising on that end. For me, it kind of dovetails into your last question, which is, you have other streams and other ways that people find you?

43:52
And the podcast is really the only way people find us. So I thought that bringing a book into the world, that’s a book that I would want to read that I’m really proud of, may also bring more listeners to the podcast as well. And I also thought it was an outlet for some of this good work that we do. So the end of every chapter of our book, our book is designed very campy, like our show into achievements. Cause I did the Austin Kleon thing and I took the

44:21
I took the Cub Scout Wolf guide that I’d found. My mom actually gave me the stuff out of her attic when she, when I was 51, I’m 51 years old. She finally trusts me with this crap in the attic, but I saw this thing and these guys were gamifying stuff way before, you know, these great app creators may turn things into a game. so our book has been gamified, but at the end of every chapter, steal like an artist. I was on vacation at this place, Amelia Island near Jacksonville.

44:50
gorgeous Island. And I was in this little bookstore and I saw Howard Stern had a book that was totally transcripts of his interviews. And then I think about Tim Ferriss, know, his last, yeah, yeah. Tools of Titans, right? Titans. Yep. Yep. Are totally just books where he’s taken his interviews and he turns them into books. And I didn’t want to do that, but I did want to fuse.

45:18
reading with what we do on the podcast. at the end of every chapter, we have somebody who’s a subject matter expert that had come on our show. And we have a transcription from Gene Chatsky from the Today Show or Jill Schlesinger from CBS News or Phil Town on investing or Tiffany Aliche, the budget Nista talking about building your budget. some good people at the end of each one of those. I thought there was some fusion there and I thought it was a good way to become more of a thought leader.

45:48
Number one, are seen as a thought leader, which I totally think I am to Brad. Definitely are no question. That’s number one. Number two, number two is to have a different way for people to approach this. And number three, really it was kind of about this tour about having a reason to go and connect with people. Cause as you know, you and I do this and you’re in a room by yourself. I’m in a hotel room by myself. You don’t get.

46:17
this great thing that I’m getting right now, which is this gratitude that anybody listens to what we do. I am, I don’t care about the, about the big numbers. I care about one person who comes up and says, you know what? I changed the way I manage money because of what you do. And oh my, you know, when you can put a face to that, it’s pretty, it’s pretty inspiring for me. if I may say a couple of things about the book, uh, when you’ve, when you sent it to me, I was like, okay, great. Another

46:46
personal finance book in my collection, but I read it and it is a very amusing read. Like it’s very entertaining. Like of all the personal finance books I’ve read, I mean, it’s like talking to you actually. It’s funny. You got puns. I like the interviews, you know, that you’ve had with, cause I, we’re all friends too, but I mean, you’ve, you’ve taken out excerpts of interviews that are just very valuable and that support the thesis for whatever chapter that you’re writing.

47:15
But it’s a very amusing read. actually like reading a, it’s like reading a novel, like a story. It’s all stories and it teaches a lesson. So I highly recommend anyone out there listening to this, go pick it up. Especially if you’re in debt, but it’s not really about getting out of debt book. It’s about just building wealth. Well, and I’ll tell you the last quarter, if you’re a serious money nerd, the last quarter of it is stuff you haven’t heard of before. The worst reviews that we get, and there are not many, but they all have the same theme.

47:44
which is I read a lot of money management books and I didn’t like it. And to your point, this is not like other books because somebody that reads a lot of money management books is not my audience. My audience is that person who’s being left behind who doesn’t have an on-ramp that really wants an easy way to get into this topic that we all need. Yeah, it’s not intimidating is the best word actually. Thank you.

48:11
I think in like the first chapter you fall and say, I’m not an expert. I’m not, you know, trying to be your guru or whatnot, just telling you how it is and stories to support it. I’m, in a very lucky place. I’ve, I’ve seen hundreds of people retire over the 16 years. was a financial planner. I haven’t been a financial planner in 13 years, 12, 13 years. And, um, but I’ve seen a lot of people do stuff that people are messing up or people are getting right. And not many people out there, you know, have been able to sit where I have, where you.

48:41
You’ve seen a lot of people do a lot of cool things with their money because of the number of meetings I was in. But at the same time, be in financial media now to help other people with that. So, So Joe, where can people find you, your podcast and your book? Yeah. Stacking Benjamins is the name of the podcast. We call it the greatest money show on earth. Cause as Steve knows, it’s a total circus. It is a variety show. It’s a ton of fun.

49:07
And you’ll find everything about the book and our tour at stacking vegans.com slash stacked, or just going to say hi to me on Twitter. hang out on Twitter a fair amount average Joe money on Twitter. Awesome. And by the way, the podcast highly recommend it’s actually a lot like this interview. mean, Joe is just, you got a podcasters voice. You know I’m saying? People tell you that they do, but it’s the one thing is, you know, you can’t do anything with Steve. You’re like, well, thank my mom.

49:34
Like my mom did it, not me. I have no idea. Yeah. But Joe is great catching up today, man. Thanks a lot for coming on. Thanks for having me, Steve.

49:45
Hope you enjoyed that episode, and if you love listening to Joe talk, his book is even better, so be sure to check out Stack, your super serious guide to money management at your favorite bookstore. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 399. And once again, I’m going to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform, and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash Steve.

50:15
That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. I also want to thank Clavio, which is my email marketing platform of choice for eCommerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned card sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign, basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash K-L-A-V-I-Y-O. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash K-L-A-V-I-Y-O. Now I talk about how I use these tools in my blog, and if you were interested in starting your own eCommerce store,

50:44
Head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

398: I Doubled My Social Media Following in 6 Months With This Strategy. Here’s How With JK Molina

398: I Doubled My Social Media Following in 6 Months With This Strategy.  Here's How With JK Molina

Today I have my buddy JK Molina on the show. JK is a Twitter expert and the owner of TweetHunter, a tool that allows you to manage and grow your Twitter account.

Full disclosure: I was a Twitter skeptic before I met JK. But today, Twitter is one of the social media platforms that I value the most.

In this episode, you’ll learn how JK helped me double my Twitter following to 15K followers in just 6 months and the practical applications of this platform.

What You’ll Learn

  • Why Twitter is important and how to use it for business
  • How JK helped me double my following to almost 15,000 subscribers in 6 months
  • How to effectively manage a Twitter account

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife, Quit Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today, I my buddy, JK Molina on the show. And JK is a Twitter expert and also a part owner in the company Tweet Hunter, a tool that allows you to manage and grow your Twitter account. Now you’re probably thinking to yourself, is Twitter relevant for an online business? And the answer is a resounding yes. And in fact, Twitter is one of these social media platforms that I value the most. And in this interview, you’ll learn how JK helped me to double my Twitter following

00:30
to 15K followers in just six months and the practical applications of this platform. But before I begin, I wanna thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Postscript is my SMS or text messaging provider that I use for e-commerce and it’s crushing it for me. I never thought that people would want marketing text messages, but it works. In fact, my tiny SMS list is performing on par with my email list, which is easily 10X bigger. Anyway, Postscript specializes in text message marketing for e-commerce and you can segment your audience just like email. It’s an inexpensive solution, converts like crazy,

00:59
and you can try it for free over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. I also want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. I’m always excited to talk about Klaviyo because they’re the email marketing platform that I personally use from my eCommerce store and I depend on them for over 30 % of my revenue. Now you’re probably wondering why Klaviyo and not another provider. Well Klaviyo is the only email platform out there that is specifically built for eCommerce stores and here’s why it’s so powerful. Klaviyo can track every single customer who has shopped in your store and exactly what they bought.

01:30
So let’s say want to send out an email to everyone who purchased a red hankie in the last week. Easy. Let’s say I want to set up a special autoresponder sequence to my customers depending on what they bought, piece of cake, and there’s full revenue tracking in every single email sent. Klaviyo is the most powerful email platform that I’ve ever used, and you can try them for free over at klaviyo.com slash my wife. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O dot com slash my wife. And then finally, I want to mention my other podcast that I released with my partner Tony, and unlike this podcast where I interview successful entrepreneurs,

01:59
and e-commerce, the Profitable Audience Podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a rather entertaining way. So be sure to check out the Profitable Audience Podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:21
Welcome to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast. Today I’m happy to have JK Molina on the show. Now, JK is someone who I met virtually through Chase Diamond, and he is 100 % responsible for helping me double my Twitter following to almost 15,000 subscribers in six months. Now, if you’re listening to this and wondering why Twitter is a valuable platform, trust me, I was skeptical as well until I met Chase and JK. And today, Twitter is actually the social following I value the most.

02:50
In this interview with JK today, you’ll actually learn why Twitter is so powerful and how you too can double your Twitter following in half a year. And with that, welcome to the show, JK. How are doing today, Appreciate you, bro. That’s an intro right there. Thank you for having me here. I’m happy. yeah, Twitter’s changed my life. It’s been great meeting you and Chase. I’m excited to get into this thing. So it’s funny, it’s like when I first met you, I think the first impression I had was, wow, this guy’s really young. So I’m really curious how…

03:19
you got into Twitter copywriting in the first place. Yeah. um, I was, you know, like COVID hit and everyone was just kind of like, okay, what’s going on? And I used to go out a lot, but then I was just in my bed, just scrolling and I was just scrolling, you know, among like the same three apps, you know, what you do when you’re bored. You just scroll, scroll on the three apps. Yep. So I’m just like Facebook, Instagram, Twitter, Facebook, Instagram, Twitter.

03:46
And then I saw a screenshot on Twitter, this guy, Chris Johnson, he was making like $250,000 a month. And I’m looking at it and I’m like, no way, there’s no way. Like, come on, like, no, there’s no way. Then I got into it and I got kind of down the rabbit hole. And it was true. Like he was making that kind of money, selling courses on Instagram and Twitter on how to invest in the stock market. And, you know, kind of one follow led to another.

04:12
I just started following everyone and discovering this thing called, we call it money Twitter, which it’s hard to explain like without it sounding, it’s sketchy, but it’s like a lot of people who are very good at business. just gather on Twitter and share their ideas for free. Right. So like every group, there’s like half that are trying to, you know, scam you or whatever half are actually really good and there can actually change your business. Right. They’re the, they’re the Steve’s or the chases. They’re the good people. Right.

04:43
And I was getting into that and then I was, I didn’t really have any skills at the moment. just like to tweet. Then I saw a tweet about Lawrence King. So his ad is Lawrence King. Yo, he tweeted something that says, look at Gillette Gillette has 130,000 followers at the time, right? The razor company. But they only had like with one 30 K followers. They only had three to four likes per tweet. And he said,

05:11
That’s a multi-billion dollar company. How much do you think they would pay someone just to help them go viral on Twitter? And then I’m looking at it and like, you know what? Yeah, that, that, makes sense. Okay. Let’s try it. So I just started doing outreach. I just started, you know, seeing who wanted some clients. Eventually I landed one ghost riding client, which is what I currently do. I take a personal brands and maybe they don’t have time or they don’t know how Twitter works. They don’t have access to that.

05:41
and then I write for them and I helped them grow their Twitter following. And that’s how I got into it. Like I would say I got lucky because I saw that tweet at the right time. I saw the 250k speech at the right time. So I really got lucky and here I am. You know what’s funny is, so when I first started, I think I started out with 6,000 Twitter followers and I was like Gillette on a much smaller scale. I would tweet something and it’d be crickets. Like I wouldn’t even get to 13 likes. So

06:11
I was hoping live on this podcast here, you can just kind of walk through the conversations that we had in the beginning on formulating a strategy for me to grow because, well, let me just tell the audience what I was doing before. All I did was I write one blog post a week and all I did was I had a tool where I just went through my entire library of posts and would just tweet them like once or twice a day. then I remember the first thing you told me was that’s like the worst thing that you can do.

06:40
So yeah, walk me through that first consultation call that we had where you just kind of walk me through the overall strategy for me, customized to me. Yeah, so that’s a big problem that I see sometimes written. If you go to like authors, right? You know the guy, what’s this book, The Seven Effective Habits? Seven Habits of Highly Effective People, that guy, right? Yep. So he’s on Twitter, he’s verified, he has a huge following.

07:10
Dude, like I have more likes per tweet than him, you know, and I didn’t write a bestseller, right? So it’s like something’s going on. And the reason why, like he is kind of killing it. Uh, and on the bad sense, like killing his account is cause he only tweets, he only tweets, uh, links and links and links and links and the Twitter algorithm doesn’t like that. Right. It kind of aggregates everything that you’ve done. And in the end, if you don’t have like really good just content and

07:39
that people like, it’ll just not push what you’re doing. So on the first goal, I was asking like, okay, what are your goals? People have different goals on Twitter. Some people just want followers, right? Most of my clients only want followers, because they’re like startup people or SaaS people. And they’re like, you know what, I have enough money already. I don’t want to do X and Y and Z. I just want followers. I just want influence. I’m like, okay, I’ll just get followers. Some other people want engagement. They’re like, you know, my account’s dead.

08:07
I need you to revive it. Okay, so that’s what you want. Some people like, I thought you told me, yo, I want email signups. I want email signups. I’m like, okay, so that’s the strategy. Some others want, what is it? Sales on their products. It’s usually low ticket. So it’s gonna be like info products, or maybe you can sell a higher ticket, but you have to do it in the DMs. And the other one, I’m forgetting.

08:36
Oh, that’s the actually the sickest one to write for people who want influence that just not not followers, but they want influence. One friend from Twitter actually told me his ad is Lobo, Lobo salvaje. He told me the real Twitter metric is not so much engagement. It’s how many people are talking about your ideas. And I like that a lot. So that’s my favorite type of clients write for. But anyway, you know what, let’s take a step back. J.K. Let’s let’s talk about why Twitter is important.

09:05
before we get into that, strategy that I have my answer. I’m just kind of curious what yours is first and then I’ll chime in. Yeah, cool. So I think Twitter is important because on Facebook and Instagram, you’re kind of nerfed and nerfed in the sense that it’s hard to grow organically, I think. And there’s no real sense of community. And it sounds woo woo, right? But still, it be firm if you’re listening to this. So

09:33
For example, let’s say somebody is super famous, right? And they like and comment your stuff, or they’re just coming at it. Every single one of your followers can, of their followers can see that he engaged with you. So in their mind, they’re like, oh, maybe these guys know each other. Right? Maybe I like a tweet from Steve, right? I like a tweet from Steve and I’ll retweet it. And that retweet button for me is the second most powerful Twitter tool. The most powerful is the DM feature.

10:00
But the second most powerful is the retweet button. I’m sure as well, because I can just retweet Steve and the retweet button is essentially, I like your stuff so much that for one day I’m going to let you have the audience that I built over months, years now. Right? Right. So it’s like, I’m just giving you that network effect. That’s the second reason. And the third reason I would say is there’s just so many high value people in there. Like, Oh, probably people are listening to this.

10:29
They’ll probably know who Taylor Welch is. So Taylor is there. Like, and he’s just like, Oh my God, this I’ve been on Facebook my whole life. And this is so much better. Like you can literally DM authors, like people who work in like huge tech companies, startup founders, SaaS people, come like moguls and you can just text them and be like, yo, what’s the font you used in your book or something? You can just connect with them like right there.

10:59
So it’s a more, more, it’s a much more better networking app, if you will. That’s why what I see Twitter as. There’s a good tweet by Matthew Kovach that describes this, which is LinkedIn is the networking event. Twitter is the bar after the networking event where you actually network. Okay. I a hundred percent agree. Like I’ve only been serious about Twitter for, I guess, since I’ve been working with you, which is like seven months now, but.

11:28
Man, you can get access to anyone on Twitter and for some reason people are much more likely to respond to you on Twitter than any other social platform that I’ve ever been on, including myself. Like if someone DMs me on Twitter, I’m much more likely to respond for some reason than getting a DM on Instagram. Maybe it’s just because that’s like the culture, but for me the power of Twitter has been people DMing me and if I have a conversation with someone on Twitter, the chances of them

11:56
buying something from me, whether it be a course or just following me or buying one of my affiliate offers is so high. And I haven’t experienced that in any other social platform. Yeah. And then there’s kind of the trade off, which is Twitter is not that big yet. So you can’t get more traffic from other sources, but Twitter is just higher quality traffic at a smaller scale. That’s correct. And actually, you what’s funny is I’ve gotten a lot of followers.

12:23
like joining my email list from Twitter, people asking me questions. For some reason, like I can tell when someone’s serious on Twitter because it just seems like it’s more, at least for my industry, which is the make money industry, it seems like there’s a huge audience on Twitter that is harder to find on the other platforms, at least for me, in my experience. Yeah, it’s hard. If you comment on Instagram, like they don’t, like if…

12:51
like a huge star comments on your stuff on Instagram. Nobody sees it. Do they? I don’t think so. It probably gets lost. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. I mean, you can’t see it, but it’s just not evident when it comes to Twitter. Everyone sees it. Like, Oh my God. Like when I was just starting out, I had a tweet and like 100 followers. Right. And then Chris Johnson, this guy, the stock market guy, he just retweeted my stuff.

13:20
Like once, like it was a thread about human nature or psychology or something. And it, it like, tripled my following in a night. And I’m looking at it like, wow, like retweets can actually start businesses. And you’ve made friends with one big guy. You’re good forever. Yeah. I was, was just thinking to myself, as soon as you started working with me, I think the first three days I already got like 600 followers. It was nuts. It was nuts.

13:49
Yeah, I think you did something really, really right when it came to that. So I think I told you, we’re going to focus on followers, right? In the beginning, because we need to like, you were just starting out, maybe your account was a little dead from the… That was dead. Dead account, dead. Yeah, it was dead. But we’re just like, okay, we’re going to revive. We’re going to get you followers. So when you first start on Twitter, it’s super good to just comment.

14:18
come at it through the lens of everybody wants to be friends with the cool guy. So you want to be the cool guy, right? So then I, and I asked, okay, Steve, what are some things that you’ve done that people think are impressive? And I told you, don’t be humble. You told me everything you’ve done. And that was super good. Cause what you’re doing there is you’re telling me your headlines. You’re basically telling me what you want to write about. And I told, okay, what have you done? What have you done? What have you done? And then I asked you.

14:47
You’ll see what have been some of your lowest points and you told me and then you see what we were doing there. It’s like, okay, so this is the low point. This is the high point. And then you write threads and you don’t know what a thread is. It’s just a lot of tweets put in together and then you can craft the headlines. Like why are like the huge headlines always the same? The racks, the richest guy, the guy that came through with a, I know with the limitation, the guy that’s to the course and eventually won.

15:14
same thing here, you write a thread about your story, what have you done? So, so I always ask people this when they ask like, yo, I need help. I’m like, okay, so what impressive things have you done? And what are your lowest points? And when people reach out to you in the DMs, what do they ask you? That’s very important too, because it kind of tells you what your audience wants from you, right? For every guy that asks you, there are like hundred people that didn’t, but it’s something that’s in their minds. So if you write stuff,

15:43
about what people ask you already and stuff that makes you look like, I don’t know how to say this, like in a non flashy way, but that makes you look like the cool guy. You’re good because then people are flocking to you. They want to be your friend and you’re answering questions that are actually relevant, which is vastly different from the seven highly effective habits from highly effective people. That’s just tweeting out links, you know? I mean, that’s just ironic, isn’t it? Because that book is about

16:13
you know, being effective and engaging and then you’re just tweeting out links. Yeah, they should just hire me, bro. I’m just gonna, I’m just gonna go. All right. So yeah, I remember it starting out like that. And then I think you just told me to stop tweeting. I had that on an auto tweeter. You told me to stop that. And here’s one thing I remember you telling me. Don’t tweet out links. And you said, if someone wants to find you, they’ll find you either through your bio or through Googling.

16:44
Yeah, it’s, it’s patient, which is, which is why it’s a, it’s a hard like thing to grasp for people who are just starting out. It’s like, yeah, it’s got to make you a lot of money, but it’s going to take a year. But you got to, it’s, it is going to work. Right. And if you want to tweet out links and you’re like, Oh, I really want to push a link. There’s a way to it, which is tied to engagement. So remember how we, we covered that if you want followers, you want to be painted as the cool guy.

17:11
If you want engagement, you want to be very, very relatable and timely. Those are the two words. Cause you want to kind of see what’s going on in the world and talk about it. Cause Twitter is very, if you see the twitter.com actual landing page, it says, uh, see what’s going on. So that tells you it’s a news website, which we don’t really use that for, but it is, it is, it favors like relevant topics. Right. So the other day I was tweeting about, um,

17:41
Bitcoin just reached an all time high, but you can’t get a client for your Twitter services to pay you $2,500. And then it blew up because it was happening, right? At the time it was relevant, right? Or some other times, like I saw a tweet by Dan Goh, that was a really good tweet. Black Friday, and he tweeted that Black Friday 2020. Black Friday is the perfect excuse to unsubscribe from all the companies that have your emails.

18:09
I’m like, oh, okay, that’s good. And then that’s kind of how you get people to like your stuff. You are timely and the other one is being, what did I say? Relatable. So, relatable is kind of putting into words what everyone has in their heads. So for instance, like you had a good tweet, right? That says like, people are like willing to pay for a, what is it? 17.99 Netflix subscription, but they’re not really willing to pay that money for a course or whatever.

18:39
And it’s like, that doesn’t make sense, but we all know that that happened. So when you combine relatability and timeliness, you are entertaining. It’s like, Oh, I want to see what Steve tweeted because then it’s fun. It’s good. It’s, know, it’s relevant to what’s going on. And then if you really want to post the link, you want to do it sneaky. So you don’t really want to post like, yo, here it is. You want to say, okay, after a tweet performed well.

19:06
Let’s say you got 50 likes, 100 likes, a thousand likes, whatever well is good for you. You want to plug it in below because the tweet that was up has already guaranteed impressions. And then the second tweet will get guaranteed impressions and it won’t be nerfed by Twitter because it’s a below a viral tweet already. I don’t know if that makes sense.

19:30
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

19:59
Now, first and foremost, protecting our IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copyrighting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

20:28
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a hundred dollar discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L dot com. Now back to the show. Yeah, why don’t you elaborate that a little more. So let’s say you have a tweet. Let’s say it has like 500 likes on it. Do you, what do you do? Do you retweet it? Do you, like the link? How do you add the link? Explain to the listeners. You just add it as a comment. Cause when you add it as a comment and it’s your own account, it’ll appear as a thread. So it’ll be like linked.

20:58
If you, if it makes sense, So it appears that to tweet thread, right. So that’s how you plug in links. Yeah. And that’s the right way to insert a link because you already, you’re piggybacking off of something that’s already successful as opposed to just posting a link straight out on a tweet. Correct. Yeah. You want to talk about how, to like jumpstart your account if you’re at zero? Yeah, let’s, let’s do that because, uh, my account was literally dead. think for like, when we pulled up the analytics, I think for like the past

21:28
six to 12 months, I think I hadn’t grown a single follower. All So how do you jumpstart? There are three ways to jumpstart. It all depends on your budget. So the number one way to start is how I started Zero Budget, which is you got to look at other accounts in your niche and ask yourself, who has the audience that I would like to have? And for me, it was writing guys, copywriting, marketing guys. And I was like, okay.

21:56
You just put them all on a list and you engage with them. You like and comment. Like you really say something interesting. The mistake people make is they go on that list and they’ll say like, Oh, great tweet. Oh, fire. Oh, good stuff. And you know, nobody’s going to click on your profile. If you just, right. But what if, yeah. But what if you talk about like, Oh, this reminds me of that. Oh, I had a project that talked about this. Yo, check out this book.

22:22
Oh, here’s my highlights from my notes or whatever, right? You just make it more interesting. It’s like a combo. Like if I’m talking with you, Steve, like imagine how boring the combo would be. You just tweeted something like incredibly profound. And I’m like, Hmm, fire. Come on. Like, like use your social skills, right? Like, come on. Okay. So that’s the first one. The second one is the budget one. So remember how we talked about like story threads or really, really, really good.

22:52
So you think about again, which accounts have the audience that I would like to have. And then you write a killer story for it. A thread has three parts. Number one is the headline is the first week is where you get people read. You want to make it bait. Like look at thumbnails, study copy, look at headlines and be like, okay, how can I write one? That’s like, would actually make people click. Right? Like you had one that I really liked how I had two seven figure businesses and I was working a full-time job, a thread, something like that.

23:21
It’s like how you accomplish this with a certain limitation. Am I right? Yes, that’s correct. Okay, good. Well, and then you go to those accounts and you hit them up. Well, you make them friends for like a week or something. You like to comment, you play around, message them or whatever. And then when the time comes, you just ask them like, how much is it for retweet? And they’ll tell you, they’ll tell you like 40 bucks, 50 bucks. And people are saying like, yo, I’m paying 50 bucks for somebody to a button. And it’s like, no, no, no.

23:50
You’re paying 50 bucks to get access to someone’s audience that took them years to build and you’re getting access to that. Okay. Well, what if you’re selling like a service, right? You want to sell your 2k service and you pay 500 bucks in retweets. You just turn 500 bucks in 2k, right? So that’s the second way. And the third one is making friends with the big waves. And this is especially easy for high achievers, high performers, no high achievers. Yeah. So it goes.

24:18
You just go out there and people who are already big, you just tell them something like, yo, I’m new to Twitter, but I’m not new to business. I’m just here help. And maybe you can, I don’t know, maybe you can rewrite some of their copy. Maybe you can give them tips on the landing page, talk about what they’re doing, maybe edit some stuff, right? That’s where I played it. So I would look at accounts that are way bigger than me, but that didn’t write so much or just didn’t bother. And be like, yo, take this five tweets, just use them.

24:47
before I knew it, I befriended a lot of people and that’s how I started growing. So those are kind of the three ways, right? Number one is engage in common with other people. Second one is write a great thread, pay people to boost it. Number three is make friends with the big guys and eventually they’ll help you out. And I think the answer is somewhere in between all those three, you know? So yeah, you kind of have to think about it. Let me tell you,

25:16
a story from the opposite perspective. Like if someone’s trying to get my attention, like I notice if they always retweet my stuff or if they always comment on a particular thread, and it’s kind of like a long game. Like if you just do it once or twice and then you reach out to me, I’m not gonna remember who you are, but if you’ve been retweeting and commenting on my tweets for let’s say two months straight, then you DM me, I’ll know exactly who you are because I’m always looking at who’s retweeting my stuff and that opens up the conversation and greases the

25:46
And that’s kind of how I operate for anyone who I want to contact who’s big. And again, you’re right, you don’t reply with fire or whatever. You just make some sort of intelligent commentary. Actually, the best way is to comment on something where they’re not an expert at, but you kind of are. So for example, someone approached me the other day. They know I like playing tennis. So they started a conversation with me about tennis had nothing to do with e-commerce.

26:12
So we started talking about tennis and then when he messaged me something about e-commerce, I was much more likely to reply with an answer. So Twitter is just like a conversation really. It’s like interacting in real life except very concisely, which is why I like it. That’s exactly it. That’s the tweet I was having in my head but I couldn’t put outside. Okay, good. I saw this tweet by Oliver. Like, oh, maybe you’re yacko. If you tweet Twitter, like it’s a giant group chat, you’ll win. You’ll win.

26:39
And here’s what I’ve noticed just from what you taught me. Like I’ve got a blog with, man, it’s like probably 700 posts. Some of those posts like don’t get any love from Google or anything, but when you turn those posts into threads, like everyone on Twitter thinks you’re like a God because very few people tweet out these really long threads. But I already have all this info in the blog. It’s the hard part, I guess, is just shrinking it down into Twitter form.

27:08
Yeah, yeah, that’s, that’s actually, I’m glad that you pointed that out because it’s true form is not that hard as people think. It’s just breaking it down in less formats, right? So I’ll tell you, I’ll give you an example that I use for my clients. I’ll ask them like, so I got a client in SAS, right? And I won’t ask them, how do you grow a SAS? I would ask them, tell me the ways you

27:38
grown your SaaS in a list format. And that’s very, very important because when you split stuff in list format, it’s kind of bite-sized, it’s fast, it’s boom, boom, boom, boom, boom. So they’ll tell you, oh, okay, so you get traffic, you reduce showing you, ChrisLTV, whatever, and then you’ll have a list, right? So it’s just 10 things that they said. You just summarize it each on a tweet. Like that’s T-Form, that’s all it is.

28:05
Uh, if you really want to get fancy with it, you can do something like, okay, so there’s a tweet number two and there’s tweet number one above it. So then you kind of transition into it. So instead of just ending sentence number one, you say something like. Bought and then you’d like dot dot dot. It’s kind of like every tweet has a cliffhanger essentially is what you’re saying. Yeah, exactly. I, I too, that’s, um, how did, where did I get it from?

28:34
The ad we copyrighted in high book is the slippery slope principle, which is like, want to look at your thread. Like it’s a slippery slope, almost like a big sales letter. And then, yeah, it has a cliffhanger. just goes and threads have three parts. Actually. Number one is the head. Like you want to make it super baby. No, that’s the most important one because it gets people to read. The second most important one is the one that gets people to act. It’s the last tweet. It’s a CTA. And the third most important part is the body. Actually.

29:04
If you have a good headline and a good CTA, you can write whatever you want between it. That’s what I found. So basically just focus on your efforts and getting people to click in the end, getting people to act. What do want them to do? Right? So your thread goes viral. How are you going to use your fame? Are you going to get followers? Are you going to get email stuffs? Like that’s what you did. saw in the beginning you were asking like, Oh, if you want me follow me. Right. But then you switched. You were like, you know, if you want to get my free ebook, you can get it here.

29:31
And then you kind of use that fame to channel into whatever you want. You want DMs, ask for DMs. You want follows, you want ask for follows. I just noticed that the threads are the only thing that works super well, right? Like if you want email subs, just put that link to your signup form at the very end of that Twitter thread and it just works really well. Like the Twitter threads, like I was just looking at my analytics just before this call, the threads are always the best performing tweets out of all of them.

29:59
It’s rare to have just like a regular tweet do as well as a thread. And obviously the threads take a lot more work. let’s talk about, actually let’s switch gears a little bit and talk about tweet frequency. How often do you recommend someone tweet? Four times a day. That sounds like a lot, right? I mean, that’s something that was beyond like what I was willing to do. why would you, let me ask you this, why would you need to tweet that often versus, let’s say you could put out two threads a week.

30:28
Why not just put out two threads a week and not tweet the other times? can’t, you can’t do that. And the way, the reason I do it is because I don’t write a lot of friends. It’s a, I don’t know. I just don’t do it. But Twitter, because it’s a like a news oriented feed, you kind of want to be always on top of it. So three gives you good exposure. gives you like morning, second one in the morning, then one at noon, then one at night.

30:58
So you’re always top of mind from people. They always see your emoji. Oh, not emoji, but like profile picture, right? So I like that relevancy factor, but two threads a week, absolutely works. Like it’s really, really good. But I just like to do it because you can get away with like one thread every two weeks. They’re like stupidly good threads, like something that you actually research. And some guy, Trunk Van.

31:25
on Twitter does very well. he won’t tweet that much, but he’ll be very wary of what’s going on in the world. So right now, at the time of this, a couple of stuff has been going with like Amazon and Squid Game and Netflix. And then he’s talking about all the marketing factors about it. And then, you know, he’s going viral. So you can pull that off definitely like once every two weeks. But for us mere mortals,

31:55
I just do it every day just to be relevant because I don’t think I have like that good enough of a content to just put out every single like two weeks and still be relevant. think I, cause I just feed off the cuff. Like my content, if I just space it over two weeks, people just forget about me.

32:16
I just wanted to let you know that tickets for the 2022 Seller Summit are now on sale over at Sellersummit.com. Now, what is the Seller Summit? It is the conference that I hold every year that specifically targets e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online. And unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high-level BS, mine is a curriculum-based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an e-commerce business. And in fact, every speaker that I invite

32:44
is deep in the trenches of their own e-commerce business. Entrepreneurs who are importing large quantities of physical goods and not some high-level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet. The other thing I can assure you is that the seller summit will be small and intimate. Every year we cut out ticket sales at around 200 people, so tickets will sell out fast and in fact we sell out every single year many months in advance. Now if you’re an e-commerce entrepreneur making over 250k or $1 million per year in revenue,

33:11
We are also offering an exclusive Mastermind experience with other top sellers. Now the Seller Summit is going to be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida from May 4th to May 6th. And as of right now, we’re almost already sold out of Mastermind tickets and we’ll be raising the price every month leading up to the event after Cyber Monday. For more information, go to sellerssummit.com. Once again, that’s sellerssummit.com or just Google it. Now back to the show.

33:37
Interesting. So the people listening and probably feel the same way I do in that tweeting four times a day sounds a little overwhelming, right? So that’s like 28 tweets a week. How do you, if you’re not really good at copywriting in this beginning, what can you use to help with that? Yeah, I’m glad you asked. So basically we recently launched this thing called Tweet Hunter, tweethunter.io and

34:06
I operate from the philosophy for Twitter, is Twitter is just saying one thing a thousand different ways. And here’s why I think that is. Cause every single viral thing that you’ve, that people have said come from the same like general idea. Here’s an example, right? So you’ve seen the tweet that says something like, I’d rather drive my Toyota to the beach than my Ferrari to my job.

34:35
or whatever, right? Or something like, the best thing that could ever happen to me, or I wish that one day I would have nothing on my calendar. That’s true wealth. And those two tweets went viral. And people see those tweets and they make the mistake of thinking, oh, it was because of the calendar picture or oh, it was because of the Ferrari image and it’s not. The reason why those tweets went viral was because it all comes down to the same idea, which is wealth is better than riches and time is better than money.

35:05
Right? Or you’ve seen some other stuff, like they’re criticizing the government or they’re saying how you should eat certain kind of foods. It’s not so much about the government and the foods. It’s about people being like relating to that thing. So Twitter really is saying one thing a thousand different ways. The real trick is figuring out what that thing is. So from that standpoint, if you see a lot of tweets and this is so easy to like,

35:34
I spent a year trying to teach people how to write tweets and the answer was simply just read more. So you see other good tweets, other people, like you see viral tweets from everyone and you’ll start to recognize patterns. You’ll start to see that everything is actually the same. So this guy’s reached out to me and they said, yo, we have this tool called Tweet Hunter. So what that does is you look up for a term, let’s say e-commerce or marketing.

36:02
and it’ll come up with tweets about e-commerce or marketing for you. So you can see those patterns. I call it the Twitter lingo. So once you read enough tweets, you’ll sort of see the Twitter lingo and think, wow, so this is, it’s really, it is that easy. You just got to say one thing a thousand different ways and give it a spin. So for instance, for you, Steve, like the wealth is better than money or wealth is better than riches thing. can instead of using the Ferrari example or whatever,

36:32
Like there’s no job that could pay me enough money for me to miss out my children’s basketball game or tennis game or whatever, right? So then it’s like, oh, it’s the same idea, but you’re giving it such a unique twist and you’re stemming from this like very primal thing that we’re all attracted to, which is wealth is better than riches. And it just blows up.

36:59
So once you see all these ideas in front of you, it’s just so easy. So that’s basically what Tweet Hunter does. It just puts all these ideas and all these patterns in front of you. And it’s so obvious once you see it, you’ll just start. That’s why I think for tweets today isn’t much. For tweets today is like two minutes. Well, it’s longer than two minutes. But let me tell you my experience. What’s funny about what you just said is I’m actually giving an ad creative workshop right now in my…

37:28
online store course. And what’s funny is, in order to know how to write a good ad, you have to watch a lot of ads. And you can just go on Facebook and watch everyone’s ads and get a good idea. The same thing, once you told me about Tweet Hunter, is true with Twitter. Tweet Hunter collates all the best tweets for you in whatever your niche is, and you can just look at them. And I think there was one tweet that I made where someone said, the top tools

37:57
for running a brick and mortar store or something like that. And I just turned that into like the top tools for running an e-commerce store. And then I put my own tools and my own opinions on there. So I’m not really copying the tweet per se. I’m just copying like the format and putting my own words into it to make it truly unique. And in that respect, I mean, it takes me longer than two minutes, but when I tweet three times a week, 21 tweets, I can probably pump that out in maybe 45 minutes or so.

38:24
So it’s just like one investment. usually do it on Fridays, just pump it all out, write all the copy, schedule all out, and then I’m done for the week. Correct. And like if you really want to just be like, but you know, I’m not sure if I’m going to get an ROI. I’m not sure if it’s going to work just writing 21 tweets, because 21 tweets is like at the beginning, it’s a lot to just like go out there and think who has the audience that I want to have paid them for retweets and everything you put out will have guaranteed impression.

38:54
It’ll be like 500 bucks a month. So it’s like you can do it if you really want to grow your business that way. It’s just an idea. Yeah, I’m just trying to think. people who are listening to this right now who aren’t on Twitter starting from complete scratch, how do you convince them how powerful it is and how would you start an account with zero followers? Yeah.

39:19
You got to first know what your goal is. Do you want to get influenced? Do you want to? So it’s five things, right? So it’s sales, engagement, followers, deals in the backend and newsletter signups. And I have clients in all five things. So someone engagement, someone followers, email signups, someone deals in the backend, someone sales, right? Or followers, right? But you got to think what, what that is. If you want to get engagement,

39:47
You talk about relatability and timeliness and becoming another people. If you want followers, you tell your story and impressive things that you’ve done. If you want deals in the backend, which is basically sales, but for high ticket, you think what have I accomplished for other people that other people might want? So for example, you, maybe you did something for an e-com store and you took it from zero to six figures. So you’re given, you write a thread on it. How did I took this store from zero to six figures?

40:17
Or maybe you’ve helped someone lose weight while still eating ice cream or whatever. So you write your strategy about steak and ice cream. And the last one was sales. Sales is proof of work. So for example, Steve, I’m sure you have a lot of testimonials from everything that your students have told you. All the stories that they’ve built, all the money they’ve made. Some people tell you about it, right? Twitter is already warm traffic. So everything, you don’t really need like incredible copy to convert it. What you really do need is

40:46
proof to show people that it actually works. So you want sales, you want to tweet proof of work and say that this guy took my course, there was the missing piece between A and point B and sell it. So those are kind of the five ways. And anything that you put out is going to be held by paying people to help. that’s just, it just, it just helps. And people are like, yo, did we really pay for retweets for you and friends and whatever? Like, yeah, of course it is.

41:14
because you’re getting access to other people’s accounts. But you don’t have to do that if you don’t want. Even if you don’t do that, just being on Twitter and following the great reputational accounts of Money Twitter are going to help you in your business just because there’s so much good info rolling around. So that’s literally what you do. What’s a good investment early on with Xero in terms of paying someone to tweet? Like, what’s the going rate? What’s the rate? Yeah, what’s the going rate? Yeah, so if somebody has like

41:44
30,000 followers, is, that’ll be substantial retweet, that’s actually really good. They’ll charge you like 500 bucks. For one tweet? For 30 retweets, I see. For 30. No, no, no, that’s like celebrity stuff, Dabra. Yeah, if it’s lower, they’ll charge you like 10 bucks a retweet and they have like 8,000 followers. So it’s not too bad. What is the effect of a retweet?

42:13
Like if they have 30,000 followers. It’s hard to measure. it all depends on the first tweet, the Beydie headline, right? Which is also, you’ll find in Twitter, if you’re looking for threat headlines, you’ll get like 200 that already went viral. So you can just kind of see what goes viral on Twitter, but it all depends on that. it’s, I’ve seen, oh, oh my God. Like I’ve seen retweets get 12 likes and I’ve seen retweets get 1.4 thousand.

42:43
And nothing changed. was literally the same thread, but someone just changed the headline to make it a little bit more enticing. So it depends on that really. it really is, it depends on how much you put in. When do you stop paying people? I think at 2000 followers, you’re really in a good position because you can kind of grow on your own. But I’ve seen people pay for it this time up until 20,000. The factor here is addiction.

43:11
Because you get addicted to the platform. It’s so fun. You want to keep playing the game. But I’d say that at 2,000 followers, which shouldn’t take you more than one or two months in group paying, it’ll get smoother. You see your tweets get traction on their own. As long as you don’t tweet links, you see your tweets get traction on their own. Right. Do you think Twitter purposely reduces the reach of tweets that have links in it? Or do you think it’s just like an engagement thing?

43:41
No, I know for a fact they do. Impressions are lower. And then what would you say is the minimum tweet frequency for someone new? If they find this all overwhelming. That’s why today, one in the morning, one at night. But tweets are easy. And let me challenge people with things that it’s not here. I think that if you can think, you can tweet. And we all have great thoughts going on around in our heads. For now, let me tell you stuff that’s

44:09
going out in my head right now. It’ll be like, I’m so glad this interview is just not like with camera, because I didn’t like brush my hair and I look like I’m at the beach, right? Or something. There’s a certain amount of joy in being able to take calls in a tag top, right? There’s a tweet. Maybe you could talk about another one about that moment when you feel like you maybe talk too much and the other guy has a talk that you feel a little guilty. Yeah.

44:39
Right. Or let’s come up with a third one. I’m a fighter, bro. So maybe another one. It’s incredible how the internet has allowed me, JK from Guatemala, to talk to Steve from California. And we’re still be friends. And I can try, we can trust each other to do business. If you’re not doing business in the internet, you’re falling behind. Boom. Three tweets, one minute. There you go. Everything you do, if you can think, you can tweet. So it’s not hard. You just have to like let yourself.

45:06
like implant a chip in your brain that it’s like, you know what, maybe I have something to say because you do. So JK makes it sound really easy to everyone who’s listening out there, but it takes practice. by practice, I mean, you just go on Twitter and look at all the popular tweets that you can find and then find and develop your style, pick and choose which styles that you like. And then obviously don’t use the styles that you don’t like. And it just comes with time. And then once

45:35
I mean, JK obviously lives and breathes his stuff, so he can come up with tweets like out of his butt. But most people, I think it’ll take some time and it’s just really seeing what’s working out there and then emulating it. Come up with your own strategy, make it your own. So JK, where can people find more about Tweet Hunter, which is a tool that I recommend. Like Tweet Hunter, the most useful feature about Tweet Hunter is the ability to gather all the most popular tweets in a given category so that you can study what’s working and what’s not. Where can people find more about it?

46:06
Yeah, it’s tweet hunter dot I oh or if it’s easier to remember a million tweets that come because our AI did collect a million tweets and I thought wow, that’s a fire selling point. So if you go to a million treats that come you’ll find it. And if anyone has any questions for you, what’s the best way to reach you personally? It’s on Twitter at one O and E one JK Molina. Cool. Yeah, if anyone out there has any questions about Twitter like

46:35
JK was instrumental in helping my account and I highly recommend him. mean, as you can see, he can pull words out of anywhere and he’s just really good at copywriting. But JK, hey, thanks a lot for coming on the show, man. Really appreciate it. Appreciate it, bro. Take care, man.

46:53
Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now if you’ve ignored Twitter up until now, you should reconsider. Due to the nature of it being so concise, you can reach some big name people and attract a loyal following with much less work than other social media platforms like IG or Facebook, so give it a shot. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 398. And once again, I want to thank Klaviyo, which is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned card sequence, a post purchase flow, or win back campaign.

47:21
Basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIO. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIO. I also want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash dv.

47:48
That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. Now we talk about how to these tools on my blog, and if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywhipedquitterjob.com and sign up for my free 6-day meeting course. Just type in your email and it’ll send the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!